UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

Registration statement pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

OR

Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20182021

OR

Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from __________ to _________

OR

Shell Company Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report________

Commission File Number 001-35754

INFOSYS LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Bengaluru, Karnataka, India

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bengaluru, Karnataka, India 560 100. +91-80-2852-0261

(Address of principal executive offices)

M.D.Ranganath,Nilanjan Roy, Chief Financial Officer, +91-80-2852-1692+91-80-4116-7931

ranganath_m@infosys.comnilanjan.roy@infosys.com

Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bengaluru, Karnataka, India 560 100.

(Name, telephone, e-mail and / or facsimile number and address of company contact person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Trading Symbol

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

American Depositary Shares each represented

by one Equity Share, par value 5/₹5/- per share

INFY

 

New York Stock Exchange(NYSE)Exchange (NYSE)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None.

(Title of class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

Not Applicable

(Title of class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 2,184,114,2574,260,660,846 Equity Shares.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Yes  No 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.Yes1934. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-TS-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or an emerging growth company. See definition of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):Act:

 

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non- acceleratedAccelerated filer 

 

 

 

Non- accelerated filer 

 

Emerging growth company 

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  Other 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  No 

 



Currency of presentation and certain defined terms

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, references to “U.S.” or “United States” are to the United States of America, its territories and its possessions. References to “India” are to the Republic of India. References to “$” or “dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States and references to “₹” or “Rupees” or “Indian rupees” are to the legal currency of India. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and are prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)(“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.Board (“IASB”). References to a particular “fiscal” year are to our fiscal year ended March 31 of such year.

All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Infosys”“Infosys,” “Company” or the “Company”“Group” shall mean Infosys Limited and our consolidated subsidiaries unless specifically indicated otherwise or the context indicates otherwise. “Infosys” is a registered trademark of Infosys Limited in countries including United States, India, United Kingdom and Australia. All trademarks or trade names used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are the property of their respective owners.

All references to “IT services” exclude business process management services, products and platforms business.

Except as otherwise stated in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, all translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars effected on or after April 1, 2009 are based on the fixing rate in the city of Mumbai on business days for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the Foreign Exchange Dealers’ Association of India, or FEDAI.

On March 31, 2018,2021, this exchange rate was ₹65.18₹73.11 per $1.00. No representation is made that the Indian rupee amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such a rate or any other rate. Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding off.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains ‘forward-looking statements’, as defined in within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance and that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about the Company, our industry, economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, and certain other matters. Generally, these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘estimate’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘will’, ‘project’, ‘seek’, ‘should’ and similar expressions. Those statements include, among other things, risks and uncertainties regarding COVID-19 and the effects of government and other measures seeking to contain its spread, the discussions of our business strategy, including the localization of our workforce and investments to re-skill our employees and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, liquidity, capital resources, wage increases in India, change in the Indian regulations governing wages, restrictions on immigration in the US, and capital resources.corporate actions including timely completion of the proposed buy-back of our equity shares. These statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that may cause actual results or outcomes to differ from those implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the “Risk Factors”‘Risk Factors’ section in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.20F. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not conclude that the results or outcomes referred to in any of the forward-looking statements will be achieved. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F20F are based on information and estimates available to us on the date hereof, and we do not undertake any obligation to update these forward-looking statements unless required to do so by law.


Table of Contents

 

Part I

Item 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Item 2.

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Item 3.

Key Information

Item 4.

Information on the Company

Item 4A.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Item 6.

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Item 7.

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Item 8.

Financial Information

Item 9.

The Offer and Listing

Item 10.

Additional Information

Item 11.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 12.

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Part II

Item 13.

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Item 14.

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Item 15.

Controls and Procedures

Item 16A.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

Item 16B.

Code of Ethics

Item 16C.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 16D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Item 16E.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Item 16F.

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Item 16G.

Corporate Governance

Item 16H.

Mine Safety Disclosure

Part III

Item 17.

Financial Statements

Item 18.

Financial Statements

Item 19.

Exhibits

 


Part I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.


Item 3. Key Information

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Summary of Consolidated Financial Data

You should read the summary consolidated financial data below in conjunction with the Company'sCompany’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section titled “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” all of which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The summary consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2021, March 31, 2020, March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018 and the summary consolidated balance sheetBalance Sheet data as of March 31, 2021, March 31, 2020, March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes which have been audited by Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP (successor auditor) consequent to mandatory auditor rotation regulation in India. The summary consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2017 2016, 2015 and 2014 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 March 31, 2016, March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes which have been audited by KPMG (predecessor auditor). The summary consolidated comprehensive income data and the summary consolidated Balance Sheet data given below have been prepared and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)IFRS as issued by International Accounting Standards Board.IASB. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

(Dollars in millions except equity share and per equity share data)

 

Comprehensive Income Data

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Revenues

 

 

10,939

 

 

 

10,208

 

 

 

9,501

 

 

 

8,711

 

 

 

8,249

 

Cost of sales

 

 

7,001

 

 

 

6,446

 

 

 

5,950

 

 

 

5,374

 

 

 

5,292

 

Gross profit

 

 

3,938

 

 

 

3,762

 

 

 

3,551

 

 

 

3,337

 

 

 

2,957

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

552

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

522

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

431

 

Administrative expenses

 

 

727

 

 

 

707

 

 

 

654

 

 

 

599

 

 

 

547

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,279

 

 

 

1,242

 

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

1,079

 

 

 

978

 

Operating profit

 

 

2,659

 

 

 

2,520

 

 

 

2,375

 

 

 

2,258

 

 

 

1,979

 

Other income, net (5)

 

 

495

 

 

 

459

 

 

 

476

 

 

 

560

 

 

 

440

 

Share in associate’s loss, including impairment

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income taxes

 

 

3,143

 

 

 

2,974

 

 

 

2,851

 

 

 

2,818

 

 

 

2,419

 

Income tax expense (4)

 

 

657

 

 

 

834

 

 

 

799

 

 

 

805

 

 

 

668

 

Net profit (4)

 

 

2,486

 

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

 

2,013

 

 

 

1,751

 

Earnings per equity share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic ($)(1)(4)

 

 

1.10

 

 

0.94

 

 

 

0.90

 

 

 

0.88

 

 

 

0.77

 

Diluted ($)(1)

 

 

1.10

 

 

0.94

 

 

 

0.90

 

 

 

0.88

 

 

 

0.77

 

Weighted average equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic(1)

 

 

2,255,332,322

 

 

 

2,285,639,447

 

 

 

2,285,616,160

 

 

 

2,285,610,264

 

 

 

2,285,610,264

 

Diluted(1)

 

 

2,257,573,870

 

 

 

2,286,396,745

 

 

 

2,285,718,894

 

 

 

2,285,642,940

 

 

 

2,285,610,264

 

Cash dividend per Equity Share - Interim dividend ($) (1)(2)(3)

 

 

0.20

 

 

 

0.17

 

 

 

0.15

 

 

 

0.12

 

 

 

0.08

 

Cash dividend per Equity Share - Final dividend ($) (1)(2)(3)

 

0.23

 

 

 

0.22

 

 

 

0.24

 

 

 

0.18

 

 

 

0.13

 

Cash dividend per Equity Share - Interim dividend (₹) (1)(2)

 

 

13.00

 

 

 

11.00

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

7.50

 

 

 

5.00

 

Cash dividend per Equity Share - Final dividend (₹) (1)(2)

 

14.75

 

 

 

14.25

 

 

 

14.75

 

 

 

10.75

 

 

 

6.75

 

Summary of Comprehensive Income

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Revenues

 

 

13,561

 

 

 

12,780

 

 

 

11,799

 

 

 

10,939

 

 

 

10,208

 

Cost of sales

 

 

8,828

 

 

 

8,552

 

 

 

7,687

 

 

 

7,001

 

 

 

6,446

 

Gross profit

 

 

4,733

 

 

 

4,228

 

 

 

4,112

 

 

 

3,938

 

 

 

3,762

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

624

 

 

 

664

 

 

 

638

 

 

 

552

 

 

 

535

 

Administrative expenses

 

 

784

 

 

 

840

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

727

 

 

 

707

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

1,504

 

 

 

1,416

 

 

 

1,279

 

 

 

1,242

 

Operating profit

 

 

3,325

 

 

 

2,724

 

 

 

2,696

 

 

 

2,659

 

 

 

2,520

 

Other income, net

 

 

297

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

411

 

 

 

513

 

 

 

459

 

Finance cost (1)

 

 

26

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reduction in the fair value of

Disposal Group held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

Adjustment in respect of excess of

carrying amount over recoverable

amount on reclassification from

"Held for Sale"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share in associate’s loss, including

impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(5

)

Profit before income taxes

 

 

3,596

 

 

 

3,095

 

 

 

3,003

 

 

 

3,143

 

 

 

2,974

 

Income tax expense

 

 

973

 

 

 

757

 

 

 

803

 

 

 

657

 

 

 

834

 

Net profit

 

 

2,623

 

 

 

2,338

 

 

 

2,200

 

 

 

2,486

 

 

 

2,140

 

Profit attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of the company

 

 

2,613

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

 

2,199

 

 

 

2,486

 

 

 

2,140

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

10

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per equity share: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic ($)

 

 

0.62

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

0.51

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

0.47

 

Diluted ($)

 

 

0.61

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

0.51

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

0.47

 

Weighted average equity shares used

in computing earnings per equity

share: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

4,242,416,665

 

 

 

4,257,754,522

 

 

 

4,347,130,157

 

 

 

4,510,664,644

 

 

 

4,571,278,894

 

Diluted

 

 

4,250,732,467

 

 

 

4,265,144,228

 

 

 

4,353,420,772

 

 

 

4,515,147,740

 

 

 

4,572,793,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividend per Equity Share

   ($) (2)(3)(4)

 

 

0.29

 

 

 

0.26

 

 

 

0.40

 

 

 

0.22

 

 

 

0.20

 

Cash dividend per Equity Share

   (₹) (2)(3)

 

 

21.50

 

 

 

18.50

 

 

 

26.25

 

 

 

13.88

 

 

 

12.63

 

 

(1)

Adjusted for bonus shares, wherever applicableFinance cost is on account of adoption of IFRS 16“Leases”.


(2)(2)

Excludes corporate dividend taxAdjusted for September 2018 bonus issue, wherever applicable.

(3)(3)

Represents per share value of dividends- interim, final and special (wherever applicable), paid during the fiscal year. Excludes corporate dividend tax.

(4)

Converted at the monthly exchange rate in the month of declaration of dividend.

(4)

During the three months ended December 31, 2017, the Company has concluded an Advance Pricing Agreement (“APA”) with the US Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") for the US branch covering the years ending March 2011 to March 2021. Under the APA, the Company and the IRS have agreed on the


methodology to allocate revenues and compute the taxable income of the Company’s US Branch operations. In accordance with the APA, the company has reversed income tax expense provision of $225 million.  Refer 2.17 Income taxes under Item 18 of this Annual report on Form 20-F for more details.

(5)

In March 2018, on conclusion of a strategic review of the portfolio businesses, the Company initiated identification and evaluation of potential buyers for its subsidiaries, Kallidus and Skava (together referred to as "Skava”) and Panaya (collectively referred to as the “disposal group”). The Company anticipates completion of the sale by March 2019 and accordingly, assets amounting to $316 million and liabilities amounting to $50 million in respect of the disposal group have been reclassified under “held for sale". On reclassification, the disposal group has been measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and consequently, a reduction in the fair value of Disposal Group held for sale amounting to $18 million in respect of Panaya has been recognized under ‘other income’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018. The disposal group does not constitute a separate major component of the company and therefore has not been classified as discontinued operations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions except equity share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions except equity share data)

 

Balance Sheet Data

 

As of March 31,

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

3,041

 

 

 

3,489

 

 

 

4,935

 

 

 

4,859

 

 

 

4,331

 

 

 

3,380

 

 

 

2,465

 

 

 

2,829

 

 

 

3,041

 

 

 

3,489

 

Current investments

 

 

982

 

 

 

1,538

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

510

 

 

 

320

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

958

 

 

 

982

 

 

 

1,538

 

Net current assets(5)

 

 

5,243

 

 

 

6,121

 

 

 

5,804

 

 

 

5,731

 

 

 

5,656

 

 

 

5,043

 

 

 

4,455

 

 

 

4,951

 

 

 

5,243

 

 

 

6,121

 

Assets held for sale(4)

 

 

316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

��

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

4,582

 

 

 

4,572

 

 

 

3,576

 

 

 

3,064

 

 

 

2,342

 

 

 

6,518

 

 

 

5,048

 

 

 

4,608

 

 

 

4,582

 

 

 

4,572

 

Total assets

 

 

12,255

 

 

 

12,854

 

 

 

11,378

 

 

 

10,615

 

 

 

9,522

 

 

 

14,825

 

 

 

12,260

 

 

 

12,252

 

 

 

12,255

 

 

 

12,854

 

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale(4)

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities directly associated

with assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

131

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

1,059

 

 

 

802

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

56

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

60

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

9,960

 

 

 

10,637

 

 

 

9,324

 

 

 

8,762

 

 

 

7,933

 

 

 

10,502

 

 

 

8,701

 

 

 

9,400

 

 

 

9,960

 

 

 

10,637

 

Total Liabilities and equity

 

 

12,255

 

 

 

12,854

 

 

 

11,378

 

 

 

10,615

 

 

 

9,522

 

 

 

14,825

 

 

 

12,260

 

 

 

12,252

 

 

 

12,255

 

 

 

12,854

 

Number of shares outstanding (1)(2)(3)(6)

 

 

2,184,114,257

 

 

 

2,296,944,664

 

 

 

2,296,944,664

 

 

 

2,296,944,664

 

 

 

2,296,944,664

 

Number of shares

outstanding (1)(2)(3)

 

 

4,260,660,846

 

 

 

4,258,992,566

 

 

 

4,356,279,444

 

 

 

4,368,228,514

 

 

 

4,593,889,328

 

 

(1)

Par value of ₹5 eacheach.

(2)

Includes treasury sharesshares.

(3)

Adjusted for September 2018 bonus shares,issue, wherever applicable.

(4)

In March 2018, on conclusion of a strategic review of the portfolio businesses, the Company initiated identification and evaluation of potential buyers for its subsidiaries, Kallidus and Skava (together referred to as "Skava”) and Panaya (collectively referred to as the “disposal group”). The Company anticipates completion of the sale by March 2019 and accordingly, assets amounting to $316 million and liabilities amounting to $50 million in respect of the disposal group have been reclassified under “held for sale". On reclassification, the disposal group has been measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and consequently, a reduction in the fair value of Disposal Group held for sale amounting to $18 million in respect of Panaya has been recognized under ‘other income’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018.

(5)

For fiscal 2018, net current assets is defined as current assets minus current liabilities, excluding assets held for sale and liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale.

(6)

During fiscal 2018, the company concluded share buyback of 113,043,478 equity shares, aggregating to 4.92% of the paid up equity share capital, at a price of ₹1,150 per equity share. Refer to note 2.13 Equity in Item 18 of this Annual Report for further details.

 

Exchange rates

Our functional currency is the Indian rupee. We generate a major portion of our revenues in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Australian dollar and the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, whereas we incur a significant portion of our expenses in U.S. dollar and Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are affected as the rupee fluctuates against the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies. For fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014,2017, U.S. dollar denominated revenues represented 67.7%66.5%, 69.6%67.5%, 69.9%67.3%, 68.9%67.7% and 68.8%69.6% of total revenues, respectively. For the same respective periods, revenues denominated in United Kingdom


Pound Sterling represented 5.3%, 5.8%, 6.6%, 5.9% and 5.9% of total revenues, revenues denominated in the Euro represented 11.3%13.4%, 9.6%12.4%, 9.3%11.9%, 10.2%11.3% and 10.3%9.6% of total revenues while revenues denominated in the Australian dollar represented 7.8%, 7.3%, 6.9%, 7.6%6.8%, 7.9%, 7.8% and 7.9%7.3% of total revenues, revenues denominated in United Kingdom Pound Sterling represented 4.6%, 4.9%, 5.0%, 5.3% and 5.8% of total revenues, respectively. As such, our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, receivables and payables.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar will also affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the Indian rupee price of our equity shares on the Indian stock exchanges and, as a result, will likely affect the market price of our American Depositary Shares (ADSs). Such fluctuations also impact the U.S. dollar conversion by the depositary of any cash dividends paid in Indian rupees on our equity shares represented by the ADSs.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, information concerning the number of Indian rupees for which one U.S. dollar could be exchanged. The period end rates are based on the fixing rate in the city of Mumbai on business days for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the Foreign Exchange Dealers' Association of India, or FEDAI.

Fiscal

 

Period

End

 

 

Average

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

65.18

 

 

 

64.46

 

 

 

65.87

 

 

 

63.25

 

2017

 

 

64.85

 

 

 

67.11

 

 

 

68.74

 

 

 

64.85

 

2016

 

 

66.26

 

 

 

65.69

 

 

 

68.70

 

 

 

62.11

 

2015

 

 

62.50

 

 

 

61.18

 

 

 

63.04

 

 

 

59.11

 

2014

 

 

59.92

 

 

 

60.75

 

 

 

68.56

 

 

 

53.71

 

The following table sets forth the high and low exchange rates for the previous six months and is based on the exchange rates from Deutsche Bank, Mumbai.

Month

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 2018

 

 

69.00

 

 

 

66.96

 

May 2018

 

 

68.29

 

 

 

66.57

 

April 2018

 

 

66.82

 

 

 

64.87

 

March 2018

 

 

65.21

 

 

 

64.76

 

February 2018

 

 

65.12

 

 

 

63.60

 

January 2018

 

 

64.00

 

 

 

63.25

 

On July 18, 2018, the fixing rate in the city of Mumbai for cash transfers in Indian rupees as published by FEDAI was ₹68.63.

The exchange rates for month-end and period-end reporting purposes have been based on the FEDAI rates. We believe that exchange rates published by FEDAI are more representative of market exchange rates than exchange rates published by individual banks. However, FEDAI does not publish exchange rates on a daily basis for all currencies, and in the absence of availability of daily exchange rates from FEDAI, we utilize exchange rates from Deutsche Bank, Mumbai, for daily transactions in the ordinary course of business.

Risk Factors

Investing in our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our ADSs. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our equity shares and ADSs could decline, and you could lose


part or all of your investment. Our business, operating results, financial performance, or prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material.


Our revenues are difficult to predict and can vary significantly from period-to-period, which could cause our share price to decline. Therefore, period-to-period comparisons of the results of our operations should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance. It is possible that in the future, our results of operations may be below the expectations of market analysts and our investors or our own guidance, which could cause the price of our equity shares and our ADSs to decline.

Outlined below are some of the risks that could potentially cause our revenues and profitability to fluctuate. While the summary below provides an indication of the risks that we face, readers should read the detailed risk factors that follow for a deeper understanding of the risk factor, steps taken by the organization to mitigate them and the potential consequential impact on our business, profitability, growth and reputation.

1.

Risks related to the global COVID-19 health pandemic

a.

The COVID-19 pandemic is a global humanitarian and health crisis, that continues to impact key geographies that we operate in. While vaccines have been made available, there are delays in vaccinating larger populations, increased instances of variants and infections, and consequential stress on the health sector. India, where most of our operations are located, is experiencing a second wave of infections, including new variants of the COVID-19 virus. In addition, India may experience future waves, which may further stress the healthcare ecosystem. This may impact our ability to service our customer requirements on time as a portion of our employees may be absent from the work owing to health issues or to tend to their families.

b.

Our exposure to cyber security and data privacy breach incidents may increase due to a large number of employees working remotely. This in turn can hinder our ability to continue services and/or operations, impacting revenue, profitability and reputation.

c.

The productivity of our employees may be negatively impacted due to isolated remote working from home, quarantine requirements, negative social sentiment and personal anxiety.

2.

Risks related to the markets in which we and our clients operate

a.

Spending on technology products and services by our clients and prospective clients fluctuates depending on many factors, including both the economic and regulatory environment in the markets in which they operate.

b.

Per-country restrictions on visas, costs increases in obtaining such visas, increases in required minimum wage levels for visa dependent employees, and/ or increased enforcement may affect our ability to compete for, and provide services to clients in certain work location / countries, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

c.

A large part of our revenues is dependent on our limited number of clients, and the loss of any one of our major clients could significantly impact our business.

d.

Financial stability of our clients may be affected owing to several factors such as the demand and supply challenges, currency fluctuations and other macroeconomic condition which may adversely impact our ability to recover fees for the services rendered to them.

e.

Intense competition in the market for technology services could affect our win rates and pricing, which could reduce our market share and decrease our revenues and/or our profits.


3.

Risks related to the investments we make for our growth

a.

Our business will suffer if we fail to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in order to keep pace with rapid changes in technology and in the industries on which we focus.

b.

We may engage in acquisitions, strategic investments, strategic partnerships or alliances or other ventures that may or may not be successful.

4.

Risks related to our cost structure

a.

Our expenses are difficult to predict and can vary significantly from period to period, which could cause fluctuations to our profitability.

b.

Any inability to manage our growth could disrupt our business, reduce our profitability and adversely impact our ability to implement our growth strategy.

c.

We are investing substantial cash in new facilities and physical infrastructure, and our profitability could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately. Wage pressures in India and the hiring of employees outside India may prevent us from sustaining some of our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margins.

5.

Risks related to our employee workforce

a.

Our success depends largely upon our highly skilled technology professionals and our ability to hire, attract, motivate, retain and train these personnel.

6.

Risks related to our contractual obligations

a.

Our failure to complete fixed-price (including maintenance) and fixed-timeframe contracts, or transaction-based pricing contracts, within budget and on time, may negatively affect our profitability.

b.

Our client contracts are often conditional upon our performance, which, if unsatisfactory, could result in lower revenues than previously anticipated.

c.

Our work with governmental agencies may expose us to additional risks.

7.

Risks related to our operations

a.

Our reputation could be at risk and we may be liable to our clients or to regulators for damages caused by inadvertent disclosure of confidential information and sensitive data.

b.

Our reputation could be at risk and we may be liable to our clients for damages caused by cyber security incidents.

c.

Our reputation may be impacted and we may incur financial liabilities if privacy breaches and incidents under General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) adopted by the EU or other data privacy regulations across the globe are attributed to us or if we are not able to take necessary steps to report such breaches and incidents to regulators and data subjects, wherever applicable, within the stipulated time. Further, any claim from our clients for losses suffered by them due to privacy breaches caused by our employees may impact us financially and affect our reputation.

d.

The markets in which we operate are subject to the risk of earthquakes, floods, tsunamis, storms, pandemics and other natural and manmade disasters.


e.

The safety of our employees, assets and infrastructure may be affected by untoward incidents beyond our control, impacting business continuity or reputation.

f.

Our reputation, access to capital and longer-term financial stability could be at risk if we are unable to meet our stated goals under our 2030 ESG vision.

8.

Risks related to legislation and regulatory compliance

a.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the corresponding substantial increases in unemployment rates across certain countries in which we operate, including the United States, United Kingdom, EU and Australia, governments have led and may in the future lead to the enactment of restrictive legislations that could limit companies in those countries from outsourcing work to us, or could inhibit our ability to staff client projects in a timely manner thereby impacting our revenue and profitability. 

9.

Risks related to the ADSs

a.

The price of our ADSs and the U.S. dollar value of any dividends we declare may be negatively affected by fluctuations in the U.S. dollar to Indian rupee exchange rate.

b.

ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights.

c.

ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to participate in a buy-back of shares offered by us.

d.

The reintroduction of dividend distribution tax rate or introduction of new forms of taxes on distribution of profits or changes to the basis of application of these taxes could materially affect the returns to our shareholders.

Risks related to global COVID-19 health pandemic:

The COVID-19 pandemic is a global humanitarian and health crisis, that continues to impact key geographies that we operate in, with many countries reporting a second wave and third wave of infections. The actions taken by various governments to contain the pandemic, such as closing of borders and lockdown restrictions, has resulted in significant disruption to people and businesses. While vaccines have been made available, there are delays in vaccinating larger populations, increased instances of variants and infections, and consequential stress on the health sector. Consequently, market demand in some segments and supply chains have been affected. India, where most of our operations are located, is experiencing a second wave of infections, including new variants of the COVID-19 virus. There is marked increase in the number of cases across regions where our development centers are located, and a small percentage of our employees or their families are adversely affected. We have initiated several interventions to help our employees and their families including establishing COVID Care Centers, vaccination centers and providing them access to medical care facilities. However, the continued stress on the medical infrastructure and increasing cases in the country may impact the health and safety of our employees. In addition. India may experience future waves which may further stress the healthcare ecosystem if we are unable to vaccinate significant portion of our employees by that time. This may impact our ability to service our customer requirements on time as a portion of our employees may be absent from the work owing to health issues or to tend to their families.


The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted, and may further impact, all of our stakeholders – employees, clients, investors and communities we operate in. During fiscal 2021, the impact on revenue due to supply and demand risks we experienced from the COVID-19 pandemic was not significant. COVID-19 pandemic has heightened several other risks that are described in this section. Some of the specific risks related to the occurrence of COVID-19 pandemic that have materialized include:

Some of our clients’ business operations have been negatively impacted due to the economic downturn - resulting in postponement, termination, suspension of some ongoing projects in the initial periods of the financial year;

Our ability to continue to meet service delivery obligations while our employees work from home are sometimes constrained by contractual terms with our clients and are therefore dependent on receiving the requisite approvals from them in time;

Restrictions on travel have marginally impacted our ability to assign and deploy people at required locations and times to deliver contracted services, thereby impacting our revenue and/or profitability;

Our profitability has been marginally impacted as some clients have sought price reductions or discounts;

Lower profitability and prolonged payment terms requests from clients had marginal negative impact on our cash flows;

Our business continuity is marginally impacted as key geographies in which we operate imposed a lockdown and/or some of our development centers had to be temporarily shut down due to COVID-19 cases found in our campuses;

We incurred unanticipated costs in ensuring our offices are safe and hygienic workplaces for our employees; and to enable employees to work from home; and

We incurred additional costs in procuring and deploying hardware assets, technology infrastructure, information security infrastructure and data connectivity charges for remote working.

While the above-mentioned risks have materialized to varied extent in the last financial year, their impact may continue in the next financial year as well. In addition to the above, other risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic that may materialize in future are:

The financial stability of our clients may get affected or they may file for bankruptcy, jeopardizing our ability to collect our account receivables and unbilled revenue;

Restrictions on travel, marketing events and in-person client meetings may result in sub-optimal branding and delays in our sales and commercial processes, affecting our revenue;

Clients may invoke contractual clauses and/or levy penalties if we are unable to meet project quality, productivity and schedule service level agreements due to our employees working remotely;

Our profitability may be negatively impacted if we are unable to eliminate fixed or committed costs in line with reduced demand. Additionally, any sudden change in demand may impact utilization in short term thereby impacting margins;

Our profitability may be marginally impacted as some clients may dispute some of the existing work-in-process that has been recognized by us as unbilled revenues. This in turn can impact our profitability and cash flows negatively;

Our exposure to cyber security and data privacy breach incidents may increase due to a large number of employees working remotely. This in turn can hinder our ability to continue services and/or operations, impacting revenue, profitability and reputation;

The productivity of our employees may be negatively impacted due to remote working from home, quarantine requirements, negative social sentiment and personal anxiety;

We have recently announced that we will cover vaccination costs of our employees and their families and also agreed to provide financial support to affected employees and their families. This may have an impact on our cost structure which may increase if there is an increase in vaccination costs or support extended;

Due to rising number of COVID-19 cases in India with the prolonged second wave and predicted future waves in the regions where most of our employees are located, there may be fulfilment challenges if our employees are on leave as a result of having contracted COVID-19 directly or to take care of anyone in their family;

Our operations may get disrupted after the re-opening of our campuses and offices if any of our returning employees test positive for COVID-19;


We could be subject to lawsuits from our employees alleging they are exposed to health risks as we transition them back to working from our or our client’s offices;

Our ability to procure goods and services may be impacted as some of our suppliers may not be able to operate efficiently during a lockdown;

Unfavorable currency movements during these times may impact our profitability;

An increase in insurance premium on the regular policies that we avail may adversely impact our profitable growth or coverage;

There could be heightened regional or macro risks such as an increase in unemployment, protectionism, immigration reform, extended recession in the economy, geo-political tension and social unrest;

Many educational institutions in India, which are a primary source of our talent, have postponed student assessments due to the ongoing second wave of COVID-19. This may affect timely supply of fresh graduates that we plan to hire this year;

The uncertainty in demand as our clients deal with a prolonged economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may cause us to implement severe cost control measures including reduction in employee bonuses. This could result in increased attrition of employees and/or a higher expenditure on recruitment and subcontracting services, thereby impacting our profitability;

If the market price of our shares/ADS remain low due to a prolonged recession, the value of RSUs and the ability to achieve the performance targets of the PSUs we have given to our employees may reduce. This will impede our ability to retain our high performing employees;

Although we have successfully invoked Business Continuity Procedures (BCP) so far, a prolonged continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic may create breakdown in our BCP, impacting our business;

We could experience potential impairment of acquired entities and investments as a result of prolonged slower economic growth which can impact business momentum and synergies that were expected; and

We may be unable to recoup the investments that we have made in various geographies due to the impact of prolonged economic downturn with consequential impact on liquidity in the sectors or the geographies in which we have invested.

I.

Risks related to the markets in which we and our clients operate

Spending on technology products and services by our clients and prospective clients is subject to fluctuationsfluctuates depending on many factors, including both the economic and regulatory environment in the markets in which they operate.

The technology and IT budgets of our clients are frequently impacted as a result of economic slowdown or uncertainties in the markets in which they operate and the response of our clients to such events.operate. Reductions in IT spending arising from or related to economic slowdown in the markets in which our clients operate have in the past adversely impacted, and may in the future adversely impact, our revenues, gross profits, operating margins and results of operations.

Increased regulation, changes in existing regulation or increased government intervention in the industries in which our clients operate may adversely affect the growth of their respective businesses and may reduce demand for our services or cause us to incur additional costs in our processes or personnel, thereby negatively affecting our business, results of operations and financial condition. For instance, clients in the financial services sector have been subject to increased regulation following the enactment of, and subsequent amendments to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in the United States; and clients in the healthcare industry could be impacted by amendments to or repeal of the U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010. Similarly, our clients may be subject to stringent compliance requirements, including privacy and security standards for handling data, thatwhich could impact the manner in which we provide our services.

Further, regulators have imposed guidelines for use of cloud computing services that mandate specific controls or require financial services enterprises to obtain regulatory approval prior to outsourcing certain functions.

Reduced or delayed IT spending may also lead to our clients cancelling ongoing projects with us, requesting pricing discounts, seeking extended payment terms or consolidating the technology service providers that they partner with. In the past such events have adversely impacted our utilization rates, the revenue earned per billed person month, the competitiveness of our proposals, our gross margins and our gross margins.cash flows.


The business challengesCOVID-19 pandemic and pressures resultingthe consequences arising from economic slowdownit did alter the budget priorities of some of our clients leading to delay in discretionary projects. Risk of future waves and prolonged crisis induced by COVID-19 pandemic may create more uncertainties and delays in our client’s decision-making process there by affecting our revenue. While increased adoption of cloud-based offerings, digital services and cyber security services may result in additional opportunities, we may need to alter our internal offerings, talent mobility and marketing efforts need to capture these opportunities.

During the past year, there has been an increase in the marketsratio of effort based in India versus at our onsite client locations in the delivery of our projects, in part due to the travel restrictions imposed to counter the COVID-19 pandemic. If this trend continues even after the pandemic, it may impact a portion of our revenue. Prolonged restrictions on travel from India due to increased cases in the region may impact our ability to deliver the project. In addition, some of our clients may decide to reduce their dependencies on geographies with higher or prolonged COVID 19 pandemic cases including India. This may affect our profitability as we will have to run operations from regions other than the regions in which our clientswe normally operate could also affect their credit ratings and our credit terms with them, leading to adverse impact on our cash flow and results of operations.at a higher cost.

Economic slowdown or other factors may affect the economic health of the United States, of America, the United Kingdom, the European Union (“EU”), Australia or those industries where our revenues are concentrated.

Our revenues are concentrated in a few geographies and client industry segments. In fiscal 2018, 60.4%2021, 61.3%, 23.7%24.2% and 12.7%11.6% of our revenues were derived from projects in North America, Europe and the rest of the world, respectively. In fiscal 2018,2021, we derived 26.4%32.4% of our revenues from the financial services and insurance industry.

Instability and uneven growth in the global economy has had an adverse impact on the growth of the IT industry in the past and may continue to impact it in the future. This instability also impacts our business and results of operations and may continue to do so in the future.

For instance, in 2016, in what is known as Brexit, Britain voted to withdraw from the European Union and the implications of this are not fully known at this point of time. However, as the deadline of March 29, 2019 approaches for Britain’s exit from the European Union, implications on immigration policies, financial and business models will emerge as negotiations between the governments of the European Union and the United Kingdom conclude. We are keeping a close watch on the developments in this regard. Ifif the economies of the United States, United Kingdom or the European UnionEU weaken or growth remains uneven, including as a result of the uncertainty surrounding Brexit,COVID-19 pandemic, our clients may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly, which may in turn lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.profitability.


Any future global economic uncertainty, arising out of various factors including the COVID-19 pandemic or any other such global pandemic impacting the financial services industry, retail, consumer goods, energy and manufacturing on which we depend for a substantial portion of our annual revenues, may result in the reduction, postponement or consolidation of IT spending, contract terminations, deferrals of projects or delays in purchases by our clients. This may lower the demand for our services or impact the prices that we can obtain for our services and consequently, adversely affect our revenues and profitability. For instance, the financial services industry was severely impacted by the economic crisis that started in 2008 in the United States, which led to the United States federal government taking over or providing financial support to many leading financial institutions and with some leading investment banks going bankrupt or being forced to sell themselves in distressed circumstances.

We also depend on clients in the energy sector to generate a considerable percentage of our revenue. Any impact in the energy sector due to oil price volatility may lead to costingeconomic pressure on our customersclients and in turn impact our revenues/profitabilityprofitability.

Some of the consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic and its prolonged impact may include heightened nationalism and anti-outsourcing sentiments due to job losses in the key geographies of US and UK which may impact our growth and profitability. Heightened geo-political situations amongst the major economies may impact our ability to grow holistically across regions.

Our clients may operate in sectors which are adversely impacted by climate change which could consequently impact our business and reputation.

There is increased concern and awareness of risks resulting from climate change across industry sectors in which our clients operate. Our current or future clients in affected sectors may need to transition from climate impacting solutions to climate friendly solutions, resulting in transition or investment risks to their businesses. For instance, our clients in mining and oil exploration related businesses may come under severe financial stress due to investments in climate friendly solutions. This in turn may impede our ability to grow due to our exposure to such sectors. In addition, any societal pressure or adverse media publicity against companies that are exploiting climate


impacting solutions may consequentially affect our reputation too if we are a significant service provider to such clients.

Per-country restrictions on visas, costs increases in obtaining such visas, increases in required minimum wage levels for visa dependent employees, and/ or increased enforcement may affect our ability to compete for, and provide services to clients in work location countries, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and/ or financial condition.

A portion of our employees in the United States, United Kingdom, the European Union (“EU”), and other countries/ regions rely on work visas and permits, which makes our business vulnerable to changes and variations in immigration laws, including policy changes to the way in which laws are interpreted and/ or enforced, and potential enforcement actions and penalties that might cause us to lose access to such visas. We are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal requirements.

Overall, increased and changing requirements may result in impact on mobility programs, as well as increased costs due to greater, more complex internal operations to meet varying compliance obligations. Recent changes or any additional adverse revisions to immigration laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate may cause us delays, staffing shortages, additional costs, and/ or an inability to bid for or fulfill projects for clients, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our clients may be the subject of economic or other sanctions by governments and regulators in key geographies that we operate in, limiting our ability to grow these relationships, risking increased penalties and exposure of our business to consequential sanctions.

We engage with clients in different geographies and sectors. Some of them could be operating in highly regulated sectors and/or geographies. Sanctions may be enforced on them or their key managerial personnel either before they become our clients or during the course of our work with them. While we take reasonable precautions to determine if a potential client is in the sanctioned list, our ability to screen and ensure we do not enter into contract with any such clients depends on the data available in the public domain or third party databases on sanctioned entities or personnel. If a client is subject to sanctions during the course of our work with them, such engagements may expose us to consequential sanctions, administrative action or loss of any government contracts or engagements.

A large part of our revenues are dependent on our toplimited number of clients, and the loss of any one of our major clients could significantly impact our business.

We have historically earned and believe that in the future we will continue to earn, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of clients. In fiscal 2018,2021, our largest client accounted for 3.4%3.2% of our total revenues, and our ten largest clients together accounted for 19.3%18.1% of our total revenues. The volume of work we perform for different clients may vary from year to year depending on the discretion of our clients. Thus, a major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenues in a subsequent year. There are a number of factors, other than our performance, that could cause the loss of a client or reduction of business from a client. In certain cases, our business may be impacted when a large client either changes its outsourcing strategy by moving more work in-house or replacing its existing software with packaged software supported by the licensor. Reduced technology spending in response to a challenging economic or competitive environment or as a consequence of the current pandemic may also result in our loss of a client.client or part of the business from the client. If we lose one of our major clients or if one of our major clients significantly reduces its volume of business with us, our revenues and profitability could be reduced.adversely affected.

Financial stability of our clients may be affected owing to several factors such as the demand and supply challenges, currency fluctuations and other macroeconomic condition which may adversely impact our ability to recover fees for the services rendered to them.

The business challenges and pressures resulting from the economic slowdown in the markets in which our clients operate could affect their ability to pay their vendors on time resulting in a downward revision of their credit ratings and their ability to raise funds. This may have a cascading effect on our credit terms with them, leading to adverse impact on our cash flow and results of operations. While we take adequate precautions to evaluate the credit risks to


qualify clients before we onboard them; to periodically check data available in various public domains including credit default swaps and ratings given by leading agencies; and reducing the loss due to sudden bankruptcy by taking a receivables insurance for many of our clients; any sudden variation in the financial health of the clients organization owing to macro-economic or geo-political factors or global challenges such as an economic recession, the COVID-19 pandemic, and natural calamities may adversely affect our ability to recover the fees for the services rendered from them.

We may not be able to provide end-to-end business solutions for our clients, which could lead to clients discontinuing their work with us, which in turn could harm our business.

In recent years, we have been expanding the nature and scope of our client engagements by extending the breadth of solutions and services that we offer, which include, for example, software applications, automation solutions, digital design and analytics services, engineering services, cloud related services, application development and maintenance, consulting, business process management, systems integration and security and infrastructure management.

The increased breadth of our service offerings may result in larger and more complex client projects. This will require us to establish closer relationships with our clients and potentially with other technology service providers and vendors and require a more thorough understanding of our clients’ operations. Our ability to establish these relationships will depend on a number of factors including the proficiency of our technology professionals and our management personnel. Thus, if we are unable to attain a thorough understanding of our clients’ operations, our service offerings may not effectively meet client needs and jeopardize our client engagements, which may negatively impact our revenues and financial condition.

Larger projects often involve multiple components, engagements or stages, and a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages or may cancel or delay additional planned engagements for various reasons unrelated to the quality of our services and outside of our control, such as the business or financial condition of our clients or the economy in general. These terminations, cancellations or delays may make it difficult to plan for project resource requirements, which may have a negative impact on our profitability.

Additionally, the business departments of our clients are increasingly making or influencing technology-related buying decisions. If we are unable to establish business relationships with these new buying centers, or if we are unable to articulate the value of our technology services to these business functions, our revenues may be adversely impacted.


Intense competition in the market for technology services could affect our win rates and pricing, which could reduce our market share of business from clients and decrease our revenues and/or our profits.

Our revenues and profits depend, in part, upon the continued demand for our services by our existing and new clients and our ability to meet this demand in a competitive and cost-effective manner. The technology services market is highly competitive. Our competitors include large global consulting firms, India-based technology services firms, software and solution providers, niche service providers and in-house IT departments and captive centers of large corporations.

The technology services industry is experiencing rapid changes that are affecting the competitive landscape, including recent divestitures and acquisitions that have resulted in consolidation within the industry. These changes may result in larger competitors with significant resources or competitors with more competitive service offerings in emerging areas of demand, such as digital design, cloud basedcloud-based solutions and cyber security. In addition, some of our competitors have added offshore capabilities to their service offerings. These competitors may be able to offer their services using the offshore and onsite model more efficiently. Many of these competitors are also substantially larger than us and have significant experience with international operations. We may face competition in countries where we currently operate, as well as in countries in which we expect to expand our operations. We also expect additional competition from technology services firms with current operations in other countries, such as China and the Philippines. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources, generate greater revenues, have more extensive existing client relationships and technology partnerships and have greater brand recognition than we do. We may be unable to compete successfully against these competitors or may lose clients to these competitors. Additionally, our ability to compete effectively also depends in part on factors


outside our control, such as the price at which our competitors offer comparable services, and the extent of our competitors’ responsiveness to their clients’ needs.

Moreover, our ability to maintain or increase pricing is restricted as clients often expect that as we do more business with them, they will receive volume discounts or lower rates. In addition, existing and new customers are also increasingly using third-party consultants with broad market knowledge to assist them in negotiating contractual terms. Any inability to maintain or increase pricing on account of this practice may also adversely impact our revenues, gross profits,profit, operating marginsmargin and results of operations. Further the COVID-19 pandemic may have an adverse impact on our ability to increase pricing for our services as many countries have imposed lock downs leading to economic downturns which may lead certain customers to negotiate the existing contracts with us.

Our clients may decide to increase their in-house IT capabilities and/or control of their technology investments by setting up or expanding their own captive centers in India or other locations such as Eastern Europe, Latin America and South East Asia. While this presents opportunities for us to partner with our clients, such centers may also result in erosion of some addressable market and/or increasing pricing pressures for our business.

Our engagements with customersclients are typically singular in nature and do not necessarily provide for subsequent engagements.

Our clients generally retain us on a short-term, engagement-by-engagement basis in connection with specific projects, rather than on a recurring basis under long-term contracts. Although a substantial majority of our revenues are generated from repeat business, which we define as revenues from a client who also contributed to our revenues during the prior fiscal year, our engagements with our clients are typically for projects that are singular in nature. Therefore, we must seek out new engagements when our current engagements are successfully completed or terminated, and we are constantly seeking to expand our business with existing clients and secure new clients for our services.

In addition, in order to continue expanding our business, we may need to significantly expand our sales and marketing group, which would increase our expenses and may not necessarily result in a substantial increase in business. If we are unable to generate a substantial number of new engagements for projects on a continual basis, our business and results of operations would likely be adversely affected. Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic may lead to clients re-evaluating their spending, as a result of which they may decide not to extend or renew their business with us due to their own business challenges.

II.

Risks related to the investments we make for our growth

Our business will suffer if we fail to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in order to keep pace with rapid changes in technology and in the industries on which we focus.

The technology services market is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, changing client preferences and new product and service introductions. Our future success will depend on our ability to anticipate these advances and develop new product and service offerings to meet client needs. We may fail to anticipate or respond to these advances on a timely basis, or, if we do respond, the services or technologies that we develop may not be successful in the marketplace. We have recently introduced, and propose to introduce, several new solutions involving cloud, artificial intelligence based(AI)-based automation, robotic process automation, blockchain, IoT, autonomous vehicles and other technologies. The complexity of these solutions, our inexperience in developing or implementing them and significant competition in the markets for these solutions may affect our ability to market


these solutions successfully. In addition, the development of some of the services and technologies may involve significant upfront investments and the failure of these services and technologies may result in our inability to recoup some or all of these investments. Further, better or more competitively priced products, services or technologies that are developed by our competitors may render our services non-competitive or obsolete.

The prolonged COVID-19 pandemic and any resultant economic downturn may result in reduced expenditure by Infosys on ideating, incubating, developing and marketing new service offerings. This may in turn affect our long-term growth prospects.


We may be unable to recoup investment costs incurred in developing our software products and platforms.

The development of our software products and platforms requires significant investments. The markets for our suite of software products and platforms are competitive. Our current software products and platforms or any new software products and platforms that we develop may not be commercially successful and the costs of developing such new software products and platforms may not be recouped. Since software product and platform revenues typically occur in periods subsequent to the periods in which the costs are incurred for the development of such software products and platforms, delayed revenues may cause periodic fluctuations in our operating results.

We may engage in acquisitions, strategic investments, strategic partnerships or alliances or other ventures that may or may not be successful.

We seek to acquire or make strategic investments in complementary businesses, new and emerging technologies, services or products, or enter into strategic partnerships or alliances with third parties in order to enhance our business.

It is possible that we may not be able to identify suitable acquisitions, candidates for strategic investment or strategic partnerships, or if we do identify suitable targets, we may not complete those transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us. Our inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or investments or our inability to complete such transactions may affect our competitiveness and growth prospects.

Even if we are able to identify an acquisition that we would like to consummate, we may not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially reasonable terms or the target may be acquired by another company. Furthermore, in the event that we are able to identify and consummate any future acquisitions, we could:

issue equity securities which would dilute current shareholders’ percentage ownership;

incur substantial debt;

incur significant acquisition-related expenses;

assume contingent liabilities; or

expend significant cash.

These financing activities or expenditures could harm our business, operating results and financial condition or the price of our equity shares and ADSs. Alternatively, due to possible difficulties in the capital and credit markets, we may be unable to secure capital on acceptable terms, if at all, to complete acquisitions.

The synergies that were expected from some of our acquisitions may not materialize as intended. Moreover, even if we do obtain benefits from acquisitions in the form of increased sales and earnings, there may be a delay between the time when the expenses associated with an acquisition are incurred and the time when we recognize such benefits.

Further, if we acquire a company, we could have difficulty in assimilating that company’s personnel, operations, products, services, solutions, technology and software. In addition, the key personnel of the acquired company may decide not to work for us. These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees and increase our expenses.In addition, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic with a consequential prolonged downturn in the economy may impact our ability to grow acquired entities, which could result in reduction of their valuations.

We have made, and may in the future make, strategic investments in early-stage technology start-up companies in order to gain experience in or exploit niche technologies. However, our investments may not be successful.generate expected returns if the demand, supply and cash flow of these companies are adversely affected due to prolonged COVID-19 pandemic related disruptions. The lack of profitability of any of our investments could have a material adverse effectimpact on our operating results.


Goodwill that we carry on our balance sheetBalance Sheet could give rise to significant impairment charges in the future.

Goodwill is subject to impairment review at least annually. Impairment testing under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards BoardIASB may lead to impairment charges in the future. Any significant impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

III.

Risks related to our cost structure

Our expenses are difficult to predict and can vary significantly from period to period, which could cause fluctuations to our share price to decline.profitability.

A significant part of our total operating expenses, particularly expenses related to personnel and facilities, are fixed in advance for any particular period. As a result, unanticipated variations in the number and timing of our projects, employee utilization rates, location of employee deployment, or the accuracy of our estimates of the resources required to complete ongoing projects or uncertain economic situations arising out of various factors including a prolonged COVID-19 pandemic may cause significant variations in our operating results in any particular period. There are also a number of factors that are not within our control that could cause fluctuations in our operating results from period to period.

Our profitability could be affected by pricing pressures on our services, competitiveness for digital capabilities, volatility of the exchange rates between the Indian rupee, the U.S. dollar, and other currencies in which we generate revenues or incur expenses, increased wage pressures in India and at other locations where we maintain operations, increases in taxes or the expiration of tax benefits, the size and timing of facilities expansion and the resulting depreciation and amortization costs, economic downturn induced by a prolonged COVID-19 pandemic, or changes in immigration laws, policy, and/or enforcement in our key markets that would restrict offshore outsourcing or restrict the availability of certain visas thereby limiting our ability to staff the projects in a timely manner and generate revenues. Further, investments towards our localization strategy and any increase in visa costs or increase in salaries payable to visa-dependent employees onsite would increase our cost of doing business onsite significantly, which would impact our profitability.

While we seek to manage costs efficiently, if the proportion of our services delivered at client sites increases, we may not be able to keep our operating costs as low in the future, which would also have an adverse impact on our profit margins. Additionally, we have recently opened a technology hub in Indianapolis and announced intent to open three more innovationinvestment hubs in some of the United States.countries in which we are operating. Increased hiring of personnel within these hubs along with staff for enabler functions and the management team may increase our cost of doing business and thereby have an adverse impact on our profit margins. Our cost of operations is higher at onsite compared to offshore and hence we maintain most of our bench offshore. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic related disruptions, our clients may decide to reduce business with us. Inability to move people to offshore in such a situation due to travel lockdowns can impact our cost structure.

Furthermore, in the past, our profit margin has been adversely impacted by the expiration of certain tax holidays and benefits in India, and we expect that it may be further adversely affected as additional tax holidays and benefits expire in the future.

In addition, due to competitive market conditions and pricing pressures, we are committing to higher productivity improvements in our contracts with our clients. Any failure to realize such anticipated productivity improvements either due to our inability to identify areas to automate, optimize processes, effectively address service delivery risks or manage customer requirements may impact our profitability.

Any increase in operating expenses not offset by an increase in pricing or any acquisition with a lower profitability could impact our operating margins.Unplanned expenditure incurred during a prolonged pandemic, such as increased information security requirements and employee health and welfare may adversely affect our profitability.

Any inability to manage our growth could disrupt our business, reduce our profitability and adversely impact our ability to implement our growth strategy.

Our employee base grew significantly in the recent periods. Between March 31, 20142017 and March 31, 2018,2021, our total employee count grew from 160,405200,364 to 204,107,259,619 representing a compounded annualized growth rate of 6.2%6.7%.


In addition, in the last few years we have undertaken and continue to undertake major expansions of our existing facilities, as well as the construction of new facilities globally. We expect our growth to place significant demands


on our management team and other resources. Our growth will require us to continuously develop and improve our operational, financial and other internal controls globally. Inadequate financial controls may increase the possibility of fraud and/or negatively impact the accuracy of our financial reporting and shareholder relationships. In addition, continued growth increases the challenges involved in:

recruiting, training and retaining sufficient skilled technical, marketing & management personnel;

adhering to and further improving our high quality and process execution standards;

preserving our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment;

successfully expanding the range of services offered to our clients;

developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational, communications and other internal systems;

maintaining high levels of client satisfaction; and

maintaining an effective internal control system and training our employees to mitigate the risk of individuals engaging in unlawful or fraudulent activity, breaching contractual obligations, or otherwise exposing us to unacceptable business risks.

Our growth strategy relies on expanding our operations around the world. The costs involved in entering and establishing ourselves in new markets, and expanding such operations, may be higher than expected and we may face significant competition in these regions. Our inability to manage our expansion and related growth in these markets or regions may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may face competition in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries or with international operations generally. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations.

Our organizational structures, processes and culture may not be sufficiently agile and adaptive to embrace the changes required to execute our strategy.

Wage pressures in India and the hiring of employees outside India may prevent us from sustaining some of our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margins.

Wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the United States and Europe for comparably skilled professionals, which has been one of our competitive strengths. Although a vast majority of our current workforce is based in India, we have recently increased and expect to continue to increase hiring in other jurisdictions, including the United States, the United Kingdom, Continental Europe and Australia. This increase has been driven, in part, by recent indications that immigration regulations policy, and/or enforcement in these countries could undergo significant changes. Such hiring has resulted and could further result in overall increased wage costs and risks thereby impacting operations and profitability.

Further, in certain jurisdictions in which we operate, legislations have been proposed that requires our employees working on visas in such jurisdictions to earn the same wages as residents or citizens of such jurisdiction, with which we have complied with.complied. In case such legislative proposals are adopted by other jurisdictions, our operating costs and risks will go up.

Additionally, wage increases in India may prevent us from sustaining thisour competitive advantageadvantage. and may negatively affect our profit margins. We have historically experienced significant competition for employees from large multinational companies that have established and continue to establish offshore operations in India, as well as from companies within India. Increased demand for talent in India due to higher levels of offshoring across the industry could also cause wages to increase for certain management level employees and skilled professionals. This competition has led to wage pressures in attracting and retaining employees, and these wage pressures have led to a situation where wages in India are increasing at a faster rate than in the United States, which could result in increased costs for companies seeking to employ technology professionals in India, particularly project managers and other mid-level professionals. In addition, any changes to the employment laws in the countries in which we operate including India, that may increase the compensation or social security benefits we offer our employees may impact our profitability.

We may need to increase our employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to be able to attract and retain employees skilled in newer technology areas or to remain competitive with other employers, or seek to recruit in


other low labor cost jurisdictions to keep our wage costs low. In certain years, the companyCompany may issue incentive compensation plans including stock-based compensation plans to its employees and management. Any compensation increases in the future may result in higher operating costs and lower profitability. In certain years, we may not give wage increases due to adverse market conditions while our competitors may still give wage increases. This may result in higher attrition rates and may impact our ability to hire highly-skilledhighly skilled technology professionals.


We are investing substantial cash assets in new facilities and physical infrastructure, and our profitability could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.

As of March 31, 2018,2021, we had contractual commitments of $223$100 million for capital expenditures, including commitments related to the expansion or construction of facilities. We may encounter cost overruns or project delays in connection with expansion of existing facilities and construction of new facilities. Expansions of existing facilities and construction of new facilities will increase our fixed costs. If we are unable to grow our business and revenues proportionately, our profitability will be adversely impacted.

Shifting business and operating models due to the COVID-19 pandemic to working from home may possibly reduce use of some of physical infrastructure. Continued incurrence of operational cost to maintain these facilities may adversely affect our profitability.

Currency fluctuations and declining interest rates may affect the results of our operations.

Our functional currency is the Indian rupee and we incur a significant portion of our expenses in U.S. dollar and Indian rupees.

However, we generate the majority of our revenues in foreign currencies, such as the U.S. dollar or the Pound Sterling, the Euro, the Australian dollar, and the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, through our sales in the United States and elsewhere. We also purchase from overseas suppliers in various currencies. As a result of the increased volatility in the foreign exchange currency markets, there may be demand from our clients that the impact associated with foreign exchange fluctuations be borne by us. Also, historically, we have held a substantial majority of our cash funds in Indian rupees. We expect that a majority of our revenues will continue to be generated in foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar, the Pound Sterling,Euro, the EuroAustralian dollar and the Australian dollar,United Kingdom Pound Sterling, for the foreseeable future and that a significant portion of our expenses, including personnel costs, as well as capital and operating expenditures, will continue to be denominated in U.S. dollar and Indian rupees. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on our revenues, other income, cost of sales, gross margin and net income, and may have a negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. For example, during fiscal 2018,2021, every percentage point depreciation / appreciation in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar, has affected the company’sCompany’s incremental operating margins by approximately 0.50%0.47%.

We use derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange exposures. Our purchase of these derivative instruments, however, may not be adequate to insulate ourselves from foreign currency exchange risks.

We may incur losses due to unanticipated or significant intra quarter movements in currency markets which could have an adverse impact on our profit margin and results of operations. Also, the volatility in the foreign currency markets may make it difficult to hedge our foreign currency exposures effectively.

Further, the policies of the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) may change from time to time which may limit our ability to hedge our foreign currency exposures adequately. Full or increased capital account convertibility, if introduced, could result in increased volatility in the fluctuations of exchange rates between the rupee and foreign currencies.

A majority of our investments are in India basedIndia-based assets and are exposed to fluctuations in the interest rate environment in the country, which depends to a great extent on RBI monetary policy. Changes in RBImonetary policy in the form of interest rate cuts could result in lower interest income and affect our profitability.

Adverse currency movements arising out of the COVID-19 pandemic may adversely impact our profitability.


IV.

Risks related to our employee workforce

Our success depends largely upon our highly-skilledhighly skilled technology professionals and our ability to hire, attract, motivate, retain and train these personnel.

Our ability to execute projects, maintain our client relationships and acquire new clients depends largely on our ability to attract, hire, train, motivate and retain highly skilled technology professionals, project managers and other mid-level professionals. If we cannot hire, motivate and retain personnel, our ability to bid for projects, obtain new projects, build and sell new service offerings or software platforms and expand our business will be impaired and our revenues could decline.


The availability of science and technology professionals in certain geographies where we operate or into which we choose to expand in the future may be inadequate to satisfy our demand requirements. This may also adversely impact our efforts to localize our workforce in these geographies. Any restrictions on travel and immigration including arising from governmental response to the prolonged COVID-19 pandemic, may further affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in these jurisdictionsjurisdictions. A continued economic downturn and loss of jobs in different countries due to the COVID-19 pandemic, may result in reverse labor migration, thereby reducing the availability of talent in required geographies.

Increasing worldwide competition for skilled technology professionals and increased hiring by technology companies, particularly in India, may affect our ability to hire and retain an adequate number of skilled and experienced technology professionals.

Changes in policies or laws may also affect the ability of technology companies to attract and retain personnel. For instance, the central government or state governments in India may introduce legislation, which require employers to give preferential hiring treatment to under-represented groups. The quality of our work force is critical to our business. If any such central government or state government legislation becomes effective, our ability to hire the most highlyadequate numbers of qualified technology professionals may be hindered.

Changing technology, industry needs and changing demography increases the need for hiring differently skilled and diversified talent. For instance, the new wave of digital services requires talent with differentiated skills in creative design, data science, statistical analysis, artificial intelligence and machine learning. The talent pools with such skills could be different from our traditional sources of recruitment. If we are unable to hire, retain, retrain and redeploy our technology professionals to keep pace with such continuing changes in technology, it may adversely affect our ability to bid for and obtain new projects and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our inability to integrate employees that we hire or acquire in different countries in tointo our existing corporate culture may adversely impact the results of our operations. During fiscal 2021, there has been an increase in the number of employees we acquired.

In addition, if we are unable to increase employee compensation adequately or if we reduce compensation or variable pay for our employees, it may result in increased attrition and increased hiring cost to replace such employees.

Our success depends in large part upon our management team and key personnel and our ability to attract and retain them.

We are highly dependent on the members of our Board of Directors (the “Board”), executive officers and other senior executive leadership team including our Chief Executive Officer who recently joined on January 2, 2018.leaders. Our future performance and customerclient relationships may be affected by any disruptions in the continued service of our directors and executive officers.

Competition for senior management in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to retain senior management personnel or attract and retain new senior management personnel in the future. Furthermore, we do not maintain key man life insurance for any of the senior members of our management team or other key personnel. The loss of any member of our senior management or other key personnel, or if they become unavailable for an extended period of


time due to the COVID-19 pandemic, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

V.

Risks related to our contractual obligations

Our failure to complete fixed-price (including maintenance) and fixed-timeframe contracts, or transaction-based pricing contracts, within budget and on time, may negatively affect our profitability.

As an element of our business strategy, in response to client requirements and pressures on IT budgets, we are offering an increasing portion of our services on a fixed-price (including maintenance), fixed-timeframe basis, rather than on a time-and-materials basis. In the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, 20172021 and 2016,2020 revenues from fixed-price (including maintenance), fixed-timeframe projects accounted for 50.5%, 48.0%, and 44.0%approximately 50% of our total services revenues, respectively. In addition, pressure on the IT budgets of our clients has led us to deviate from our standard pricing policies and to offer varied pricing models to our clients in certain situations in order to remain competitive. For example, we are entering into transaction-based pricing contracts with certain clients who were not previously offered such terms in order to give our clients the flexibility to pay as they use our services.

The risk of entering into fixed-price (including maintenance), fixed-timeframe arrangements and transaction-based pricing arrangements is that if we fail to properly estimate the appropriate pricing for a project, we may earn lower profits or incur losses as a result of being unable to execute projects on the timeframe and with the amount of labor we expected. Although, we use our software engineering methodologies and processes and past project experience to reduce the risks


associated with estimating, planning and performing fixed-price (including maintenance), fixed-timeframe projects and transaction-based pricing projects, we bear the risk of cost overruns, completion delays and wage inflation in connection with these projects. If we fail to estimate accurately the resources and time required for a project, the extent of automation and productivity gains we may be able to achieve, the complexity of executing large and multi-party programs, future wage inflation rates or currency exchange rates, or if we fail to complete our contractual obligations within the contracted timeframe, our profitability may suffer. We expect that we will continue to enter into fixed-price (including maintenance), fixed-timeframe and transaction-based pricing engagements in the future, and such engagements may increase in relation to the revenues generated from engagements on a time-and-materials basis, which would increase the risks to our business.

Our client contracts can typically be terminated without cause, and with little or no notice or penalty, which could negatively impact our revenues and profitability.

Our clients typically retain us on a non-exclusive, project-by-project basis. Many of our client contracts, including those that are on a fixed-price (including maintenance),fixed-timeframe basis, can be terminated with or without cause, between zero and 90 days’90-days’ notice. Our business is dependent on the decisions and actions of our clients, and there are a number of factors relating to our clients that are outside of our control, which might lead to termination of a project or the loss of a client, including:

financial difficulties for a client including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy;bankruptcy, including due to the prolonged impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

a change in strategic priorities, resulting in a reduced level of technology spending;

a demand for price reductions; or an unwillingness to accept higher pricing due to various factors such as higher wage costs, higher cost of doing business;

a change in outsourcing strategy by moving more work to the client’sclients’ in-house technology departments or to our competitors;

the replacement by our clients of existing software with packaged software supported by licensors;

mergers and acquisitions;

consolidation of technology spending by a client, whether arising out of mergers and acquisitions, or otherwise; or

sudden ramp-downs in projects due to an uncertain economic environment.environment or a pandemic like the COVID-19.

Our inability to control the termination of client contracts could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. While there have been no material project terminations due to the COVID-19 pandemic, a


prolonged uncertainty could heighten the risk that certain of our customers may invoke termination clauses to reduce their expenditure which could in turn affect our growth and profitability.

Our client contracts are often conditionedconditional upon our performance, which, if unsatisfactory, could result in lower revenues than previously anticipated.

A number of our contracts with our clients have incentive-based or other pricing terms that condition some or all of our fees on our ability to meet defined performance goals or service levels. In addition, certain client situations may require us to agree to higher contractual liability exposure limits. Our failure to meet these goals or a client’s expectations in such performance-based contracts may not only result in a less profitable or an unprofitable engagement but may also result in penalties or fines impacting the overall financial health of the company.Company.

Our clients may seek more favorable terms from us in our contracts, particularly in connection with clauses related to the limitation of our liability for damages resulting from unsatisfactory performance of services. Further, any damages resulting from such failure, particularly where we are unable to recover such damages in full from our insurers, may adversely impact our business, revenues and operating margins.

Changed operating or working models to work from home and/or inadequate onboarding of new employees due to remote working may impact our revenue productivity and quality of service. This may result in lower customer satisfaction and reduced revenue.

Some of our long-term client contracts contain benchmarking provisions which, if triggered, could result in lower future revenues and profitability under the contract.

As the size and duration of our client engagements increase, clients may increasingly require benchmarking provisions. Benchmarking provisions allow a customerclient in certain circumstances to request a benchmark study prepared by an agreed upon third-party comparing our pricing, performance and efficiency gains for delivered contract services to that of an agreed upon list of  other service providers for comparable services.services and in comparable geography. Based on the results of the benchmark study and depending on the reasons for any unfavorable variance, we may be required to reduce the pricing for future services performed under the balance of the contract which couldor provide the clients with a right to terminate our services without paying any termination fee. This may have an adverse impact on our revenues and profitability. Benchmarking provisions in our client engagements may have a greater impact on our results of operations during an economic slowdown, because pricing pressure and the resulting decline in rates may lead to a reduction in fees that we charge to clients that have benchmarking provisions in their engagements with us.


Our work with governmental agencies may expose us to additional risks.

Currently, the vast majority of our clients are privately or publicly owned. However, we are bidding for work with governments and governmental agencies, both within and outside the United States and India. Projects involving governments or governmental agencies carry various risks inherent in the government contracting process, including the following:

Such projects may be subject to a higher risk of reduction in scope or termination than other contracts due to political and economic factors such as changes in government, pending elections or the reduction in, or absence of, adequate funding, or disputes with other government departments or agencies.

Such projects may be subject to a higher risk of reduction in scope or termination than other contracts due to political and economic factors such as changes in government, pending elections or the reduction in, or absence of, adequate funding, or disputes with other government departments or agencies;

Terms and conditions of government contracts tend to be more onerous than other contracts and may include, among other things, extensive rights of audit, more punitive service level penalties and other restrictive covenants, in addition to the risk of delayed payments or change in the terms of such contracts due to political and economic factors, lack of timely closure of requirements.

Terms and conditions of government contracts tend to be more onerous than other contracts and may include, among other things, higher liability exposure to us for direct or indirect damages, extensive rights of audit, more punitive service level penalties and other restrictive covenants. Additionally, there are risks of delayed payments or change in the terms of such contracts due to political and economic factors and lack of timely closure of requirements;

Government contracts are often subject to more extensive scrutiny and publicity than other contracts. Any negative publicity related to such contracts, regardless of the accuracy of such publicity, may adversely affect our business and reputation.

Government contracts are often subject to more extensive scrutiny and publicity than other contracts. Any negative publicity related to such contracts, regardless of the accuracy of such publicity, may adversely affect our business and reputation. For example, reports appeared in Indian media regarding our association with the Goods & Services Tax (GST) project that negatively impacted our reputation;

Participation in government contracts could subject us to stricter regulatory requirements, which may increase our cost of compliance; and


Such projects may involve multiple parties in the delivery of services and require greater project management efforts on our part, and any failure in this regard may adversely impact our performance.

Participation in government contracts could subject us to stricter regulatory requirements, which may increase our cost of compliance.

Such projects may involve multiple parties in the delivery of services and require greater project management efforts on our part, and any failure in this regard may adversely impact our performance.

In addition, we operate in jurisdictions in which local business practices may be inconsistent with international regulatory requirements, including anti-corruption and anti-bribery regulations prescribed under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, which, among other things, prohibits giving or offering to give anything of value with the intent to influence the awarding of government contracts. Although we believe that we have adequate policies and enforcement mechanisms to ensure legal and regulatory compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and other similar regulations, it is possible that any of our employees, subcontractors, agents or partners may violate any such legal and regulatory requirements, which may expose us to criminal or civil enforcement actions, including penalties and suspension or disqualification from U.S. federal procurement contracting. If we fail to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, our business and reputation may be harmed.

Any

In several countries, our contracts with governments enable the design, development or support of critical governmental systems. The lockdowns resulting from the above factors could have a materialCOVID-19 pandemic may affect our ability to support those critical systems and adverse effect onmay impact our business or our results of operations.reputation.

VI.

Risks related to our operations

Our reputation could be at risk and we may be liable to our clients or to regulators for damages caused by inadvertent disclosure of confidential information and sensitive data.

We are dependent on our information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, host and securely store electronic information and to communicate among our locations around the world and with our customers, suppliers and partners. We are often required to collect and store sensitive or confidential client data. Security breaches, employee misappropriation, unauthorized access, human or technological error could lead to potential unauthorized disclosure of sensitive data, which in turn could jeopardize projects that are critical to the operations of our customers’clients’ businesses. The theft and/or unauthorized use or publication of our, or our customers’,clients, confidential information or other proprietary business information as a result of such an incident could adversely affect our reputation and competitive position. Any failure in the networks or computer systems used by us or our customersclients could result in a claim for substantial damages against us and significant reputational harm. Many of our client agreements do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality.


As a global service provider with customersclients in a broad range of industries, we often have access to or are required to manage, utilize, collect and store sensitive data subject to various regulatory regimes, including but not limited to U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of personal financial and health and the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation,GDPR, which superseded the European UnionEU Directive on Data Protection in May 2018. These laws and regulations are increasing in complexity and number and change frequently. Scope and coverage of these regulations are vast and include various stakeholders that do not necessarily restrict applicability to a certain geography in which we operate, which may result in greater compliance risk and cost. If any person, including any of our employees, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls with respect to client or Infosys data, or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to significant litigation, monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and/or criminal prosecution in one or more jurisdictions in addition to significant damage to our reputation. The monetary damages might not be subject to a contractual limit of liability or an exclusion of consequential or indirect damages and could be significant. In addition, our liability insurance, which includes cyber insurance, might not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against claims related to security breaches, cyberattacks and other related breaches. Many of our contracts involve projects that are critical to the operation of our clients’ businesses and provide benefits which may be difficult to quantify.

Any failure in a client’s system or breaches of security, regardless of our responsibility for such failure, could result in a claim for substantial damages against us and force us to incur significant expense for our defense or could require that we pay large sums in settlement. If unauthorized access to or disclosure of such data in our possession or control occurs or we otherwise fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations in this regard, we could be exposed to civil or criminal enforcement actions and penalties in connection with any violation of applicable data protection laws, as well as lawsuits brought by our customers,clients, our customers’ customers,clients’ clients, their clients or others for breaching


contractual confidentiality and security provisions or data protection laws. Laws and expectations relating to data protections continue to evolve in ways that may limit our access, use and disclosure of sensitive data, and may require increased expenditures by us or may dictate that we not offer certain types of services.

The changed operating model to working from home due to the COVID-19 pandemic has increased the risk of confidential data breach as our employees are accessing this data from home. While we have taken measures to implement suitable automated controls and educate our employees on the importance of security and the need to adhere to the highest levels of security standards, we may not be able to prevent all data breaches, there by resulting in loss of reputation or adverse financial impact due to resultant penalties or fines.

Our reputation could be at risk and we may be liable to our clients for damages caused by cyber security incidentsincidents.

 

OurThe global threat landscape has been ever evolving and organizations globally have been at risk especially during the recent times. At Infosys, our cybersecurity governance program has implementedframework together with our multi-layered security solutions, along with security policiescontrols implementation helps us to detect and procedures developed basedprevent possible threats from time to time. In this regard, controls are sustained and driven across people, process and technology as required on applicablean ongoing basis. As an organization, we continue to invest significantly on cybersecurity frameworks and standards. We have made significant investments in enhancingour continuous pursuit to enhance our cybersecurity capabilities and improving our security posture. Critical

In our efforts to reduce the attack surface, we ensure critical internal as well as client operations typically are undertaken from isolated environments in an effort to provide adequate cybersecurity.environments. This in turn reduces the probability of the spread of threats between Infosys and its client

landscapes, or vice versa, should there be a breach in either of the environments. Our multi-layered security process and technology controls vastly help in this regard.

Despite

In spite of all these measures, we and our third-party service providers may still be thea target of cybersecurity attacks.attacks, especially due to almost our entire workforce remotely operating due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Our systems and measures may not be able to successfully detect and prevent cybersecurity breaches and other information security incidents. Cyber threats are evolving quickly, and we may be unable to adapt our threat detection and prevention measures to detect or prevent new, modified, or evolving threats on an ongoing basis.

We and our third-party service providers may suffer cybersecurity breaches and other information security incidents due to a multitude of factors, including the following:

insider threats;

insider threats;

hackers and other state or non-state actors with an intent to cause harm to us or our clients (including, for example, our governmental clients and our clients in sensitive industry segments such as financial services or healthcare);

hackers and other state or non-state actors with an intent to cause harm to us or our clients (including, for example, our governmental clients and our clients in sensitive industry segments such as financial services or healthcare);

human error and inadvertent actions by our employees and contractors; or

human error and inadvertent actions by our employees and contractors;

malware, ransomware, viruses, worms, and similar threats, including the potential for infection spreading between environments; and

increased threat surface due to remote working employees to the COVID-19 pandemic.

malware, ransomware, viruses, worms, and similar threats, including the potential for infection spreading between environments.


We believe the risks presented by cybersecurity breaches and other information security incidents will increase as we scale, grow our cloud-based offerings and services, store and process increasingly large amounts of our customers’client’s data and host or manage parts of our customers’client’s businesses, especially in industries involving sensitive data such as the financial services and healthcare industries. In addition, with increased dependence on few cloud vendors and any consequential large-scale failure in their security, coupled with difficulty in porting data from one vendor to other, may jeopardize ours and our clients business continuity. By virtue of our business presence across continents, any alleged or actual non-compliance with our obligations relating to cybersecurity and information security in any applicable jurisdictions could lead to regulatory investigations, claims, litigation, and potentially significant damages, fines, penalties, and other liability.

Cybersecurity breaches and other data security incidents could cause or lead to a material adverse impact on our current or future business, operations, and financial performance, especially in cases where critical systems, or numerous systems, are impacted, resulting in partial to complete disruption of intended business delivery; or due to


unauthorized access to, or loss, corruption, or theft of, intellectual property, personal data, or sensitive information. If we or any of our third-party service providers suffer a cybersecurity breach or other data security incident, or if any such breach or incident is believed to have occurred, we could face potential claims and litigation, regulatory investigations and inquiries, damages, fines, penalties, and other liability, substantial harm to our reputation, a loss of business, and potentially significant costs to investigate, remediate, and otherwise address the breach or other incident. We also could face increased costs in an effort to prevent additional cybersecurity breaches or other information security incidents in the future.

Our cyber insurance covers first party losses that occur due to a cyber-incident wherein losses include cost of forensics, appointing a crisis consultant and data restoration. The insurance also provides for business interruption losses that the companyCompany might have to incur as a result of a system shutdown due to a cyber-incident. Our insurance may not be adequate to cover all losses in connection with any cybersecurity breach or other incident, and we cannot be certain that our present coverage, or any future coverage we may obtain, will remain available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Our reputation may be impacted and we may incur financial liabilities if privacy breaches and incidents under GDPR adopted by the EU or other data privacy regulations across the globe are attributed to us or if we are not able to take necessary steps to report such breaches and incidents to regulators and data subjects, wherever applicable, within the stipulated time. Further, any claim from our clients for losses suffered by them due to privacy breaches caused by our employees may impact us financially and affect our reputation.

The GDPR imposes additional obligations and increases risk exposure upon our business and increases substantially the penalties to which we could be subject to, in the event of any non-compliance, such penalties can be as high as 4% of worldwide annual revenue or €20 million, whichever is greater. Additionally, because the GDPR’s enforcement history is limited, we are unable to predict how certain obligations under the GDPR may be applied to us. Despite our efforts to comply with the GDPR, a regulator may determine that what we have done is not sufficient and subject us to fines and public censure, which could harm our company.

We may see a potential increase in the number of data privacy incidents arising from our operations with the scale of our business, and most employees working from home due to the current pandemic. Further, more of our work may come under the ambit of privacy regulations as more countries have adopted new regulations or strengthened their existing privacy laws similar to the GDPR such as LGPD (Brazilian Data Privacy Act), CCPA (The California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018), POPIA (Protection of Personal Information Act of South Africa) etc. in last few months.

At Infosys, we constituted the data privacy function over a decade ago and it functions as an independent business enabling function. This is a multi-layered program working with a cross section of stakeholders reporting to Senior Management. We are constantly assessing our liabilities as processors and controllers and implementing controls where required to mitigate the risks. We have formulated and implemented policies and procedures for identifying and reporting privacy breaches, to affected data subjects and/or regulators (as required) within the stipulated time. In addition to extensively implementing and monitoring various controls, we are covered by insurance to some extent in the case of any eventuality. We run extensive awareness programs across the organizations for all employees and subcontractors evangelizing the importance of adhering to data privacy laws and information security requirements.

We may be the subject of litigation which, if adversely determined, could harm our business and operating results.

We are, and may in the future be, subject to legal claims arising in the normal course of business. An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could require that we pay substantial damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property infringement claims, could require that we pay ongoing royalty payments or prevent us from selling certain of our products. In addition, we may decide to settle any litigation, which could cause us to incur significant costs. A settlement or an unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, reputation, financial position or cash flows.

A prolonged economic downturn due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting financial impact to our customers, vendors and other stakeholders along with other situation like cyber security threats, data breaches,


contractual suspensions, delayed payments and similar other incidents may give rise to more litigations and disputes with our stakeholders resulting in additional cost, or loss of reputation if the same surfaces in the media.

Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to protect us against all potential losses to which we may be subject, and this may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our insurance policies generally cover all loss or damage to insured property insured and loss due to business interruption following loss or damage to property. This coversThese policies cover our property and assets around the world, including all leased property. We also maintain insurance coverage for damage caused by disclosure of employee and customer-relatedclient-related personally identifiable confidential information, system failures, errors or unsatisfactory performance of services to our clients in the event of a third partythird-party claim citing damages or financial loss.

We believe we have taken sufficient insurance policies to cover ourselves from potential losses that we may be subject to. However, this coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms and may be unavailable in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims. Also, an insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. For example, certain insurers have indicated that they may disclaim coverage for business interruption related to the COVID-19 pandemic. A successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage or that cause changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of a large deductible or co-insurance requirement, could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic increases the risk of claims arising out of various situations like errors & omissions, data breach etc., which could render the coverage taken inadequate. Increased claims could cause the insurance premium on our regular policies to be increased which could adversely affect our profitability.

Also, losses arising from events not covered by insurance policies, could materially harm our financial condition and future operating results. There can be no assurance that any claims filed under our insurance policies will be honored fully or timely. Our financial condition may be materially and adversely affected to the extent we suffer any loss or damage that is not covered by insurance or which exceeds our insurance coverage.


The markets in which we operate are subject to the risk of earthquakes, floods, tsunamis, storms, pandemics and other natural and manmade disasters.

Some of the regions that we operate in are prone to earthquakes, floods, tsunamis, storms, pandemics and other natural and manmade disasters. In the event that any of our business centers or the telecommunications networks that our business depends on are affected by any such disasters, we may incur costs in redeploying personnel and property, sustain damage to our operations and properties, suffer significant financial losses or be unable to complete our client engagements in a timely manner, if at all.

In addition, if there is any natural disastersuch disasters occur in any of the locations in which our significant customers are located, we face the risk that our customersclients may incur losses or sustain business interruption, which may materially impair our ability to provide services to our customersclients and may limit their ability to continue their purchase of products or services from us. Any natural disaster in the markets in which we operateThis could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, a prolonged disruption of our operations due to the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our business continuity and employee productivity.

The safety of our employees, assets and infrastructure may be affected by untoward incidents beyond our control, impacting business continuity or reputation.

The health and safety of our employees or those working on our behalf or those present in our offices, and the security of our physical infrastructure may be affected due to acts of violence or vandalism by anti-social elements.elements or the emergence of a disease pandemic. Although we take protective measures to ensure the safety of our employees at our global locations of work and transit, incidents of organized political demonstrations, civil unrest, or random acts of rage or a public health crisis can affect the safety of our assets and employees, impacting business continuity or reputation.reputation or exposing us to lawsuits from employees.

We currentlyCurrently, we have 126 development centers locatedpresence in various countries around the world.234 locations across more than 50 countries. Our global development centers are linked with a telecommunications network architecture that uses multiple service providers and various satellite and optical links with alternate routing. While we believe we have put in place adequate infrastructure and business


continuity plans to handle disruption in services due to failure in our communication network, our operations and service delivery may be impacted if such networks are affected by disasters.

As an international company, our offshore and onsite operations may also be impacted by disease, epidemics and local social instability, which could have a material adverse effect on revenues and profitability.

Terrorist attacks or a war could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war have the potential to directly impact our clients or us. To the extent that such attacks affect or involve the United States or Europe, our business may be significantly impacted, as the majority of our revenues are derived from clients located in the United States and Europe. In addition, events of terrorism, military coup or threat of warfare in other parts of the world could cause geo-political instability, which in turn may impact our customersclients or impact our ability to execute projects. Such attacks may destabilize the economic and political situation in India and other countries where we have large operations making it more difficult to obtain work visas and plan travel for many of our technology professionals who are required to work in the United States or Europe. Such obstacles to business may increase our expenses and negatively affect the results of our operations. Furthermore, any attacks in India could cause a disruption in the delivery of our services to our clients, and could have a negative impact on our business, personnel, assets, results of operations and could cause our clients or potential clients to choose other vendors for the services we provide.

Regional conflicts in South Asia could adversely affect the Indian economy, disrupt our operations and cause our business to suffer. South Asia has, from time to time, experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, including between IndiaChina and Pakistan. There have been military confrontations between India and Pakistan that have occurred in the region of Kashmir and along the India-Pakistan border. Further, Pakistan has sometimes experienced significant instability and this has heightened the risks of conflict in South Asia. Military activity or terrorist attacks in the future could hurt the Indian economy by disrupting communications and making travel more difficult and such political tensions could create a greater perception that investments in Indian companies involve higher degrees of risk. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the market for securities of Indian companies, including our equity shares and our ADSs, and on the market for our services.


Heightened geo-political conflicts arising out of the COVID-19 pandemic, may affect our ability to operate in these geographies. In addition, any prolonged conflict may delay the economic recovery from the pandemic, compounding any adverse impact to our business.

Climate change risks are increasingly manifesting in our business operations through physical risks and transitional (market and compliance) risks, which if not managed adequately, can affect our operations and profitability.

There is increased focus on organizations to plan for Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risks arising out of climate change, environmental management practices and duty of care, work and safety conditions, respect for human rights, anti-bribery & corruption practices, and compliance to relevant laws & regulations. Risks related to these factors, except those related to climate change, are covered elsewhere in this document. Climate change related risks are discussed in this section.

Physical climate change risks: Extreme weather events due to climate change can lead to epidemics as well as business disruptions. We recognize that there are direct climate change impacts arising from (1) physical damage to our building infrastructure and other physical assets, (2) disruptions of the city's functional continuity such as the transport network and utilities in the cities that we operate that can severely hamper business continuity, and (3) a decrease in morale of employees due to extreme weather events.

Extreme weather events also bring-in very different problems depending on the type of calamity. For example, drought can bring increases in food prices, or shortages of certain foods; while events like flooding can cause cholera, diarrhea, malaria, etc. Changes in the availability of natural resources like water, in regions where we operate could directly impact our operations and employee livelihood, which will impact our ability to do business and ensure business continuity. With large operating campuses in major urban cities, operating risks include disruption of power and water supply to our campuses due to extreme weather events, affecting business continuity.


Climate related Market Risks: In response to increasing awareness on climate change and other related socio-environmental issues, clients increasingly request for our emission performance or Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) score during the RFP or bidding stage. This could translate into a filtering criterion or a strongly weighted parameter in the clients’ decision-making process. If Infosys performance is not managed in these areas, it may adversely impact our ability to compete and win contracts. We respond to multiple sustainability supplier assessments from our clients including the CDP supply chain response every year.

Climate Related Regulatory risks: Limiting the global temperature increase to well below 2°C, in order to avoid devastating impacts of climate change, both on life and assets, is something the scientific community and global leaders have agreed upon while signing the Paris Agreement. Parties to the Paris Agreement have already provided their Intended Nationally Determined Contribution (INDC), which outline the actions countries intend to take to cut greenhouse gas emissions. This in-turn could translate to emission reduction goals being passed on to businesses, including Infosys, in the form of new regulations enforcing a carbon tax or other emission reduction targets. Such new regulations can lead to increased cost of compliance including reporting and disclosure requirements.

Risks resulting from potential violations or non-conformance with climate laws and regulations can impact our profitability through penalties and/or by limiting our ability to operate in certain geographies. It can also adversely impact our reputation and brand.

Our reputation, access to capital and longer-term financial stability could be at risk if we are unable to meet our stated goals under our 2030 ESG vision.

We have been one of the pioneers in adopting the UN sustainable development goals (SDGs) and in publishing our aspirational ESG (Environmental, Social, Governance) vision for 2030. Our 2030 ESG vision includes several goals. Our performance vis-à-vis these goals are monitored internally as well as by external agencies. If we are unable to meet our goals and/or if we are not awarded good ESG scores by external agencies, our reputation, access to capital and longer-term financial stability may be adversely impacted.

Negative media coverage and public scrutiny may divert the time and attention of our board and management and adversely affect our reputation and the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

MediaThere is media coverage and public scrutiny of our business practices, policies and actions has increased dramatically during fiscal 2018 and included particularlyincluding negative, and in some cases, inaccurate posts or comments in the media. Specifically, in fiscal 2018, significant media attention in India was focused on widely publicized comments regarding governance and other matters, anonymous statements made to the Company and the media, Company responses to such comments and statements and opinions regarding certain technology projects being delivered by the Company for the Indian market.comments. Any future negative media coverage in relation to our business, our Board or senior management, regardless of the factual basis for the assertions being made, may adversely impact our reputation. In addition, responding to allegations made in the media can significantly divert the time and attention of our Board and senior management away from our business and disrupt the operation of the Company. The Company may not be able to respond publicly to certain comments in the media due to the obligations it has with its employees, clients or other stakeholders. Any unfavorable publicity may also adversely impact investor confidence and directly or indirectly cause the price of our equity shares and ADSs to decline.

If any of our employees, as independent individuals, engage in any acts that are perceived to be against the interests of the communities we operate in or that violate local regulations, and if such acts become the subject of mainstream and social media attention or regulatory scrutiny, then our reputation may be negatively impacted.

VII.

Risks related to legislation and regulatory compliance

 

An increaseDue to the COVID-19 pandemic and the corresponding substantial increases in anti-outsourcing sentiments inunemployment rates across certain countries in which we operate, including the United States, United Kingdom, European UnionEU and Australia, governments have led and may in the future lead to the enactment of restrictive legislations that could limit companies in those countries from outsourcing work to us, or could inhibit our ability to staff client projects in a timely manner thereby impacting our revenue and profitability. 

Our reliance on work visas for a portion of technology professional employees makes us vulnerable to changes and variations in immigration laws as it affects our ability to staff projects with technology professionals who are not citizens of the country where the work is to be performed. Complying with changing immigration regulations could increase our employee costs, visa application and extension costs, and costs related to more complex compliance and audit. In addition, they could adversely affect the ability of our existing or new/ future visa-dependent employees from being deputed or otherwise assigned to a new location to work on client projects - thus impacting our current and future revenue.


Before the COVID-19 pandemic, there had been an increase in the number of visa and visa renewal application rejections, predominantly in the U.S. As a result, we encountered delays and/ additional costs in managing such projects which stemmed from the uncertainty of whether key personnel could join in-country as needed in terms of timing, productivity and competency. We have seen similar actions in Australia with respect to revisions in their temporary visa program and in the U.K. with the government’s current policy focus on “net migration”.

Due to a vigorous focus on domestic (local) employment across many markets during the COVID-19 pandemic, these restrictions are expected to increase substantially, resulting in increased expenses. The issuegovernments of domestic companies outsourcing servicesmany countries are expected to organizations operating in other countries is a topicheighten adjudication standards for visa applications, labor market tests, and/or requirements for change work locations as the economic impact of political discussionthe crisis progresses. For example, in the United States, United Kingdom, European Union, Asia Pacific, Australiathe previous administration adopted regulations to revise the H-1B (highly skilled) visa program in a manner which increased wage costs and other regionslimited some functions for this visa category.  While these regulations have either been blocked by the Courts or have had their implementation delayed by the current administration, we anticipate similar actions to be taken in furtherance of this trend, which we have clients. Some countries and special interest groups have expressed concerns about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing and the loss of jobs in the domestic economy and the subject of outsourcing and immigration reform has become a notable topic. Additionally, current legislative proposals before the U.S. Congress envision raising wages and imposing restrictions on newmay restrict access to temporary visas, for employees of “H-1B dependent” companies such as, Infosys. The restrictions imposed by U.S. administrative agencies, described above,among others, H-1B, L-1 and those presently being consideredoptional practical training work permits for students, employed by the U.S. Congress, increasecompany. These anticipated restrictions would incur additional cost in maintaining and renewing existing visas, thus resulting in additional expenses for our cost of doing business in the United States andclient delivery.

It is also important to note that, may discourage customers from seeking our services. Further, such laws could disrupt the supply chain of our talent and impact our onsite costs and profitability thereby affecting our operations and profitability. This could have a material and adverse effect on our business, revenues and operating results.

Similar legislative proposals have already been implemented in Australia, where the Australian government’s agenda of significant reform to the temporary and permanent work visa programs is now complete as of March 18, 2018 with the abolition of the subclass 457 visa and in Singapore. Additionally, the Acquired Rights Directive and certain local laws in European countries that implement the Acquired Rights Directive, such as the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employees) Regulations, or TUPE, in the United Kingdom, allow employees who are dismissed as a result of “service provision changes”, which may include outsourcing to non-EU companies, to seek compensation either from the company from which they were dismissed or from the company to which the work was transferred. This could deter EU companies from outsourcing work to us and could also result in us being held liable for redundancy payments to such workers. Any such event could adversely affect our revenues and operating results.

In addition, from time to time, there has been publicity about negative experiences associated with offshore outsourcing, such as domestic job loss and theft and misappropriation of sensitive customer data, particularly involving service providers in India. Current or prospective customers may elect to perform certain services themselves or may be discouraged from utilizing global service delivery providers due to negative perceptions that may be associated with using global service delivery models or firms. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry trends toward global service delivery would seriously harm our ability to compete effectively with companies that provide the majority of their services from within the country in which our customers operate.


Given that a large number of our employees in the United States, United Kingdom, European Union and other jurisdictions are working on visas, any restrictions on immigration may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in these jurisdictions, which could hamper our growth or cause our revenues to decline and impact profitability.

The vast majority of our employees are Indian nationals. Most of our projects require a portion of the work to be completed at the client’s location. The ability of our technology professionals to engage in work-related activity in the United States, Europe and in other countries depends on the ability to obtain the necessary visas and work permits.

Our reliance on work visas for a significant number of technology professionals makes us particularly vulnerable to changes and variations in immigration laws as it affects our ability to staff projects with technology professionals who are not citizens of the country where the work is to be performed. Many of these recent changes are making it more difficult to obtain timely visas and resulting in increased expenses. The governments of these countries may also tighten adjudication standards for labor market tests. For example, in the United States, the current administration has clarified existing regulations to increase scrutiny of H-1B visa renewal applications, and new H-1B visa applications for workers placed on third party worksites and junior IT workers.  These changes could negatively affect our ability to utilize current employees to fulfill existing or new projects and could also result in higher operating expenses.

Similar legislative proposals have already been implemented in Australia, where the Australian government’s agenda of significant reform to the temporary and permanent work visa programs is now complete as of March 18, 2018 with the abolition of the subclass 457 visa and in Singapore.

Many countries throughout the European UnionEU continue to implement new regulations to move into compliance with the EU Directive of 2014 to harmonize immigration rules for intracompany transferees in most EU Member States and facilitate the transfer of managers, specialists and graduate trainees both into and within the region. The changes have significant impacts on mobility programs and have led to new notification and documentation-retention requirements for companies sending service providers to EU countries.

Recently, there has been an increase in the number of visa application rejections. This has affected and may continue to affect our ability to obtain timely visas and staff projects. As a result, we may encounter delays or additional costs in managing such projects. Additionally, we may have to apply in advance for visas or could incur additional cost in maintaining such visas and this could result in additional expenses.

Our international expansion strategy and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected if changes in immigration and work permit laws and regulations or the administration or enforcement of such laws or regulations impair our ability to staff projects with professionals who are not citizens of the country where the work is to be performed.

New and changing regulatory compliance, corporate governance and public disclosure requirements add uncertainty to our compliance policies and increase our costs of compliance.

We are subject to a variety of laws, regulations and industry standards in the countries in which we operate. These laws, regulations, and standards govern numerous areas that are important to our business, including, but not limited to, privacy, information security, labor and employment, immigration, data protection, import and export practices, marketing and communication practices. Such laws, regulations and standards are subject to changes and evolving interpretations and applications, and it can be difficult to predict how they may be applied to our business and the way we conduct our operations, especially as we introduce new solutions and services and expand into new jurisdictions. Any perceived or actual breach of laws, regulations and standards could result in investigations, regulatory inquiries, litigation, fines, injunctions, negative customer sentiment, impairment of our existing or planned solutions and services, or otherwise negatively impact our business.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure create uncertainty for our compliance efforts and may result in added compliance costs. India has witnessed sweeping changes to its corporate law regime over the past few years. The changes introduced by the Companies Act, 2013, the Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements), Regulations, 2015 (Listing Regulations) and the SEBI’s Insider Trading Regulations as amended from time to time are far-reaching and often untested and have added complexity to our corporate compliance regime. We are also increasingly subject to social regulations such as the UK Modern Slavery Act, 2015, UK Corporate Criminal Offence Act and should there be any failure by our suppliers to abide by applicable regulations, including but not


limited to those relating to human trafficking, we may face sanctions which could affect our reputation and our ability to provide services to our clients.

In connection with this Annual Report on Form 20-F, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018, our management assessed our internal controls over financial reporting, and determined that our internal controls were effective as of March 31, 2018.2021. However, we will undertake management assessments of our internal control over financial reporting in connection with each annual report, and any deficiencies uncovered by these assessments or any inability of our auditors to issue an unqualified opinion regarding our internal control over financial reporting could harm our reputation and the price of our equity shares and ADSs.


We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and an increasing amount of time and attention of management in ensuring compliance related activities.

In addition, it may become more expensive or more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, our Board members and executive officers could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with their performance of duties and our regulatory reporting obligations. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified Board members and executive officers, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws or regulations, our business and reputation may be harmed.

The intellectual property laws of India do not give sufficient protection to software and the related intellectual property rights to the same extent as those in the United States.US. We may be unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights. We may also be subject to third party claims of intellectual property infringement.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and design laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. However, the laws of India do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. While we take utmost care in protecting our intellectual property, our competitors may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our products or services. Unauthorized parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our products, services or proprietary information.

The misappropriation or duplication of our intellectual property could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, reduce our revenues and increase our expenses. We may need to litigate to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such litigation could be time consuming and costly. As the number of patents, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in our industry increases, and as the coverage of these rights increases, we believe that companies in our industry will face more frequent infringement claims. Defense against these claims, even if such claims are not meritorious, could be expensive and time consuming and may divert our management’s attention and resources from operating our company.

From time to time, third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us or against our customers. Our business partners may have similar claims asserted against them. Third parties, including companies with greater resources than us, may assert patent rights to technologies that we utilize in our business. If we become liable to third parties for infringing their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and be forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the applications or products that contain the infringing technology. We may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. An unfavorable outcome in connection with any infringement claim against us as a result of litigation, other proceeding or settlement, could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial position.

In addition, litigation initiated by non-practicing entities continues in the software industry. The non-practicing entities are business establishments that hold the patents and they seek monetary damages by alleging that a product feature infringes a patent. These non-practicing entities are also becoming more aggressive in their monetary demands and requests for court-issued injunctions. We intend to defend such claims. However, as with most litigation, the outcome is difficult to predict. Such lawsuits or claims may increase our cost of doing business and may potentially be extremely disruptive if the plaintiffs succeed in blocking the sales of our products and services.


We cannot be sure that the services and solutions that we offer to our clients do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties, and these third parties could claimparties. With increased working from home, due to the COVID-19 pandemic risk that we orsome our clients are infringing upon theiremployees may reuse intellectual property rights.of different customers may increase notwithstanding the significant safeguards and policies preventing reuse. Any such instances may give rise to third party claims. These claims could harm our reputation, cause us to incur substantial costs or prevent us from offering some services or solutions in the future. Any related proceedings could require us to expend significant resources over an extended period of time. In most of our contracts, we agree to indemnify our clients for expenses and liabilities resulting from claimed infringements of the intellectual property rights of third parties. In some instances, the amount of these indemnities could be greater than the revenues we receive from the client.

Any claims or litigation in this area could be time-consuming and costly, damage our reputation and/or require us to incur additional costs to obtain the right to continue to offer a service or solution to our clients. If we cannot secure this right at all or on reasonable terms, or we cannot substitute alternative technology, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. The risk of infringement claims against us may increase as we expand our industry software solutions and platforms and continue to develop and license our software to multiple clients.


In addition, we rely on third-party software in providing some of our services and solutions. If we lose our ability to continue using such software for any reason, including because it is found to infringe the rights of others, we will need to obtain substitute software or seek alternative means of obtaining the technology necessary to continue to provide such services and solutions. Our inability to replace such software, or to replace such software in a timely or cost-effective manner, could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

The software industry is making increased use of open source software in its development work. We also incorporate open source technology in our services and in our proprietary products and platforms which may expose us to liability and have a material impact on our product development and sales. The open source license may require that the software code in those components or the software into which they are integrated be freely accessible under open source terms and security vulnerabilities in open source software may adversely expose our product and result in financial claims against the company. While we take appropriate measures to comply with open source terms and assess the known security vulnerabilities, there is a possibility that third-party claims may require us to disclose our own source code to the public, to make the same freely accessible under open source terms or may result in potential financial impact if there is a claim due to unknown vulnerabilities. Any such requirement to disclose our source code or other confidential information related to our products could materially and adversely affect our competitive position, results of business operations, financial condition and relationshiprelationships with client(s).clients.

Our net income would decrease if the governmentGovernment of India reduces or withdraws tax benefits and other incentives it provides to us or when our tax holidays expire, reduce or terminate.

Many of our development centers in India are registered as Special Economic Zones (SEZ). Under the SEZ Act, 2005, SEZ units which beginbegan providing services on or after April 1, 2005 are eligible for an income tax deduction of 100% of profits or gains derived from the export of IT services for the first five years from the financial year in which the unit has commenced the provision of services and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Up to 50% of such profits or gains is also available for a further five yearsyears’ subject to creation of a Special Economic Zone Re-investment Reserve out of the profit of the eligible SEZ units and utilization of such reserve by the Company for acquiring new plant and machinery for the purpose of its business as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

As a result of these tax incentives, a portion of our pre-tax income has not been subject to tax. These tax incentives resulted in a decrease in our income tax expense of $321$346 million, $295$383 million and $268$386 million for fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively, compared to the tax amounts that we estimate we would have been required to pay if these incentives had not been available. The per share effect of these tax incentives computed based on both basic and diluted weighted average number of equity shares for fiscal 2018 was $0.14, fiscal 2017 was $0.13 and fiscal 2016 was $0.12, respectively.

If the government of India changes its policies affecting SEZs in a manner that adversely impacts the incentives for establishing and / or operating facilities in SEZs, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. In the event, Company is not able to utilize the SEZ reserve for investment in plant and machinery within the timeline specified under the Income Tax Act, Company will have to pay tax on the unutilized reserve following the expiry of year specified. This would result in increase of effective tax rate.


In India, changes in taxation law are announced on an annual basis when the Union Budget is presented. The Union Budget, 2015 had proposed to reduce the rate of corporate tax from 30% to 25% over the next four years in a phased manner starting from fiscal 2016, but the process of reducing the corporate tax rate would likely be accompanied by rationalization and removal of various kinds of tax exemption and incentives for corporate tax payers.

For instance, under the Finance Act, 2016, no tax incentives shall be available to SEZ units commencing business activities on or after April 1, 2020. However, the Taxation and other Laws (Relaxation and Amendment of Certain Provisions) Act, 2020 has extended the date for commencement of operation for the SEZ units for claiming deduction under deduction 10AA of the Income Tax Act, 1961 to March 31, 2021 for the units which received necessary approval by March 31, 2020. Further the Finance Act, 2016 amended Section 80-IAB of the Income Act, 1961 whereby tax incentive shall not be available to an undertaking engaged in the development of SEZ where the specified activities commencescommence on or after April 1, 2017. When our tax holidays expire, reduce or terminate, our tax expense will materially increase, reducing our profitability.

The Finance Act, (“the Act”) 2018 has reduced the corporate tax rate to 25% (plus applicable surcharge and cess) for domestic companies whose total turnover or gross receipts have not exceeded  ₹250 crore in fiscal year 2016-17. The Act also discontinued the Education Cesscess and Secondary and Higher education cess of 2% and 1%, respectively and introduced a new cess by the name Health and Education Cesscess at the rate of 4%. Accordingly, the statutory tax rate for our company has increased to 34.944% from 34.608%.


With our growth of business in SEZ units, we may have to compute our tax liability under Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) in future years as the tax liability under normal tax provisions may be lower as compared to MAT tax liability. MAT is computed on book profits.

The Finance Act, 2017 increased the time limit for carry forward of MAT credit from 10 years to 15 years. Although MAT paid by us can be set off against our future tax liability, cash flows for intervening periods could be adversely affected.

In the event that the government of India or the government of another country changes its tax policies in a manner that is adverse to us, our tax expense may materially increase, reducing our profitability.

The Finance Act, 2012 adopted the General Anti Avoidance Rules (GAAR). The Finance Act, 2015 deferred the implementation of GAAR by two years so as to implement it as part of a comprehensive regime(“GAAR”) provisions to deal with the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD)(“OECD”)’s Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) project of which India is an active participant. Thus, GAAR provisions shall beparticipant was applicable from fiscal 2018. Pursuant to GAAR, an arrangement in which the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, is to obtain a tax benefit and may be declared as an “impermissible avoidance arrangement” if it also satisfies at least one of the following four tests:

The arrangement creates rights and obligations, which are not normally created between parties dealing at arm’s length.

The arrangement creates rights and obligations, which are not normally created between parties dealing at arm’s length.

It results in misuse or abuse of provisions of tax laws.

It results in misuse or abuse of provisions of tax laws.

It lacks commercial substance or is deemed to lack commercial substance.

It lacks commercial substance or is deemed to lack commercial substance.

It is carried out in a manner, which is normally not employed for a bona fide purpose.

It is carried out in a manner, which is normally not employed for a bona fide purpose.

If any of our transactions are found to be impermissible avoidance arrangements under GAAR, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The Finance Act, 2015 had lowered the tax withholding rate on payment made to non-residents towards “royalty” and/or “fees for technical services” to 10% from 25%, subject to furnishing of Indian Permanent Account Number (PAN) by such non-residents. The Finance Act 2016 has amended Section 206AA to prescribe alternative documents to PAN as duly notified. However, a lower rate may apply if a Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement read along with MLI exists. Further, based on a recent Supreme Court ruling, payment to non-residents for purchase of software was held to be not taxable as royalty subject to such payments not being characterized as royalty under the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement. Such payments will not be liable for withholding of tax subject to furnishing of relevant tax documents by such non-residents. As we procure various software licenses and technical services from non-residents in the course of delivering our products and services to our clients, the cost of withholding tax on such purchase of software and services may be additional cost to us as the company may have to gross up for such withholding taxes. 

The Indian Finance Act 2021, effective April 1, 2020, has excluded goodwill from the definition of block of assets. As a result, the income tax depreciation shall not be allowed as a deduction while computing the total income. Further, depreciation if any claimed till March 31, 2020 shall be reduced from the purchase price to arrive at the cost of acquisition in case of transfer of asset in future.

Goods and Services Tax (GST)(“GST”), India’s biggest tax reform, was enacted on July 1, 2017. GST replaces various indirect taxes levied by the State and Center with a unified tax. The major taxes subsumed into GST are Central Excise, Service tax, Central Sales Tax, Value added tax, Entry tax, Octroi, additional duty of customs, Entertainment


Tax and Luxury Tax. Introduction of GST has increased the indirect tax compliance of the group as the concept of centralized registration and payment of taxes no longer exists under GST regime.

The Company has concluded an APA with the US IRS which enhancesAdvance Pricing Agreement’s (“APA”) in multiple jurisdictions to bring in predictability of the Company’s tax obligations in respect of its U.S.overseas operations. The APA covers financial years from 2011 to 2021. Any material changes to the critical assumptions underlying the APAthese APA’s may have impact on the US taxes. Further, the current agreement expires in 2021. Therewhen these APA’s expire, there is no certainty that the APAthey will be renewed post 2021.renewed. If renewed there is no certainty as to whether itthey will be on the same terms or on different terms.

The Company operates in various countries and change in tax rates or taw laws of any country could have impact on taxes. There may be changes in tax rates in some countries as a result of OECD Pillar Two Blueprint of the Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (‘BEPS’) which has an objective of having a global minimum tax rate. Further, USA has proposed some significant changes in tax policies as part of “The Made in America Tax plan”. The tax proposals include an increase in corporate tax rates from 21% to 28%. There are also proposals related to global minimum tax, reducing profit shifting, minimum book profit tax etc. The impact on our tax cost will depend upon the proposals that will be incorporated into the final bill. There could be other changes in international tax laws and practices as a result of other pillars of BEPS (including tax on digital services) which may potentially impact our tax cost.

We operate in jurisdictions that impose transfer pricing and other tax-related regulations on us, and any failure to comply could materially and adversely affect our profitability.

We are required to comply with various transfer pricing regulations in India and other countries. Additionally, we operate in several countries and our failure to comply with the local and municipal tax regime may result in additional taxes, penalties and enforcement actions from such authorities. In the event that we do not properly comply with the transfer pricing and tax-related regulations, our profitability may be adversely affected.


Changes in the policies of the government of India or political instability may adversely affect economic conditions in India generally, which could impact our business and prospects.

The government of India could change specific laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign investment, currency exchange and other matters affecting investment in our securities which could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally, and our business in particular. We are dependent on RBI to pay all our forex expenses and also dividend. Any exchange controls regime impacting ability to remit monies will severely impact ability to deliver services and stock prices (dividend). If the Government of India changes its policies affecting SEZs in a manner that adversely impact the incentives for establishing and operating facilities in SEZs, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

PoliticalAny political instability could also delay the reform of the Indian economyany further reforms and could have a material adverse effect on the market for securities of Indian companies, including our equity shares and our ADSs, and on the market for our services.

Attempts to fully address concerns of activist shareholders may divert the time and attention of our management and Board of Directors and may impact the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

Attempts to respond to activist shareholder queries and concerns in a timely manner and to their full satisfaction may divert the attention of our Board and management and require us to incur significant costs. Such shareholder interactions may also impact our reputation, affect client and investor sentiments and cause volatility in the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

Our international expansion plans subject us to risks inherent into doing business internationally.

Because of our global presence, we are subject to additional risks related to our international expansion strategy, including risks related to compliance with a wide variety of treaties, national and local laws, including multiple and possibly overlapping tax regimes, privacy laws and laws dealing with data protection, export control laws, restrictions on the import and export of certain technologies and national and local labor laws dealing with immigration, employee health and safety, and wages and benefits, applicable to our employees located in our various international offices and facilities. We may from time to time be subject to litigation or administrative


actions resulting from claims against us by current or former employees, individually or as part of a class action, including for claims of wrongful termination, discrimination (including on grounds of nationality, ethnicity, race, faith, gender, marital status, age or disability), misclassification, redundancy payments under TUPE-type legislation, or other violations of labor laws, or other alleged conduct. If we are held liable for unpaid compensation, redundancy payments, statutory penalties, and other damages arising out of such actions and litigations, our revenues and operating profitability could be adversely affected.

Our ability to acquire companies organized outside India dependsmay depend on the approval of the RBI and / or the Government of India and failure to obtain this approval could negatively impact our business.

Generally, we are required to seek approval from RBI for any acquisition by us of any company organized outside of India, other than in case of permitted investments outside India. The RBI permits acquisitions of companies organized outside of India by an Indian party under the automatic route and without approval if inter alia, the transaction consideration is paid in cash, the transaction value does not exceed 400% of the net worth of the acquiring company as of the date of the acquiring company’s latest audited balance sheet, or if the acquisition is funded with cash from the acquiring company’s existing foreign currency accounts or with cash proceeds from the issuance of ADRs / GDRs.GDRs, or if the proposed acquisition structure falls under the permitted list. However, any financial commitment exceeding $1 billion or its equivalent in a financial year, or certain types of acquisition structures requires prior approval of the RBI under the approval route, even when the total financial commitment of the Indian company is within 400% of the net worth of the acquiring company as per the last audited balance sheet.

If we fail to obtain any required approval from the RBI or any other government agency for such acquisitions of companies organized outside India, our international growth may become restricted, which could negatively affect our business and prospects.


Indian laws limit our ability to raise capital outside India and may limit the ability of others to acquire us, which could prevent us from operating our business or entering into a transaction that is in the best interests of our shareholders.

Indian law relating to foreign exchange management constrains our ability to raise capital outside India through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities. Generally, any foreign investment in, or acquisition of, an Indian company does not require the approval from relevant government authorities in India, including the RBI. However, in a number of industrial sectors, there are restrictions on foreign investment in Indian companies. Changes to the policies may create restrictions on our capital raising abilities. For example, a limit on the foreign equity ownership of Indian technology companies or pricing restrictions on the issuance of ADRs / GDRs may constrain our ability to seek and obtain additional equity investment by foreign investors. In addition, these restrictions, if applied to us, may prevent us from entering into certain transactions, such as an acquisition by a non-Indian company, which might otherwise be beneficial for us and the holders of our equity shares and ADSs.

VIII.

Risks related to the ADSs

Historically, our ADSs have traded at a significant premium to the trading prices of our underlying equity shares. Currently, they do not do so, and they may not continue to do so in the future.

In the past, our ADSs have traded at a premium to the trading prices of our underlying equity shares on the Indian stock exchanges. We believe that this price premium has resulted from the relatively small portion of our market capitalization previously represented by ADSs, restrictions imposed by Indian law on the conversion of equity shares into ADSs and an apparent preference of some investors to trade dollar-denominated securities. We have completed three secondary ADS offerings which significantly increased the number of our outstanding ADSs. Also, over time, the restrictions on the issuance of ADSs imposed by Indian law have been relaxed. As a result, our ADSs do not command any premium currently and may not trade at a premium in the future.

In the past several years, our ADSs have been converted into equity shares in India as the premium on ADSs compared to equity shares has significantly narrowed. If a substantial amount of our ADSs are converted into underlying equity shares in India, it could affect the liquidity of such ADSs on the NYSE and could impact the price of our ADSs.


Sales of our equity shares may adversely affect the prices of our equity shares and ADSs.

Sales of substantial amounts of our equity shares, including sales by our insiders in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our equity shares, ADSs or our ability to raise capital through an offering of our securities. In the future, we may also sponsor the sale of shares currently held by some of our shareholders as we have done in the past, or issue new shares. We can make no prediction as to the timing of any such sales or the effect, if any, that future sales of our equity shares, or the availability of our equity shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our equity shares or ADSs prevailing from time to time.

The price of our ADSs and the U.S. dollar value of any dividends we declare may be negatively affected by fluctuations in the U.S. dollar to Indian rupee exchange rate.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar will affect the dollar conversion by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Depositary with respect to our ADSs, of any cash dividends paid in Indian rupees on the equity shares represented by the ADSs.

Indian law imposes certain restrictions that limit a holder’s ability to transfer the equity shares obtained upon conversion of ADSs and repatriate the proceeds of such transfer which may cause our ADSs to trade at a premium or discount to the market price of our equity shares.

Under certain circumstances, the RBI must approve the sale of equity shares underlying ADSs by a non-resident of India to a resident of India. The RBI has given general permission to effect sales of existing shares or convertible debentures of an Indian company by a resident to a non-resident, subject to certain conditions, including the price at which the shares may be sold. Additionally, except under certain limited circumstances, if an investor seeks to


convert the rupee proceeds from a sale of equity shares in India into foreign currency and then repatriate that foreign currency from India, he or she will have to obtain RBI approval for each such transaction. Required approval from the RBI or any other government agency may not be obtained on terms favorable to a non-resident investor or at all.

An investor in our ADSs may not be able to exercise pre-emptive rights for additional shares and may thereby suffer dilution of such investor’s equity interest in us.

Under the Indian Companies Act, 2013, a company incorporated in India must offer its holders of equity shares pre-emptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new equity shares, unless such pre-emptive rights have been waived by three-fourths of the shareholders (based on percentage of shareholding in the company) voting on the resolution to waive such rights. Holders of ADSs may be unable to exercise pre-emptive rights for equity shares underlying ADSs unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or the Securities Act, is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. We are not obligated to prepare and file such a registration statement and our decision to do so will depend on the costs and potential liabilities associated with any such registration statement, as well as the perceived benefits of enabling the holders of ADSs to exercise their pre-emptive rights, and any other factors we consider appropriate at the time. No assurance can be given that we would file a registration statement under these circumstances. If we issue any such securities in the future, such securities may be issued to the Depositary, which may sell such securities for the benefit of the holders of the ADSs. There can be no assurance as to the value, if any, the Depositary would receive upon the sale of such securities. To the extent that holders of ADSs are unable to exercise pre-emptive rights granted in respect of the equity shares represented by their ADSs, their proportional interests in us would be reduced.

ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights.

The SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements), 2015 (“Listing Regulations”) and the Indian Companies Act, 2013 provide that an e-voting facility must be mandatorily provided to all shareholder resolutions in accordance with prescribed procedure under the Companies Act, 2013. This may mean that ADS holders may be able to vote on our resolutions irrespective of where they are located or whether they are able to attend the meetings of shareholders. At our request, the Depositary will electronically mail to holders of our ADSs any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the Depositary to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs. If the Depositary receives voting instructions from a holder of our ADSs in time, relating to matters that have been forwarded to such holder, it will endeavor to vote the securities represented by such holder’s ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. However, the ability of the Depositary to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure that holders of our ADSs will receive voting materials in time to enable such holders to return voting instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted. There may be other communications, notices or offerings that we only make to holders of our equity shares, which will not be forwarded to holders of ADSs. Accordingly, holders of our ADSs may not be able to participate in all offerings, transactions or votes that are made available to holders of our equity shares.


ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to participate in a buy-back of shares offered by us.

Under Indian law, a company may acquire its own equity shares without seeking the approval of the court or tribunal in compliance with prescribed rules, regulations and conditions of the Indian Companies Act. In addition, public companies which are listed on a recognized stock exchange in India must comply with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of IndiaSEBI (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 19982018 (Buy-back Regulations). Since we are a public company listed on two recognized stock exchanges in India, we would have to comply with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the provisions of the Buy-back Regulations. In order for the ADS holders to participate in a company's purchase of its own shares under the open market route through the Indian stock exchanges, the ADS holders must have previously takenneed to take certain actions in order to withdrawconvert the ADS into equity shares and sell the equity shares underlyingthrough the ADSs held by the ADS holders in advance of the record date fixed for the buy back and should have become holders of equity shares on such record date.

There can be no assurance that equity shares offered by an ADS investor in any buyback of shares by us will be accepted by us. Any conversion of ADS into underlying equity shares and re-conversion of such equity shares into ADS is currently subject to limits of permissible foreign shareholding in the Company. Foreign investment of up to100% of our share capital is currently permitted by Indian laws. Participation by ADS holders to in a buyback is


also subject to Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and rules and regulations framed thereunder, if any, Income Tax Act, 1961 and rules and regulations framed thereunder, the Depository Receipts Scheme, 2014, as applicable, and also subject to such approvals, if and to the extent necessary or required from concerned authorities including, but not limited to, approvals from the Reserve Bank of India under Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and rules and regulations framed thereunder, if any.  ADS investors are advised to consult their legal advisors for advice prior to participating in any buyback by us, including advice related to any related regulatory approvals and tax issues.stock exchanges.

It may be difficult for holders of our ADSs to enforce any judgment obtained in the United States against us or our affiliates.us.

WeAs we are incorporated under the laws of India and many of our directors and executive officers reside outside the United States. Most of our assets are primarily located outside the United States. As a result,States, holders of our ADSs may be unablefind it difficult to effect service of process upon us outside the United States. In addition, holders of our ADSs may be unable to enforce judgments against us if such judgments are obtained in courts of the United States, including judgments predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States.

The United States and India do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States on the basis of civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States, would not be enforceable in India.executable by an Indian court. However, the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered may bring a new suit in a competent court in India based on a final judgment that has been obtained in the United States. The suit must be brought in India within three years from the date of the judgment by court in the United States in the same manner as any other suit filed to enforce a civil liability in India. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action is brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistentconflicting with Indian practice. A party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India isLaw. Separately, RBI approval will be required to obtain approval from the RBI under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, to repatriate any amount recoveredamounts outside India as damages including pursuant to the execution of such a judgment.

Holders of ADSs are subject to the Securities and Exchange Board of India’s Takeover Code with respect to their acquisitions of ADSs or the underlying equity shares, and this may impose requirements on such holders with respect to disclosure and offers to purchase additional ADSs or equity shares.

The Securities and Exchange Board of IndiaSEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 (the Takeover Code) is applicable to publicly listed Indian companies. Therefore, the provisions of the Takeover Code apply to us and to any person acquiring our equity shares or voting rights in our company, such as those represented by our ADSs.

The acquisition of shares or voting rights which entitle the acquirer, along with persons acting in concert with the acquirer, to exercise 25% or more of the voting rights in or control over the target company triggers a requirement for the acquirer to make an open offer to acquire at least 26% of the total shares of the target company for an offer price determined as per the provisions of the Takeover Code. The acquirer is required to make a public announcement for an open offer on the date on which it is agreed to acquire such shares or voting rights. In the event that pursuant to the open offer, the shareholding of the acquirer along with the persons acting in concert with the acquirer exceeds the maximum permissible non-public shareholding, the acquirer is required to bring down the non-public shareholding in line with the limits prescribed and the timeline as prescribed under the Securities Contract (Regulation) Rules, 1957. Furthermore, acquisition of shares or voting rights by an acquirer who holds 25% or more of the voting rights in the target company (along with persons acting in concert with the acquirer), shall make an open offer to acquire additional shares or voting rights which entitle the acquirer (along with persons acting in concert with the acquirer) to exercise more than 5% of voting rights in the target company.

Upon the acquisition of shares or voting rights in a publicly listed Indian company such that the aggregate share-holding of the acquirer (meaning a person who directly or indirectly, acquires or agrees to acquire shares or voting rights in a target company, or acquires or agrees to acquire control over the target company, either by himself or together with any person acting in concert) is 5% or more of the shares of the company, the acquirer is required,


within two working days of such acquisition, to disclose the aggregate shareholding and voting rights in the company to the company and to the stock exchanges in which the shares of the company are listed.


Further, an acquirer who, together with persons acting in concert with him, holds shares or voting rights entitling them to 5% or more of the shares or voting rights in a target company, acquires or sells shares representing 2% or more of the shares or voting rights of the company must disclose, within two working days of such acquisition, sale or receipt of intimation of allotment of such shares, the acquirer's revised shareholding to the company and to the stock exchanges on which the shares of the company are listed. This disclosure is required, in case of a sale, even if such sale results in the shareholding of the acquirer falling below 5%.

The Takeover Code may impose conditions that discourage a potential acquirer, which could prevent an acquisition of our company in a transaction that could be beneficial for our equity holders. For example, under the Takeover Code, persons who acquire 5% or more of the shares of a company are required, within two working days of such acquisition, to disclose the aggregate shareholding and voting rights in the company to the company and to the stock exchanges on which the shares of the company are listed.

Additionally, holders of 5% or more of the shares or voting rights of a company who acquire or dispose of shares representing 2% or more of the shares or voting rights of the company must disclose, within two working days of such transaction their revised shareholding to the company and to the stock exchanges on which the shares of the company are listed. This disclosure is required even if the transaction is a sale which results in the holder’s ownership falling below 5%.

If the governmentThe reintroduction of India modifies dividend distribution tax ratesrate or introducesintroduction of new forms of taxes on distribution of profits or changes to the basis of application of these taxes the same could materially affect the returns to our shareholders.

The Company’s current policy isEffective fiscal 2020, the Company expects to payout up to 70%return approximately 85% of the free cash flow cumulatively over a 5 year period through a combination of the corresponding fiscal year in such manner, as may be decided by the Board from time to time,semi-annual dividends and/or share buyback and/or special dividends, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS. Dividend payout includesand buyback include applicable taxes. The Company declares and pays dividends in Indian rupees. The Finance Act 2020 has replaced the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT).

The effective rate with the classical system of DDT which was 20.3576% increased to 20.5553% based ondividend taxation wherein dividend income will be taxed in the amendmenthands of the shareholders at their respective applicable tax rates. In the light of the above changes under the FinanceIncome-tax Act, 2018 that replacedCompany paying dividend to shareholders is required to do withholding of tax at the existing Education and Secondary and Higher Education cess of 3%applicable rates prescribed under Income Tax Act read along Tax Treaty with the ‘Health and Education Cess’ of 4%. respective countries (together with MLI as applicable) subject to providing various Tax forms including Tax Residency certificate by non-resident shareholders.

If the effective rate of DDTtax at source on dividend increases in future, or new forms of taxes on distribution of profits are introduced, the dividend amount receivable by our shareholders after taxes may decrease further.

Indian listed company which has made public announcement in respect of buyback of shares after July 5, 2019 are liable for additional buy-back tax on buyback of shares of listed companies under section 115QA of the Income Tax Act. Therefore, all domestic companies are subject to tax on buy back of shares. Correspondingly income tax exemption to shareholder under section 10(34A) of the Income Tax Act is provided.

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

COMPANY OVERVIEW

 

Infosys is a leading provider of consulting, technology, outsourcing and next-generation digital services, enabling clients in over 45 countriesaround the world to create and execute strategies for their digital transformation.

Our vision is to build a globally respected organization delivering best-of-breed business solutions, leveraging technology, delivered by best-in-class people. We are guided by our value system which motivates our attitudes and actions. Our core values are Client Value, Leadership by Example, Integrity and Transparency, Fairness and Excellence (C-LIFE).


Our primary geographic markets are North America, Europe, Restrest of the World, and India which generated 60.4%61.3%, 23.7%24.2%, 12.7%11.6% and 3.2%2.9% of our revenues in the fiscal 2018.2021 respectively. We serve clients in the following industries: financial services; manufacturing; energy & utilities, communicationsservices and services; retail,insurance; retail; consumer packaged goods and logistics; communication; telecom OEM and media, energy, utilities, resources and services; manufacturing; hi-tech; life sciences healthcare and insurance and hi-tech. health care.

Our revenues grew from $8,249$10,208 million in fiscal 20142017 to $10,939$13,561 million in fiscal 2018,2021, representing a compound annualized growth rate of 7.3%7.4%. Our net incomeprofit grew from $1,751$2,140 million to $2,486$2,623 million during the same period, representing a compound annualized growth rate of 9.2%5.2%.

Between March 31, 20142017 and March 31, 2018,2021, our total employees grew from 160,405200,364 to 204,107,259,619, representing a compound annualized growth rate of 6.2%6.7%.


A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

We were incorporated on July 2, 1981 in Pune, Maharashtra, India, as Infosys Consultants Private Limited, a private limited company under the Indian Companies Act, 1956. We changed our name to Infosys Technologies Private Limited in April 1992 and to Infosys Technologies Limited in June 1992, when we became a public limited company. In June 2011, we changed our name from Infosys Technologies Limited to Infosys Limited, following approval of the name change by our Board, shareholders, and the Indian regulatory authorities. The name change was intended to reflect our transition from a provider of technology services to a partner with our clients solving business problems by leveraging technology. We made an initial public offering of equity shares in India in February 1993 and were listed on stock exchanges in India in June 1993. We completed our initial public offering of ADSsAmerican Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) in the United States in 1999. In August 2003, June 2005 and November 2006, we completed sponsored secondary offerings of ADSs in the United States on behalf of our shareholders. Each of our 2005 and 2006 sponsored secondary offerings also included a Public Offering Without Listing or POWL in Japan. In 2008, we were selected as an original component member of 'The Global Dow', a world-wideworldwide stock index made up of 150 leading blue-chip stocks. Following our voluntary delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market on December 11, 2012, we began trading of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)NYSE on December 12, 2012, under the ticker symbol INFY. On February 20, 2013, we also listed our ADSs on the Euronext London and Paris (previously called NYSE Euronext (NYX) London and Paris) markets, under the ticker symbol INFY. We were inducted into the Dow Jones Sustainability Indices in fiscal 2018.

Infosys voluntarily delisted its American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) from Euronext Paris and London on July 5, 2018 and its ADSs were removed from Euroclear France on July 10, 2018. The primary reason for voluntary delisting from Euronext Paris and London was the low average daily trading volume of Infosys ADSs on these exchanges, which was not commensurate with the related administrative expenses. Infosys ADSs will continueRefer to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “INFY” and investors can continue to trade their ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.  

Refer Note no. 2.19 ‘Related2.20 “Related party transactions’transactions” in Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20F for the list of our subsidiaries.

The address of our registered office is Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bengaluru-560 100, Karnataka, India. The telephone number of our registered office is +91-80-2852-0261. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System, 1350 Treat Boulevard, Suite 100, Walnut Creek, CA 94597-2152. Our website address is www.infosys.com and the information contained in our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.Report on Form 20F.

Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

Capital expenditure

In fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, we spent $310$285 million, $411$465 million and $413$349 million, respectively, on capital expenditures. All our capital expenditures were financed out of cash generated from operations. As of March 31, 2018,2021, we had contractual commitments of $223$100 million for capital expenditure. These commitments included $184$57 million in domestic purchases and $39$43 million in overseas commitments.

Acquisitions/ Investment in subsidiaries and associateAcquisitions

EdgeVerve was created as a wholly owned subsidiary on February 14, 2014 to focus on developing and selling products and platforms. On April 15, 2014, the Board authorizedDuring fiscal 2021 the Company, completed three business combinations to execute a Business Transfer Agreementcomplement its digital offerings and related documentsend to end customer experience offerings to customers by acquiring 100% voting interests in:

1.

GuideVision, s.r.o a ServiceNow Elite Partner in Europe on October 1, 2020

2.

Kaleidoscope Animations, Inc. a U.S. based product design and development services focused primarily on medical devices on October 9, 2020 and


3.

Beringer Commerce Inc. and Beringer Capital Digital Group Inc., collectively known as Blue Acorn iCi, an Adobe Platinum partner in the United States, and a leader in digital customer experience, commerce and analytics on October 27, 2020.

The aggregate purchase consideration for the three acquisitions of $189 million includes cash of $176 million and contingent consideration with EdgeVerve, subject to securing the requisite approval from shareholders in the Annual General Meeting. Subsequently, at the AGM held on June 14, 2014, the shareholders authorized the Board to enter into a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with EdgeVerve, with effect from July 1, 2014 or such other datean estimated fair value of $13 million as may be decided by the Board. We undertook an enterprise valuation by an independent valuer and accordingly the business was transferred to the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary for a consideration of $70 million (₹421 crore) with effect from July 1, 2014 which was settled through the issue of fully paid-up equity shares. The transfer of assets and liabilities between entities under common control was accounted for at carrying values and did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.


Further, on April 24, 2015,date of acquisition. At the Board authorizedacquisition date, the Company to execute a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with EdgeVerve, to transfer the businesskey inputs used in determination of Finacle® and EdgeServices. After the requisite approval from the shareholders through postal ballot on June 4, 2015, a Business Transfer Agreement and other related documents were executed with EdgeVerve to transfer the business with effect from August 1, 2015. We undertook an enterprise valuation by an independent valuer and accordingly the business was transferred for a consideration of approximately $491 million and approximately $27 million for Finacle® and EdgeServices, respectively. The consideration was settled through issue of 850,000,000 equity shares amounting to approximately $129 million and 254,900,000 non-convertible redeemable debentures amounting to approximately $389 million in EdgeVerve, post the requisite approval from shareholders on December 11, 2015. The transfer of assets and liabilities was accounted for at carrying values and did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.

On January 23, 2015, a wholly owned subsidiary, Infosys Nova Holdings LLC, was incorporated. Infosys Nova acquired 20% of the equity interests in DWA Nova LLC for a cash consideration of $15 million. The Company made this investment to form a new company along with Dream Works Animation (DWA). During fiscal 2017, we recorded an impairment loss of $3 million on our investment in DWA Nova LLC. During fiscal 2018, we have written down the entire carrying value of the investment in its associate DWA Nova LLC amounting to $11 million. Subsequently, DWA Nova LLC was liquidated effective November 17, 2017.

On March 5, 2015, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Panaya Inc., a Delaware Corporation in the United States. Panaya is a provider of automation technology for large scale enterprise and software management. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for cash consideration of $225 million.

On June 2, 2015, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Kallidus Inc. U.S, a provider of digital experience solutions, including mobile commerce and in-store shopping experiences to large retail clients and 100% of the voting interests of Skava Systems Private Limited, India, an affiliate of Kallidus. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for cash consideration of $91 million and a contingent consideration of up to $20 million.

In March 2018, on conclusion of a strategic review of the portfolio businesses, the Company initiated identification and evaluation of potential buyers for its subsidiaries, Kallidus and Skava (together referred to as "Skava”) and Panaya (collectively referred to as the “disposal group”). The Company anticipates completion of the sale by March 2019 and accordingly, assets amounting to $316 million and liabilities amounting to $50 million in respect of the disposal group have been reclassified under “held for sale". On reclassification, the disposal group has been measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and consequently, a reduction in the fair value of Disposal Group held for sale amountingcontingent consideration are the probabilities assigned towards achievement of financial targets and discount rates ranging from 12% to $18 million in respect of Panaya has been recognized under other income in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018.

As of March 31, 2018, the fair13.5%. The undiscounted value of Panaya was assessed at $130 million as against the acquisition cost including a subsequent infusion of $230 million. Based on the progress of the negotiations with prospective buyers subsequent to the Balance Sheet date, the final sale price of Panaya is expected to be lower than the recorded fair valuecontingent consideration as of March 31, 2018. The fair value of Panaya as of March 31, 2018 has not been adjusted to reflect the subsequent progress on negotiations because the impact of a lower indicative sale price on the financial results and earnings per equity share for the year ended March 31, 2018 is immaterial. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, the Company has not concluded negotiations or reached any agreement in principle including that on the sale price with the prospective buyers.2021 was $16 million.

The disposal group does not constitute a separate major component of the Company and therefore has not been classified as discontinued operations.

On November 16, 2015, Infosys acquired 100% membership interest in Noah Consulting, LLC, a provider of advanced information management consulting services for oil and gas industry. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a cash consideration of $33 million, a contingent consideration of up to $5 million and an additional consideration of up to $32 million, referred to asAdditionally, these acquisitions have retention bonuspayouts payable to the employees of Noah at each anniversary year following the acquisition date foracquiree over the next two to three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group at each anniversary. During fiscal 2016, the entire contingent consideration has been reversed in the statement of comprehensive income.


On July 14, 2017, the Board of Directors of Infosys authorized the Company to execute a Business Transfer Agreement and related documentsalong with Noah Consulting LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary, to transfer the business of Noah Consulting LLC to Infosys Limited, subject to securing the requisite regulatory approvals for a consideration based on an independent valuation. Subsequently on October 17, 2017, the company entered into a business transfer agreement to transfer the business for a consideration of $41 million (approximately ₹266 crore) and the transfer was with effect from October 25, 2017. The transaction was between a holding company and a wholly owned subsidiary and therefore was accounted for at carrying values and did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements. Subsequently in November 2017, Noah Consulting LLC was liquidated.

On September 8, 2017, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited., UK, (Brilliant Basics) a product design and customer experience innovator with experience in executing global programs. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for cash consideration of $4 million, contingent consideration of up to $3 million and an additional consideration of $2 million, referred to as retention bonus, payable to the employees of Brilliant Basics at each anniversary year over the next two years, subject to their continuous employment with the group at each anniversary. The payment of contingent consideration to sellers of Brilliant Basics is dependent upon the achievement of certain financial targets by Brilliant Basics over a period of 3 years ending on March, 2020.

On May 22, 2018, Infosys acquired 100% offor the voting interests in WongDoody Holding Company Inc., (WongDoody) a U.S. based, full-service creative and consumer insights agency.  The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for total consideration of up to $75 million, which includes a cash consideration of $38 million, contingent consideration of up to $28 million and an additional consideration of up to $9 million, referred to as retention bonus, payable to the employees of WongDoody over the next three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group.respective years.

B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW

 

OUR INDUSTRY

Software and computing technology isare transforming businesses in every industry around the world in a profound and fundamental way. The continued reduction in the unitCompanies are rapidly adopting digital technologies to reimagine their cost of hardware, the explosion of network bandwidth, advanced software technologiesstructures, increase business resilience and technology-enabled-services are fueling the rapid digitization of business processesagility, personalize experiences for their customers and information. The digital revolution is cascading across industries, redefining customer expectations, enablingemployees, and launch new and disruptive market offerings and automating core processes. Traditional business models are being disrupted with digital and software based business models. This disruption is characterized by personalized user experiences, innovative products and services, extreme cost performance andservices. While these trends have been unfolding for a disintermediationfew years now, they have been accelerated because of the supply chain. Incumbent companies, to win amidst this disruption, need to reinvent their business from the core to activate strong efficiencyCOVID-19 pandemic and productivity levers, reimagine the end consumer experience and create impact at scale.resulting shifts.

Leveraging technologies and models of the digital era to both extend the value of existing investments and, in parallel, transform and future proof businesses, is increasingly becoming a top strategic imperative for business leaders. From an IT perspective, the renewal translates to re-imagining human-machine interfaces, extracting value out of digitized data: building next generation software applications & platforms harnessing the efficiency of distributed cloud computing, enablingand modernizing legacy systems for mobiletechnology landscapes and sensor access, extracting value out of digitizedstrengthening information security and data keeping systems relevant and optimizing the costs of building and running technology systems. As businesses look to new areas and new economics, new and intelligent systems are required to be built with next generation technologies and with exponentially superior cost benefit performance.privacy controls.

The fast pace of technology change and the need for technology professionals who are highly skilled in both the traditional and digital technology areas are driving businesses to rely on third parties to realize their business transformation. Several new technology solution and service providers have emerged over the years, offering different models for clients to consume their solution and service offerings:

Niche technology consultingofferings such as data analytics companies, – who take on time boundsoftware-as-a-service businesses, cloud platform providers, digital design boutiques, and limited scope projectsspecialty business process management firms.

While these developments present strong market opportunities for their clients

Global technology outsourcing companies – who leverage global talent pools to enable business transformation and systematically optimize the IT operations of clients


Business process management firms – whoindustry, there is also an imperative need for IT services and solutions companies to transition from fast-commoditizing traditional service offerings, to attract and retain quality talent globally, to reimagine cost structures and leverage global talent pools to manage outsourced core business processes of their clients

Software firms – who provide licensed software that enable the automation of business processes

Specialty platform and Software-as-a-Service companies – who provide utility based models for clients to consume software featuresincreased productivity.

Data analytics companies – who specialize in designing, analyzing and reporting insights from the vast amount of data that corporations are collecting about their customers, operations and markets

Internal IT departments of the companies themselves – which are usually a cost center for the corporation.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

Over the years, we have invested in building differentiated capabilities such as:

Specific industry domain and technology expertise, and in methodologies such as design thinking and agile software development

End-to-end service offering capabilities in consulting, software application development, integration, maintenance, validation, enterprise system implementation, product engineering, infrastructure management and business process management

Intellectual property in software platforms and products such as Infosys Nia®, our flagship Artificial Intelligence platform, the Edge suite of products, Finacle® and McCamish that either amplify our own services or provide differentiated solutions for our clients’ business processes

Our Global Delivery Model for large scale outsourcing of technology projects fueled by automation, intelligence and collaboration technologies. Our Global Delivery Model divides projects into components that can be executed simultaneously at client sites and at our development centers in India and globally

Sophisticated service delivery and quality control processes, standards and frameworks

Internal research and development teams that identify, develop and deploy new offerings leveraging next generation technologies

Ecosystem alliances with enterprise software companies and innovative start-up companies

Sales and client engagement teams that have resulted in deep, enduring and expansive relationships with our customers around the world

High quality global talent and leadership; and the infrastructure and systems to enable learning and education across the enterprise at scale.

With over three decades of experience in managing the systems and workings of global enterprises, we believe we are uniquely positioned to help them steer through their digital transformation with:

a)

Agile Digital at scale: build new enterprise-wide capability that delivers new levels of business performance at one end and customer delight at the other

b)

AI-powered core: a foundation of fully automated processes and systems along with the vital insights to prioritize execution of change

c)

Always-on learning: drive continuous improvement by building and transferring digital skills and expertise along with ideas from a cross-section of industries and innovation ecosystems.

 

OUR STRATEGY

Our strategic objective is to build a sustainable and resilient organization that remains relevant to the agenda of our clients, while creating growth opportunities for our employees, and generating profitable returns for our investors.investors and contributing to the communities that we operate in.

Our clients and prospective clients are faced with transformative business opportunities due to advances in software and computing technology. These organizations are dealing with the challenge of having to reinvent their core offerings, processes and systems rapidly and position themselves as “digitally enabled”. The journey to the digital future requires not just an understanding of new technologies and new ways of working, but a deep appreciation of existing technology landscapes, business processes and practices. Our strategy is to be a navigator for our clients as they ideate, plan and execute on their journey to a digital future, to help them ‘navigate your next’.future.


We have

In 2018, we embraced a four prongedfour-pronged strategy to strengthen our relevance with clients and drive accelerated value creation for them. Towards implementing the strategy, we will:creation:

 

1.

Scale Agile Digital

 

2.

Energize the core

 

3.

Reskill our people

 

4.

Expand localization

 

Scale Agile Digital

We willbelieve the investments we have made, and continue to make, targeted investmentsin our strategy will enable us to rapidly accelerate our Agile Digital business. We define “digital” as a set of use cases that drive business outcomes foradvise and help our clients across five areas:

Experience – well-designed systems for digital marketing, omni-channel interaction, personalization and content management that can enhance customer experience

Insight – AI-based systems for advanced analytics, leveraging big data

Innovate – Engineering new and digital-first products and offerings leveraging concepts such as they tackle the Internetcurrent market conditions - especially in the areas of Things and advanced industry Software-as-a-Services platforms

Accelerate – the digitization of core systems by migratingprocesses, migration to cloud based technologies, abstracting APIs, modernizing legacy systemsworkplace transformation, business model transformation, enhanced cyber security controls and infrastructure, integrating applicationsoptimizing cost structures in IT. Further, we have been able to successfully enable most of our employees worldwide to work remotely and leveraging Robotic Process Automation (RPA)

Assuresecurelyimplementing advanced cyber-security systemsgiving us the operational stability to deliver on client commitments and specialized validation of software systems.ensuring our own business continuity.

Over the last three years, we have executed on this strategy and generated significant outcomes as described further below:

1.

Scale Agile Digital: Our revenue from digital technology related services and solutions have more than doubled in the last three years, and currently comprises 48.5% of our total revenue. We are rated as a “leader” in 48 industry analyst ratings across our digital offerings. These outcomes are a result of investments we have made to expand our digital footprint via reskilling of our employees, targeted acquisitions, strong ecosystem partnerships, innovation experience centers across the world, intellectual property development, reconfiguring our workspaces for agile software development and enhancing our brand.

2.

Energize the Core: Leveraging automation and AI, we are winning and executing several engagements for our clients to modernize their core legacy technology and process landscapes. We made significant investments in our “Live Enterprise” platform, including our Bot Factory of preconfigured automation bots and LEAP, our platform for optimizing large scale application maintenance and reengineering. In fiscal 2021, we won a total contract value of over $14 billion dollars in large deals - more than four times of what we won in fiscal 2018 – demonstrating our capabilities and competitiveness in executing complex transformation programs. In addition, investments in our own internal systems, reimagination of our internal processes and automation of software development processes has helped increase our agility, boost productivity and enhance our competitiveness even in the current paradigm of remote working.

3.

Reskill our People: Continuous learning and reskilling has always been integral to our operating model. We operate our reskilling program with the twin objectives of increasing fulfillment of demand for digital skills in client projects and for enriching the expertise of our global workforce in next generation technologies and methodologies. We invested in, and scaled, our digital reskilling program globally. Our in-house developed, anytime anywhere learning platform, Lex, offers over 1,800 courses curated for easy consumption on mobile devices with advanced telemetry, gamification and certification features. Over 240,0000 of our employees use Lex and are spending approximately 45 minutes per day on average for learning activities.

4.

Expand Localization: With the objective of creating differentiated talent pools and ecosystems in our markets, we made significant investments in expanding our local workforce in the United States, UK, Europe, Japan, China and Australia. We established innovation hubs, near-shore centers and digital design studios across geographies. Further, we expanded our university and community college partnerships in all these regions to aid internships, recruitment, training and joint research. In fiscal 2021, we recruited over 7,280 employees locally in our markets, of which 1,941 were fresh graduates. This workforce brings us greater diversity of skills and experience. This initiative also significantly de-risks our operations from regulatory changes related to immigration policies.

 

In addition to these, we will also invest in sales and consulting capabilities to engage with clients both in their technology divisions and their business organizations.

We will continue to leverage alliances that complement our core competencies. We will continue to partner with leading technology software and hardware providers in creating, deploying, integrating and operating business solutions for our clients.

We will continue to invest in Research and Development (R&D) to stay abreast of new technologies and to incubate new offerings in areas such as blockchain, AR/VR and speech, vision, video and image intelligence. We will expand the scope of our collaborations to encompass universities, research organizations and the start-up innovation ecosystem.

We will continue to deploy our capital in making selective business acquisitions that augment our Agile Digital expertise, complement our presence in certain market segments.


 

Energize the core

We will continue to embrace automation and Artificial Intelligence (AI)-based techniques and software automation platforms to boost productivity of our clients’ core processes and systems.

We will continue to leverage these, along with lean processes, Agile development and our Global Delivery Model (GDM) to deliver solutions and services to our clients in the most cost-effective manner, while at the same time optimizing our cost structure to remain competitive.

We will continue to invest in our flagship RPA platform AssistEdge®, our AI platform, Infosys Nia®, and in core business applications such as Finacle®, McCamish and others to bring differentiated and market-leading features and capabilities to our projects with clients.

Re-skill our people

An exponential adoption of new technologies is leading to a wide digital talent gap. As technology shifts gain rapid acceleration, we will drive talent re-skilling at scale for our own employees and for our clients’ organizations in the new areas of digital services.


Teaching and learning are central to the Infosys culture. Our investments in our Global Education Center and in creating various learning opportunities for our employees help our employees stay abreast of new developments in software technologies, spur innovation and help them build a lifelong career with the Company.

We will continue to invest in advanced, anytime-anywhere learning systems such as our LeX platform and in creating and harnessing up-to-date content from internal and external sources. Further, we are expanding our relationships with universities around the world to curate specific curricula for our employees in areas such as creative design skills, machine learning, autonomous technologies, blockchain etc.

Expand localization

We believe that client proximity lends several benefits while delivering Agile Digital transformations, and we will invest in localizing our workforce in various geographies. We have announced the setting up of four delivery and innovation centers in the US. The first of these is already active in Indianapolis, while three others – in Connecticut, Rhode Island and North Carolina – are well on the way to becoming operational. We are recruiting locally from universities in the US as well as at experience levels. We aim to become an employer of choice from US universities and will set up dedicated leadership and support teams in the US, Europe and Australia. Our strategy to localize will also reduce our dependence on immigration policies.

OUR STRUCTURE

Until March 31, 2018, ourOur go-to-market business units wereare organized as:

Financial Services

Life Sciences, Healthcare & Insurance

Manufacturing

Retail, CPG & Logistics

Energy, Utilities, Communications & Services

Hi-tech

Others including China, Japan, India and Infosys Public Services

During the three months ended June 30, 2018, the Company internally reorganized some of its business segments to deepen customer relationships, improve focus of sales investments and increase management oversight. Consequently, our go-to-market business units have been organized as:

Financial Services, which includes businesses in Financial Services and Insurance

Retail, which includes businesses in Retail, Consumer Packaged Goods and Logistics

Communication, which includes businesses in Communication,Communications, Telecom OEM and Media

Energy, Utilities, Resources and Services

Manufacturing

Hi-tech

Life Sciences which includes businesses in Life sciences and Health careHealthcare

Others, which includes India, Japan, China, Infosys Public Services and other businesses in Public Services

Until March 31, 2018, our solutions were categorized as under:

Business Consulting

Enterprise Solutions

Infosys Digital

Application Development Capabilities

Application Management Capabilities

Application Modernization Capabilities

Independent Validation Solutions

Data and Analytics

Engineering Services Capabilities

Cloud and Infrastructure Management Capabilities


Infosys Center for Emerging Technology SolutionsService enterprises

Products & Platforms

o

Finacle®

o

Assist Edge

o

Infosys Nia

o

McCamish

o

Panaya

o

Skava

Business Process Management Capabilities

 

During the three months ended June 30, 2018, ourOur solutions as described above have been primarily classified as digital and core.

 

Digital Services comprise of service and solution offerings of the company that enable our clients to transform their businesses. These include offerings that enhance customer experience, leverage AI-based analytics and big data, engineer digital products and IoT, modernize legacy technology systems, migrate to cloud applications and implement advanced cyber security systems.  They are primarily categorized as under::

o

Experience

Experience

o

Insight

Insight

o

Innovate

Innovate

o

Accelerate

Accelerate

o

Assure

Assure

 

Core Services comprise traditional offerings of the company that have scaled and industrialized over a number of years. These primarily include applicationCore:

Application management services proprietary

Proprietary application development services independent

Independent validation solutions product

Product engineering and management infrastructure

Infrastructure management services traditional

Traditional enterprise application implementation support

Support and integration services.

 

Our Products & Platforms includeinclude:

Finacle®

Edge Suite

Infosys Nia®

Infosys McCamish

Panaya®

Skava®

Stater Mortgage Servicing Platform

Wingspan®

Infosys Meridian

CyberNext

LEAP


 

o

Finacle®

o

Edge Suite

o

Infosys Nia®

o

Infosys McCamish

o

Panaya®

o

Skava®

OUR SOLUTIONS AND CAPABILITIES

We provide our clients with a full range of business and technology solutions and capabilities, comprising:

1) Consulting

Infosys Global Consulting services help global corporations in more than 20 countriesto develop solutions tailored to address their complex business challenges and create value through sustainable innovation. Our approach, with an eye on execution, combines creative thinking, industry expertise and global reach to enable companies achieve market-leading performance. We use design thinking to drive innovation for our clients while renewing their IT landscapes non-disruptively. We go beyond being traditional advisors and develop innovative strategies and solutions for clients by combining new disruptive technologies including Artificial Intelligence (“AI”)AI and automation, open source software and start-up ideas.

We are defining, designing and delivering value to corporations across industries such as financial services, insurance, retail, consumer packaged goods, logistics, energy, utilities, healthcare, life sciences, manufacturing, communicationsresources, services (e.g. airlines, hospitality) and Hi-tech in the United States, Latin America, Europe, Asia, Australia, Canada, New Zealand and other geographies.


We offer consulting services in the following areas:areas of Business Transformation, Strategy and Architecture, Supply Chain, Enterprise Processes, Enterprise Applications, Digital Transformation, Insights and& Analytics, and Change andManagement & Learning.

Business Transformation: We enable clients to define and deliver technology-enabled transformations of their business. We also help clients implement their transformation strategy, including Mergers & Acquisitions, and manage and govern these programs.

Strategy and Architecture: We enable clients to get the best value from technology by developing an IT strategy, optimizing applications and infrastructure, implementing IT operating models, and governing the technical architecture for reliability and security.

Supply Chain: We optimize product flow from planning and procurement through reverse logistics by applying innovative digital and automated solutions. Our point and end-to-end solutions focus on reducing cost and increasing efficiency using process and technology tools across the product supply chain.

Enterprise Processes: We design the overall process model and eliminate organizational gaps to help clients achieve efficient processes. We also aid in building their supply chain and operation capabilities, addressing key challenges in finance functions and enhancing employee productivity.

Enterprise Applications: We offer Enterprise Application-enabled business transformation programs, and design and implementation of Oracle and SAP solutions. Our experience and knowledge in HANA strategy and technical architecture help us build HANA capabilities for clients. We offer HANA advisory and center of excellence services, platform services and business suite for SAP HANA (S/4).

Digital Transformation: Enabling clients to focus on their complete value chain, we offer customer relationship management, multi-channel commerce and digital marketing to improve customer experience and increase customer acquisition.

Insights and Analytics: We help clients utilize data, insights and real-time predictive analysis for better decision-making and optimizing processes. We provide a holistic service package from strategy to implementation, as well as advice on running master data management programs internally or externally.

Change Management and Learning: We help clients define and implement change agendas to streamline business objectives and enable new operational structures. We leverage latest technologies and social trends to help them enhance and retain knowledge, reduce learning costs, and comply with regulatory requirements.


Infosys Knowledge Institute

The Infosys Knowledge Institute (“IKI”) harnesses the collective intellectual capital of our employees, clients, partners, and academics to develop and share a deeper understanding of the business impact of technology. Combining surveys, quantitative analysis, and expert interviews, IKI creates perspectives, benchmarks, and diagnostic tools on trends across industries and functions. Current research focuses on four themes: talent, sustainability, evolutionary.

operating models and the future of money. Recent major works have included Digital Radar, TechCompass trends series, AI and Agile indexes, and The Live Enterprise book. IKI also publishes regularly in leading business and technology media and conducts roundtables and seminars. For more information, go to https://infosys.com/iki.

 

2) Enterprise Solutions (SAP, Oracle, EAIS and ECAS)

SAP

The Infosys SAP Practice provides SAP services to help our clients transform their operations, streamline and standardize business processes to ensure consistency across countries, consolidate platforms, and replace legacy systems with SAP applications. Our core SAP offerings include end-to-end SAP-enabled business transformation, S/4 HANA cloud transformation, package evaluation, package implementation services, global deployments, upgrades, master data management, business intelligence and analytics (HANA and S/4HANA), integration, mobility solutions, enterprise risk management, enterprise performance management, SAP basis and technology, and production support and maintenance services. We have a strong focus on the latest SAP technologies and products, and also provide platform-based offerings to our clients. Additionally, this Practice has expertise in industry-specific SAP solutions.

Oracle

The Infosys Oracle Practice provides end-to-end Oracle offerings to help transform our clients’ businesses and Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) landscape. Our focus is on Oracle implementations, business transformation services, global rollouts, and application development, support and maintenance offerings. We have deep expertise across Oracle products and platforms, including next-generation offerings in Fusion Apps, Exadata capabilities, and Oracle Cloud offerings in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure, Human Capital Management (HCM) and Customer Relationship Management (CRM)(“CRM”). We have developed industry-specific Oracle solutions that our clients have implemented. We have also made


significant investments in delivering core Oracle technologies, including the establishment of exclusive joint innovation centers and Centers of Excellence (CoEs) that are used in our client engagements.

Enterprise Application Integration (EAIS)(“EAIS”)

The EAIS practice helps customers renew their core business and innovate into new business through accelerated digitization in our focus areas - experience, digitization, connected devices, and new business models. At the core of EAIS is bringing together disparate systems through the use of next generation integration technologies along with best of breed enterprise applications. The fundamental themes of our offering isare around helping customers renew their core business and innovate into new business through accelerated digitization of processes and technology, Service Oriented Architecture (SoA)(“SoA”), Digital Process Automation (“DPA”), Business Process Management (BPM)(“BPM”), and Application Program Interface (API) etc.(“API”) along with Supply Chain Management (SCM)(“SCM”) solutions like Maximo and Microsoft Dynamics based solutions.Maximo. The focus areas are:

BPM SolutionsThe SCM & Enterprise Asset Management (“EAM”) Practice, to help global enterprises overcome business challenges through process orchestration, rules implementation, simplify business process, improve productivity, reduce costs,which has in-depth expertise in creating point solutions on Order Management Systems (“OMS”), Warehouse Management Systems (WMS), Planning, Procurement and significantly reduce time-to-market.EAM solutions for retail, manufacturing, energy, communications and financial services industries. EAIS also has multiple product offerings including Ariba, Blue Yonder, Sterling OMS, Manhattan WMS, and IBM Maximo.

The API & Microservices Practice, a dedicated competency focused on implementing APIs as the new method of connecting and developing new applications, within and outside the enterprise. The API Economy is about instrumenting the systems, by carving fire-lanes of APIs and managing APIs using modern tools, so that evolution of front-ends and back-ends can be decoupled. A dedicated competency at EAIS is involved in executing API management projects, building skills on API management, and creating thought leadership in API management space, with experts across multiple API solutions.


The SoA & EAI Practice, which offers standardized and centralized integrated solutions to optimize SoA transformation for global enterprises with in-depth and clear-cut SoA Strategy, Architecture and Implementation. With proven capabilities to build industry-related solutions on various technology platforms, this Practice offers competitive and flexible engagement models with seamless delivery using automated integrated platforms. Product offerings include TIBCO, IM, SAG/WEBMETHODS and BIZTALK.

The SCMAPI & Enterprise Asset Management (EAM)Microservices Practice, a dedicated competency focused on implementing APIs as the new method of connecting and developing new applications, within and outside the enterprise. The API Economy is about instrumenting the systems, by carving fire-lanes of APIs and managing APIs using modern tools, so that evolution of frontends and back-ends can be decoupled. A dedicated competency at EAIS is involved in executing API management projects, building skills on API management, and creating thought leadership in API management space, with experts across multiple API solutions.

BPM Solutions Practice, which has in-depth expertise in creating point solutions on Order Management Systems (OMS), Warehouse Management Systems (WMS), Planning, Procurementto help global enterprises overcome business challenges through process orchestration, rules implementation, simplify business process, improve productivity, reduce costs, and EAM solutions for retail, manufacturing, energy, communications and financial services industries. EAIS also has multiple product offerings including Ariba, JDA, Sterling OMS, Manhattan WMS, and IBM Maximo.significantly reduce time-to-market.

Microsoft Business Applications Services Practice

Our focus is to help our clients transform to agile, live and digital enterprises with renewed Business Applications across Enterprise Functions of Supply Chain, Finance, Distribution, Sales, Marketing, Service, Operations, Omni Channel, Smart Retail, and Customer Insights. Complemented by MS Power Platform which enables to automate Digital Transformation on Edges & Last Mile Experience.

The Microsoft Dynamics Practice, which caters to the business needs of both the large enterprises and mid-sized organizations by providing end-to-end services on Microsoft Dynamics™ AX, Microsoft Dynamics™ NAV and Microsoft Dynamics™ CRM. These solutions lower the total cost of ownership (TCO) and ensure higher and quicker return on investment, (ROI), thus enabling customers to use Microsoft Dynamics™ to maximize their business value and improve their competitiveness.

Enterprise Cloud Application Solutions (ECAS)(“ECAS”)

The ECAS Practice has been a Salesforce partner for more than a decade and provides end-to-end consulting, implementation, integration, and support services on customer experience platforms that include Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, Marketing Cloud, App Cloud, Community Cloud, Heroku, Internet of Things (IoT), Wave Analytics, and many AppExchange technologies. As Platinum partners of Salesforce, we have liaisonedliaised with Salesforce and invested heavily in creating Centers of Excellence. We have formed valuable collaborations with other Salesforce ISV partners and have capabilities in Apttus, CloudSense, CloudCraze, ServiceMax, and Financialforce. We have vertical competencies on Health Cloud and Financial Services Cloud and have developed native Salesforce solutions for life sciences, consumer packaged goods (CPG)(“CPG”), retail, manufacturing, and high-tech micro-verticals.

Fluido, a 100% subsidiary of Infosys, is a leading Salesforce advisor and consulting partner in Nordics and a recognized leader in cloud consulting, implementation and training services which enables us to execute on our strategy to help clients navigate the next in their digital transformation journey. This acquisition strengthens our position as a leading Salesforce enterprise cloud services provider and enhances our ability to provide clients an unparalleled cloud-first transformation.

In March 2020, we completed the acquisition of Simplus, one of the fastest growing Salesforce Platinum Partners in the United States and Australia. Simplus is a recognized leader and advisor in cloud consulting, implementation, data integration, change management and training services for Salesforce CPQ and Billing applications with a broad clientele, across a variety of industries including high-tech, financial services, retail, healthcare, life sciences and manufacturing.


Through this acquisition, coupled with the acquisition of Fluido, Infosys further elevated its position as an end-to-end Salesforce enterprise cloud solutions and services provider, offering clients unparalleled capabilities for cloud-first digital transformation.

Digital Design and Experience Capabilities

Digital technology continues to impact our world through its transformative capability and pervasive impact. Digital is at the top of the agenda for most of our clients, resulting in strong demand for our services. Infosys Digital Design &and experience drives end-to-end digital transformation solutions for our clients to meet the rapidly ever-evolving demands of their consumers. Our key offerings include:


Strategy & Consulting: Our multidiscipline, broadly-informedbroadly informed consulting team leverages the connected screen and touch point neutral strategies, and effective plans to reimagine, reshape and retool our clients’ businesses to drive rapid change, better positioning them for growth in a digital world.

Experience: We focus on enabling our customers to better connect with consumers, partners and employees. Our specific offerings in this area are an omni-channel experience, omni-channel commerce, digital marketing, and developing a workforce of the future.

Digitization: We focus on optimizing operations and simplifying processes for our customers, to enable them to provide better experiences. Our specific offerings include the digitization and simplification of processes, business process management, process SaaSification (Software on the Cloud) wrap and renew, and supply chain planning and fulfillment.

E-commerce: We combine strong digital commerce strategies and significant technology implementation with proven execution experience. Our partners represent the breadth and depth of front-office and back-office services, which drive end-to-end, world-class customer experience.

E2E Digital Operations: We address the consumer demands of the digital age by providing a turnkey service, which enables our clients to bring their digital ad operations (AdOps, SEO/SEM, Programmatic, PLAs, PPC,Search Engine Optimization (“SEO”), Search Engine Marketing (“SEM”), omni-channel commerce, Social Media) into the enterprise to maximize speed-to-market and personalization.

Mobility: As smart devices (phone, tablets and wearables) rapidly become more pervasive and intrinsic in our lives, enterprises are eagerly looking at ways to leverage this phenomenon and transform their business. The Mobility Practice at Infosys Digital plays a pivotal role in ‘smart devices-led digital transformation’ for our clients.

We accelerate the deployment of mobility-driven solutions through our pre-built solutions and reference architectures, industry-leading tools and frameworks, and an eco-system of innovative partner capabilities.

We continue to invest in research initiatives, experience design labs, the latest testing and automation tools, Digital Academy, User Experience (UX) Labs, and in our mobile centers of excellence along with enhancing the Skava® mobility platform. Our digital alliances, acquisitions and partnerships with leading strategic and innovative players are essential to our clients with end-to-end capabilities across the consulting, creative, technology and operations functions.

Our acquisitions to accelerate Digital Design and Experience Capabilities include:

WongDoody: WongDoody is Infosys’ Experience Design arm focused on North America. WongDoody currently has studios in Seattle, Los Angeles and New York and is part of Infosys’ global connected network of Experience Design (XD) studios. WongDoody will help to leverage award-winning, globally recognized strategic and creative capabilities to create the digital products, services and campaigns of the future, helping align CMOs and CIOs around their most critical initiatives. By combining WongDoody’s customer insights and design, with Infosys’ global reach and technological strength we deliver an end-to-end solution, driving digital business transformation for the Global Fortune 2000.

Brilliant Basics: Brilliant Basics (BB) is Infosys’ Experience Design arm focused on Europe. BB currently has studios in London, Berlin and Amsterdam and is part of Infosys’ global connected network of XD studios. Conversation to Creation is our approach to bringing Design, Technology and Business together to create products, services and experiences that would make life better, and that transform our clients into design-led companies.


Blue Acorn: During the year, we completed the acquisition of Blue Acorn iCi, an Adobe Platinum partner in the US, and a leader in digital customer experience, commerce and analytics. This acquisition further strengthens Infosys’ end-to-end customer experience offerings and demonstrates its continued commitment to help clients navigate their digital transformation journey. Blue Acorn iCi brings to Infosys, significant cross-technology capabilities through the convergence of customer experience, digital commerce, analytics, and experience driven commerce services.

Application Development Capabilities

We develop customized software solutions for our clients through projects that leverage a combination of our technical capabilities, domain understanding, consultative capabilities, intellectual property assets and methodologies. We aim to provide high-quality solutions that are secure, easy-to-deploy and modular, to facilitate enhancements and extensions. Our proprietary methodologies also allow our software applications to integrate stringent security measures throughout the software development lifecycle. Infosys' vast pool of consultants and certified program management professionals help our clients execute both projects and large transformation programs. 

With the rapid embrace of digitization by our clients, Infosys has taken the lead to move away from the traditional waterfall development approach to an Agile and Scrum based approach supported by a robust DevOps framework. Infosys’ global Agile and Virtual Scrum (distributed Agile project execution platform) solutions embody the best practices developed from more than 10001,000 projects. These best practices enable clients to leverage the benefits of globally distributed teams while retaining all the advantages of co-located Agile teams. Additionally, the service virtualization and continuous delivery frameworks, as part of the Infosys DevOps Ecosystem, ensure that, not just the development but also the delivery of IT solutions, embrace agility, which is the ultimate goal of our clients.

Our accelerated development ecosystem improves business agility and cycle time by leveraging standardized technical and business assets. Our Rapid Prototyping tool helps us engage with clients more effectively when gathering software requirements, and our Tabletop solution provides best-in-class collaboration to enable distributed story creation, design and development. Our Value Realization Method (VRM™) helps clients maximize business value early on in the lifecycle of a project, by driving measurable results along with Business Value Articulation, (BVA), through process improvements, to ensure we track value effectively.

Application Management Capabilities

Our Application Management services help our clients reduce their cost of IT operations, deliver higher business value, and bring technology innovation to transform and grow their business. We bring inbring-in efficiencies through an industrialized, IP-based service delivery model. Through our automation platform, we enhance productivity and ensure consistent high qualityhigh-quality service delivery. Using machine learning algorithms and natural language processing, we are able to mine rich insights from IT support data and drive IT improvement strategies.

We help improve business availability through proactive monitoring of critical business processes using one of our IPs, thus reducing the impact of any potential business disruption. We have a structured, tool-based approach towards application portfolio analysis, which helps our clients harvest more value from existing assets. We also help our clients tap new technologies, to further grow and transform their business.

We have a dedicated team, which continuously monitors technology and business trends and develops solutions and accelerators that enable us to deliver best-in-class application management services to our clients.

Application Modernization Capabilities

Our Application Modernization services help modernize legacy systems to enhance flexibility, mitigate risk, minimize disruption, and lower costs. We address issues in the legacy system such as multiple technology platforms, high cost of maintenance, unsupported systems, shrinking employee expertise, lack of integration, and web capabilities. The services provide a metrics-based framework to help our clients choose from various modernization methods – such as web enabling, re-engineering, re-hosting, componentization, and new development.


Independent Validation Solutions

Our Independent Validation Solutions Practice offers end-to-end validation solutions, and specialized testing services, such as SoA testing, data warehouse testing, package testing, test consulting and other testing services, to clients across various industry verticals. Also, in response to changing market and client demands, we have introduced new service offerings such as cloud testing, infrastructure testing, test environment management, agile testing and security testing. Our quality assurance solutions are aimed at building high reliability and predictability in our client technology systems, keeping in mind the time-to-market and optimization constraints.


We have invested internally in developing technology-based solutions for test lifecycle automation, non-functional testing and vertical-specific testing. We have also built alliances with leading test tool vendors such as Hewlett-Packard Company (HP), IBM, Microsoft Corporation, CA, Inc., Parasoft Corporation, Micro Focus International plc, Compuware Corporation and TestPlant Ltd., and are involved in building joint solutions with some of these alliance partners. These testing solutions facilitate high reliability in our clients’ applications and products, while enabling us to deliver such solutions cost-effectively and with a reduced time-to-market. Our dedicated testing professionals are trained at an in-house testing academy in various areas, including industry domains, technology, quality processes, testing methodologies and project management. We also use a best-of-breed approach to include industry-standard tools and our proprietary IP to achieve significant benefits across the testing lifecycle through the Infosys Test Lifecycle Platform, test management and data testing workbenches.

Our engagements span multiple geographies across business lines of our clients. We provide a broad range of services, including independent testing, maintenance testing, package testing for implementations, upgrades and roll outs, functional automation, performance testing, test process maturity assessment, Test Center of Excellence (TCoE) design and implementation, quality assurance transformation, and user acceptance testing. We provide these offerings through a ‘Managed Testing Services’ model, with centers of specialization for test automation, performance testing, data warehouse testing, SOASoA testing, test data management, infrastructure testing and user acceptance testing. With our managed testing services model and our test consulting services, we have played a key role in transforming our clients’ testing organizations, leading to continuous improvements in quality at reduced costs.

Data and Analytics

Our Data and Analytics (DNA) service helps customers realize business value from their data and drive superior business performance through better visibility and decision-making.

We work with customers across the entire lifecycle of their data, right from defining their DNA strategy, to defining and implementing their enterprise information architecture, data acquisition and transformation from disparate data sources, and organizing data to arrive at meaningful conclusions and derive actionable information and insights that are delivered through multiple channels, including self-service options. We also prescribe solutions to their business problems, and create models to predict future outcomes of their business processes through the use of statistical analysis, data mining, mathematical modeling, predictive analysis and data visualization tools, which finally leads to the application of robotics, machine learning and business process automation that relies on continuously accumulated knowledge and data to improve the efficiency of their business process.

We help customers achieve all thisthese using systems that can work with the huge data volumes and enable near real-time insights through high-speed data ingestion and processing capabilities. The ‘Infosys Information Platform’ provides such capabilities with a reduced time-to-market, and significantly lowers the cost envelope for driving insights and predictive and prescriptive analytics.


 

The practice’s service offerings include:

DNA Strategy Consulting: define DNA strategy, roadmap and governance, advice on technology, architecture choices and assist our clients build their data, analytics and business intelligence competency centers.

Big Data, Architecture and Technology Consulting: define and implement end-to-end enterprise information architecture and enable clients to move onto the Infosys Information Platform.

Data Monetization to discover and realize new insights-led opportunities, unique to the business, to amplify outcomes and also innovate in unexplored directionsdirections.

Data Modernization to build a boundaryless data landscape powered by the cloud to scale data and pervasive analytics to democratize its consumptionconsumption.

Data Consulting to shape the strategies, processes, structures and functional blueprints required to industrialize data capabilities and effectively manage change through the evolutionevolution.

Data Operations to codify the complexity of a boundaryless data landscape into agile, easy-to-manage operations driven by extreme automationautomation.


Data Integration and Extract, Transform and Load (ETL): provide end-to-end services for building enterprise data warehouses, data marts, and data stores. This includes building best-in-class data models or adopting industry-specific models and building the entire data provisioning layer using ETL tools.

Data Integration and Extract, Transform and Load (ETL): provide end-to-end services for building enterprise data warehouses, data marts, and data stores. This includes building best-in-class data models or adopting industry-specific models and building the entire data provisioning layer using ETL tools.

Master Data Management (MDM), Data Quality and Governance: define and implement MDM platforms using tools and custom technologies, and industry-specific data quality and governance services.

Business Intelligence and Reporting: Our information delivery services include reporting, dashboards and analytics.

Mobile, Self-Service and Visualization Technologies: enable end-users with self-service BI, and enable its consumption on mobile platforms. We also build next-generation reporting systems using best-in-class visualization technologies.

Enterprise Performance Management: conceptualize and deliver enterprise performance management solutions that help corporations assess and analyze their performance around key KPIs, profitability analysis and the like, as well as applications that deliver capabilities based on financial consolidation and planning.

Data Mining and Predictive Analytics: design and develop data mining models, and predictive analytics systems.

Engineering Services Capabilities

Our Engineering services capabilities provides cutting-edge engineering solutions to support our clients across the product lifecycle of their offerings, from product conception and creation to sustenance and end-of-life management. This Practice features deep core and emerging engineering skills, and strong ecosystem partnerships, along with manufacturing and supply chain expertise that ranges from embedded firmware to composite material design. Our offerings enable clients to reduce time from concept to market, redesign products for new demands, and value-engineer for emerging markets. This is augmented by our investments in emerging technologies, which help clients gain from new business opportunities such as the IoT and Software Defined Networking (SDN).

We have over twenty years’ experience in delivering excellence to Fortune Global 500 clients across multiple industries, utilizing our Global Delivery Model to design, build, execute and manage complex projects requiring the integration of engineering services with IT and business process management (BPM). Our offerings include:

Mechanical products and systems, including the design and rendering of automotive, aircraft and industrial subsystems such as lightweight composite aero-structures, and design optimization leveraging knowledge-based engineering (KBE).

Communications engineering, including media services such as interactive TV solutions, large-scale network engineering, and enabling enterprise collaborationcollaboration.

Electronic products and systems, ranging from the new product development (NPD) of home security and automation solutions and wearable medical devices, to high-end advanced driver assistance systems (ADAS) connected car solutionssolutions.


Software Product Development Services (SPDS) incorporating new technologies that enable clients across multiple industries to further differentiate their offeringsofferings.

Product Lifecycle Management (PLM), including implementation, systems integration and solution developmentdevelopment.

We recently completed the acquisition of Kaleidoscope Innovation, a full-spectrum product design, development and insights firm innovating across medical, consumer and industrial markets, bolstering capabilities in the design of smart products. This acquisition demonstrates Infosys’ commitment to innovate for its clients and make meaningful impact on human lives through a combination of cutting-edge technologies. This collaboration further aims to revolutionize patient care, treatment, diagnostics and consumer health, across the world. With Kaleidoscope Innovation, Infosys will further strengthen its digital offerings and also its workforce, with a diverse talent pool having extensive knowledge of design and engineering.

Cloud and Infrastructure Management Capabilities

Our Cloud and Infrastructure services aim to be the most innovative service provider in the cloud and infrastructure services space. Our offerings are aimed at helping client organizations simplify and evolve their IT infrastructure for a digital future.

Increasingly, clients are migrating workloads to a hybrid environment, by benchmarking their internal IT infrastructure services on the basis of performance, cost, agility and reliability vis-à-vis private and public Cloud infrastructure. Infosys is poised to cater to this trend through our unique and comprehensive suite of solutions and methodologies based on ‘hybrid IT management’ and ‘workload migration to Cloud’.


At the same time, our industrialized service delivery and unified hybrid IT management approach deliver a simplified and responsive IT environment using the latest developments in automation, Cloud, analytics and mobility. With our automation assets, analytics-driven operations, and rapid environment deployment solutions, we have been able to reduce manual effort, improve asset utilization, and accelerate time-to-market.

Infosys has also made large investments to create comprehensive platforms and solutions aimed at addressing hybrid IT management and the industrialization of services. The platforms include:

Infosys Hybrid IT Management Platform:Poly Cloud Platform It effectively helps: Today, most of the enterprises manageare in a pre-cloud era and governhave started to adopt cloud native, apps and platform-centric approaches. The Infosys Polycloud Platform, which enables enterprises to build vendor-agnostic solutions across cloud providers without worrying about getting locked in, while providing the flexibility to port from one provider to another. The Infosys Polycloud platform comprises the Smart Catalog, Telemetry Hub and an overall governance and security framework providing a unified hybrid IT environment. The solution enables the rapid creation, adoption and governance of Cloud services across the ecosystem. The Unified Services Catalog, together with the platform’s smart brokerage capabilities, provides an enterprise-wide, collaborative decision-support mechanism to accelerate the assessment and deployment of best-in-class Cloud infrastructure, platforms and applications.seamless experience for multiple personas.

Infosys Automation Suite: Along with Infosys' IT operations analytics solution, this suite reduces manual effort significantly through process standardization, predictive analytics and workflow automationautomation.

 

We completed the acquisition of GuideVision, one of the largest ServiceNow Elite Partners in Europe and an award winning enterprise service management consultancy specialised in offering strategic advisory, consulting, implementations, training and support on the ServiceNow platform. Through this acquisition, Infosys further enhances its digital capabilities, strengthens Infosys Cobalt portfolio of cloud services and reaffirms commitment to the growing ServiceNow ecosystem. GuideVision brings to Infosys, end-to-end offerings, including SnowMirror - a proprietary smart data replication tool for ServiceNow.

Infosys Cobalt – bringing together integrated solutions and capabilities

Infosys Cobalt is a set of services, solutions, and platforms that acts as a force multiplier for cloud-powered enterprise transformation. Infosys Cobalt helps businesses redesign the enterprise, from the core, and also build new cloud-first capabilities to create seamless experiences in public, private and hybrid cloud, across PaaS, SaaS, and IaaS landscapes. With Infosys Cobalt’s community leverage, enterprises can rapidly launch solutions and create


business models to meet changing market needs while complying with the most stringent global, regional and industry regulatory and security standards.

Expand innovation with the cloud community and its 14,000 cloud assets - Enterprises can leverage the full potential of the cloud ecosystem and Infosys Cobalt’s thriving community of business and technology innovators to drive increased business value. Working grassroots up and extending seamlessly to partner with clients, the cloud community provides access to a catalog of over 14,000 assets to help businesses leverage the potential of the cloud ecosystem. An example is the Infosys payer B2B platform creating a disruptive marketplace for employers and providers to come together to manage the health of employees. The Infosys Cobalt cloud community, over time, will expand to include start-ups, partners, academia, gig workers and citizen cloud developers.

Speed-to-market with over 200 industry cloud solution blueprints and Infosys Cobalt Labs - With Infosys Cobalt, enterprises can have ready access to a growing portfolio of over 200 cloud-first solution blueprints. Infosys Enterprise Service Management Café, for example, is an AI-powered solution built over the ServiceNow cloud platform, that delivers ready-to-launch applications. With Infosys Cobalt Labs, at Infosys global digital centers, businesses can also co-create new solutions and accelerate speed to market. More broadly, Infosys Cobalt Labs works with the Infosys partner ecosystem to pre-configure partnerships to prototype industry solutions as well.

Secure the globally dispersed enterprise – With Infosys Cobalt, regulatory and security compliance, along with technical and financial governance comes baked into every solution delivered. Enterprises count on Infosys Cobalt to securely access cloud capabilities and innovations from various partners with the assurance of the Infosys single-point accountability for secure outcomes.

Applied AI and Automation Capabilities

 

Infosys Applied AI & Automationhelps enterprises adopt a comprehensive approach and roadmap to scaling enterprise-grade AI for their businesses. Infosys Applied AI converges the power of AI, analytics and cloud to deliver new business solutions and perceptive experiences. The integrated offering will also future-proof and efficiently scale AI investments enterprise-wide while managing the risks. With Infosys Applied AI, businesses can readily access, deploy and contextualize services from the Applied AI cloud.

This offering will serve businesses, across industries, in building resilience into their operating model and uncovering smart innovations that deliver renewed and intuitive customer experiences for the next normal.

Discover ready-to-deploy solutions across the value chain - Working with Infosys Applied AI, companies can discover ways for AI to make an impact across the enterprise. A growing portfolio of ready-to-use Infosys AI solutions can be quickly adapted to their specific business needs. For example, an American bank used one of these solutions to create an NLP-based expense claims management mobile app. Infosys Applied AI also helps enterprises uncover actionable insights from their data estates, open-source data, and curated data exchanges on the cloud to build new AI models and use cases. With Infosys Applied AI, businesses can create custom solutions in the AI living labs, orchestrating offerings from startups and the Infosys partner ecosystem comprising over 30 leading providers of intelligent automation, AI solutions, data solutions, and enterprise security.

Future-proof and efficiently scale AI enterprise-wide - With Infosys Applied AI, enterprises can build their AI cloud, access open source AI software as a service on their hybrid cloud infrastructure, and harness edge AI capabilities. This can work in tandem with any hyperscale cloud provider's services providing more choices and future-proofing investments. For example, a leading communication services provider created a machine learning workbench for data engineers to collaborate, deliver, and industrialize a catalog of real-time enterprise-wide business solutions. Enterprises can also take advantage of a range of cognitive automation services and platforms to meet their needs.

Derisk AI in the enterprise to manage reputational risks - Businesses can rely on Infosys' membership in consortiums working for AI standards development. With Infosys applied AI, analytics model interpretability, bias detection, and continuous performance monitoring are dedicated capabilities atbuilt into various stages of the product lifecycle, from development to deployment and use. For example, using Infosys covering consulting, platform implementation, platform co-creation for client inapplied AI, & Automation space like Chatbots, Robotic Process Automation, Machine Learning, Cognitive Servicesa machinery manufacturer analyzed


warranty claims patterns to eliminate bias, from the data set and Analytics. This service line is product agnosticprocess, before reengineering and has competency in products like, Watson, Nia, Azure AI/Cortana, Automation Anywhere, Blue Prism, UIPath, Workfusion etc.automating the claims approval process.

Core Offerings:

AI Discovery and Maturity Assessment consulting

AI led Transformation services contextualized for Industry segments

AI Based Platform implementations

AI & Automation CoE - Evangelization, Setup and implementation

Infosys Center for Emerging Technology Solutions (iCETS)

The Infosys Center for Emerging Technology Solutions (iCETS) is the emerging technology solution incubation partner for Infosys’ clients and units. iCETS provides next-generation platforms and innovation-as-a-service to futureproof enterprise businesses. The focus is responsibleon incubating New Emerging eXploratory Technology (NEXT) solutions for incubating new technological capabilities, competencies for emerging technologies, IP/Accelerators that differentiate service offerings and automation platforms. The mandate for iCETS is to keep an eye on emerging horizon and help service lines scale the adoption.our clients orchestrated by Infosys Living Labs.

iCETS enables enterprises to realize their Live Enterprise vision by developing and deploying next-generation offerings  – such as the Live Enterprise Application Management Platform (LEAP), which has developeda platform-centric approach for AMS services that makes application management agile, intelligent, integrated and deployed platformsbusiness-aligned. As a leader in data privacy, Infosys Enterprise Data Privacy Suite (iEDPS), assists organizations in tackling the complexity and data privacy responsibilities of organizations to achieve both compliance and business productivity objectives. In order to address the increased cyber threats for our client’s business Infosys has built CyberNext, a holistic security-as-a-service platform. Through Infosys Cortex, an AI-driven, cloud-first customer engagement platform, we transform digital customer service lines that include Smart Asset Store, Rapid prototyping Toolthrough purposeful communication and smart decision-making capabilities. Most of our platforms are designed to be platform-a-a-service offerings with IP / patent-led differentiation. These platforms have been able to bring in differentiated services while accelerating innovations for Application Development, data analysis and migration tools that support DNA Oracle and SAP Practices. Platforms for data privacy, data testing and functional testing for IVS and IOT platform for Engineering Service. our clients.

Infosys Enterprise Gamification Platform, recognized as an industry leading platform, was incubated by iCETS along with location based services and hyper personalized visualization/video.

Our clients are facing a highly connected, competitive and technology-driven business environment. Predicting the next big threat or the next big opportunity is becoming increasingly difficult. Our clients expect us, as theirLiving Labs brings our entire innovation partners,ecosystem to help differentiate themclients meet their innovation-at-scale needs – on multiple dimensions. Here we proactively monitor and publish Trend Trees of Horizon 3 technologies and business trends. Assist our clients to foresee disruptions with proactive technology guidance and innovation. iCETS brings together the Interdisciplinary learning byListening-Post-as-a-Service (LPaaS). Jointly working with multiple segmentsour clients, we enable rapid prototyping, incubating and clientspiloting innovative solutions. We also instill a culture of innovation with our Be The Navigator (BTN) program across large teams, provide shared innovation infrastructure for collaborative innovation, and contextualization of emerging technologies. iCETS strivesensure a seamless transition from a PoC to fulfill these expectations by playinglarge-scale implementations with our global innovation hubs. Our evolving partner ecosystem, including startups, universities and hyperscalers, plays a catalyticcritical role in the increased velocity of ideas and solutions for our clients.

Infosys Innovation Network (IIN) is a well-orchestrated partnership between select startups, universities, and Infosys to incubate and bring the best of emerging tech innovations from across the globe to our clients. The IIN program aims to create lighthouse wins for clients to experiment and implement the art-of-the-possible leveraging our global innovation ecosystem. Infosys de-risks client adoption of technology ledinnovations and solutions by carefully curating these startups, finding the right fit and implementing early pilots. Infosys has also established partnerships with key client Corporate Venture Capital (CVC) firms to bring their portfolio startups on to Infosys’ network. Over the past 12 months, we’ve engaged with numerous startups and universities across geographies like the US, Finland, Israel, and India, working in spaces like AI, fintech, cloud, cybersecurity, InsureTech, HealthTec, and more. ICETS has supported over 100 innovation programs for clients like, American telecom companies, large banking institutions, European national postal service, and more, by bringing together Infosys platforms, innovations, and networks. We act as the contextualizer, crucible and orchestrator to provide our clients with first mover advantage in emerging technologies.driving next-generation innovations.

Business Process Management Capabilities

As part of our strategy, Infosys BPO has been renamed as Infosys BPM.BPM during fiscal 2018. This change in name is a true reflection of the paradigm shift in the nature of services that we offer and signifies our vision of ‘reimagining business processes’. Through our integrated ‘business domain people + software + empathy = humanware with ignited minds’ approach, we continue to co-create business value for our clients, by reshaping stakeholder experience.


Our business process management service offers services to operate, optimize and transform business processes. Infosys BPM enables clients to outsource several critical business processes that relate to specific industry verticals and functional horizontals, including digital business services, customer service, finance and accounting, human resource management, legal process management, supply chain operations, sourcing, procurement, and operational analytics.


Our objective is to meet our client’s business metrics by driving business value through process digitization, data driven decision making, automation, artificial intelligenceAI and vertical platforms, deep domain business expertise and enhanced visualization across the operations value chain. We are constantly working towards shaping ourselves as ‘advisors and practitioner consultants’ for our clients by enhancing the business efficiency, effectiveness and experienceexperience.

On May 23, 2019, Infosys took a majority shareholding in Stater N.V., that offers pure-play, end-to-end mortgage administration services in the Netherlands, Belgium and Germany. Stater is a market leader in the Benelux region, operating across the mortgage and consumer lending value chain with deep capabilities in digital origination, servicing and collection. Stater also brings deep European mortgage expertise and a robust digital platform to drive superior customer experience. Infosys is driving the digital transformation roadmap of Stater with accelerators such as dynamic workflow, API layers, Robotic Process Automation (“RPA”) and analytics.

On April 1, 2019, Infosys completed the formation of a joint venture with Hitachi, Ltd., Panasonic Corporation and Pasona Inc., strategically enhancing its presence in Japan. The joint venture, formed by complementary, iconic companies coming together, helps to accelerate business process transformation leveraging digital procurement platforms for the local and global needs of Japanese corporations. Infosys brings its global expertise in procurement processes, consulting, analytics and digital technologies such as AI and RPA to the venture. Combined with Hitachi and Panasonic’s knowledge of their procurement functions and local teams, and Pasona’s human capital and BPM networks in Japan, the entity provides differentiated, end-to-end, efficient and high value procurement capabilities to corporations.

 

3) Products & Platforms

Edgeverve

EdgeVerve Systems Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys, develops innovative software products and offers them on premise and on the cloud. Our products help businesses develop deeper connections with stakeholders, power continuous innovation and accelerate growth in the digital world. We power our clients’ growth in rapidly evolving areas like banking, distributive trade, credit servicing, customer service and enterprise buying. Today EdgeVerve products and platforms are used by global corporations across industries such as financial services, insurance, retail and CPG, life sciences, manufacturing and telecom. Our solutions are available in two broad categories – Edge suite and Finacle®.

Infosys Edge

Edge suite includes – AssistEdge®, CreditFinanceEdge®CollectEdge®, TradeEdge® and ProcureEdge®. The solutions focus on realizing business outcomes for clients by driving revenue growth, cost effectiveness and profitability. AssistEdge® is an award winning, proven and scalable platform that helps enterprises in service modernization through automation. It handles all aspects of automation – from end-to-end to assisted, and helps enterprises reduce operational costs and increase reliability of processes. CreditFinanceEdge®CollectEdge® is an integrated credit servicingAI powered product designed to help lending organizations reduce delinquency rates, boost recoveries, improve operational efficiencies and asset management platform that manages multiple credit types and asset classes – from on-boarding to resolution to closure.enhance customer experience. TradeEdge® helps global companies, reach billions of new consumers and increase revenues while reducing non-productive inventory. ProcureEdge® helps global organizations to continuously discover and realize value across their Source-to-Pay (S2P) cycle through automation.

Finacle® 

Finacle® is an industry-leading universal banking solution suite. It addresses core banking, online banking, mobile banking, payments, treasury, origination, liquidity management, Islamic banking, wealth management, analytics and block chain basedblockchain-based needs of financial institutions worldwide.

Infosys Nia®

Infosys Nia® is our knowledge-based Artificial Intelligence (AI)AI platform that applies next-generation AI and machine learning to dramatically improve business and IT processes. The platform collects, aggregates and transforms organizational information; captures know-how across people, processes and legacy systems; and learns from them, using this


knowledge-base to amplify human capabilities. Infosys Nia® empowers enterprises to continuously transform systems and processes to meet the challenges of the dynamic business environment.

Infosys Nia Data is an advanced data analytics and machine learning platform that enables businesses to operationalize their data assets and uncover new opportunities for rapid innovation and growth.

Infosys Nia Knowledge is a platform that captures, formalizes, and processes knowledge and represents it in a powerful ontology basedontology-based structure. This allows the reuse of knowledge even as the underlying systems change.

Infosys Nia Automation is a platform that brings together predictive, cognitive, and robotic process automation. It automates repetitive and programmatic tasks and empowers an enterprise to allow its people to channel creativity, passion, and imagination into those tasks that bring greater value to customers.


The Infosys Nia® platform also powers specific business applications to solve business problems using the power of AI in different domains like Procurement, Demand fulfilment and Finance applicationsapplications.

McCamish

 

Infosys McCamish offers products and services in Individual Life Insurance and Annuities, Employer sponsored Benefits and Retirements and Producer Management. In addition to providing the VPAS® Platform in License, and SaaS engagements, Infosys McCamish also provides end to end BPM Policy administration services on the VPAS® Platform which provides BPM and SaaS/BPMSaaS-BPM hybrid engagement options. The VPAS® platform is a comprehensive software suite that provides rich functional depth for servicing all types of insurance and annuity products across the industry value chain on a single platform. The fully digital platform includes both Customer (policy holder) and Agent portals and API integration with smart devices and IoT components such as smart video and chat bots. The digital platform minimizes human touch points and provides robotic process automations with Straight Through Processing built directly into the platform. Depending on the type of engagement, Infosys McCamish can leverage one or more of its engineering accelerators such as the time-tested McCAP (Conversion Accelerator Platform).

Panaya®

Panaya, an Infosys company, is engaged in ERPa SaaS change management and cloud-based enterprise software testing. The Panaya CloudQuality™ Suiteautomation solution that reduces the risk, time, cost and costsrisk required to deliver changes to ERP applications like SAP®, Oracle® EBS and Oracle® EBSSalesforce.com changes. Powered by big data analytics and aggregating since 2008, Panaya CloudQuality™Release Dynamix Suite delivers real time insights that help organizations determine dependencies, accelerated testing and ensure business continuity. It continues to drive innovation by enabling the continuous delivery of business-driven changes to systems of differentiation. Panaya’s customer base spans over 1600 enterprises worldwide, including over a third of the Fortune 500 companies across various markets including Utilities, Oil & Gas, Automotive, Manufacturing, Pharmaceuticals, Infrastructure and Services.

Skava®

Skava®,

Skava, an Infosys company, powers the next generation of digital transformation for leading retailers worldwide by delivering the mosta highly versatile technology platform in the industry. Skava® enables digital shopping experiences for global brands across mobile, tablet, desktop, in-store, and all emerging channels.


 

 

OUR CLIENTS

We market our services to large enterprises throughout the globe. We have a strong market presence in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific.

Our revenues for the last three fiscal years by geographic segmentgeography are as follows:

 

Geographical Segments

 

Fiscal

 

Geography

 

Fiscal

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

North America

 

 

60.4

%

 

 

61.9

%

 

 

62.7

%

 

 

61.3

%

 

 

61.5

%

 

 

60.5

%

Europe

 

 

23.7

%

 

 

22.5

%

 

 

23.0

%

 

 

24.2

%

 

 

24.1

%

 

 

24.1

%

Rest of the World

 

 

12.7

%

 

 

12.4

%

 

 

11.7

%

 

 

11.6

%

 

 

11.8

%

 

 

12.9

%

India

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

2.5

%

Total

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 


Our revenues for the last three fiscal years by business segment were as follows:

 

Business Segments

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Financial services (FS)

 

 

26.4

%

 

 

27.1

%

 

 

27.3

%

Manufacturing (MFG)

 

 

10.9

%

 

 

11.0

%

 

 

11.0

%

Energy & utilities, Communication and Services (ECS)

 

 

23.8

%

 

 

22.5

%

 

 

21.7

%

Retail, Consumer packaged goods and Logistics (RCL)

 

 

15.8

%

 

 

16.4

%

 

 

16.4

%

Life Sciences, Healthcare and Insurance (HILIFE)

 

 

13.1

%

 

 

12.3

%

 

 

13.0

%

Hi-Tech

 

 

7.2

%

 

 

7.5

%

 

 

7.9

%

All other Segments

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.7

%

Total

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Business Segments

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Financial services

 

 

32.4

%

 

 

31.5

%

 

 

32.0

%

Retail

 

 

14.7

%

 

 

15.5

%

 

 

16.4

%

Communications

 

 

12.6

%

 

 

13.2

%

 

 

12.6

%

Energy, Utilities, Resources and Services

 

 

12.5

%

 

 

12.9

%

 

 

12.5

%

Manufacturing

 

 

9.4

%

 

 

10.1

%

 

 

9.9

%

Hi-Tech

 

 

8.5

%

 

 

7.7

%

 

 

7.5

%

Life Sciences

 

 

6.8

%

 

 

6.4

%

 

 

6.3

%

All Other segments

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

2.8

%

Total

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

For fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 our largest client contributed 3.4%3.2%, 3.4%3.1% and 3.6%, respectively, of our total revenues.

The volume of work we perform for specific clients varies from year to year based on the nature of the assignments we have with our clients. Thus, a major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenues in a subsequent year. However, in any given year, a limited number of clients tend to contribute a significant portion of our revenues. Our revenues experience seasonality across certain quarters based on the billable effort that varies across quarters due to differences in the number of working days, for our clientsnumber of holidays and variation in the amount of client spending across quarters.

SALES AND MARKETING OVERVIEW

We have organized our sales and marketing functions into teams, in 45across more than 50 countries around the world, that focusfocusing on delivering digital solutions for specific industries and geographies. Our blenddepth of geographic reach and industry knowledge allowsallow us to deliverleverage global expertise tailored locally while tailoring it to eachserve every client's needs. Our strategy is focusedfocuses on articulating and demonstrating how we help enterprises navigate their next.next and become a Live Enterprise.

Infosys branding aspires

We aspire to position Infosys as the next-generation digital services company that helps enterprises steer through to the many next milestone of their digital journey. Our brand is built around the premise that our threefour decades of experience in managing the systems and workings of global enterprises uniquely positions us to be the navigators for our clients. We do it by enabling the enterpriseenterprises with an AI-powered Core that helps prioritize the execution of change.Core. We also empower the business with agile digital at scale to deliver unprecedented levels of performance and customer delight. Our Always-on Learning foundation drives their continuous improvement through building and transferring digital skills, expertise and ideas from our innovation ecosystem. Our localization investments in talent and digital centers help accelerate the business transformation agenda. In this way, we help businesses continuously evolve into responsive Live Enterprises.


COMPETITION

We experience intense competition in traditional services and see a rapidly changing marketplace with new competitors arising in new technology areas who are focused on agility, flexibility and innovation.

We typically compete with other large global technology services providers in response to requests for proposals. Clients often cite our industry expertise, comprehensive end-to-end service capability and solutions, ability to scale, digital capabilities, established platforms, superior quality and process execution, Global Delivery Model,distributed agile global delivery model, experienced management team, talented professionals and track record as reasons for awarding us contracts.

In the future, we expect intensified competition. In particular, we expect increased competition from firms that strengthen their offshore presence in India or other low-cost locations, firms that offer technology basedtechnology-based solutions to business problems and from firm’s incumbent in those market segments that we have recently entered.

We believe thatsegments. Additionally, insourcing of technology services by the principaltechnology departments of our clients is another ongoing competitive factors in our business are:threat.

the ability to keep pace with ever-changing technology and how they apply to customer requirements;

the ability to increase the scale and breadth of service offerings to provide one-stop solutions for customer needs;


the ability to articulate and demonstrate long-term value to existing and potential customers;

the ability to attract and retain high-quality management, technology professionals, and sales personnel;

the ability to effectively integrate global execution capabilities to deliver high quality, seamless, scalable, cost-effective services;

a strong and well-recognized brand;

a proven track record of performance excellence and customer satisfaction;

the financial strength to be able to invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the evolving demands of customers; and

high ethical and corporate governance standards to ensure honest and professional business practices that protect the reputation of the company and its customers.

HUMAN CAPITAL

Our professionals are our most important assets. We believe that the quality and level of service that our professionals deliver are among the highest in the global technology services industry. We are committed to remaining among the industry’s leading employers.

As of March 31, 2018,2021, we employed 204,107259,619 employees, of which 192,179245,037 are professionals involved in service delivery to clients, including trainees. During fiscal 2018,2021, we added 3,74317,248 new hires, net of attrition. Our culture and reputation as a leader in the technology services industry enables us to recruit and retain some of the best available talent in India.India and other countries we operate in.

We have built our global talent pool by recruiting new students from premier universities, colleges and institutes in India and through need-based hiring of project leaders and middle managers across the globe. We recruit students who have consistently shown high levels of achievement from campuses in India. We generally, also recruit students from campuses including the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, Singapore, Japan, Germany, Canada, Mexico and China. We rely on a rigorous selection process involving aptitude tests and interviews to identify the best applicants. This selection process is continually assessed and refined based on the performance tracking of past recruits.

During fiscal 2018,2021, due to lockdown in most countries we hire in, we had to innovate and pivot our recruitment process to conduct interviews virtually. We developed Infosys InTap platform and used it to complete the recruitment process. Likewise, the employee joining process also had to be pivoted to allow remote joining and induction. Our Launchpad tool provides a guided flow for our new hires throughout the onboarding process, making the entire process paperless and faster resulting in faster deployment on projects.

During fiscal 2021, we received 1,540,4981,427,618 employment applications, interviewed 143,872135,216 applicants and extended offersoffer of employment to 52,94348,029 applicants. These statistics do not include our subsidiaries.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Our intellectual property rights are critical to our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and design laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. As on March 31, 2018,2021, we have applied for 747 unique patent applications669 pending or registered patents in India, U.S.EU, US and other key jurisdictions. We have been granted 402 patents by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, 1 patent by the Luxembourg Patent Office, 9 patents by the Indian Patent Office, 1 patents by the Intellectual Property Office of Singapore and 2 patents by ARIPO. We also have 48429 trademarks registered or pending across classes identified for various goods and services in India and in otheracross 51 countries. We require employees, independent contractors and whenever possible, vendors to enter into confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements generally provide that any confidential or proprietary information developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential. These agreements also provide that any confidential or proprietary information disclosed to third parties in the course of our business be kept confidential by such third parties. However, our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software we develop for them.


We regard our trade name, trademarks, service marks and domain names as important to our success. We rely on the law to protect our proprietary rights to them, and we have taken steps to enhance our rights by filing trademark applications where appropriate. We have obtained registration of our key brand ‘INFOSYS’ as a trademark in both India and in the United States. We also aggressively protect these names and marks from infringement by others.

EFFECT OF GOVERNMENT REGULATION ON OUR BUSINESS

Regulation of our business by the Indian government affects us in several ways. We benefit from certain tax incentives promulgated by the Government of India, including the export of IT services from Special Economic Zones (“SEZs”). As a result of thissuch incentive, our operations have been subject to relatively lower Indian tax


liabilities. The Taxation Laws (Amendment) Act, 2019 has provided an option to domestic companies to opt for concessional tax rate of 25.17% under section 115BAA of the Income Tax Act, 1961 subject to certain conditions including not availing certain deductions or exemptions under the Income Act.

We have also benefited from the liberalization and deregulation of the Indian economy by the successive Indian governments since 1991. However, there are restrictive Indian laws and regulations that affect our business, including regulations that require us to obtain approval from the RBI and / or the Ministry of Finance of the Government of India in certain cases, to acquire companies incorporated outside India and regulations that require us, subject to some exceptions, to obtain approval from relevant government authorities in India in order to raise capital outside India. The conversion of our equity shares into ADSs is governed by guidelines issued by the RBI. 

The Indian Companies Act, 2013 has introduced the concept of compulsory corporate social responsibilities. As per the Indian Companies Act, 2013, all companies having net worth of rupees five hundred crore or more (approximately $68 million), turnover of rupees one thousand crore or more (approximately $137 million) or a net profit of rupees five crore or more (approximately $1 million) during any financial year will be required to constitute a Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Committee of the board of directors and spend at least 2% of itstheir average net profit for the immediately preceding three financial years on CSR. The CSR committee should consist of three or more directors, at least one of whom will be an independent director, and the Company should have a CSR policy approved by the Board. Consequent to the requirements of the Indian Companies Act, 2013, $50$54 million was contributed towards corporate social responsibility activities during fiscal 2018.2021.

The ability of our technology professionals to work in the United States, Europe and in other countries depends on the ability to obtain the necessary visas and work permits as described in Item 3 – Risk Factors.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Company has submitted a settlement application on December 5, 2017 with the Securities and Exchange Board of India. The settlement application pertains to matters relating to the severance agreement entered into with Rajiv Bansal, the Company’s former Chief Financial Officer, in October 2015.  Through the settlement process, the Company wants to resolve allegations relating to the Company not seeking prior and separate approval of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and the Audit Committee in relation to the severance agreement entered into with Rajiv Bansal; and in relation to disclosures pertaining to the said severance agreement, cessation of payments and initiation of arbitration under the severance agreement. The settlement application process is based on an undertaking that the Company will neither admit nor deny the finding of fact or conclusion of law. The Company will provide an update upon the conclusion of the settlement process.

Apart from this, the CompanyGroup is subject to legal proceedings and claims, which have arisen in the ordinary course of business. The Company’sGroup’s management does not reasonably expectexpects that these legal actions, when ultimately concluded and determined, will not have a material and adverse effect on the Company’sGroup’s results of operations or financial condition.

C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Refer to Note 2.19,2.20, Related Party transactions under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for details about our subsidiaries.

D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The campus of our corporate headquarters is located at Electronics City, Bengaluru, India. Infosys City consists of approximately 4.64.7 million square feet of land and 5.046.7 million square feet of operational facilities. The campus features, among other things, an Education, Training and Assessment unit, a Management Development Center and extensive state-of-the-art conference facilities.

Additionally, we have leased independent facilities measuring approximately 924,000861,000 square feet in Electronics City which accommodate approximately 10,0009,200 employees.


Our capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment for fiscal 2018, 2017,2021, 2020 and 20162019 was $310$285 million, $411$465 million, and $413$349 million, respectively. All our capital expenditures are financed out of cash generated from operations. As of March 31, 20182021, we had contractual commitments for capital expenditure of $223$100 million.

Our software development facilities are equipped with a world-class technology infrastructure that includes networked workstations, servers, data communication links and video-conferencing.videoconferencing.


As on March 31, 2018,Currently, we have 82 sales officespresence in 234 locations across the world.more than 50 countries. Appropriate expansion plans are being undertaken to meet our expected future growth.

Our most significant leasedowned and ownedleased properties are listed in the table below.

 

Location

 

Building

 

 

Seating

capacity

 

 

Ownership

 

 

Land

 

 

Ownership

 

 

Building

Approx.

Sq. ft.

 

 

Seating

capacity

 

 

Ownership

 

 

Land

Approx.

Sq. ft.

 

 

Ownership

 

 

Approx.

Sq. ft.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approx.

Sq. ft.

 

 

 

 

 

Software Development Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bengaluru (Infosys City Main Campus), Karnataka

 

 

3,847,646

 

 

 

23,021

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

3,519,233

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

6,587,416

 

 

 

37,623

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

4,692,657

 

 

Owned

 

Bengaluru Sarjapur & Billapur, Karnataka

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,694,196

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,091,856

 

 

Owned

 

Bengaluru Attibele, Karnataka

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,333,518

 

 

Owned

 

Bhubaneswar (Chandaka Industrial Park), Orissa

 

 

1,375,898

 

 

 

3,971

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

1,999,455

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

1,375,898

 

 

 

4,317

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

1,999,455

 

 

Leased

 

Bhubaneswar (Info Valley Goudakasipur & Arisol), Orissa

 

 

502,726

 

 

 

3,530

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

2,218,040

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

615,485

 

 

 

4,532

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

2,218,040

 

 

Leased

 

Chandigarh (SEZ Campus)

 

 

1,135,580

 

 

 

6,131

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

1,316,388

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

1,135,580

 

 

 

6,187

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

1,316,388

 

 

Leased

 

Chennai (Sholinganallur), Tamil Nadu

 

 

508,300

 

 

 

3,514

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

578,043

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

157,984

 

 

 

857

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

578,043

 

 

Leased

 

Chennai (Maraimalai Nagar), Tamil Nadu

 

 

3,637,108

 

 

 

20,323

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

5,617,084

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

3,639,091

 

 

 

20,217

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

5,617,084

 

 

Leased

 

Hyderabad (Manikonda Village), Andhra Pradesh

 

 

2,018,050

 

 

 

10,142

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

2,194,997

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

2,018,050

 

 

 

11,238

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

2,194,997

 

 

Owned

 

Hyderabad (Pocharam Village), Andhra Pradesh

 

 

3,549,265

 

 

 

18,399

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

19,618,277

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

4,547,917

 

 

 

25,414

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

19,618,277

 

 

Owned

 

Mangalore (Pajeeru and Kairangala Village), Karnataka

 

 

1,743,636

 

 

 

5,578

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

15,156,794

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

2,307,393

 

 

 

6,715

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

15,740,424

 

 

Owned

 

Mysore (Hebbal Electronic City), Karnataka

 

 

11,671,426

 

 

 

15,849

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

12,652,487

 

 

Owned

 

Mangalore (Pajeeru and Kairangala Village), Karnataka

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,970

 

 

Leased

 

Mysore (Hebbal Electronic City), Karnataka

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,047,346

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

11,824,218

 

 

 

15,898

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

15,362,340

 

 

Owned

 

Pune (Hinjewadi), Maharashtra

 

 

589,647

 

 

 

3,771

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

1,089,004

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

112,376

 

 

 

824

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

1,089,004

 

 

Leased

 

Pune (Hinjewadi Phase II), Maharashtra

 

 

6,123,575

 

 

 

33,190

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

4,987,787

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

6,123,575

 

 

 

33,430

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

4,987,787

 

 

Leased

 

Pune (Ascendas SEZ), Rented Building Maharashtra

 

 

625,144

 

 

 

5,488

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,026,409

 

 

 

9,066

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thiruvananthapuram, Attipura Village, Kerala

 

 

1,989,655

 

 

 

7,068

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

2,178,009

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

2,739,655

 

 

 

10,735

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

2,178,009

 

 

Leased

 

Thiruvananthapuram, Pallipuram Village, Kerala

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,171,039

 

 

Leased

 

Jaipur (M-City), Rajasthan

 

 

778,245

 

 

 

7,071

 

 

Owned

 

 

18,19,527

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

778,245

 

 

 

7,143

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

1,829,527

 

 

Leased

 

Jaipur (Mahindra World City), Rajasthan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,452,568

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,452,568

 

 

Leased

 

Nagpur - Dahegaon Village (SEZ campus)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,193,211

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

26,900

 

 

 

288

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

6,193,211

 

 

Leased

 

Indore - Tikgarita Badshah & Badangarda Village (SEZ campus)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,666,307

 

 

Leased

 

 

3,71,880

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

5,666,307

 

 

Leased

 

Hubli - Gokul Village (SEZ campus)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,875,265

 

 

Leased

 

 

3,63,817

 

 

 

1,572

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

1,875,265

 

 

Leased

 

Noida - Plot No A-1 to A-6 Sector 85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,201,346

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,201,346

 

 

Leased

 

Mohali Plot No I-3 Sector 83 A IT City SAS Nagar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,178,009

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

19,430

 

 

 

191

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

2,178,009

 

 

Leased

 

Sira Taluk, Tumakur District

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,212,758

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

8,205

 

 

 

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

9,866,161

 

 

Owned

 

Kolkata- New Town

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,178,009

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,178,009

 

 

Owned

 

Shanghai Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Co. Ltd(1)

 

 

814,549

 

 

 

4,765

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

657,403

 

 

Leased

 

Indianapolis USA Northwest Quarter Sec 23&24th Morion County

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,362,573

 

 

Owned

 

Shanghai Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Co. Ltd(1)

 

 

1,057,985

 

 

 

4,765

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

657,403

 

 

Leased

 

 

(1)

The nature of the ownership is that of a land use right.


Note: The above table includes buildings of over 500,000 sq. ft. and land over 440,000 sq. ft.including buildings on these lands.

WeAdditionally, we have opened an innovation hub at Indianapolis,hubs in Indiana, Connecticut, North Carolina, Rhode Island, Texas and Arizona in the United States where we have commissioned 35,378approximately 450,000 sq. ftft. area with 300 seats. Additionally, innovation hubs in North Carolina, Rhode Island and Texas are planned for opening in due course.approximately 3,300 seating capacity.

Item 4 A. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None.


Item 5. Operating and FinancialFinancial Review and Prospects

The consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)IFRS as issued by International Accounting Standards Board.IASB. The discussion, analysis and information presented in this section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included herein and the notes thereto.

OPERATING RESULTS

This information is set forth under the caption entitled 'Management's“Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations'Operations” below and is incorporated herein by reference.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

This information is set forth under the caption entitled 'Management's“Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations'Operations” below and is incorporated herein by reference.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.

We have committed, and expect to continue to commit in the future, a portion of our resources to research and development. Efforts towards research and development are focused on refinement of methodologies, tools and techniques, implementation of metrics, improvement in estimation process and the adoption of new technologies.

Our research and development expenses for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $116 million, $118 million and $108 million, respectively.

TREND INFORMATION

This information is set forth under the caption entitled “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” below and is incorporated herein by reference.

 


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. This discussion and other parts of this Annual Report on Form 20-F contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Please also see “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” For a comparison of our results of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, see the section “Results for Fiscal 2020 compared to Fiscal 2019” under “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of Item 5 in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2020, filed with the SEC on May 29, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference.

Overview

Infosys is a leading provider of consulting, technology, outsourcing and next-generation digital services, enabling clients in over 45more than 50 countries to create and execute strategies for their digital transformation.

Our vision is to build a globally respected organization delivering best-of-breed business solutions, leveraging technology, delivered by best-in-class people. We are guided by our value system which motivates our attitudes and actions. Our core values are Client Value, Leadership by Example, Integrity and Transparency, Fairness and Excellence (C-LIFE).

Our.Our strategic objective is to build a sustainable organization that remains relevant to the agenda of our clients, while creating growth opportunities for our employees and generating profitable returns for our investors.investors and contributing to the communities that we operate in.

ESG Vision and Ambitions

Almost four decades after our inception, when we first made the commitment to be a values-driven company, we continue to place responsible stewardship at the heart of its business strategy.

In October 2020, we launched our ESG Vision 2030 to shape and share solutions that serve the development of businesses and communities.

Our 2030 vision reflects how ESG will continue to be integral to Infosys’ sustainable business performance. Infosys will continue to be carbon neutral across Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions every year.

We will expand reskilling initiatives to cover 10 million plus people with digital skills and empower 80 million plus lives with technology for good programs in e-governance, healthcare, and education. We commit to nurture greater inclusivity and strengthen our gender diverse workforce with at least 45 percent women employees.

Infosys will grow its stakeholder focus and bring their interests, whether customer, employee, supplier or shareholder, to the fore through an empowered, diverse and inclusive Board. We will further strengthen data privacy and information security standards across global operations.

Our clients and prospective clients are faced with transformative business opportunities due to advances in software and computing technology. The journey to the digital future requires not just an understanding of new technologies and new ways of working, but a deep appreciation of existing technology landscapes, business processes and practices. Our strategy is to be a navigator for our clients as they ideate, plan, and execute on their journey to a digital future, to help them ‘navigate your next’.future.

We have embracedcontinue to embrace a four prongedfour-pronged strategy to strengthen our relevance with clients and drive accelerated value creation:

 

1.

Scale Agile Digital

 

2.

Energize the core


 

3.

Reskill our people


 

4.

Expand localization

Our primary geographic markets are North America, Europe, Rest of the World and India. We serve clients in financial services; manufacturing; energy & utilities, communicationsservices and services;insurance; retail, consumer packaged goods and logistics; communication, telecom OEM and media; energy, utilities, resource and services; manufacturing; hi-tech; life sciences healthcare and insurance and hi-tech.

healthcare.

There are numerous risks and challenges affecting the business. These risks and challenges are discussed in detail in the section entitled 'Risk Factors' and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

We were founded in 1981 and are headquartered in Bengaluru, India. We completed our initial public offering of equity shares in India in 1993 and our initial public offering of ADSs in the United States in 1999. We completed three sponsored secondary ADS offerings in the United States in August 2003, June 2005 and November 2006. We did not receive any of the proceeds from any of our sponsored secondary offerings.

COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic is a global humanitarian and health crisis, that continues to impact all of our stakeholders including our employees, clients, investors and communities. We operate in many countries that are reporting second and third wave of infections. The actions taken by various governments to contain the COVID-19 pandemic, such as closing of borders and lockdown restrictions, has resulted in significant disruption to people and businesses. While vaccines have been made available, there are delays in vaccinating larger populations, increased instances of variants and infections, and consequential stress on the healthcare sector. Consequently, market demand and supply chains have been affected.

In responding to this crisis, our primary objective has been to ensure the safety of our employees worldwide, to deliver our client commitments, and put in place mechanisms to protect the financial well-being of the Company and protect its long-term prospects.

During the year, we launched several health and wellness programs for our employees covering various aspects of physical and emotional well-being, counselling support and awareness. In particular, together with health professionals and hospitals across our various locations, we offered COVID-19 related care for our employees and their families. Working closely with government authorities, we launched COVID-19 vaccination centers in our campuses and at select hospitals in India for eligible employees. For those employees working from our physical offices, we have established a safe work environment and protocols for testing and quarantine. We are closely monitoring regulations and accordingly issuing travel advisories to our employees. We made arrangements to ensure the safety and well-being of our employees who have travelled for business to locations outside their home country and are currently restricted from travelling back.

At this time, a majority of our employees across the world continue to work remotely. As of March 31, 2021, we had enabled 99.3% of our employees with a secure remote working environment and 96.5% of our employees were working remotely. Employees engaged in critical client projects, business continuity operations and projects that manage sensitive client data continued to work from our offices. We enabled extensive use of collaboration platforms and continue to monitor the productivity of employees as they work remotely. We successfully conducted several client, partner and employee related events online during the year.

We continued to optimize our cost structure and execute operational rigor. We improved liquidity and cash management with a rigorous focus on working capital cycles, capital expenditures and cost optimization.

A detailed description of specific risks arising from the COVID-19 pandemic is available under the section “Risk Factors” of this report.


Key matters pertaining to subsidiaries

Acquisitions

During fiscal, 2021 the Group, completed three business combinations to complement its digital offerings and associate

EdgeVerve was created as a wholly owned subsidiary on February 14, 2014end to focus on developing and selling products and platforms. On April 15, 2014, the Board authorized the Companyend customer experience offerings to execute a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with EdgeVerve, subject to securing the requisite approval from shareholders in the Annual General Meeting. Subsequently, at the Annual General Meeting held on June 14, 2014, the shareholders authorized the Board to enter into a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with EdgeVerve, with effect from July 1, 2014 or such other date as may be decidedcustomers by the Board. We undertook an enterprise valuation by an independent valuer and accordingly the business was transferred to the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary foracquiring 100% voting interests in:

1.

GuideVision, s.r.o a ServiceNow Elite Partner based in Europe on October 1, 2020.

2.

Kaleidoscope Animations, Inc. a U.S. based product design and development services focused primarily on medical devices on October 9, 2020 and

3.

Beringer Commerce Inc. and Beringer Capital Digital Group Inc., collectively known as Blue Acorn iCi, an Adobe Platinum partner in the United States, and a leader in digital customer experience, commerce, and analytics on October 27, 2020.

The aggregate purchase consideration of $70the three acquisitions of $189 million (₹421 crore)includes cash of $176 million and contingent consideration with effect from July 1, 2014 which was settled through the issuean estimated fair value of fully paid-up equity shares of such subsidiary. The transfer of assets and liabilities between entities under common control was accounted for at carrying values and did not have any impact$13 million as on the consolidated financial statements.

Further, on April 24, 2015,date of acquisition. At the Board authorizedacquisition date, the Company to execute a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with EdgeVerve, to transfer the businesskey inputs used in determination of Finacle and EdgeServices. After the requisite approval from the shareholders through postal ballot on June 4, 2015, a Business Transfer Agreement and other related documents were executed with EdgeVerve to transfer the business with effect from August 1, 2015. We undertook an enterprise valuation by an independent valuer and accordingly the business was transferred for a consideration of approximately $491 million and approximately $27 million for Finacle and EdgeServices, respectively. The consideration was settled through issue of 850,000,000 equity shares amounting to approximately $129 million and 254,900,000 non-convertible redeemable debentures amounting to approximately $389 million in EdgeVerve, post the requisite approval from shareholders on December 11, 2015. The transfer of assets and liabilities between entities under common control was accounted for at carrying values and did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements. During fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, EdgeVerve repaid $54 million and $63 million, respectively, by redeeming proportionate number of debentures.

On March 5, 2015, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Panaya Inc. (Panaya), a Delaware Corporation in the United States. Panaya is a provider of automation technology for large scale enterprise and software management. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for cash consideration of $225 million. During fiscal 2018, Infosys infused a further $5 million in Panaya Inc.

On June 2, 2015, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Kallidus Inc., U.S (Kallidus), a provider of digital experience solutions, including mobile commerce and in-store shopping experiences to large retail clients and 100% of the voting interests of Skava Systems Private Limited, India, an affiliate of Kallidus. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for cash consideration of $91 million and a contingent consideration of up to $20 million.

In March 2018, on conclusion of a strategic review of the portfolio businesses, the Company initiated identification and evaluation of potential buyers for its subsidiaries, Kallidus and Skava (together referred to as "Skava”) and Panaya (collectively referred to as the “disposal group”). The Company anticipates completion of the sale by March 2019 and accordingly, assets amounting to $316 million and liabilities amounting to $50 million in respect of the disposal group have been reclassified as “held for sale". On reclassification, the disposal group has been measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and consequently, a reduction in the fair value of


Disposal Group held for sale amounting contingent consideration are the probabilities assigned towards achievement of financial targets and discount rates ranging from 12% to $18 million in respect of Panaya has been recognized under other income in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018.  On a standalone basis, a reduction in the fair13.5%. The undiscounted value of assets held for sale amounting to $90 million has been recognized for the year ended March 31, 2018 in respect of investment in Panaya.

As of March 31, 2018, the fair value of Panaya was assessed at $130 million as against the acquisition cost including a subsequent infusion of $230 million. Based on the progress of the negotiations with prospective buyers subsequent to the Balance Sheet date, the final sale price of Panaya is expected to be lower than the recorded fair valuecontingent consideration as of March 31, 2018. The fair value of Panaya as of March 31, 2018 has not been adjusted to reflect the subsequent progress on negotiations because the impact of a lower indicative sale price on the financial results and earnings per equity share for the year ended March 31, 2018 is immaterial. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, the Company has not concluded negotiations or reached any agreement in principle including that on the sale price with the prospective buyers.2021 was $16 million.

The disposal group does not constitute a separate major component of the Company and therefore has not been classified as discontinued operations.

On November 16, 2015, Infosys acquired 100% membership interest in Noah Consulting, LLC, (Noah), a provider of advanced information management consulting services for oil and gas industry. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a cash consideration of $33 million, a contingent consideration of up to $5 million and an additional consideration of up to $32 million, referred to asAdditionally, these acquisitions have retention bonuspayouts payable to the employees of Noah at each anniversary year following the acquisition date foracquiree over the next two to three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group at each anniversary. The retention bonus is treated as a post‑acquisition employee remuneration expense as per IFRS 3 (Revised). During fiscal 2016 the entire contingent consideration was reversed in the statement of comprehensive income.

On July 14, 2017, the Board of Directors of Infosys authorized the Company to execute a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with Noah Consulting LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary, to transfer the business of Noah Consulting LLC to Infosys Limited, subject to securing the requisite regulatory approvals for a consideration based on an independent valuation. Subsequently on October 17, 2017, the Company entered into a business transfer agreement to transfer the business for a consideration of $41 million (approximately266 crore) and the transfer was with effect from October 25, 2017. The transaction was between a holding company and a wholly owned subsidiary and therefore was accounted for at carrying values and did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements. Subsequently in November 2017, Noah Consulting LLC has been liquidated.

On January 23,2015, a wholly owned subsidiary, Infosys Nova Holdings LLC, was incorporated. During fiscal 2015, the Company acquired 20% of the equity interests in DWA Nova LLC for a cash consideration of $15 million. The Company made this investment to form a new company along with Dream Works Animation (DWA). During fiscal 2017, we recorded an impairment loss of $3 million on our investment in DWA Nova LLC. During fiscal 2018, we have written down the entire carrying value of the investment in its associate DWA Nova LLC amounting to $11 million. Subsequently, DWA Nova LLC was liquidated effective November 17, 2017.

On September 8, 2017, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited., UK, (Brilliant Basics) a product design and customer experience innovator with experience in executing global programs. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for cash consideration of $4 million, contingent consideration of up to $3 million and an additional consideration of $2 million, referred to as retention bonus, payable to the employees of Brilliant Basics at each anniversary year over the next two years, subject to their continuous employment with the group at each anniversary. The payment of contingent consideration to sellers of Brilliant Basics is dependent upon the achievement of certain financial targets by Brilliant Basics over a period of 3for the respective years ending on March, 2020.

On May 22, 2018, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in WongDoody Holding Company Inc., (WongDoody) a U.S. based, full-service creative and consumer insights agency.  The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a total consideration of up to $75 million, which includes a cash consideration of $38 million, contingent consideration of up to $28 million and an additional consideration of  up to $9 million, referred to as retention bonus, payable to the employees of WongDoody over the next three years,


subject to their continuous employment with the group. Refer to Note 2.9 in Item 18 of this Annual Report for further details.

Corporate actions

1. Share buyback

In line with the capital allocation policy, the Board, at its meeting on August 19, 2017, approved a proposal for the Company to buyback its fully paid-up equity shares of face value of ₹5/- each from the eligible equity shareholders of the Company for an amount not exceeding ₹13,000 crore ($2 billion). The shareholders approved the said proposal of Buyback of equity Shares through the postal ballot that concluded on October 7, 2017.  The Buyback offer comprised a purchase of 113,043,478 equity Shares aggregating 4.92% of the paid-up equity share capital of the Company at a price of ₹1,150 per equity share. The buyback was offered to all eligible equity shareholders (including those who became equity shareholders as on the Record date by cancelling American Depository Shares and withdrawing underlying equity shares) of the Company as on the Record Date (i.e. November 1, 2017) on a proportionate basis through the "Tender offer" route. The Company concluded the buyback procedures on December 27, 2017 and 113,043,478 equity shares were extinguished. The Company has utilized its securities premium and general reserve for the buyback of its shares. In accordance with section 69 of the Indian Companies Act, 2013, the Company has created ‘Capital Redemption Reserve’ of $9 million equal to the nominal value of the shares bought back as an appropriation from general reserve.

2. Dividend

The following table sets forth for the dividend policy, and dividend per share declared for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016:

Dividend policy

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

 

in

 

 

in $

 

 

in

 

 

 

 

in $

 

 

in

 

 

in $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Interim dividend

 

 

13.00

 

 

 

0.20

 

 

 

11.00

 

 

 

 

 

0.17

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

0.15

 

-Final dividend

 

20.50(1)

 

 

0.31(4)

 

 

 

14.75

 

 

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

14.25

 

 

 

0.22

 

-Special dividend

 

10.00(1)

 

 

0.15(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43.50

 

 

 

0.66

 

 

 

25.75

 

 

 

 

 

0.40

 

 

 

24.25

 

 

 

0.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pay out ratio (interim and final dividend)

 

 

 

 

 

69.8%(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49.6%(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

49.7%(2)

 

(1)

Recommended by the Board of Directors at its meeting held on April 13, 2018, subsequently approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Company held on June 23, 2018.

(2)

Our dividend policy was to pay up to 50% of consolidated post-tax profits.

(3)

Our dividend policy is to pay up to 70% of free cash flow. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS. Dividend payout includes Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT).

(4)

Converted at USD/INR exchange rate at 65.18

3. Bonus shares

We allotted 574,236,166 and 1,148,472,332 fully paid up equity shares of face value ₹5/- each, respectively during fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, pursuant to a bonus share issue approved by the shareholders through postal ballot.

For both these bonuses share issues, we allotted bonus share of one equity share for every equity share held, and a stock dividend of one American Depositary Share (ADS) for every ADS held. Consequently, the ratio of equity shares underlying the ADSs held by an American Depositary Receipt holder remains unchanged. Options granted under the stock option plan have been adjusted for bonus shares.


The Board, in its meeting held on July 13, 2018, considered, approved and recommended a bonus issue of one equity share for every equity share held and a stock dividend of one American Depositary Share (ADS) for every ADS held, as on a record date to be determined. Consequently, the ratio of equity shares underlying the ADSs held by an American Depositary Receipt holder would remain unchanged. The Board approved and recommended the bonus issue to celebrate the Company’s 25th year of being publicly listed in India and to further increase the liquidity of its shares. The bonus issue of equity shares and ADSs will be subject to approval by the shareholders, and any other applicable statutory and regulatory approvals. Consequently, the authorized share capital will be increased, subject to the approval of shareholders. Appropriate adjustments for the issue of bonus shares / stock dividend as mentioned above to Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) and Employee Stock Options (ESOPs) which have been granted to employees of the Company under its 2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan, shall be made.

The bonus shares, once allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects and carry the same rights as the existing equity shareholders and holders of the bonus shares shall be entitled to participate in full, in any dividend and other corporate action, recommended and declared after the new equity shares are allotted.

Capital allocation policy

Fiscal 2021

The Board, in its meeting on April 13, 2018, reviewed and approved the Capital Allocation Policy ofEffective fiscal 2020, the Company after taking into consideration the strategic and operational cash requirements of the Company in the medium term.

The key aspects of the Capital Allocation Policy are:

i. The Board has decidedexpects to retain the current policy of returning upto 70%return approximately 85% of the free cash flow cumulatively over a five year period through a combination of the corresponding Financial Year in such manner, as may be decided by the Board from time to time,semi-annual dividends and/or share buyback and/or special dividends, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS. Dividend payout includesand buyback payouts include applicable taxes.

In line with the capital allocation policy, the Board, at its meeting held on April 14, 2021, approved the buyback of equity shares, from the open market route through the Indian stock exchanges, amounting to ₹9,200 crore (Maximum Buyback Size, excluding buyback tax) (approximately $1,227 million*) at a price not exceeding ₹1,750 per share (Maximum Buyback Price) (approximately $23.3* per share), subject to shareholders' approval in the ensuing Annual General Meeting.

During the year, the Company had paid an Interim Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT).of ₹12 per share (approximately $0.16 per share) and has announced a final dividend of ₹15 per share (approximately $0.20 per share), subject to shareholders’ approval in the ensuing Annual General Meeting.

ii. In addition toAfter returning the above outamounts, the Company would have returned approximately 83% of the free cash flow for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021 through dividends and buybacks, in line with the capital allocation policy announced in July 2019.

*USD-INR rate of 75.00


Fiscal 2020

Buyback completed in August 2019

Based on the Balance Sheet,postal ballot which concluded on March 12, 2019, the Board has identified an amountshareholders approved the proposal of the above buyback of equity shares from the open market route through Indian stock exchanges of up to ₹13,000₹8,260 crore ($2 billion)(maximum buyback size) (approximately $1,184 million) at a price not exceeding ₹800 per share. The buyback was offered to be paid toall eligible equity shareholders of the Company (other than the Promoters, the Promoter Group and Persons in Control of the following manner:Company) under the open market route through Indian stock exchanges. The buyback of equity shares through Indian stock exchanges commenced on March 20, 2019 and was completed on August 26, 2019. During this buyback period, the Company purchased and extinguished a total of 110,519,266 equity shares from the stock exchange at an average buyback price of ₹747.38/- per equity share comprising 2.53% of the pre buyback paid-up equity share capital of the Company. The buyback resulted in a cash outflow of ₹8,260 crore (excluding transaction costs) ($1,183 million). The Company funded the buyback from its free reserves.

 

a) A special2. Dividend

The following table sets forth the dividend of ₹10 per share ($0.15 per ADR) resulting in a payout of approximately ₹2,600 crore (approximately $400 million) in June 2018declared for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019:

b) Identified an amount of up to approximately ₹10,400 crore (approximately $1,600 million) to be paid out to shareholders for the Financial Year 2019, in such a manner, to be decided

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

 

in

 

 

in $ (5)

 

 

in

 

 

in $ (5)

 

 

in

 

 

in $(5)

 

- Interim dividend

 

 

12.00

 

 

 

0.16

 

 

 

8.00

 

 

 

0.11

 

 

 

7.00

 

 

 

0.10

 

- Final dividend

 

15.00 (1)

 

 

 

0.20

 

 

 

9.50

 

 

 

0.13

 

 

 

10.50

 

 

 

0.15

 

- Special dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

 

0.06

 

 

 

 

27.00

 

 

 

0.36

 

 

 

17.50

 

 

 

0.24

 

 

 

21.50

 

 

 

0.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payout ratio (interim and final dividend)

 

 

 

 

 

52.2%(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

53.5%(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

68.1%(4)

 

(1)

Recommended by the Board at its meeting held on April 14, 2021, subject to the approval by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Company scheduled to be held on June 19, 2021.

(2)

Our present capital allocation policy effective fiscal 2020 is to pay approximately 85% of the free cash flow* cumulatively over a 5-year period through a combination of semi-annual dividends and/or share buyback and/or special dividends, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Dividend and buyback payouts include applicable taxes, if any.

(3)

Based on outstanding number of shares on March 31, 2021.

(4)

Our past capital allocation policy in fiscal 2019 was to pay up to 70% of free cash flow*. Dividend payouts include Dividend Distribution Tax.

(5)

Converted at the monthly exchange rate in the month of declaration of dividend.

*

Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS

3. Stock incentive plans

2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan

On March 31, 2016, pursuant to the approval by the shareholders through postal ballot, the Board has been authorized to introduce, offer, issue and allot share-based incentives to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries under the 2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2015 Plan). The maximum number of shares under the 2015 planPlan shall not exceed 24,038,883 equity shares. Out of this 17,038,883 equity shares will be issued as RSUs at par value and 7,000,000 equity shares will be issued as stock options at market price on the date of the grant. These instruments will generally vest over a period of 4four years and the Company expects to grant the instruments under the 2015 Plan over the period of 4four to 7seven years.

Controlled trust holds 10,801,956 and 11,289,514 shares, as of March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017, respectively under the 2015 plan, out of which 100,000 equity shares have been earmarked for welfare activities of the employees.


The following is the summary of grants made under the 2015 plan during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 under the 2015 Plan:

Particulars

Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salil Parekh, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director (CEO and MD) - Refer Note 1 below

 

113,024

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, Chief Operating Officer and Whole-time Director (COO and WTD)

 

27,250

 

 

 

 

 

Dr.Vishal Sikka*

 

270,224

 

 

120,700

 

 

124,061

 

Other Key Managerial Personnel (KMP)**

 

271,100

 

 

246,250

 

 

 

Employees other than KMP

 

1,599,010

 

 

2,507,740

 

 

 

 

 

2,280,608

 

 

2,874,690

 

 

124,061

 

ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, COO and WTD

 

43,000

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Vishal Sikka*

 

330,525

 

 

 

 

 

Other KMP**

 

44,450

 

 

502,550

 

 

 

Employees other than KMP

 

73,600

 

 

703,300

 

 

 

 

 

491,575

 

 

1,205,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incentive units- cash settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other employees

 

50,040

 

 

112,210

 

 

 

 

 

50,040

 

 

112,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grants

 

2,822,223

 

 

4,192,750

 

 

124,061

 

*

Upon Dr. Vishal Sikka's resignation from the roles of the company, the unvested RSUs and ESOPs have been forfeited

**

Refer note 2.19 Related party transactions under Item 18 of this Annual report in Form 20-F for details on resignation of certain KMPs

Notes:

1. Refer to note 2.16 Employees’ Stock Option Plans under Item 18 of this Annual report on Form 20F for details of These restricted stock incentives granted to Salil Parekh under the 2015 plan.

In addition to the above, the Board, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, granted 108,600 performance based RSUs to Salil Parekh with an effective date of May 2, 2018. The grants would vest upon successful completion of three full fiscal years with the Company concluding on March 31, 2021 and will be determined based on achievement of certain performance targets for the said three-year period.

These RSUsunits (RSUs) and stock options would vest generally over a period of 4 years and shall be exercisable within the period as approved by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee. The exercise price of the RSUs will be equal to the par value of the shares and the exercise price of the stock options would be the market price as on the date of grant.


Consequent to the September 2018 bonus issue, all the then outstanding options granted under the stock option plan have been adjusted for bonus shares.

Controlled trust holds 15,514,732 and 18,239,356 shares as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively, under the 2015 Plan. Out of these shares, 200,000 equity shares each have been earmarked for welfare activities of the employees as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020.

Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Program 2019

On June 22, 2019 pursuant to approval by the shareholders in the Annual General Meeting, the Board has been authorized to introduce, offer, issue and provide share-based incentives to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries under the Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Program 2019 (the 2019 Plan). The maximum number of shares under the 2019 Plan shall not exceed 50,000,000 equity shares. To implement the 2019 Plan, up to 45,000,000 equity shares may be issued by way of secondary acquisition of shares by Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Trust. The RSUs granted under the 2019 Plan shall vest based on the achievement of defined annual performance parameters as determined by the administrator (Nomination and Remuneration Committee). The performance parameters will be based on a combination of relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and operating performance metrics of the company as decided by the administrator. Each of the above performance parameters will be distinct for the purposes of calculation of the quantity of shares to vest based on performance. These instruments will generally vest between a minimum of one to maximum of three years from the grant date.

The following is the summary of grants made under the 2015 Plan and 2019 Plan during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Particulars

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

2015 Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSU - Equity settled

 

 

2,660,611

 

 

 

3,854,176

 

 

 

4,340,700

 

RSU - Incentive units (cash settled)

 

 

115,250

 

 

 

656,140

 

 

 

74,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019 Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity settled Performance based RSU

 

 

1,596,408

 

 

 

2,091,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grants

 

 

4,372,269

 

 

 

6,601,609

 

 

 

4,414,790

 

Refer to Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for details on grants to individual KMPs.

During the yearyears ended March 31, 2018,2021, March 31, 20172020 and March 31, 2016,2019, the Company recorded an employee stock compensation expense of $13$45 million, $17$34 million, and $1$29 million, respectively in the statement of comprehensive income. This comprises of expense pertaining to CEO, COO, other KMP and other employees.

For additional information of the Company’s stock incentive compensation plans, referRefer to Note 2.162.17 Employees’ Stock Options Plans under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.


Early adoption of IFRS 9

Effective April 1, 2016, the group has elected to early adopt IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments considering April 1, 2015 as the date of initial application of the standard even though the stipulated effective date for adoption is April 1, 2018.

As per IFRS 9, the group has classified its financial assets into the following categories based on the business model for managing those assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics:

Financial assets carried at amortized cost

Financial assets fair valued through other comprehensive income

Financial assets fair valued through profit and loss

The adoption of IFRS 9 did not have any other material impact on the consolidated financial statements, hence prior period figures have not been restated and the cumulative impact of $5 million has been recorded in other comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2017.

Cybersecurity

Our business and operations are subject to cybersecurity and other information security risks that could have a material effect on our results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition.  For discussion of these risks, please see section entitled ‘Risk Factors’ in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Results of Operations

The following table illustrates our compounded annual growth rate in revenues, net profit, earnings per equity share and number of employees from fiscal 20142017 to fiscal 2018:2021: 

 

 

(Dollars in millions except per share and employee data)

 

(Dollars in millions except per share and employee data)

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

Compounded

annual growth

rate

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Compounded annual

growth rate

 

Revenues

 

 

10,939

 

 

 

8,249

 

 

 

7.3

%

 

 

13,561

 

 

 

10,208

 

 

 

7.4

%

Net profit

 

 

2,486

 

 

 

1,751

 

 

 

9.2

%

 

 

2,623

 

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

5.2

%

Net profit attributable to Owners of the company

 

 

2,613

 

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

5.1

%

Earnings per equity share (Basic)

 

 

1.10

 

 

0.77*

 

 

 

9.3

%

 

 

0.62

 

 

0.47*

 

 

 

7.2

%

Earnings per equity share (Diluted)

 

 

1.10

 

 

0.77*

 

 

 

9.3

%

 

 

0.61

 

 

0.47*

 

 

 

6.7

%

Number of employees at the end of the fiscal year

 

 

204,107

 

 

 

160,405

 

 

 

6.2

%

 

 

259,619

 

 

 

200,364

 

 

 

6.7

%


 

*

Adjusted for bonus issue

Note: During the three months ended December 31, 2017, the Company has concluded an Advance Pricing Agreement (“APA”) with the US Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") for the US branch covering the years ending March 2011 to March 2021. Under the APA, the Company and the IRS have agreed on the methodology to allocate revenues and compute the taxable income of the Company’s US Branch operations. In accordance with the APA, the Company has reversed income tax expense provision of $225 million.

 

Our revenue* Adjusted for bonus issue

Revenue growth in reported numbers was attributable to a number of factors, including an increase in the volume of business as well as an expansion in the solutions that we provide to our clients. We added 283475 new customers (gross) during fiscal 20182021 as compared to 321376 new customers (gross) during fiscal 20172020 and 325345 new customers (gross) during fiscal 2016. For fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, 98.5%, 97.3% and 97.1%, respectively, of our2019. We define revenues came from repeat business which we define as revenues from a client that also contributed to our revenues during the prior fiscal year. For fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, 96.2%, 97.5% and 97.3%, respectively, of our revenues came from repeat business.


The following table sets forth certain financial information as a percentage of revenues:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

Revenues

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of sales

 

 

64.0

%

 

 

63.1

%

 

 

62.6

%

Gross margin

 

 

36.0

%

 

 

36.9

%

 

 

37.4

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

5.5

%

Administrative expenses

 

 

6.7

%

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

6.9

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

11.7

%

 

 

12.2

%

 

 

12.4

%

Operating margin

 

 

24.3

%

 

 

24.7

%

 

 

25.0

%

Other income, net

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

5.0

%

Share in net profit/(loss) of associate, including impairment

 

 

(0.1

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income taxes

 

 

28.7

%

 

 

29.1

%

 

 

30.0

%

Income tax expense

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

8.2

%

 

 

8.4

%

Net margin

 

 

22.7

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.6

%

During the three months ended June 30, 2018, the Company internally reorganized some of its business segments to deepen customer relationships, improve focus of sales investments and increase management oversight. Consequent to the internal reorganization, there were changes in the reportable business segments based on “Management approach” as defined under IFRS 8, Operating Segments. Therefore, businesses in Insurance which were previously considered under the Life Sciences, Healthcare and Insurance business segment are now considered under the Financial Services business segment and businesses in Communication, Telecom OEM and Media which were previously considered under the Energy & Utilities, Communication and Services business segment are now considered as a separate business segment.

 

Pursuant to the above changes, reportable segments for the Group starting Fiscal 2019 will be as follows:

(in %)

Financial Services, which includes businesses in Financial Services and Insurance

Retail, which includes businesses in Retail, Consumer Packaged Goods and Logistics

Communication, which includes businesses in Communication, Telecom OEM and Media

Energy, Utilities, Resources and Services

Manufacturing

Hi-tech

Life Sciences, which includes businesses in Life sciences and Health care

Others, which includes India, Japan. China, Infosys Public Services and other businesses in Public Services

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

Revenues

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

100.0

 

Cost of sales

 

 

65.1

 

 

 

66.9

 

 

 

65.2

 

Gross margin

 

 

34.9

 

 

 

33.1

 

 

 

34.8

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

5.4

 

Administrative expenses

 

 

5.8

 

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

6.6

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

10.4

 

 

 

11.8

 

 

 

12.0

 

Operating margin

 

 

24.5

 

 

 

21.3

 

 

 

22.8

 

Other income, net

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

3.5

 

Finance cost

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

Reduction in the fair value of Disposal Group held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.3

)

Adjustment in respect of excess of carrying amount over recoverable amount on reclassification from "Held for Sale"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.5

)

Profit before income taxes

 

 

26.5

 

 

 

24.2

 

 

 

25.5

 

Income tax expense

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

6.9

 

Net margin

 

 

19.3

 

 

 

18.3

 

 

 

18.6

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

Net margin attributable to owners of the company

 

 

19.3

 

 

 

18.2

 

 

 

18.6

 

 

Results for Fiscal 20182021 compared to Fiscal 20172020

Revenues

Our revenues are generated principally from services provided either on a time-and-materials, unit of work, fixed-price, or a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis. Many of our client contracts, including those that are on a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis can be terminated by clients with or without cause and with short notice periods of 0 to 90 days. Since we collect revenues as portions ofmilestones in the contracts are completed, terminated contracts are only subject to collection for portions of the contract completed through the time of termination. In order to manage and anticipate the risk of early or abrupt contract terminations, we monitor the progress of contracts and change orders according to their characteristics and the circumstances in which they occur. This includes a review of our ability and our client's ability to perform on the contract, a review of extraordinary conditions that may lead to a contract termination and a review of the historical client performance considerations. Since we also bear the risk of cost overruns and inflation with respect to fixed-price, fixed-timeframe projects, our operating results could be adversely affected by inaccurate estimates of contract completion costs and dates, including wage inflation rates and currency exchange rates that may affect cost projections. Although we revise our project completion estimates from time to time, such revisions have not, to date, had a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition.


We experience from time to time, pricing pressure from our clients. For example, clients often expect that as we do more business with them, they will receive volume discounts. Additionally, clients may ask for fixed-price, fixed-timeframe arrangements, or reduced rates. We attempt to use fixed-price arrangements for engagements where the specifications are complete.

Effective fiscal 2018, the Company defined “digital revenue”- (refer section ‘Our Strategy’ under Item 4 of this Annual report for further details).  Digital revenue during fiscal 2018 amounted to $2,791 million (25.5% of the total revenues).

The following table sets forth the growth in our revenues in fiscal 20182021 from fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Revenues

 

 

10,939

 

 

 

10,208

 

 

 

731

 

 

 

7.2

%

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Revenues

 

 

13,561

 

 

 

12,780

 

 

 

781

 

 

 

6.1

%

 

The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to an increase in volumes indigital revenues, deal wins including large deals and volume increases across most of the segments.

The Group has evaluated the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on (i) the possibility of constraints in our segments.ability to render services which may require revision of estimations of costs to complete the contract because of additional efforts; (ii) onerous obligations; (iii) penalties relating to breaches of service level agreements; and (iv) termination or deferment of contracts by customers. The Group has concluded that the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is not material based on these estimates.

Due to the nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group will continue to monitor developments to identify significant uncertainties relating to revenue in future periods.

The Company defines digital revenues as a set of use cases that drives business outcomes for clients across five areas which are Experience, Insight, Innovate, Accelerate and Assure.

Refer to section “Our Strategy” under Item 4 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for further details.

The table below sets forth the percentage of our revenues by digital and core services for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020:

 

 

Percentage of revenues

 

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

Digital revenue

 

 

48.5

%

 

 

39.2

%

Core revenue

 

 

51.5

%

 

 

60.8

%

 

The following table sets forth our revenues by business segments for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

Business Segments

 

Percentage of Revenues

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Financial Services (FS)

 

 

26.4

%

 

 

27.1

%

Manufacturing (MFG)

 

 

10.9

%

 

 

11.0

%

Energy & utilities, Communication and Services (ECS)

 

 

23.8

%

 

 

22.5

%

Retail, Consumer packaged goods and Logistics (RCL)

 

 

15.8

%

 

 

16.4

%

Life Sciences, Healthcare and Insurance (HILIFE)

 

 

13.1

%

 

 

12.3

%

Hi-Tech

 

 

7.2

%

 

 

7.5

%

All other Segments

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

3.2

%

Business Segments

 

Percentage of Revenues

 

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

Financial Services

 

 

32.4

%

 

 

31.5

%

Retail

 

 

14.7

%

 

 

15.5

%

Communication

 

 

12.6

%

 

 

13.2

%

Energy, Utilities, Resources and Services

 

 

12.5

%

 

 

12.9

%

Manufacturing

 

 

9.4

%

 

 

10.1

%

Hi-Tech

 

 

8.5

%

 

 

7.7

%

Life Sciences

 

 

6.8

%

 

 

6.4

%

All other Segments

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

2.7

%

 

There were significant currency movements during fiscal 20182021 as compared to fiscal 2017.2020. The U.S. dollar depreciated by 2.3%3.1% against the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, 8.3%5.4% against the Euro and by 4.0%5.9% against the Australian Dollar. 

Constant currency (Non-IFRS(non-IFRS measure): We report revenue growth both in reported terms and in constant currency terms. Revenue growth in reported terms includes impact of currency fluctuations. We, therefore, additionally report


the revenue growth in constant currency terms which represents the real growth in revenue excluding the impact of currency fluctuations. We calculate constant currency growth by comparing current period revenues in respective local currencies converted to US$ using prior-period exchange rates and comparing the same to our prior period reported revenues. Our revenues in reported currency terms for fiscal 20182021 is $10,939 million.$13,561 million, a growth of 6.1%. As against this, our revenues in constant currency terms for fiscal 2018 would have been $10,789 million, resulting in a growth of 5.8% as against a reported growth of 7.2%.2021 grew by 5.0% in comparison to fiscal 2017.2020.


The following table sets forth our business segment profit (revenues less identifiable operating expenses and allocated expenses) as a percentage of business segment revenue for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 20172020 (see Note 2.20.1, Business Segments2.21.1, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional information):

 

 

 

Business segment profit %

 

Business Segments

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Financial services (FS)

 

 

27.9

%

 

 

28.1

%

Manufacturing (MFG)

 

 

23.6

%

 

 

24.6

%

Energy & utilities, Communication and Services (ECS)

 

 

27.1

%

 

 

28.7

%

Retail, Consumer packaged goods and Logistics (RCL)

 

 

29.3

%

 

 

29.0

%

Life Sciences, Healthcare and Insurance (HILIFE)

 

 

27.7

%

 

 

27.4

%

Hi-Tech

 

 

24.2

%

 

 

24.9

%

All other Segments

 

 

19.3

%

 

 

13.2

%

 

 

Business segment profit %

 

Business Segments

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

Financial Services

 

 

27.5

%

 

 

25.5

%

Retail

 

 

34.7

%

 

 

30.0

%

Communication

 

 

22.2

%

 

 

20.2

%

Energy, Utilities, Resources and Services

 

 

28.4

%

 

 

27.4

%

Manufacturing

 

 

27.2

%

 

 

22.5

%

Hi-Tech

 

 

28.7

%

 

 

22.9

%

Life Sciences

 

 

31.4

%

 

 

24.6

%

All other Segments

 

 

10.0

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

Overall segment profitability has marginally declinedincreased primarily on account of:

Adverse currency impactof a benefit of rupee appreciation, compensation increasesdepreciation against the US dollar, lower travel and higher variable payouts

Partiallyvisa costs and cost optimization partially offset by cross currency benefit, improved operational parameters likean increase in employee compensation.

Retail profitability was higher utilization, benefitsmainly on account of automation, lower onsite mix.

Communication profitability increase was lower on account of higher onsite mix and optimizationlower realization partially offset by lower cost of general and administration coststhird-party items bought for service delivery to clients.

 

MFGLife Sciences and manufacturing profitability has decreased on account of certain infrastructure management services deals withincrease was higher third party components, and impairment loss on receivables. ECS profitability has decreased mainly on account of higher third party cost to meet specific project requirements.realization and lower usage of technical subcontractors.

Our revenues are also segmented into onsite and offshore revenues. The table below sets forth the percentage of our revenues by location from billable IT services professionals for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

Percentage of revenues

 

 

Percentage of revenues

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

Onsite revenue

 

 

55.4

%

 

 

56.8

%

 

 

52.1

%

 

 

54.8

%

Offshore revenue

 

 

44.6

%

 

 

43.2

%

 

 

47.9

%

 

 

45.2

%

 

We typically assume full project management responsibility for each project that we undertake. We divide projects into components that we execute simultaneously at client sites and our Development Centers located outside India (‘onsite’) and at our Global Development Centers in India (‘offshore’). The proportion of work performed at our facilities and at client sites varies from quarter-to-quarter.period-to-period. We charge higher rates and incur higher compensation and other expenses for work performed onsite. The services performed onsite typically generate higher revenues per-capita, but at lower gross margins in percentage as compared to the services performed at our own facilities in India. As a result, our total revenues, cost of sales and gross profit in absolute terms and as a percentage of revenues fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter.period-to-period.

The reduction in onsite revenue mix is mainly on account of reduced onsite effort mix which is significantly on account of travel restrictions in the year to onsite locations due to pandemic and client focus on cost take-outs.


The table below sets forth details of billable hours expended for onsite and offshore on our IT services professionals for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

Onsite effort

 

 

29.3

%

 

 

29.8

%

 

 

25.8

%

 

 

28.1

%

Offshore effort

 

 

70.7

%

 

 

70.2

%

 

 

74.2

%

 

 

71.9

%

 

Revenues from software services including BPM services represented 97.1%92.9% and 96.9%93.9% of total revenues for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017,2020, respectively. We also generate revenue from software application products including banking software. Sales of our software productsand platforms, which represented 2.9%7.1% and 3.1%6.1% of our total revenues for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017,2020, respectively.


The following table sets forth the revenues from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts and time-and-materials contracts as a percentage of services revenuesrevenue from fixed price contracts for each of fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020 was approximately 50%.

 

 

Percentage of total services

revenues

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts

 

 

50.5

%

 

 

48.0

%

Time-and-materials contracts

 

 

49.5

%

 

 

52.0

%

 

Revenues and gross profits are also affected by employee utilization rates. We define employee utilization for IT services as the proportion of total billed person months to total available person months, excluding sales, administrative and support personnel. We manage utilization by monitoring project requirements and timetables. The number of technology professionals that we assign to a project will vary according to the size, complexity, duration, and demands of the project. An unanticipated termination of a significant project could also cause lower utilization. In addition, we do not utilize our technology professionals when they are enrolled in training programs, particularly during our training course for new employees.

The following table sets forth the utilization rates of billable IT services professionals:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

Including trainees

 

 

81.2

%

 

 

77.6

%

 

 

80.8

%

 

 

80.3

%

Excluding trainees

 

 

84.6

%

 

 

81.7

%

 

 

84.7

%

 

 

84.0

%

During fiscal 2018, as a result of cost optimization initiative taken by us and our increased focus on improving operational parameters our utilization, excluding trainees improved by 2.9% and utilization including trainees increased by 3.6%.

 

The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic segmentsgeography for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

Geographic Segments

 

Percentage of revenues

 

Geography

 

Percentage of revenues

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

North America

 

 

60.4

%

 

 

61.9

%

 

 

61.3

%

 

 

61.5

%

Europe

 

 

23.7

%

 

 

22.5

%

 

 

24.2

%

 

 

24.1

%

Rest of the World

 

 

12.7

%

 

 

12.4

%

 

 

11.6

%

 

 

11.8

%

India

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

2.6

%

The following table sets forth our geographic segment profit (revenues less identifiable operating expenses and allocated expenses) as a percentage of geographic segment revenue forRevenue per employee has increased from $54,142 in fiscal 2018 and2020 to $55,229 in fiscal 2017 (see Note 2.20.2, Geographic Segments, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional information):

 

 

Geographic segment profit %

 

Geographic Segments

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

North America

 

 

25.5

%

 

 

25.9

%

Europe

 

 

26.4

%

 

 

27.0

%

Rest of the World

 

 

31.7

%

 

 

32.2

%

India

 

 

40.2

%

 

 

33.8

%

Overall segment profitability has marginally declined primarily on account of:

Adverse currency impact of rupee appreciation, compensation increases and higher variable payouts

Partially offset by cross currency benefit, improved operational parameters like higher utilization, benefits on account of automation, lower onsite mix and optimization of general and administration costs

During fiscal 2018, the total billed person-months for our IT services professionals grew by 6.0% compared to fiscal 2017. The onsite and offshore billed person-months for our IT services professionals grew by 4.1% and 6.9%, respectively during fiscal 2018. During fiscal 2018, there was a 4.1% increase in offshore revenue realization, and a


0.7% increase in the onsite revenue realization of our IT services professionals when compared to fiscal 2017. On a blended basis, the revenue realization increased by 1.5% during fiscal 2018 when compared to fiscal 2017. Revenue realization is defined as revenue per billed person month.2021.

Cost of sales

The following table sets forth our cost of sales for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage Change

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Cost of sales

 

 

7,001

 

 

 

6,446

 

 

 

555

 

 

 

8.6

%

 

 

8,828

 

 

 

8,552

 

 

 

276

 

 

 

3.2

%

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

64.0

%

 

 

63.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65.1

%

 

 

66.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

Employee benefit costs

 

 

5,379

 

 

 

4,987

 

 

 

392

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

289

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

35

 

Travelling costs

 

 

225

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

(21

)

Cost of technical sub-contractors

 

 

666

 

 

 

571

 

 

 

95

 

Cost of Software packages for own use

 

 

136

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

18

 

Third party items bought for service delivery to

   clients

 

 

152

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

32

 

Operating lease payments

 

 

50

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

4

 

Consultancy and professional charges

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Communication costs

 

 

35

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(4

)

Provision for post-sales client support

 

 

22

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

10

 

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

46

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

Other expenses*

 

 

(7

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

(10

)

Total cost of sales

 

 

7,001

 

 

 

6,446

 

 

 

555

 

*

includes write-back of accruals no longer required

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

Employee benefit costs

 

 

6,671

 

 

 

6,406

 

 

 

265

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

441

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

34

 

Travelling costs

 

 

65

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

(223

)

Cost of technical sub-contractors

 

 

957

 

 

 

945

 

 

 

12

 

Cost of Software packages for own use

 

 

160

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

18

 

Third party items bought for service delivery to clients

 

 

406

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

172

 

Short-term leases

 

 

4

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(5

)

Consultancy and professional charges

 

 

8

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

Communication costs

 

 

45

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

3

 

Provision for post-sales client support

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

65

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

(6

)

Other expenses

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

 

 

8,828

 

 

 

8,552

 

 

 

276

 

 

The increasedecrease in cost of sales during fiscal 2018 from fiscal 2017 was primarily due to increase in employee cost, cost of technical subcontractors and cost of third party items bought for service delivery to clients, partially offset by reduction in travel cost.

The increase in employee cost during fiscal 2018 from fiscal 2017 is on account of increased compensation in last 12 months, promotions and increase in the number of employees as well as higher variable payouts partially offset by higher utilization and improved onsite mix.

The cost of technical sub-contractors as a percentage of revenue, has increase on account of deploymentin fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020 was primarily due to a decrease in the cost of efforts to meet the requirementas a percentage of niche skillsets primarily requiredrevenue (comprising of employee cost and cost of technical sub-contractors) and a decrease in certain onsite projects.

Thetravelling costs partially offset by an increase in third party items bought for service delivery to clientscustomer.

The cost of efforts as a percentage of revenue has been primarilydecreased mainly on account of improvement in infrastructure management services deals.offshore mix partially offset by compensation increase effective Q4 fiscal 2021 and higher variable payouts during fiscal 2021. The decrease in travel costs is on account of reduced travel and visa costs on account of pandemic.

Gross profit

The following table sets forth our gross profit for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

Gross profit

 

 

3,938

 

 

 

3,762

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

4,733

 

 

 

4,228

 

 

 

505

 

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

36.0

%

 

 

36.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

34.9

%

 

 

33.1

%

 

 

 

 

 


The gross margins for fiscal 2018, were impacted2021 increased by a benefit in rupee appreciation,depreciation against the US dollar, a reduction in travelling costs and a decrease in the cost of efforts, partially offset by an increase in compensation higher variable pay, increase in cost of technical sub-contractorsthird part items bought for service delivery to meet the niche skill sets required in certain onsite projects, which was partially offset by benefits from cross currency movements, higher utilization, lower onsite mix, reduced travel cost and other cost optimization initiatives.customers.

 

Selling and marketing expenses

The following table sets forth our selling and marketing expenses for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage Change

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

552

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

624

 

 

 

664

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(6.0

)%

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

Employee benefit costs

 

 

425

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

548

 

 

 

510

 

 

 

38

 

Travelling costs

 

 

48

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

(50

)

Branding and marketing

 

 

47

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

48

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

(26

)

Operating lease payments

 

 

12

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

2

 

Short-term leases

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Consultancy and professional charges

 

 

10

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(4

)

Communication costs

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Other expenses

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

2

 

Total selling and marketing expenses

 

 

552

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

624

 

 

 

664

 

 

 

(40

)

 

SellingThe selling and marketing costexpenses for fiscal 2021 have reduced as a percentage of revenue has marginally declined by 0.2%.

0.6% compared to fiscal 2020, primarily due to a decrease in travelling costs and branding and marketing expenses.

Administrative expenses

The following table sets forth our administrative expenses for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Administrative expenses

 

727

 

 

 

707

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

784

 

 

 

840

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

(6.7

)%

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

6.7

%

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.8

%

 

 

6.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

Employee benefit costs

 

 

274

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

22

 

Consultancy and professional charges

 

 

150

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

(13

)

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

125

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

(26

)

Power and fuel

 

 

19

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

(13

)

Communication costs

 

 

39

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

9

 

Travelling costs

 

 

7

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

(34

)

Rates and taxes

 

 

35

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

8

 

Short-term leases

 

 

6

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Insurance charges

 

 

18

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

6

 

Impairment loss recognized/(reversed) on financial assets

 

 

25

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

1

 

Commission to non-whole-time directors

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Contribution towards Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

 

 

59

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

5

 

Other expenses

 

 

26

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

(24

)

Total administrative expenses

 

 

784

 

 

 

840

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

Employee benefit costs

 

 

230

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

10

 

Consultancy and professional charges

 

 

144

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

41

 

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

127

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

(18

)

Power and fuel

 

 

32

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

(2

)

Communication costs

 

 

38

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

(2

)

Travelling costs

 

 

37

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

2

 

Rates and taxes

 

 

25

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

3

 

Operating lease payments

 

 

20

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

3

 

Insurance charges

 

 

9

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

1

 

Impairment loss recognised/(reversed) on financial assets

 

 

11

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

(10

)

Commission to non-whole time directors

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(1

)

Contribution towards Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

 

 

24

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

(10

)

Other expenses

 

 

29

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

3

 

Total administrative expenses

 

 

727

 

 

 

707

 

 

20

 


The administrative expenses have reduced as a percentage of revenue has marginally reduced by 0.2% for0.8% during fiscal 2018 as compared to2021 from fiscal 2017. The increase2020, mainly on account of a decrease in travelling costs, consultancy and professional charges, was partially offset by reductionrepair and maintenance and power and fuel.

In accordance with the requirements of the Indian Companies Act, 2013, $59 million and $54 million, were contributed towards Corporate Social Responsibility during fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, respectively.

Consequent to the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Amendment Rules, 2021 (“the Rules”), the Company intends to transfer its CSR capital assets of $39 million created prior to January 2021 to a controlled subsidiary (referred to as “ the Subsidiary” ) to be established in repairs cost and reduction in impairment losses recognized on financial assets.accordance with Section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 for charitable objects. The decrease in impairment losses on financial assets is due to specific provisions made for certain customerstransfer will be undertaken upon obtaining the required approvals from regulatory authorities.

The Subsidiary will be included in the previous fiscal year. The decreaseconsolidated financial statements of the Company commencing in repairsthe period from formation because the Company will have the power to direct all of the Subsidiary’s relevant activities which affects returns and maintenance cost was primarily on account of cost optimization initiatives takenthe Company will be exposed to any future financial support which may be required by the Company. The increase in consultancy and professional charges is due to appointment of professional agencies for legal matters, recruitment cost relating to hiring in US, fees for strategic initiatives, including buyback. The employee benefit costs as a percentage of revenue has remained constant in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017.  Subsidiary.

Operating profit

The following table sets forth our operating profit for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

Operating profit

 

 

2,659

 

 

 

2,520

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

3,325

 

 

 

2,724

 

 

 

601

 

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

24.3

%

 

 

24.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.5

%

 

 

21.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

The decreaseincrease in operating profit as a percentage of revenue for fiscal 20182021 from fiscal 20172020 was primarily attributable to a decreasean increase of 0.9%1.8% in gross profit as a percentage of revenue during the same period partially offset by aand decrease in selling and marketing expenses and administrative expensesexpense of 0.6% and 0.8%, respectively as a percentage of revenue.


Other income and Finance cost

The following table sets forth our other income and finance cost for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Other income, net

 

495

 

 

459

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

7.8

%

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Other income, net

 

 

297

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(24.8

)%

Finance cost

 

 

26

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

9.6

%

 

Other income for fiscal 20182021 primarily includes income from investments of $406$217 million, gain on investments of $21 million, foreign exchange gainloss of $36$47 million on translation of other assets and liabilities and foreign exchange gain of less than $1$75 million on forward and option contracts, and interest on tax refunds of $41 million.contracts.

 

In March 2018, on conclusion of a strategic review of the portfolio businesses, the Company initiated identification and evaluation of potential buyers for its subsidiaries, Kallidus and Skava (together referred to as "Skava”) and Panaya (collectively referred to as the “disposal group”). The Company anticipates completion of the sale by March 2019 and accordingly, assets amounting to $316 million and liabilities amounting to $50 million in respect of the disposal group have been reclassified as “held for sale". On reclassification, the disposal group has been measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and consequently, a reduction in the fair value of Disposal Group held for sale amounting to $18 million in respect of Panaya has been recognized under ‘other income’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018.  

As of March 31, 2018, the fair value of Panaya was assessed at $130 million as against the acquisition cost including a subsequent infusion of $230 million. Based on the progress of the negotiations with prospective buyers subsequent to the Balance Sheet date, the final sale price of Panaya is expected to be lower than the recorded fair value as of March 31, 2018. The fair value of Panaya as of March 31, 2018 has not been adjusted to reflect the subsequent progress on negotiations because the impact of a lower indicative sale price on the financial results and earnings per equity share for the year ended March 31, 2018 is immaterial. As of the date of this Annual report on Form 20-F, the Company has not concluded negotiations or reached any agreement in principle including that on the sale price with the prospective buyers.

The disposal group does not constitute a separate major component of the Company and therefore has not been classified as discontinued operations.


Other income for fiscal 20172020 primarily includes income from investments of $402$227 million, and again on investments of $32 million, foreign exchange gain of $89 million on forward and option contracts and a foreign exchange loss of $54$139 million on translation of other assets and liabilities.liabilities and foreign exchange loss of $66 million on forward and option contracts.

Interest income in fiscal 2021 has declined as compared to fiscal 2020 primarily due to a decrease in yield on investments.

Interest income on income tax refund for fiscal 2021 is $1 million compared to $37 million for fiscal 2020.

Finance cost is on account of adoption of IFRS 16 – Leases. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if not readily determinable, using the incremental borrowing rates in the country of domicile of these leases.

Functional currency, presentation currency and foreign exchange

The functional currency of Infosys, Infosys BPM (formerly Infosys BPO), controlled trusts, EdgeVerve and Skava Systems Pvt. Ltd. is the Indian rupee. The functional currencies for all of the other subsidiaries are the respective local currencies. The consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are presented in U.S. dollars (rounded off to the nearest million) to facilitate the investors’ ability to evaluate Infosys’ performance and financial position in comparison to similar companies domiciled in other geographic locations. The translation of functional currencies of foreign subsidiaries to U.S. dollars is performed for assets and liabilities using the exchange rate at the Balance Sheet date, and for revenue, expenses and cash flow items using a monthly average exchange rate for the respective periods. The gains or losses resulting from such translation are included in other comprehensive income and presented as currency translation reserves under other components of equity.

Generally, Indian law requires residents of India to repatriate any foreign currency earnings to India to control the exchange of foreign currency. More specifically, Section 8 of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, or FEMA, requires an Indian company to take all reasonable steps to realize and repatriate into India all foreign currency earned by the company outside India, within such time periods and in the manner specified by the RBI. The RBI has promulgated guidelines that require the company to repatriate any realized foreign currency back to a foreign currency account such as an Exchange Earners Foreign Currency, or EEFC account with an authorized dealer in India, subject to the condition that the sum total of the accruals in the account during a calendar month should be converted into rupees on or before the last day of the succeeding calendar month, after adjusting for utilization of the balances for approved purposes or forward commitments.

We generally collect our earnings denominated in foreign currencies using a dedicated foreign currency account located in the local country of operation. In order to do this, we are required to obtain, and have obtained, approval from an authorized dealer, on behalf of the RBI, to maintain a foreign currency account in overseas countries. Our failure to comply with RBI regulations could result in RBI enforcement actions against us.

We generate substantially all of our revenues in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, the Euro and the Australian dollar, whereas we incur a significant portion of our expenses in U.S. dollar and Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially


in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are adversely affected as the Indian rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar. Foreign exchange gains and losses arise from the depreciation and appreciation of the Indian rupee against other currencies in which we transact business and from foreign exchange forward and option contracts.

The following table sets forth the currencies in which our revenues for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 20172020 were denominated:

 

Currency

 

Percentage of Revenues

 

 

Percentage of Revenues

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

67.7

%

 

 

69.6

%

 

 

66.5

%

 

 

67.5

%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

5.8

%

Euro

 

 

11.3

%

 

 

9.6

%

 

 

13.4

%

 

 

12.4

%

Australian dollar

 

 

7.8

%

 

 

7.3

%

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

6.8

%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

4.9

%

Others

 

 

7.9

%

 

 

7.7

%

 

 

8.6

%

 

 

8.4

%

 


The following table sets forth information on the foreign exchange rates in rupees per U.S. dollar, United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

Fiscal 2018()

 

 

Fiscal 2017()

 

 

Appreciation /

(Depreciation)

of Indian Rupee

in percentage

 

 

Fiscal 2021 (₹)

 

 

Fiscal 2020 (₹)

 

 

Appreciation /

(Depreciation)

of Indian

Rupee in

percentage

 

Average exchange rate during the period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

64.46

 

 

 

67.11

 

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

74.16

 

 

 

71.01

 

 

 

(4.4

)%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

85.99

 

 

 

87.41

 

 

 

1.6

%

Euro

 

 

75.84

 

 

 

73.40

 

 

 

(3.3

)%

 

 

86.65

 

 

 

78.76

 

 

 

(10.0

)%

Australian dollar

 

 

49.96

 

 

 

50.46

 

 

 

1.0

%

 

 

53.54

 

 

 

48.13

 

 

 

(11.2

)%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

97.21

 

 

90.02

 

 

 

(8.0

)%

 

 

Fiscal 2018(₹)

 

 

Fiscal 2017(₹)

 

 

Fiscal 2021 (₹)

 

 

Fiscal 2020 (₹)

 

Exchange rate at the beginning of the period: (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

64.85

 

 

 

66.26

 

 

 

75.67

 

 

 

69.16

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

80.90

 

 

 

95.47

 

Euro

 

 

69.29

 

 

 

75.40

 

 

 

82.77

 

 

 

77.67

 

Australian dollar

 

 

49.58

 

 

 

50.98

 

 

 

46.08

 

 

 

49.02

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

93.50

 

 

 

90.53

 

Exchange rate at the end of the period: (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

65.18

 

 

 

64.85

 

 

 

73.11

 

 

 

75.67

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

92.28

 

 

 

80.90

 

Euro

 

80.81

 

 

 

69.29

 

 

 

85.75

 

 

 

82.77

 

Australian dollar

 

50.05

 

 

 

49.58

 

 

 

55.70

 

 

 

46.08

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

100.75

 

 

 

93.50

 

Appreciation / (Depreciation) of the Indian rupee against the relevant

currency: ((b) / (a) - as a percentage)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

(0.5

)%

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

(9.4

)%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

(14.1

)%

 

 

15.3

%

Euro

 

 

(16.6

)%

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

(3.6

)%

 

 

(6.6

)%

Australian dollar

 

 

(0.9

)%

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

(20.9

)%

 

 

6.0

%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

(7.8

)%

 

 

(3.3

)%

 


 

The following table sets forth information on the foreign exchange rates in U.S. dollar per United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017:2020:

 

 

Fiscal 2018 ($)

 

Fiscal 2017 ($)

 

 

Appreciation /

(Depreciation)

of US dollar

in percentage

 

 

Fiscal 2021 ($)

 

 

Fiscal 2020 ($)

 

 

Appreciation /

(Depreciation)

of US dollar in

percentage

 

Average exchange rate during the period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

1.33

 

 

1.30

 

 

 

(2.3

)%

Euro

 

1.18

 

 

1.09

 

 

 

(8.3

)%

 

 

1.17

 

 

 

1.11

 

 

 

(5.4

)%

Australian dollar

 

0.78

 

 

0.75

 

 

 

(4.0

)%

 

 

0.72

 

 

 

0.68

 

 

 

(5.9

)%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

1.31

 

 

 

1.27

 

 

 

(3.1

)%


 

 

 

Fiscal 2018 ($)

 

 

Fiscal 2017 ($)

 

 

Fiscal 2021 ($)

 

 

Fiscal 2020 ($)

 

Exchange rate at the beginning of the period: (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

1.25

 

 

 

1.44

 

Euro

 

1.07

 

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

1.09

 

 

 

1.12

 

Australian dollars

 

0.76

 

 

 

0.77

 

 

 

0.61

 

 

 

0.71

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

1.24

 

 

 

1.31

 

Exchange rate at the end of the period: (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

1.42

 

 

 

1.25

 

Euro

 

1.24

 

 

 

1.07

 

 

 

1.17

 

 

 

1.09

 

Australian dollar

 

0.77

 

 

 

0.76

 

 

 

0.76

 

 

 

0.61

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

1.38

 

 

 

1.24

 

Appreciation / (Depreciation) of U.S. dollar against the relevant

currency: ((b) / (a) - as a percentage)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

(13.6

)%

 

 

13.2

%

Euro

 

 

(15.9

)%

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

(7.3

)%

 

 

2.7

%

Australian dollar

 

 

(1.3

)%

 

 

1.3

%

 

 

(24.6

)%

 

 

14.1

%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

(11.3

)%

 

 

5.3

%

 

For each of the fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, every percentage point depreciation / Depreciation/appreciation in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee or other currencies and the U.S. dollar has affectedaffects our incremental operating margins by approximately 0.50%.positively/negatively. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee, other currencies and the U.S. dollar has fluctuated substantially in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. We are unable to predict the impact that future fluctuations may have on our operating margins. For more discussion on our foreign exchange exposure, see Item 3 in the section titled “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Cost Structure - Currency fluctuations and declining interest rates may affect the results or our operations” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

We recorded a foreign exchange gain of less than $1 million and $89$75 million for fiscal 2018 and2021 compared to a loss of $66 million for fiscal 2017, respectively,2020, on account of foreign exchange forward and option contracts and foreign exchange gainloss of $36$47 million and foreign exchange lossgain of $54$139 million on translation of other assets and liabilities for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2017,2020, respectively.

Income tax expense

Our net profit earned from providing software development and other services outside India is subject to tax in the country where we perform the work. Most of our taxes paid in countries other than India can be claimed as a credit against our tax liability in India.

We, being a resident company in India as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961, are required to pay taxes in India on the global income in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, which is reflected as domestic taxes. The geographical segment disclosures on revenue in note 2.20.2Note 2.10 of Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F are based on the locationdomicile of customers and do not reflect the geographies where the actual delivery or revenue-related efforts occur. The income on which domestic taxes are imposed are not restricted to the income generated from the “India” geographic segment.geography. As such, amounts applicable to domestic income taxes and foreign income taxes will not necessarily correlate to the proportion of revenue generated from India and other geographical segments.

The applicable Indian Corporate statutory tax rate for each of fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 was 34.94%.


In India, we have benefited from certain tax incentives that the Government of India had provided for the export of softwareIT services from the units registered under the Software Technology Parks Scheme (STP) and we continue to benefit from certain tax incentives for the units registered under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005 (SEZ). However, as the income tax incentives provided by the Government of India for STP units have expired, the income from all of our STP units are now taxable. SEZ units that began the provision of services on or after April 1, 2005 are eligible for a deduction of 100% of profits or gains derived from the export of IT services for the first five years from the financial year in which the unit has commenced the provision of services and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Up to 50% of such profits or gains is also available for a further five years subject to creation of a Special Economic Zone Re-Investment Reserve out of the profit of the eligible SEZ units and utilization of such reserve by the Company for acquiring new plant and machinery for the purpose of its business as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961. In the event, the Company is not able to utilize the SEZ reserve for investment in plant and machinery within the timeline specified under the Income Tax Act, Company will have to pay tax on the unutilized reserve following the expiry of year specified. This would result in increase in tax cost.


As a result of these tax incentives, a portion of our pre-tax income has not been subject to income tax. These tax incentives resulted in a decrease in our income tax expense of $321$346 million and $295$383 million for fiscal 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively, compared to the tax amounts that we estimate we would have been required to pay if these incentives had not been available. The per share effect of these tax incentives computed based on both basic and diluted weighted average number of equity shares for fiscal 20182021 and fiscal 2020 was $0.14$0.08 and for fiscal 2017 was $0.13.$0.09, respectively. See Note 2.17, Income Taxes, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to the income before income taxes.

The following table sets forth our income tax expense and effective tax rate for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Income tax expense

 

 

657

 

 

 

834

 

 

 

(177

)

 

 

(21.2

)%

Effective tax rate

 

 

20.9

%

 

 

28.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our effective tax rate for the fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017 has reduced to 20.9% in fiscal 2018 from 28.0% in fiscal 2017. Effective tax rate is generally influenced by various factors including tax reversals, non-deductible expenses, exempt non-operating income, overseas taxes, benefits from SEZ units and other tax deductions. The decrease in effective tax rate for fiscal 2018 to 20.9% from 28.0% in fiscal 2017 was mainly due to reversal of income tax expense on account of Advance Pricing Agreement (“APA”) concluded with the US Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"), decrease in taxes on account of changes in US federal tax reforms, increase in other tax reversals (net), partially offset by increase in tax expense on account of dividend distribution tax pertaining to subsidiary as explained below.

During the three months ended December 31, 2017, the Company has concluded an APA for the US branch covering the years ending March 2011 to March 2021. Under the APA, the Company and the IRS have agreed on the methodology to allocate revenues and compute the taxable income of the Company’s US Branch operations. The Company expects the APA to enhance the predictability of the Company’s tax obligation in respect of its US operations. In accordance with the APA, the Company has reversed income tax expense provision of $225 million. This comprises of reduction in current tax expense of $253 million, offset by a reversal of $21 million on account of deferred tax assets pertaining to the temporary differences which are no longer required and an increase in deferred tax liability of $7 million pertaining to Branch profit tax for the three months ended December 31, 2017 on account of conclusion of APA.

Consequently, profit for fiscal 2018 has increased which has led to an increase in the basic earnings per share by $0.09 per share for the year ended March 31, 2018. In line with the APA, the Company has to pay an amount of approximately $233 million due to the difference between the taxes payable for prior periods as per the APA and the actual taxes paid for such periods. The Company has paid $138 million till date. The balance amounts are expected to be paid over the next few quarters.

Additionally, income tax expense for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017 includes reversal (net of provisions) of $45 million and $23 million.

For fiscal 2018, the tax reversals comprise of reversal of provisions of $45 million made in earlier periods which is partially offset by an additional tax provision of less than $1 million pertaining to prior periods. These reversals pertain to prior periods on account of adjudication of certain disputed matters in favor of the Company across various jurisdictions

For fiscal 2017, the tax reversals comprise of reversal of provisions of $53 million made in earlier periods which is partially offset by an additional tax provision of $30 million pertaining to prior periods. The reversal of the provision is primarily due to completion of audits in certain jurisdictions. The additional provision pertaining to prior periods is primarily due to audits and assessments in certain jurisdictions.

(See Note 2.17, Income Taxes, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for a reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to the income before income taxes).


The “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R.1)” was signed into law on December 22, 2017 (“US Tax Reforms”). The US tax reforms has reduced federal tax rates from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018 amongst other measures. During fiscal 2018, the US tax reforms has resulted in a positive impact of $24 million on account of credits pertaining to deferred tax liabilities on branch profit. The impact of US tax reforms is expected to be not significant for future periods.

As at March 31, 2018, claims against the Group not acknowledged as debts from the Income tax authorities amounted to ₹3,041 crore ($467 million).

Subsequent to the Balance Sheet date, the Supreme Court of India ruled favorably in respect of certain income tax claims which have been given effect in the above disclosure of claims as of March 31, 2018.

Amount paid to statutory authorities against the above claims amounted to ₹6,540 crore ($1,003 million).

These matters are pending before various Appellate Authorities and the management including its tax advisors expect that its position will likely be upheld on ultimate resolution and will not have a material adverse effect on the Group's financial position and results of operations.

As at March 31, 2017, claims against the Group not acknowledged as debts from the Income tax authorities amounted to ₹6,378 crore ($984 million).

Amount paid to statutory authorities against this amounted to ₹4,682 crore ($722 million)

During fiscal 2018, the Company received $130 million as dividend from Infosys BPM, its majority owned subsidiary. Dividend distribution tax paid by the subsidiary on such dividend has been reduced as credit against dividend distribution tax payable by Infosys. Accordingly, the group has recorded a charge of $27 million as income tax expense during fiscal 2018.

Refer Note 2.17 in Item 18 of this Annual Report for disclosures on income tax claims against the Company not acknowledged as debts. 

Net profit

The following table sets forth our net profit for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Change

 

Net profit

 

 

2,486

 

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

346

 

As a percentage of revenues

 

 

22.7

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

 

 


The increase in net profit as a percentage of revenues for fiscal 2018 as compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily attributable to a reduction of 21.2% in tax expenses and increase in other income of 7.8%, partially offset by a decrease in operating profit as a percentage of revenue.

During the three months ended December 31, 2017, the Company has concluded an Advance Pricing Agreement (“APA”) with the US Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") for the US branch covering the years ending March 2011 to March 2021. Under the APA, the Company and the IRS have agreed on the methodology to allocate revenues and compute the taxable income of the Company’s US Branch operations. In accordance with the APA, the Company has reversed income tax expense provision of $225 million.

Results for Fiscal 2017 compared to Fiscal 2016

Revenues

Our revenues are generated principally from services provided mainly on either a time-and-materials or a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis. Many of our client contracts, including those that are on a fixed-price, fixed-timeframe basis can be terminated by clients with or without cause and with short notice periods of between 0 and 90 days. Since we collect revenues as portions of the contracts are completed, terminated contracts are only subject to collection for portions of the contract completed through the time of termination. In order to manage and anticipate the risk of early or abrupt contract terminations, we monitor the progress of contracts and change orders according to their characteristics and the circumstances in which they occur. This includes a review of our ability and our client's ability to perform on the contract, a review of extraordinary conditions that may lead to a contract termination and a review of the historical client performance considerations. Since we also bear the risk of cost overruns and inflation with respect to fixed-price, fixed-timeframe projects, our operating results could be adversely affected by inaccurate estimates of contract completion costs and dates, including wage inflation rates and currency exchange rates that may affect cost projections. Although we revise our project completion estimates from time to time, such revisions have not, to date, had a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition.

We experience from time to time, pricing pressure from our clients. For example, clients often expect that as we do more business with them, they will receive volume discounts. Additionally, clients may ask for fixed-price, fixed-timeframe arrangements or reduced rates. We attempt to use fixed-price arrangements for engagements where the specifications are complete.

The following table sets forth the growth in our revenues in fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Revenues

 

 

10,208

 

 

 

9,501

 

 

 

707

 

 

 

7.4

%

The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to an increase in volumes in our segments.

The following table sets forth our revenues by business segments for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

Business Segments

 

Percentage of Revenues

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

Financial Services (FS)

 

 

27.1

%

 

 

27.3

%

Manufacturing (MFG)

 

 

11.0

%

 

 

11.0

%

Energy & utilities, Communication and Services (ECS)

 

 

22.5

%

 

 

21.7

%

Retail, Consumer packaged goods and Logistics (RCL)

 

 

16.4

%

 

 

16.4

%

Life Sciences, Healthcare and Insurance (HILIFE)

 

 

12.3

%

 

 

13.0

%

Hi-Tech

 

 

7.5

%

 

 

7.9

%

All other Segments

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.7

%

There were significant currency movements during fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016. The U.S. dollar appreciated by 13.9% against the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, 0.9% against the Euro and depreciated by 2.7% against the Australian Dollar. 


Constant currency (Non-IFRS measure): We report revenue growth both in reported terms and in constant currency terms. Revenue growth in reported terms includes impact of currency fluctuations. We, therefore, additionally report the revenue growth in constant currency terms which represents the real growth in revenue excluding the impact of currency fluctuations. We calculate constant currency growth by comparing current period revenues in respective local currencies converted to US$ using prior-period exchange rates and comparing the same to our prior period reported revenues. During fiscal 2017 in comparison to fiscal 2016, our revenues in constant currency terms for fiscal 2017 would have been $10,291 million as against our reported revenues of $10,208 million, resulting in a growth of 8.3% as against a reported growth of 7.4%. 

The following table sets forth our business segment profit (revenues less identifiable operating expenses and allocated expenses) as a percentage of business segment revenue for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016 (see Note 2.20.1, Business Segments under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional information):

 

 

Business segment profit %

 

Business Segments

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

Financial services (FS)

 

 

28.1

%

 

 

28.4

%

Manufacturing (MFG)

 

 

24.6

%

 

 

22.6

%

Energy & utilities, Communication and Services (ECS)

 

 

28.7

%

 

 

29.6

%

Retail, Consumer packaged goods and Logistics (RCL)

 

 

29.0

%

 

 

27.8

%

Life Sciences, Healthcare and Insurance (HILIFE)

 

 

27.4

%

 

 

28.0

%

Hi-Tech

 

 

24.9

%

 

 

26.5

%

All other Segments

 

 

13.2

%

 

 

15.4

%

Overall segment profitability has marginally declined primarily on account of decline in realization, compensation increase for employees, cross currency volatility, increase in onsite mix, increase in impairment loss on receivables from certain customers, partially offset by increase in utilization, and Rupee depreciation against U.S. Dollar. MFG profitability has increased on account of lower third party costs in certain infrastructure deals and lower impairment loss on receivables. RCL profitability has increased mainly on account of reduced onsite mix. Hi-Tech profitability has declined mainly on account of increase in onsite mix.

Our revenues are also segmented into onsite and offshore revenues. The table below sets forth the percentage of our revenues by location from billable IT services professionals for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

Percentage of revenues

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

Onsite revenue

 

 

56.8

%

 

 

56.3

%

Offshore revenue

 

 

43.2

%

 

 

43.7

%

We typically assume full project management responsibility for each project that we undertake. Using our Global Delivery Model, we divide projects into components that we execute simultaneously at client sites and our Development Centers located outside India (‘onsite’) and at our Global Development Centers in India (‘offshore’). The proportion of work performed at our facilities and at client sites varies from quarter-to-quarter. We charge higher rates and incur higher compensation and other expenses for work performed onsite. The services performed onsite typically generate higher revenues per-capita, but at lower gross margins in percentage as compared to the services performed at our own facilities in India. As a result, our total revenues, cost of sales and gross profit in absolute terms and as a percentage of revenues fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter.

The table below sets forth details of billable hours expended for onsite and offshore on our IT services professionals for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

Onsite effort

 

 

29.8

%

 

 

29.4

%

Offshore effort

 

 

70.2

%

 

 

70.6

%


Revenues from services represented 96.9% of total revenues for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016. We also generate revenue from software application products, including banking software. Sales of our software products represented 3.1% of our total revenues for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.

The following table sets forth the revenues from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts and time-and-materials contracts as a percentage of services revenues for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

Percentage of total services

revenues

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

Fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts

 

 

48.0

%

 

 

44.0

%

Time-and-materials contracts

 

 

52.0

%

 

 

56.0

%

Revenues and gross profits are also affected by employee utilization rates. We define employee utilization as the proportion of total billed person months to total available person months, excluding sales, administrative and support personnel. We manage utilization by monitoring project requirements and timetables. The number of technology professionals that we assign to a project will vary according to the size, complexity, duration, and demands of the project. An unanticipated termination of a significant project could also cause lower utilization. In addition, we do not utilize our technology professionals when they are enrolled in training programs, particularly during our training course for new employees.

The following table sets forth the utilization rates of billable IT services professionals:

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

Including trainees

 

 

77.6

%

 

 

75.0

%

Excluding trainees

 

 

81.7

%

 

 

80.6

%

The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic segments for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

Geographic Segments

 

Percentage of revenues

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

North America

 

 

61.9

%

 

 

62.7

%

Europe

 

 

22.5

%

 

 

23.0

%

Rest of the World

 

 

12.4

%

 

 

11.7

%

India

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.6

%

The following table sets forth our geographic segment profit (revenues less identifiable operating expenses and allocated expenses) as a percentage of geographic segment revenue for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016 (see Note 2.20.2, Geographic Segments, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional information):

 

 

Geographic segment profit %

 

Geographic Segments

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

North America

 

 

25.9

%

 

 

26.2

%

Europe

 

 

27.0

%

 

 

27.1

%

Rest of the World

 

 

32.2

%

 

 

32.3

%

India

 

 

33.8

%

 

 

35.1

%

Overall segment profitability has marginally declined primarily on account of decline in realization, compensation increase for employees, cross currency volatility, increase in onsite mix, increase in impairment loss on receivables from certain customers, partially offset by increase in utilization, and Rupee depreciation against U.S. Dollar.

During fiscal 2017, the total billed person-months for our IT services professionals grew by 10.2% compared to fiscal 2016. The onsite and offshore billed person-months for our IT services professionals grew by 11.8% and 9.5%, respectively during fiscal 2017. During fiscal 2017, there was a 3.2% decrease in offshore revenue realization, and a 3.2% decrease in the onsite revenue realization of our IT services professionals when compared to fiscal 2016.


On a blended basis, the revenue realization decreased by 2.7% during fiscal 2017 when compared to fiscal 2016. Revenue realization is defined as revenue per billed person month.

Cost of sales

The following table sets forth our cost of sales for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Cost of sales

 

 

6,446

 

 

 

5,950

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

8.3

%

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

63.1

%

 

 

62.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

Employee benefit costs

 

 

4,987

 

 

 

4,627

 

 

 

360

 

Deferred purchase price pertaining to acquisition

   (Refer to note 2.9 of Item 18)

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

(23

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

254

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

32

 

Travelling costs

 

 

246

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

(4

)

Cost of technical sub-contractors

 

 

571

 

 

 

537

 

 

 

34

 

Cost of Software packages for own use

 

 

118

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

7

 

Third party items bought for service delivery to clients

 

 

120

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

39

 

Operating lease payments

 

 

46

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

9

 

Consultancy and professional charges

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

Communication costs

 

 

39

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

12

 

Provision for post-sales client support

 

 

12

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

11

 

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

46

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

18

 

Other expenses

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

 

 

6,446

 

 

 

5,950

 

 

 

496

 

The cost of efforts, comprising of employee cost and cost of technical sub-contractors, as a percentage of revenue remained constant at 54.4% in fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017. During fiscal 2017, the benefit on account of higher utilization and currency fluctuation was offset by higher onsite mix and compensation increase.                              

The increase in cost of sales during fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was primarily due to increase in third party items bought for service delivery to clients, communication and repairs cost, partially offset by deferred purchase price pertaining to acquisitions and travel cost.

The increase in third party items bought for service delivery to clients has been primarily in infrastructure services. The increase in employee cost during fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 is on account of increased compensation in last 12 months, promotions and increase in the number of employees as well as higher onsite mix which was partially offset by higher utilization.

Gross profit

The following table sets forth our gross profit for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

Gross profit

 

 

3,762

 

 

 

3,551

 

 

 

211

 

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

36.9

%

 

 

37.4

%

 

 

 

 

The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenue during fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was attributable to an increase in cost of sales as a percentage of revenue during the same period as explained above.


Selling and marketing expenses

The following table sets forth our selling and marketing expenses for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

535

 

 

 

522

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

2.5

%

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

5.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

Employee benefit costs

 

 

405

 

 

 

403

 

 

 

2

 

Travelling costs

 

 

52

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

(2

)

Branding and marketing

 

 

51

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

7

 

Operating lease payments

 

 

10

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

3

 

Consultancy and professional charges

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

Communication costs

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Other expenses

 

 

7

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

Total selling and marketing expenses

 

 

535

 

 

 

522

 

 

 

13

 

Selling and marketing cost as a percentage of revenue has marginally declined by 0.3%. This is mainly on account of employee benefit cost not increasing in line with revenue.

Administrative expenses

The following table sets forth our administrative expenses for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Administrative expenses

 

 

707

 

 

 

654

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

8.1

%

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

Employee benefit costs

 

 

220

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

14

 

Consultancy and professional charges

 

 

103

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

(4

)

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

145

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

14

 

Power and fuel

 

 

34

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

1

 

Communication costs

 

 

40

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

2

 

Travelling costs

 

 

35

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

(6

)

Rates and taxes

 

 

22

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

5

 

Operating lease payments

 

 

17

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

6

 

Insurance charges

 

 

8

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(1

)

Impairment loss recognised/(reversed) on financial assets

 

 

21

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

28

 

Contribution towards Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

 

 

34

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

1

 

Other expenses

 

 

28

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

(7

)

Total administrative expenses

 

 

707

 

 

 

654

 

 

 

53

 


The administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue have remained constant for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016. However, increase in repairs and maintenance, operating lease payments, impairment losses recognized on financial assets were partially offset by a decrease in consultancy and professional charges and travelling cost. The increase in impairment losses on financial assets is due to specific provisions made for certain customers. The increase in repairs and maintenance cost was primarily on account of higher cost incurred on maintenance of physical and technology infrastructure. The increase in operating lease payments was on account of additional space taken on lease. The employee benefit costs as a percentage of revenue has remained constant in fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.  

Operating profit

The following table sets forth our operating profit for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

Operating profit

 

 

2,520

 

 

 

2,375

 

 

 

145

 

As a percentage of revenue

 

 

24.7

%

 

 

25.0

%

 

 

 

 

The decrease in operating profit as a percentage of revenue for fiscal 2017 from fiscal 2016 was attributable to a decrease of 0.5% in gross profit as a percentage of revenue during the same period partially offset by a decrease in selling and marketing expenses

The benefit of rupee depreciation was significantly offset by the impact due to cross currency movement.

Other income

The following table sets forth our other income for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Other income, net

 

 

459

 

 

 

476

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(3.6

)%

Other income for fiscal 2017 primarily includes income from investments of $402 million and a foreign exchange gain of $89 million on forward and options contracts and foreign exchange loss of $54 million on translation of other assets and liabilities.

Other income for fiscal 2016 primarily includes income from investments of $412 million and a foreign exchange gain of $4 million on forward and option contracts and a foreign exchange gain of $21 million on translation of other assets and liabilities.

Interest income from investments has gone down despite higher investible base on account of softening of interest rates in India.

Functional currency, presentation currency and foreign exchange

The functional currency of Infosys, Infosys BPM, controlled trusts, EdgeVerve and Skava Systems Pvt. Ltd. is the Indian rupee. The functional currencies for all of the other subsidiaries are the respective local currencies. The consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are presented in U.S. dollars (rounded off to the nearest million) to facilitate the investors’ ability to evaluate Infosys’s performance and financial position in comparison to similar companies domiciled in other geographic locations. The translation of functional currencies of foreign subsidiaries to U.S. dollars is performed for assets and liabilities using the exchange rate at the Balance Sheet date, and for revenue, expenses and cash flow items using a monthly average exchange rate for the respective periods. The gains or losses resulting from such translation are included in other comprehensive income and presented as currency translation reserves under other components of equity.


Generally, Indian law requires residents of India to repatriate any foreign currency earnings to India to control the exchange of foreign currency. More specifically, Section 8 of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, or FEMA, requires an Indian company to take all reasonable steps to realize and repatriate into India all foreign currency earned by the company outside India, within such time periods and in the manner specified by the RBI. The RBI has promulgated guidelines that require the company to repatriate any realized foreign currency back to a foreign currency account such as an Exchange Earners Foreign Currency, or EEFC account with an authorized dealer in India, subject to the condition that the sum total of the accruals in the account during a calendar month should be converted into rupees on or before the last day of the succeeding calendar month, after adjusting for utilization of the balances for approved purposes or forward commitments.

We generally collect our earnings denominated in foreign currencies using a dedicated foreign currency account located in the local country of operation. In order to do this, we are required to obtain, and have obtained, approval from an authorized dealer, on behalf of the RBI, to maintain a foreign currency account in overseas countries. Our failure to comply with RBI regulations could result in RBI enforcement actions against us.

We generate substantially all of our revenues in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and the Australian dollar, whereas we incur a significant portion of our expenses in Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are adversely affected as the Indian rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar. Foreign exchange gains and losses arise from the depreciation and appreciation of the Indian rupee against other currencies in which we transact business and from foreign exchange forward and option contracts.

The following table sets forth the currencies in which our revenues for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016 were denominated:

Currency

 

Percentage of Revenues

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

69.6

%

 

 

69.9

%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

5.8

%

 

 

6.6

%

Euro

 

 

9.6

%

 

 

9.3

%

Australian dollar

 

 

7.3

%

 

 

6.9

%

Others

 

 

7.7

%

 

 

7.3

%

The following table sets forth information on the foreign exchange rates in rupees per U.S. dollar, United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017(₹ )

 

 

Fiscal 2016(₹ )

 

 

Appreciation /

(Depreciation)

of Indian

Rupee in

percentage

 

Average exchange rate during the period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

 

 

67.11

 

 

 

65.69

 

 

 

(2.2

)%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

 

87.41

 

 

 

98.88

 

 

 

11.6

%

Euro

 

 

 

 

73.40

 

 

 

72.51

 

 

 

(1.2

)%

Australian dollar

 

 

 

 

50.46

 

 

 

48.27

 

 

 

(4.5

)%


 

 

Fiscal 2017(₹ )

 

 

Fiscal 2016(₹ )

 

Exchange rate at the beginning of the period: (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

66.26

 

 

 

62.50

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

95.47

 

 

 

92.47

 

Euro

 

 

75.40

 

 

 

67.19

 

Australian dollar

 

 

50.98

 

 

 

47.54

 

Exchange rate at the end of the period: (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

64.85

 

 

 

66.26

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

80.90

 

 

 

95.47

 

Euro

 

 

69.29

 

 

 

75.40

 

Australian dollar

 

 

49.58

 

 

 

50.98

 

Appreciation / (Depreciation) of the Indian rupee against the

relevant currency: ((b) / (a) - as a percentage)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

(6.0

)%

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

15.3

%

 

 

(3.2

)%

Euro

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

(12.2

)%

Australian dollar

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

(7.2

)%

The following table sets forth information on the foreign exchange rates in U.S. dollar per United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

 

Fiscal 2017 ($)

 

 

Fiscal 2016 ($)

 

 

Appreciation /

(Depreciation)

of US dollar in

percentage

 

Average exchange rate during the period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

1.30

 

 

 

1.51

 

 

 

13.9

%

Euro

 

 

1.09

 

 

 

1.10

 

 

 

0.9

%

Australian dollar

 

 

0.75

 

 

 

0.73

 

 

 

(2.7

)%

 

 

Fiscal 2017 ($)

 

 

Fiscal 2016 ($)

 

Exchange rate at the beginning of the period: (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

1.44

 

 

 

1.48

 

Euro

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

1.08

 

Australian dollars

 

 

0.77

 

 

 

0.76

 

Exchange rate at the end of the period: (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

1.25

 

 

 

1.44

 

Euro

 

 

1.07

 

 

 

1.14

 

Australian dollar

 

 

0.76

 

 

 

0.77

 

Appreciation / (Depreciation) of U.S. dollar against the relevant

currency: ((b) / (a) - as a percentage)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

13.2

%

 

 

2.7

%

Euro

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

(5.6

)%

Australian dollar

 

 

1.3

%

 

 

(1.3

)%

For each of the fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, every percentage point depreciation / appreciation in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has affected our incremental operating margins by approximately 0.50%. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has fluctuated substantially in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. We are unable to predict the impact that future fluctuations may have on our operating margins. For more discussion on our foreign exchange exposure, see Item 3 in the section titled “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Company and Our Industry - Currency fluctuations and declining interest rates may affect the results or our operations” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.


We recorded a foreign exchange gain of $89 million and $4 million for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, respectively, on account of foreign exchange forward and option contracts and foreign exchange loss of $54 million and foreign exchange gain of $21 million on translation of other assets and liabilities for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, respectively.

Income tax expense

Our net profit earned from providing software development and other services outside India is subject to tax in the country where we perform the work. Most of our taxes paid in countries other than India, can be claimed as a credit against our tax liability in India.

We, being a resident company in India as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961, are required to pay taxes in India on the global income in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, which is reflected as domestic taxes. The geographical segment disclosures on revenue in note 2.20.2 of Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F are based on the location of customers and do not reflect the geographies where the actual delivery or revenue-related efforts occur. The income on which domestic taxes are imposed are not restricted to the income generated from the “India” geographic segment. As such, amounts applicable to domestic income taxes and foreign income taxes will not necessarily correlate to the proportion of revenue generated from India and other geographical segments.

In India, we have benefited from certain tax incentives that the Government of India had provided for the export of software from the units registered under the Software Technology Parks Scheme (STP) and we continue to benefit from certain tax incentives for the units registered under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005 (SEZ). However, as the income tax incentives provided by the Government of India for STP units have expired, the income from all of our STP units are now taxable. SEZ units that began the provision of services on or after April 1, 2005 are eligible for a deduction of 100% of profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the unit has commenced the provision of services and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Up to 50% of such profits or gains is also available for a further five years subject to creation of a Special Economic Zone Re-investment Reserve out of the profit of the eligible SEZ units and utilization of such reserve by the Company for acquiring new plant and machinery for the purpose of its business as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

As a result of these tax incentives, a portion of our pre-tax income has not been subject to income tax. These tax incentives resulted in a decrease in our income tax expense of $295 million and $268 million for fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively, compared to the tax amounts that we estimate we would have been required to pay if these incentives had not been available. The per share effect of these tax incentives computed based on both basic and diluted weighted average number of equity shares for fiscal 2017 was $0.13 and for fiscal 2016 was $0.12. The basic and diluted weighted average number of equity shares have been adjusted for bonus issue, wherever applicable (See Note 2.13, Equity, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional information). See Note 2.17,2.18, Income Taxes, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to the income before income taxes.

The following table sets forth our income tax expense and effective tax rate for fiscal 20172021 and fiscal 2016:2020:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

 

Percentage

Change

 

Income tax expense

 

 

834

 

 

 

799

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

4.4

%

 

 

973

 

 

 

757

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

28.5

%

Effective tax rate

 

 

28.0

%

 

 

28.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.1

%

 

 

24.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our effective tax rate for thehas increased to 27.1% in fiscal 2017 and2021 from 24.5% in fiscal 2016 was constant at 28.0%.2020. Effective tax rate is generally influenced by various factors including differential tax rates, non-deductible expenses, exempt non-operatingnonoperating income, overseas taxes, benefits from SEZ units, tax reversals and provisions pertaining to prior periods and other tax deductions. There was no changeThe increase in the effective tax rate from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021 was mainly due to a decrease in tax benefits from SEZ units, partially offset by a reduction in overseas taxes as a percentage of profit before income tax.

Income tax expense for fiscal 2017 as compared to2021 and fiscal 2016, as the benefit2020 includes reversal (net of higher non-taxable income (income from SEZ units) was offset by reduction in tax reversals, netprovisions) of provisions.


$47 million and $52 million, respectively. For fiscal 2017,2021, the tax reversals comprise of reversal of provisions of $53$67 million made in earlier periods which is partially offset by an additional tax provision of $30$20 million pertaining to prior periods. TheFor fiscal 2020, the tax reversals comprise of reversal of provisions of $64 million made in earlier periods which is offset by an additional tax provision of $12 million pertaining to prior periods.

These reversals pertain to prior periods primarily on account of adjudication of certain disputed matters in favor of the provision is primarily dueCompany and upon filing of tax return, across various jurisdictions and changes to completion of audits in certain jurisdictions.tax regulations. The additional provision pertaining to prior periods is primarily due to audits and assessmentsfiling of tax returns in certain jurisdictions.various jurisdiction.

For fiscal 2016, the tax reversals comprise of reversal of provisions of $51 million made in earlier periods which is partially offset by an additional tax provision of $4 million pertaining to prior periods. The reversal of the provision is primarily due to completion of audits in certain jurisdictions. (See Note 2.17, Income Taxes, under Item 18 of this Annual report on Form 20-F for a reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to the income before income taxes).

Refer Note 2.17 in Item 18 of this Annual Report for disclosures on income taxAs at March 31, 2021, claims against the CompanyGroup not acknowledged as debts. debts from the Income tax authorities amounted to $473 million (₹3,462 crore).

As at March 31, 2020, claims against the Group not acknowledged as debts from the Income tax authorities amounted to $443 million (₹3,353 crore).

The amount paid to statutory authorities against the tax claims amounted to $834 million (₹6,095 crore) and $707 million (₹5,352 crore) as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively.

The claims against the Group majorly represent demands arising on completion of assessment proceedings under the Income Tax Act, 1961. These claims are on account of multiple issues of disallowances such as disallowance of


profits earned from STP Units and SEZ Units, disallowance of deductions in respect of hiring of new employees under section 80JJAA, disallowance of expenditure towards software being held as capital in nature and payments made to Associated Enterprises held as liable for withholding of taxes.

These matters are pending before various Appellate Authorities.

The management including the Company’s tax advisors expect that the Company’s position will likely be upheld on ultimate resolution and will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position and results of operations.

Net profit

The following table sets forth our net profit for fiscal 20172021 and fiscal 2016:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Change

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Change

 

Net profit

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

2,623

 

 

 

2,338

 

 

 

285

 

As a percentage of revenues

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.3

%

 

 

18.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

The decreaseincrease in net profit as a percentage of revenues for fiscal 20172021 as compared to fiscal 20162020 was primarily attributable to an increase in operating profit by 3.2% partially offset by a 0.3% decrease in operating profitother income and finance cost by 0.9% as a percentage of revenue and decreasean increase of 1.3% in other income. tax expense as a percentage of revenue.

Sensitivity analysis for significant defined benefit plans for Fiscal 20182021 over Fiscal 20172020

We provide for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (Gratuity Plan) covering eligible employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump-sum payment to vested employees at retirement, death, incapacitation, or termination of employment, of an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and the tenure of employment.

The following table sets forth the defined benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017:2020 majorly of our Indian Gratuity Plans:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Benefit obligation at the end

 

 

184

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

185

 

Fair Value of plan assets at the end

 

 

187

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

201

 

Funded Status

 

 

3

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

16

 

Prepaid gratuity benefit

 

 

7

 

 

 

12

 

Accrued gratuity

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

Further, we also provide for provident fund to eligible employees of Infosys, which is a defined benefit plan as the Company has an obligation to make good the shortfall, if any, between the return from the investments of the trust and the notified interest rate.

The following table sets forth the defined benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets as of March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 pertaining to our Provident fund Plan:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Benefit obligation at the end

 

 

1,133

 

 

 

973

 

Fair Value of plan assets at the end

 

 

1,113

 

 

 

940

 

Funded Status

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(33

)

 

See Note 2.12.1,2.13.1, Gratuity and pensions, and 2.13.3 Provident Fund under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for disclosures on assumptions used, basis of determination of assumptions and sensitivity analysis for significant actuarial assumptions.


Liquidity and capital resources

In 1993, we raised approximately $4.4 million in gross aggregate proceeds from our initial public offering of equity shares in India. In 1994, we raised an additional $7.7 million through private placements of our equity shares with foreign institutional investors, mutual funds, Indian domestic financial institutions, and corporations. On March 11, 1999, we raised $70.4 million in gross aggregate proceeds from our initial public offering of ADSs in the United States. Our growth in subsequent years has been financed largely by cash generated from operations.


As of March 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, we had $5,243$5,043 million, $6,121$4,455 million and $5,804$4,951 million respectively in working capital (working capital defined as current assets minus current liabilities, excluding assets held for sale and liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale), respectively.capital. The working capital as of March 31, 20182021 includes $3,041$3,380 million in cash and cash equivalents and $982$320 million in current investments. The working capital as of March 31, 20172020 includes $3,489$2,465 million in cash and cash equivalents and $1,538$615 million in current investments. The working capital as of March 31, 20162019 includes $4,935$2,829 million in cash and cash equivalents $11and $958 million in current investments. We have no outstanding borrowings. We believe that our working capital is sufficient to meet our current requirements. We believe that a sustained reduction in IT spending by clients, a longer sales cycle, or a continued economic downturn in any of the various geographic locations or business segments in which we operate, could result in a decline in our revenue and negatively impact our liquidity and cash resources.

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, investments, and the cash flow that we generate from operations. Our cash and cash equivalents are comprised of deposits with banks and financial institutions with high credit-ratings assigned by international and domestic credit-rating agencies which can be withdrawn at any point of time without prior notice or penalty on principal. Cash and cash equivalents are primarily held in Indian Rupees. These cash and cash equivalents included a restricted cash balance of $82$69 million, $88$52 million and $74$52 million as of March 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively. These restrictions are primarily on account of balances held in unpaid dividend bank accounts, bank balances held as margin money deposit against bank guarantees and cash balances held by irrevocable trusts controlled by us. Our investments comprisingcomprise of mutual fund units (including investment in fixed maturity plan securities) and quoted debt securities (including investment in non-convertible debentures), certificates of deposit, commercial papers and commercial papers.government securities. Certificates of deposit represent marketable securities of banks and eligible financial institutions for a specified time period and with a high credit rating by domestic credit rating agencies. Investments made in non-convertible debentures represent debt instruments issued by government aided institutions and financial institutions with high credit rating. 

A significant portion of our investments, along with our cash and cash equivalents, are fully liquid at any point in time. In addition, our Investments are well-diversified in terms of their maturities as well as from a counter-party perspective. Thus, we do not perceive any liquidity risk from our investment portfolio perspective.

Our liquidity position could be adversely affected if our ability to bill and/ or collect from our customers on time is impacted due to COVID-19 disruptions, either due to disruptions on Indian operations or at the customers’ end.

The company has deferred payment of certain taxes including payroll taxes in various jurisdictions as permitted by the laws of those jurisdictions on account of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The following table sets forth our cash flows for fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

2,257

 

 

 

2,099

 

 

 

1,862

 

 

 

3,258

 

 

 

2,611

 

 

 

2,262

 

Net cash (used) in investing activities

 

 

482

 

 

 

(2,547

)

 

 

(474

)

Net cash (used) generated in investing activities

 

 

(1,129

)

 

 

(242

)

 

 

(225

)

Net cash (used) in financing activities

 

 

(3,197

)

 

 

(1,032

)

 

 

(1,059

)

 

 

(1,317

)

 

 

(2,513

)

 

 

(2,073

)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities:

Our cash flows are robust and our operating cash flows have increased to $2,257$3,258 million in fiscal 20182021 from $2,099$2,611 million in fiscal 2017.2020.

In fiscal 2018,2021, cash inflows from operating activities increased mainly on account of an increase in net operating profits, improvedprofit adjusted for non-cash items, and better working capital management and also on account of improved Days’ sales outstanding.partially offset by higher income tax payments.


Trade receivables as a percentage of last 12 months’ revenues were 18.4%19.5%, 18.6%19.1% and 18.0%18.2% as of March 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively. Day’sDays sales outstanding based on the basis of last 12 months’ revenues were 6771 days, 6869 days and 66 days as of March 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

In fiscal 2018,2021, income tax paid under protest, consequent to demand from tax authorities in major tax jurisdictions was $46 million, $56 million and $46$77 million, relating to fiscal 2012, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively.2016. Further, in fiscal 2018,2021, refunds received from tax authorities in India was $36 million, $63 million and $82$166 million relating to fiscal 2007, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 respectively. The above refunds include interest on income tax refunds received was $41 million.2014 to 2020.

In fiscal 2017,2020, income tax paid under protest, consequent to demand from tax authorities in Indiamajor tax jurisdictions was $36 million and $10$22 million relating to fiscal 20122011, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2013, respectively.2016. Further, in fiscal 2020, refunds received from tax authorities in India was $280 million relating to fiscal 2005, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2015. The above refunds include interest on income tax refunds of $37 million.

In fiscal 2019, there was no income tax paid under protest.

These demands were majorly towards denial of certain tax benefits.deductions such as disallowance of expenditure towards software being held as capital in nature and disallowance of certain capital gain exemption. We have filed an appeal with the Appellate Authorities (see note 2.17,Note 2.18, Income Taxes, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).


In line with the APA, the Company has to pay an amount of approximately $233 million due to the difference between the taxes payable for prior periods as per the APA and the actual taxes paid for such periods. The Company has paid $138 million till date and the balance is expected to be paid over the next few quarters.

Based on the assumptions as of March 31, 2018,2021, we expect to contribute $20$31 million to gratuity trusts during fiscal 2019 (see note 2.12.1,2022 (See Note 2.13.1, Gratuity, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).

Net cash used in investing activities:

Net cash used in investing activities relating to our business acquisitions for fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was $4$165 million, Nil$252 million, and $117$77 million, respectively. During fiscal 2021 we paid $165 million, net of cash acquired, towards the acquisitions of Kaleidoscope, GuideVision and Blue Acorn iCi. During fiscal 2020 we paid $252 million, net of cash acquired, towards the acquisitions of Stater N.V and Outbox Systems Inc dba Simplus. During fiscal 2019 we paid $30 million as an advance payment to selling shareholders towards the acquisition of HIPUS.

During fiscal 2021 the Group, completed three business combinations to complement its digital offerings and end to end customer experience offerings to customers by acquiring 100% voting interests in:

1.

GuideVision, s.r.o a ServiceNow Elite Partner based in Europe on October 1, 2020.

2.

Kaleidoscope Animations, Inc. a U.S. based product design and development services focused primarily on medical devices on October 9, 2020 and

3.

Beringer Commerce Inc. and Beringer Capital Digital Group Inc., collectively known as Blue Acorn iCi, an Adobe Platinum partner in the United States, and a leader in digital customer experience, commerce and analytics on October 27, 2020.

The aggregate purchase consideration of the three acquisitions of $189 million includes cash of $176 million and contingent consideration with an estimated fair value of $13 million as on the date of acquisition. The undiscounted value of contingent consideration as of March 31, 2021 was $16 million.

Additionally, these acquisitions have retention payouts payable to the employees of the acquiree amounting to $17 million over the next two to three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group along with achievement of financial targets for the respective years.

On April 1, 2019, Infosys Consulting Pte Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Limited) acquired 81% of ownership and voting interests in Hitachi Procurement Service Co. Limited (HIPUS), a wholly owned subsidiary of Hitachi Ltd, Japan for a total cash consideration of JPY 3.29 billion (approximately $30 million).The Group’s equity interest in HIPUS on the date of acquisition and as at March 31, 2020 is 81%.

On May 23, 2019, Infosys Consulting Pte Limited acquired 75% of ownership and voting interests in Stater N.V (Stater), a wholly owned subsidiary of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Netherland, for a total cash consideration of Euro 154 million (approximately $171 million). The Group’s equity interest in Stater on the date of acquisition and as at March 31, 2020 is 75%.


The non-controlling shareholders of HIPUS and Stater have a put option which, if exercised, would require the Group to purchase the remaining shares in HIPUS and Stater, respectively. Consequently, the Group recorded a financial liability with a corresponding adjustment to equity and amount outstanding as on March 31, 2021 was $ 95 million.

On March 13, 2020, Infosys Nova Holdings LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Limited) acquired 100% of voting interests in Outbox Systems Inc. dba Simplus, a US based Salesforce advisor and consulting partner in cloud consulting, implementation and training services for a total consideration of up to $250 million, comprising of cash consideration of $180 million, contingent consideration of up to $20 million, additional performance bonus and retention payouts of up to $50 million payable to the employees of Simplus over the next three years from the date of acquisition, subject to their continuous employment with the group and meeting certain targets.

Net cash used in investing activities, relating to acquisition of additional property, plant, and equipment for fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was $310$285 million, $411$465 million and $413$349 million, respectively, for our software Development Centers. development centers.

During fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, we invested $10,721$6,308 million $9,888$5,416 million and $3,722$11,741 million, respectively, in marketable securities. Further, we redeemed marketable securities of $11,474$5,597 million, $7,760$5,817 million and $3,800$11,922 million of during fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016. During fiscal 2018 we have redeemed certain2019, respectively. We redeem investments to fund our business operations, dividend payouts and buyback.in line with the execution of our capital allocation policy. Marketable securities include liquid mutual funds, fixed maturity plans securities, quoted debt securities, certificates of deposit and commercial papers. Investment in equity and preference securities and other investments was $8$3 million, $14$10 million and $15$6 million during fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively. Further, redemptionsale of such investments during fiscal 20182021, 2020 and 2019 was $5 million.$10 million, $4 million and $18 million, respectively. During fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, we invested $20$28 million, $25$15 million and $22$3 million, respectively, in deposits placed with corporation.

On September 8, 2017, Infosys acquired 100% We invest in the start-up ecosystem to gain access to innovation that, when combined with our services and solutions, can benefit our clients. These investments are typically minority equity positions in start-up companies and/or venture capital funds. As of the voting interests in Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited., UK, (Brilliant Basics) a product design and customer experience innovator with experience in executing global programs. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for cash consideration of $4 million, contingent consideration of up to $3 million and an additional consideration of $2 million, referred to as retention bonus, payable to the employees of Brilliant Basics at each anniversary year over the next two years, subject to their continuous employment with the group at each anniversary.

During the year ended March 31, 2015, the group acquired 20%2021, a total of the equity interests in DWA Nova LLC for a cash consideration of $15 million. During fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, we recorded an impairment loss on associate of $11 million and $3 million, respectively. Subsequently in November 2017, DWA Nova LLC was liquidated.

On June 2, 2015, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Kallidus Inc. U.S (Kallidus), a provider of digital experience solutions, including mobile commerce and in-store shopping experiences to large retail clients and 100% of the voting interests of Skava Systems Private Limited, India, an affiliate of Kallidus. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a cash consideration of $91 million and a contingent consideration of up to $20 million.

In March 2018, on conclusion of a strategic review of the portfolio businesses, the Company initiated identification and evaluation of potential buyers for its subsidiaries, Kallidus and Skava (together referred to as "Skava”) and Panaya (collectively referred to as the “disposal group”). The Company anticipates completion of the sale by March 2019 and accordingly, assets amounting to $316 million and liabilities amounting to $50 million in respect of the disposal group have been reclassified under “held for sale". On reclassification, the disposal group has been measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and consequently, a reduction in the fair value of Disposal Group held for sale amounting to $18 million in respect of Panaya has been recognized under ‘other income’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018.

On a standalone basis, a reduction in the fair value of assets held for sale amounting to $90 million has been recognized for the year ended March 31, 2018 in respect of investment in Panaya.

On November 16, 2015, Infosys acquired 100% membership interest in Noah Consulting, LLC, (Noah), a provider of advanced information management consulting services for oil and gas industry. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a cash consideration of $33 million, a contingent consideration of up to $5 million and an additional consideration of up to $32 million, referred to as retention bonus payable to the employees of Noah at each anniversary year following the acquisition date the next three years,


subject to their continuous employment with the group at each anniversary. During fiscal 2018, the entire contingent consideration was reversed in the statement of comprehensive income.

We have an innovation fund with an outlay of $500 million to support the creation of a global ecosystem of strategic partners. Out of the total outlay, $53$72 million has been invested as of March 31, 2018in such assets since inception, and we have an uncalled capital commitment of $12$6 million. Our investments are fair valued in line with our accounting policy. We have exited some of our investments either because the investee company was sold to new shareholders or because it ceased to have any further strategic value for us. The carrying value of such investments as on March 31, 2018 was $31 million on account of write-down of investment in DWA Nova amounting to $11 million and on account of changes in fair value.

On May 22, 2018, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in WongDoody Holding Company Inc., (WongDoody) a U.S. based, full-service creative and consumer insights agency.  The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a total consideration of up to $75 million, which includes a cash consideration of $38 million, contingent consideration of up to $28 million and an additional consideration of up to $9 million, referred to as retention bonus, payable to the employees of WongDoody over the next three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group.

We provide personal loans and salary advances to employees who are not executive officers or directors.

The annual rates of interest for these loans vary from 0% to 10%. Loans and advances aggregating $43 million, $47 million and $50 million were outstanding as of March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The timing of recovery of employee loans and advances outstanding as of March 31, 2018 are as detailed below:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

12 months ending March 31,

 

Repayment

 

2019

 

 

37

 

2020

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

43

 

2021 was $36 million.

Net cash used in financing activities:

Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 20182021 includes $2,042$1,226 million towards dividend payments and $94 million towards payment of lease liabilities. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2020 includes $1,070 million towards share buyback of shares including transaction costs and $1,156$1,359 million towards dividend payments including corporate dividend tax. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2017tax and fiscal 2016 was $1,032 million and $1,059$80 million towards dividend payments including corporate dividend tax. Subsequent to the year ended March 31, 2018, basedpayment of lease liabilities.

Buyback proposed on the approval from the shareholders, the company has paid out $1,164 million comprising of the final dividend and special dividend including dividend distribution tax thereon.

Share buybackApril 2021

In line with the capital allocation policy, the Board, at its meeting held on August 19, 2017, approved a proposal for the Company to buyback its fully paid-up equity shares of face value of ₹5/- each from the eligible equity shareholders of the Company for an amount not exceeding ₹13,000 crore ($2 billion). The shareholdersApril 14, 2021, approved the said proposal of buyback of equity shares, from the open market route through the Indian stock exchanges, amounting to ₹9,200 crore (Maximum Buyback Size, excluding buyback tax) (approximately $1,227 million*) at a price not exceeding ₹1,750 per share (Maximum Buyback Price) (approximately $23.3* per share), subject to shareholders' approval in the ensuing Annual General Meeting.

During the year, the Company had paid an Interim Dividend of ₹12 per share (approximately $0.16 per share) and has announced a final dividend of ₹15 per share (approximately $0.20 per share), subject to shareholders’ approval in the ensuing Annual General Meeting.

After returning the above amounts, the Company would have returned approximately 83% of the free cash flow for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021 through dividends and buybacks, in line with the capital allocation policy announced in July 2019.

*USD-INR rate of 75.00


Buyback completed in August 2019

Based on the postal ballot thatwhich concluded on October 7, 2017.  TheMarch 12, 2019, the shareholders approved the proposal of the above buyback offer comprised a purchase of 113,043,478 equity shares aggregating 4.92%from the open market route through Indian stock exchanges of the paid-up equity share capital of the Companyup to ₹8,260 crore (maximum buyback size) (approximately $1,184 million) at a price of ₹1,150not exceeding ₹800 per equity share. The buyback was offered to all eligible equity shareholders (including those who became equity shareholders as on the Record date by cancelling American Depository Shares and withdrawing underlying equity shares) of the Company as(other than the Promoters, the Promoter Group and Persons in Control of the Company) under the open market route through Indian stock exchanges. The buyback of equity shares through Indian stock exchanges commenced on March 20, 2019 and was completed on August 26, 2019. During this buyback period, the Record Date (i.e. November 1, 2017) onCompany purchased and extinguished a proportionate basis throughtotal of 110,519,266 equity shares from the "Tender offer" route.stock exchange at an average buyback price of ₹747.38/- per equity share comprising 2.53% of the pre buyback paid-up equity share capital of the Company. The buyback resulted in a cash outflow of ₹8,260 crore (excluding transaction costs) ($1,183 million). The Company concludedfunded the buyback procedures on December 27, 2017 and 113,043,478 shares were extinguished. The company has utilizedfrom its securities premium and general reserve for the buyback of its shares.

Capital allocation policy

The Board, in its meeting on April 13, 2018, reviewed and approved the Capital Allocation Policy of the Company after taking into consideration the strategic and operational cash requirements of the Company in the medium term.

The key aspects of the Capital Allocation Policy are:


i. The Board has decided to retain the current policy of returning up to 70% of the free cash flow of the corresponding Financial Year in such manner, as may be decided by the Board from time to time, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS. Dividend payout includes Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT).

ii. In addition to the above, out of the cash on the Balance Sheet, the Board has identified an amount of up to ₹13,000 crores ($2 billion) to be paid to shareholders in the following manner:

a) A special dividend of ₹10 per share ($0.15 per ADR) resulting in a payout of approximately ₹2,600 crore (approximately $400 million) in June 2018

b) Identified an amount of up to approximately ₹10,400 crore (approximately $1,600 million) to be paid out to shareholders for the Financial Year 2019, in such a manner, to be decided by the Board, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Further announcements in this regard will be made, as appropriate, in due course.reserves.

Dividends

The following table sets forth the dividend policy, and dividend per share declared for fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016:2019:

 

Dividend policy

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

 

in

 

 

in $

 

 

in

 

 

 

 

in $

 

 

in

 

 

in $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Interim dividend

 

 

13.00

 

 

 

0.20

 

 

 

11.00

 

 

 

 

 

0.17

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

0.15

 

-Final dividend

 

20.50(1)

 

 

0.31(4)

 

 

 

14.75

 

 

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

14.25

 

 

 

0.22

 

-Special dividend

 

10.00(1)

 

 

0.15(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43.50

 

 

 

0.66

 

 

 

25.75

 

 

 

 

 

0.40

 

 

 

24.25

 

 

 

0.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pay out ratio (interim and final dividend)

 

 

 

 

 

69.8%(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49.6%(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

49.7%(2)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

 

in

 

 

in $ (5)

 

 

in

 

 

in $ (5)

 

 

in

 

 

in $(5)

 

- Interim dividend

 

 

12.00

 

 

 

0.16

 

 

 

8.00

 

 

 

0.11

 

 

 

7.00

 

 

 

0.10

 

- Final dividend

 

15.00 (1)

 

 

 

0.20

 

 

 

9.50

 

 

 

0.13

 

 

 

10.50

 

 

 

0.15

 

- Special dividend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

 

0.06

 

 

 

 

27.00

 

 

 

0.36

 

 

 

17.50

 

 

 

0.24

 

 

 

21.50

 

 

 

0.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payout ratio (interim and final dividend)

 

 

 

 

 

52.2%(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

53.5%(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

68.1%(4)

 

 

(1)

Recommended by the Board of Directors at its meeting held on April 13, 2018, subsequently approved14, 2021, subject to the approval by the shareholders at the ensuing Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on June 23, 2018.19, 2021 and if approved would result in a net cash outflow of approximately $849 million (excluding dividend paid on treasury shares).

(2)

Our dividendpresent capital allocation policy waseffective fiscal 2020 is to pay upapproximately 85% of the free cash flow* cumulatively over a 5-year period through a combination of semi-annual dividends and/or share buyback and/or special dividends, subject to 50% of consolidated post-tax profits.applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Dividend and buyback payouts include applicable taxes, if any.

(3)

Based on outstanding number of shares on March 31, 2021.

(4)

Our dividendpast capital allocation policy isin fiscal 2019 was to pay up to 70% of free cash flow. flow*. Dividend payouts include Dividend Distribution Tax.

(5)

Converted at the monthly exchange rate in the month of declaration of dividend.

*

Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS.Dividend payout ratio includes Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT)

(4)

Converted at USD/INR exchange rate at 65.18

 

The following table shows the cash outflow in the form of dividend payments including dividend distribution tax:

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

 

Fiscal 20182021

 

 

Fiscal 20172020

 

 

Fiscal 20162019

 

Cash outflow *#

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Final- Final dividend for fiscal 20172020

 

 

630539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Interim- Interim dividend for fiscal 20182021

 

 

526687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Final- Final dividend for fiscal 20162019

 

 

 

 

 

579782

 

 

 

 

-Interim- Interim dividend for fiscal 20172020

 

 

 

 

 

453577

 

 

 

 

-Final- Final dividend for fiscal 20152018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

636779

 

-Interim- Special dividend fordeclared in fiscal 20162018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

423384

- Interim dividend for fiscal 2019

498

- Special dividend declared in fiscal 2019

295

 


*

excludesExcludes dividend paid on treasury shares


Bonus issue

The Board, in its meeting held on July 13, 2018, considered, approved and recommended a bonus issue of one equity share for every equity share held and a stock dividend of one American Depositary Share (ADS) for every ADS held, as on a record date to be determined. Consequently, the ratio of equity shares underlying the ADSs held by an American Depositary Receipt holder would remain unchanged. The Board approved and recommended the bonus issue to celebrate the Company’s 25th year of being publicly listed in India and to further increase the liquidity of its shares. The bonus issue of equity shares and ADSs will be subject to approval by the shareholders, and any other applicable statutory and regulatory approvals. Consequently, the authorized share capital will be increased, subject to the approval of shareholders. Appropriate adjustments for the issue of bonus shares / stock dividend as mentioned above to Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) and Employee Stock Options (ESOPs) which have been granted to employees of the Company under its 2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan, shall be made.

The bonus shares, once allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects and carry the same rights as the existing equity shareholders and holders of the bonus shares shall be entitled to participate in full, in any dividend and other corporate action, recommended and declared after the new equity shares are allotted.

#

The Company declares and pays dividends in Indian rupees. The conversion of dividend paid to U.S. dollars is based on the exchange rate on date of payment

Contractual commitments

As of March 31, 2018,2021, we had contractual commitments for capital expenditure of $223$100 million, as compared to $177$180 million and $224$249 million of contractual commitments as of March 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, respectively. These commitments include $184$57 million in commitments for domestic purchases as of March 31, 2018,2021, as compared to $132$104 million and $181$214 million as of March 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, respectively, and $39$43 million in overseas commitments to support our operations generally as of March 31, 2018,2021, as compared to $45$76 million and $43$35 million as of March 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, respectively. All our capital commitments will be financed out of cash generated from operations. We expect our outstanding contractual commitments as of March 31, 20182021 to be majorly completed in a year.

Further we have an uncalled capital commitment towards investments of $6 million as of March 31, 2021, as compared to $8 million and $12 million as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, each.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

General

Market risk is attributable to all market sensitive financial instruments including foreign currency receivables and payables. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments.

Our exposure to market risk is a function of our revenue generating activities and any future borrowing activities in foreign currency. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of our earnings and equity to loss. Most of our exposure to market risk arises out of our foreign currency revenues, receivables, and payables.

We have chosen alternative 1 provided by Item 11 of Form 20-F to disclose quantitative information about market risk. All the required information under alternative 1 has been either included in components of market risk as given below or in noteNote 2.3 under Item 18 of this Annual Report and such information has been incorporated herein by reference.


The following table provides the cross references to notesNotes under Item 18 of this Annual Report which contains disclosures required under alternative 1 of Item 11 of Form 20-F.

 

Sl. No.

Requirements of Alternative 1 of Item 11

 

Cross reference to notes in the financial statements for instruments held for trading (Derivative financial instruments)

 

Cross reference to notes in the financial statements for instruments other than for trading purposes (All other financial instruments)

1.

Fair values of market risk sensitive instruments

 

Table: The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories under Note 2.3, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report.

 

Table: The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories under Note 2.3, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report.

2.

Contract terms to determine future cash flows, categorized by expected maturity terms

 

Section: Derivative Financial Instruments under Note 2.3, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report describing the terms of forward and options contracts and the table depicting the relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017.2020.

 

We have provided the outstanding contract amounts in Note 2.3, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report, table giving details in respect of outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts.

 

Current Financial Assets: The expected maturity of these assets falls within one year, hence no additional disclosures are required.

 

Non-Current Financial Assets:

 

Prepayments and Other Assets - Primarily consist of deposit held with corporation to settle certain employee-related obligations as and when they arise during the normal course of business rental deposits and securityrental deposits with service providers. Consequently, the period of maturity could not be estimated. (see Note 2.4, Prepayments and Other Assets, under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional information). Hence, we have not made any additional disclosures for the maturity of non-current financial assets.

 

Financial Liabilities: Refer to Section “Liquidity Risk” under Note 2.3 of Item 18 of this Annual Report, table containing the details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017.2020.

3.

Contract terms to determine cash flows for each of the next five years and aggregate amount for remaining years.years

 

Same table as above however as all our forward and option contracts mature within 12 months, we do not require further classification.

 

Refer to Section “Liquidity Risk” under Note 2.3 of Item 18 of this Annual Report, table containing the details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017.2020.


4.

Categorization of market risk sensitive instruments

 

We have categorized the forwards and option contracts based on the currency in which the forwards and option contracts were denominated in accordance with instruction to Item 11(a) 2 B (v). Refer to section entitled: Derivative Financial Instruments under Note 2.3, Financial Instruments, of Item 18 of this Annual Report; table giving details in respect of outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts.

 

We have categorized the financial assets and financial liabilities based on the currency in which the financial instruments were denominated in accordance with instruction to Item 11(a) 2 B (v). Refer to section entitled: Financial Risk Management under Note 2.3, Financial Instruments, under Item 18 of this Annual Report; table analyzing the foreign currency risk from financial instruments as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017.2020.

5.

Descriptions and assumptions to understand the above disclosures

 

All the tables given under Note 2.3, Financial Instruments, under Item 18 of this Annual Report have explanatory headings and the necessary details to understand the information contained in the tables.

 

All the tables given under Note 2.3, Financial Instruments, under Item 18 of this Annual Report have explanatory headings and the necessary details to understand the information contained in the tables.

 


Risk Management Procedures

We manage market risk through treasury operations. Our treasury operations' objectives and policies are approved by senior management Finance and investment committee and our Audit Committee. The activities of treasury operations include management of cash resources, implementing hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, borrowing strategies, if any, and ensuring compliance with market risk limits and policies.

Components of Market Risk

(1)

Exchange rate risk. Our exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange rate risk. Even though our functional currency is the Indian rupee, we generate a major portion of our revenues in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Australian dollar and the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, Euro and the Australian dollar, whereas we incur a significant portion of our expenses in U.S. dollar and Indian rupees. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of our operations are adversely affected as the Indian rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar. For fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, U.S. dollar denominated revenues represented 67.7%66.5%, 69.6%67.5% and 69.9%67.3% of total revenues, respectively. For the same periods, revenues denominated in United Kingdom Pound Sterlingthe Euro represented 5.3%13.4%, 5.8%12.4% and 6.6%11.9% of total revenues, revenues denominated in the EuroAustralian dollar represented 11.3%6.9%, 9.6%6.8% and 9.3%7.9% of total revenues while revenues denominated in the Australian dollarUnited Kingdom Pound Sterling represented 7.8%4.6%, 7.3%4.9% and 6.9%5.0% of total revenues. Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, receivables, and payables.

We use derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in exchange rates on foreign currency exposures. The counterpartyCounterparty for thesesuch contracts is generally a bank.


The following table givesRefer to Note 2.3 in Item 18 in this Annual Report for the details in respect of outstanding foreign exchange forward and options contracts:contracts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Particulars

 

As at

 

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Australian dollars

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

In Euro

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Australian dollars

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Euro

 

 

100

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Australian dollars

 

 

5

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

55

 

In Canadian dollars

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Euro

 

 

91

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

100

 

In Japanese Yen

 

 

550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In New Zealand dollars

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Norwegian Krone

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Singapore dollars

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

In South African Rand

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Swedish Krona

 

 

50

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

In Swiss Franc

 

 

21

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

25

 

In U.S. Dollars

 

 

623

 

 

 

526

 

 

 

510

 

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

51

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Australian dollars

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Canadian dollars

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

In Euro

 

 

45

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

In Swiss Franc

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In U.S. Dollars

 

 

320

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

125

 

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

25

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

The forward and option contracts typically mature within 12 months, must be settled on the day of maturity and may be cancelled subject to the receipt or payment of any gains or losses in the difference between the contract exchange rate and the market exchange rate on the date of cancellation. We use these derivative instruments only as a hedging mechanism and not for speculative purposes. We may not purchase adequate instruments to insulate ourselves from foreign exchange currency risks. In addition, any such instruments may not perform adequately as a hedging mechanism. The policies of the RBI may change from time to time which may limit our ability to hedge our foreign currency exposures adequately. We may, in the future, adopt more active hedging policies, and have done so in the past.

(2)

Fair value. Refer to Note 2.3 in Item 18 in this Annual Report for the disclosure on carrying value and fair value of financial assets and liabilities.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

1.6.1 Standards issued but not yet effective

New and revised IFRS 15 RevenueStandards in issue but not yet effective:


Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment

:

Proceeds before Intended Use

Amendments to IAS 37 Onerous Contracts

:

Cost of Fulfilling a Contract

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16

:

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform—Phase 2

Amendments to IAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors

Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements

:

:

Definition of Accounting Estimates

Disclosure of Accounting Policies


Amendments to IAS 16

On May 14, 2020, IASB issued an amendment to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16) which amends the standard to prohibit deducting from Contract with Customers: In May 2014, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued IFRS 15, Revenuecost of an item of property, plant and equipment any proceeds from Contract with Customers. The core principleselling items produced while bringing that asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the new standard is thatmanner intended by management. Instead, an entity should recognize revenue to depictrecognizes the transferproceeds from selling such items, and the cost of promised goodsproducing those items, in profit or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Further the new standard requires enhanced disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from the entity’s contracts with customers.

The standard permits two possible methods of transition:

Full retrospective approach - Under this approach the standard will be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented in accordance with IAS 8- Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors

Cumulative catch-up approach - Retrospectively with cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application

loss. The effective date for adoption of IFRS 15this amendment is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, though2022, although early adoption is permitted. The Group has evaluated the amendment and there is no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 37

On completionMay 14, 2020, IASB issued Onerous Contracts Cost of evaluationFulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37) which specify that the ‘cost of fulfilling’ a contract comprises the effect of adoption of IFRS 15, we have decided‘costs that relate directly to use the cumulative catch-up transition method and accordingly comparatives for the year ending or ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017 will not be retrospectively adjusted. During the three months ended June 30, 2018, the Company adopted IFRS 15 and the effect on adoption of IFRS 15 is insignificant on the financial statements.  Additionally, we also assessed the effect on adoption using the full retrospective method of transition, the effect of which is also insignificant.

IFRS 16 Leases: 

On January 13, 2016, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases. IFRS 16 will replace the existing leases Standard, IAS 17 Leases, and related Interpretations. The Standard sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both partiescontract’. Costs that relate directly to a contract i.e.,can either be incremental costs of fulfilling that contract (examples would be direct labour, materials) or an allocation of other costs that relate directly to fulfilling contracts (an example would be the lesseeallocation of the depreciation charge for an item of property, plant and equipment used in fulfilling the lessor. IFRS 16 introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. Currently, operating lease expenses are charged to the statement of comprehensive income. The Standard also contains enhanced disclosure requirements for lessees. IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements in IAS 17.

contract). The effective date for adoption of IFRS 16this amendment is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, though2022, although early adoption is permitted for companies applying IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. We are currentlypermitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the requirementsimpact of the amendment.

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Phase 2)

The IASB finalized its response to the ongoing reform of Inter-Bank Offered Rates (IBOR) and the impactother interest rate benchmarks by issuing a package of amendments to IFRS Standards in August 2020. The amendments complement those issued in 2019 and focus on the consolidatedeffects on financial statements.

IFRIC 22, Foreign currency transactions and Advance consideration: 

On December 8, 2016,statements when a company replaces the IFRS interpretations committeeold interest rate benchmark with an alternative benchmark rate as a result of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued IFRS interpretation, IFRIC 22, Foreign currency transactionsreform. The amendments in this final phase relate to practical expedient for particular changes in contractual cash flows, relief from specific hedge accounting requirements and Advance consideration which clarifies the date of the transaction for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the related asset, expense or income, when an entity has received or paid advance consideration in a foreign currency. The date of the transaction, for the purpose of determining the exchange rate, is the date of initial recognition of the non-monetary prepayment asset or deferred income liability. If there are multiple payments or receipts in advance, a date of transaction is established for each payment or receipt.certain disclosure requirement. The effective date for adoption of IFRIC 22 is annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, though early adoption is permitted.

We have adopted IFRIC 22 prospectively on April 1, 2018. The effect on account of adoption of IFRIC 22 on the financial statements is insignificant.


IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments:

In June 2017, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued IFRS interpretation IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments, which is to be applied while performing the determination of taxable profit (or loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments under IAS 12. According to IFRIC 23, companies need to determine the probability of the relevant tax authority accepting each tax treatment, or group of tax treatments, that the companies have used or plan to use in their income tax filing which has to be considered to compute the most likely amount or the expected value of the tax treatment when determining taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates.

The standard permits two possible methods of transition:

Full retrospective approach – Under this approach, IFRIC 23 will be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented in accordance with IAS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors.

Retrospectively with cumulative effect of initially applying IFRIC 23 recognized by adjusting equity on initial application, without adjusting comparatives

The effective date for adoption of IFRIC 23amendment is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, though2021, although early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluatingThe Group has evaluated the effect of IFRIC 23amendment and there is no impact on theits consolidated financial statements.

AmendmentAmendments to IAS 19 – plan amendment, curtailment or settlement- 8

On 7 February 2018, the IASB12, 2021 International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) has issued amendments to the guidanceIAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting estimates and Errors which introduced a definition of ‘accounting estimates’ and included amendments to IAS 19, ‘Employee Benefits’,8 to help entities distinguish changes in connection with accounting for plan amendments, curtailments and settlements.

policies from changes in accounting estimates. The amendments require an entity:

to use updated assumptions to determine current service cost and net interest for the remainder of the period after a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement; and

to recognize in profit or loss as part of past service cost, or a gain or loss on settlement, any reduction in a surplus, even if that surplus was not previously recognized because of the impact of the asset ceiling.

Effectiveeffective date for applicationadoption of this amendment is annual periodperiods beginning on or after January 1, January 2019,2023, although early applicationadoption is permitted. We are currently evaluatingThe Group has evaluated the effectamendment and there is no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 1

On February 12, 2021 International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) has issued amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS Practice Statement 2 Making Materiality Judgements which requires the entities to disclose their material accounting policies rather than their significant accounting policies. The effective date for adoption of this amendment is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, although early adoption is permitted. The Group is in the consolidated financial statements andprocess of evaluating the impact is not expected to be material.of the amendment.

Critical Accounting Policies

We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements as their application places the most significant demands on management's judgment, with financial reporting results relying on estimation about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Specific risks for these critical accounting policies are described in the following paragraphs. For all of these policies, future events rarely develop exactly as forecast, and the best estimates routinely require adjustment. 

Estimates and judgments


1.

Estimates and judgments

We prepare financial statements in conformity with IFRS, which requires us to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions. These estimates, judgments and assumptions affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Application of accounting policies which require critical accounting estimates involving complex and subjective judgments and the use of assumptions in the consolidated financial statements have been disclosed below. However, accounting estimates and judgments could change from period to period and actual results could differ from those estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates and judgments are made as and when we become aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates and judgements. Changes in estimates and judgments are reflected in the period in which changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.


Estimation of uncertainties relating to the global health pandemic relating to COVID-19

We have considered the possible effects that may result from the COVID-19 pandemic on the carrying amounts of receivables, unbilled revenues, goodwill, and intangible assets. In developing the assumptions relating to the possible future uncertainties in the global economic conditions because of the COVID-19 pandemic, we, as at the date of approval of these financial statements have used internal and external sources of information including credit reports and related information, economic forecasts and expects the carrying amount of these assets will be recovered. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our financial statements may differ from that estimated as at the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements.

A.

a. Revenue recognition

Our contracts with customers include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer. Revenues from customer contracts are considered for recognition and measurement when the contract has been approved, in writing, by the parties to the contract, the parties to the contract are committed to perform their respective obligations under the contract, and the contract is legally enforceable. We assess the services promised in a contract and identify distinct performance obligations in the contract. Identification of distinct performance obligations to determine the deliverables and the ability of the customer to benefit independently from such deliverables, and allocation of transaction price to these distinct performance obligations involves significant judgement.

Fixed price maintenance revenue is recognized ratably on a straight-line basis when services are performed through an indefinite number of repetitive acts over a specified period. Revenue from fixed price maintenance contract is recognized ratably using a percentage of completion method when the pattern of benefits from the services rendered to the customer and our costs to fulfil the contract is not even through the period of the contract because the services are generally discrete in nature and not repetitive. The use of method to recognize the maintenance revenues requires judgment and is based on the promises in the contract and nature of the deliverables.

We use the percentage-of-completion method in accounting for other fixed-price contracts. Use of the percentage-of-completion method requires us to estimatedetermine the actual efforts or costs expended to date as a proportion of the estimated total efforts or costs to be expended.incurred. Efforts or costs expended have beenare used to measure progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. The estimation of total efforts or costs involves significant judgement and is assessed throughout the period of the contract to reflect any changes based on the latest available information.

Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompletedincomplete contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the expected contract estimates atestimated efforts or costs to complete the reporting date.contract.

b. Income taxes


B.

Income taxes

Our two major tax jurisdictions are India and the U.S., though we also file tax returns in other foreignoverseas jurisdictions.

Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes, including the amount expected to be paid / paid/recovered for uncertain tax positions.

In assessing the realizability of deferred income tax assets, management considerswe consider whether some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred income tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred income tax assets are deductible, management believes that the group will realize the benefits of those deductible differences. The amount of the deferred income tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are reduced. Refer to Note 2.172.18 under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F20-F.

C.

Business combinations and Intangible assets

c. Business combinations and Intangible assets

Our business combinations are accounted for using IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations. IFRS 3 requires us to fair valuethe identifiable intangible assets and contingent consideration to be fair valued in order to ascertain the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree.acquired entity. Significant estimates are required to be made in determining the value of contingent consideration, value of option arrangements and intangible assets. These valuations are conducted by independentexternal valuation experts.experts at the time of acquisition. These measurements are based on information available at the acquisition date and are based on expectations and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management. Refer to Note 2.82.9 and 2.92.10 of Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

d. Property, plant and equipment

D.

Property, plant, and equipment

Property, plant, and equipment represent a significant proportion of theour asset base of the Group.base. The charge in respect of periodic depreciation is derived after determining an estimate of an asset’s expected useful life and the expected residual value at the end of its life. The useful lives and residual values of Group'sthe assets are determined by managementus at the time the asset is acquired and reviewed periodically, including at each financial year end. The lives are based on historical experience with similar assets as well as anticipation of future events, which may impact their life, such as changes in technology. Refer to noteNote 2.7 under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

e. Impairment of Goodwill

E.

Impairment of Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever there is an indication that the recoverable amount of a cash generating unit (“CGU”) is less than its carrying amount, based on a numberamount. For the impairment test, goodwill is allocated to the CGU or groups of factors including operating results, business plans, future cash flowsCGUs which benefit from the synergies of the acquisition and economic conditions. which represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

The recoverable amount of cash generating unitsCGUs is determined based on higher of value-in-use and fair value less cost to sell. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the level of the cash-generating unit or groups of cash-generating units which are benefitting from the synergies of the acquisition and which represents the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

We use market related information and estimates to determine the recoverable amount. Key assumptions in the cash flow projections are prepared based on which management has based its determination of recoverable amount includecurrent economic conditions and comprises estimated long termlong-term growth rates, weighted average cost of capital and estimated operating margins. Cash flow projections takeRefer to Note 2.9 under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.


F.

Leases

IFRS 16 requires lessees to determine the lease term as the non-cancellable period of a lease adjusted with any option to extend or terminate the lease, if the use of such option is reasonably certain. We make an assessment on the expected lease term on a lease-by-lease basis and thereby assesses whether it is reasonably certain that any options to extend or terminate the contract will be exercised. In evaluating the lease term, we consider factors such as any significant leasehold improvements undertaken over the lease term, costs relating to the termination of the lease and the importance of the underlying asset to our operations taking into account past experiencethe location of the underlying asset and represent management’s best estimate aboutthe availability of suitable alternatives. The lease term in future developments.periods is reassessed to ensure that the lease term reflects the current economic circumstances. After considering current and future economic conditions, we have concluded that no changes are required to lease period relating to the existing lease contracts. Refer to Note 2.8 under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.


f. Disposal groups held

G.

Allowance for credit losses on receivables and unbilled revenue

We determine the allowance for sale

Assetscredit losses based on historical loss experience adjusted to reflect current and liabilitiesestimated future economic conditions. We considered current and anticipated future economic conditions relating to industries we deal with and the countries where we operate. In calculating expected credit loss, we have also considered credit reports and other related credit information for our customers to estimate the probability of disposal groups held for sale are measured atdefault in future and have taken into account estimates of possible effect from the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. The determination of fair value less costs to sell includes use of management estimates and assumptions. The fair value of the disposal groups have been estimated using valuation techniques including income and market approach which includes unobservable inputs. In estimating the fair value, material events and developments including progress on negotiations subsequent to Balance Sheet date, have been considered. Refer to Note 2.9 under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.COVID-19 pandemic.

Revenue Recognition

2.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenues primarily from business IT services comprising of software development and related services, consulting and thepackage implementation, licensing of software products. Arrangementsproducts and platforms across our core and digital offerings (together referred to as “software related services”) and business process management services. Contracts with customers for software development and related services are mainly either on a time-and-material, unit of work, fixed-price, fixed-timeframe or on a time-and-materialfixed-timeframe basis.

We recognize revenue on time-and-material

Revenues from customer contracts asare considered for recognition and measurement when the related services are performed. Revenue fromcontract has been approved, in writing, by the end of the last billingparties, to the Balance Sheet datecontract, the parties to the contract are committed to perform their respective obligations under the contract, and the contract is legally enforceable. Revenue is recognized as unbilled revenues. Revenue from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts, where there is no uncertainty asupon transfer of control of promised products or services (“performance obligations”) to measurementcustomers in an amount that reflects the consideration we have received or collectability of consideration, is recognized as per the percentage-of-completion method.expect to receive in exchange for these products or services (“transaction price”). When there is uncertainty as to measurement or ultimate collectability, revenue recognition is postponed until such uncertainty is resolved. Efforts or costs expended have been used to measure progress towards completion as there is

We assess the services promised in a direct relationship between inputcontract and productivity. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted contracts are recordedidentify distinct performance obligations in the period in which such losses become probablecontract. We allocate the transaction price to each distinct performance obligation based on the current contract estimates. Costs and earnings in excess of billings have been classified as unbilled revenues while billings in excess of costs and earnings have been classified as unearned revenues. Deferred contract costs are amortized over the term of the contract. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the underlying maintenance arrangement.

At the end of every reporting period, we evaluate each project for estimated revenue and estimated efforts or costs. Any revisions or updates to existing estimates are made wherever required by obtaining approvals from officers having the requisite authority. Management regularly reviews and evaluates the status of each contract in progress to estimate the profit or loss. As part of the review, detailed actual efforts or costs and a realistic estimate of efforts or costs to complete all phases of the project are compared with the details of the original estimate and the total contractrelative standalone selling price. We evaluate change orders according to their characteristics and the circumstances in which they occur. If such change orders are considered by the parties to be a normal element within the original scope of the contract, no change in the contract price is made. Otherwise, the adjustment to the contract price may be routinely negotiated. Contract revenue and costs are adjusted to reflect change orders approved by the client and us, regarding both scope and price. Changes are reflected in revenue recognition only after the change order has been approved by both parties. The same principle is also followed for escalation clauses.

In arrangements for software development and related services and maintenance services, we have applied the guidance in IAS 18, Revenue, by applying the revenue recognition criteria for each separately identifiable component of a single transaction. The arrangements generally meet the criteria for considering software development and related services as separately identifiable components. For allocating the consideration, we have measured the revenue in respect of each separable component of a transaction at its fair value, in accordance with principles given in IAS 18. The price that is regularly charged for an item when sold separately is the best evidence of its fair value.standalone selling price. In the absence of such evidence, the primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin, under which we estimate the cost of satisfying the performance obligation and then add an appropriate margin based on similar services.

Our contracts may include variable consideration including rebates, volume discounts and penalties. We include variable consideration as part of transaction price when there is a basis to reasonably estimate the amount of the variable consideration and when it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.


Revenue on time-and-material and unit of work-based contracts, are recognized as the related services are performed. Fixed price maintenance revenue is recognized ratably either on a straight-line basis when services are performed through an indefinite number of repetitive acts over a specified period or using a percentage of completion method when the pattern of benefits from the services rendered to the customer and our costs to fulfil the contract is not even through the period of contract because the services are generally discrete in nature and not repetitive. Revenue from other fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts, where the performance obligations are satisfied over time is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method. Efforts or costs expended have been used to determine progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. Progress towards completion is measured as the ratio of costs or efforts incurred to date (representing work performed) to the estimated total costs or efforts. Estimates of transaction price and total costs or efforts are continuously monitored over the lives of the contracts and are recognized in profit or loss in the period when these estimates change or when the estimates are revised. Revenues and the estimated total costs or efforts are subject to revision as the contract progresses. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on incomplete contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the estimated efforts or costs to complete the contract.

The billing schedules agreed with customers include periodic performance-based billing and / or milestone-based progress billings. Revenues in excess of billing are classified as unbilled revenue while billing in excess of revenues are classified as contract liabilities (which we refer to as unearned revenues).

In arrangements for software development and related services and maintenance services, by applying the revenue recognition criteria for each distinct performance obligation, the arrangements with customers generally meet the criteria for considering software development and related services as distinct performance obligations. For allocating the transaction price, the Group measures the revenue in respect of each performance obligation of a contract at its relative standalone selling price. The price that is regularly charged for an item when sold separately is the best evidence of its standalone selling price. In cases where we are unable to establish objective and reliable evidence of fair value fordetermine the standalone selling price, we use the expected cost-plus margin approach in estimating the standalone selling price. For software development and related services, we have used a residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration. In these cases,performance obligations are satisfied as and when the balanceservices are rendered since the customer generally obtains control of the consideration after allocatingwork as it progresses.

Revenue from licenses where the fair values of undelivered components ofcustomer obtains a transaction has been allocated“right to use” the licenses is recognized at the time the license is made available to the delivered components for which specific fair values do not exist.customer. Revenue from licenses where the customer obtains a “right to access” is recognized over the access period.

License fee revenues have been recognized when the general revenue recognition criteria given in IAS 18 are met.

Arrangements to deliver software products generally have three components:elements: license, implementation and Annual Technical Services (ATS). We have applied the principles given in IAS 18 to account for revenues from these multiple element arrangements. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value has been established for ATS. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value is the price charged when the element is sold separately. When otherimplementation services are provided in conjunction with the licensing arrangement and objectivethe license and reliable evidence of their fair


valuesimplementation have been established,identified as two distinct separate performance obligations, the revenue fromtransaction price for such contracts are allocated to each componentperformance obligation of the contract in a manner, whereby revenue is deferred for the undelivered services and the residual amounts are recognized as revenue for delivered elements.based on their relative standalone selling prices. In the absence of objective and reliable evidencestandalone selling price for implementation, we use the expected cost-plus margin approach in estimating the standalone selling price. Where the license is required to be substantially customized as part of fair value forthe implementation service the entire arrangement fee for license and implementation is considered to be a single performance obligation and the revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method as the implementation is performed. Revenue from client training, support and other services arising due to the sale of software products is recognized as the servicesperformance obligations are performed.satisfied. ATS revenue is recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are rendered.

Advances received

Contracts with customers includes subcontractor services or third-party vendor equipment or software in certain integrated services arrangements. In these types of arrangements, revenue from sales of third-party vendor products or services is recorded net of costs when we act as an agent between the customer and the vendor, and gross when we are the principal for services and products are reported as client deposits until all conditions for revenue recognition are met.

We account for volume discounts and pricing incentives to customers by reducing the amount of discount fromtransaction. In doing so, we first evaluate whether it controls the amount of revenue recognized at the time of sale. In some arrangements, the level of discount varies with increases in the levels of revenue transactions. The discounts are passed ongood or service before it is transferred to the customer either as direct paymentscustomer. We consider whether we have the primary obligation to fulfil the contract, inventory risk, pricing discretion and other factors to determine whether we control the goods or service and therefore are acting as a reductionprincipal or an agent.


The incremental costs of payments due from the customer. Further, we recognize discount obligations asobtaining a reduction of revenue based on the ratable allocation of the discount to each of the underlying revenue transactionscontract (i.e., costs that result in progress by the customer toward earning the discount. We recognize the liability based on an estimate of the customer's future purchases. If it is probable that the criteria for the discount willwould not be met, orhave been incurred if the amount thereof cannot be estimated reliably, then discount iscontract had not been obtained) are recognized untilas an asset if we expect to recover them. Any capitalized contract costs are amortized, with the payment is probable andexpense recognized as we transfer the amount can be estimated reliably. We recognize changes inrelated goods or services to the estimated amount of obligations for discounts in the period in which the change occurs. We present revenues net of sales and value-added taxes in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income.customer.

Income Taxes

3.

Income Taxes

Our income tax expense comprises current and deferred income tax and is recognized in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity. Current income tax for current and prior periods is recognized at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the tax authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the Balance Sheet date. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements except when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the Balance Sheet date and are expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of changes in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment or the substantive enactment date. A deferred income tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and tax losses can be utilized. Deferred income taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and branches where it is expected that the earnings of the subsidiary or branch will not be distributed in the foreseeable future.

We offset current tax assets and current tax liabilities, where we have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and where we intend either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. We offset deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities wherever we have a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and where the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority. Tax benefits of deductions earned on exercise of employee share options in excess of compensation charged to income are credited to share premium.

4.

Business Combinations, Goodwill, and Intangible Assets

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Business combinations have been accounted for using the acquisition method under the provisions of IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations.

The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets transferred, equity instruments issued, and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition, which is the date on which control is transferred. The cost of acquisition also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration.


Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition. Business combinations between entities under common control is outside the scope of IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations and is accounted for at carrying value. Transaction costs that we incur in connection with a business combination such as finders’ fees, legal fees, due diligence fees, and other professional and consulting fees are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill represents the cost of business acquisition in excess of our interest in the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree.acquired entity. When the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired exceed the cost of the business acquisition, we recognize a gain immediately in net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairments. They are amortized over their respective individual estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis, from the date that they are available for use. The estimated useful life of an identifiable intangible asset is based on a number of factors including the effects of


obsolescence, demand, competition, and other economic factors (such as the stability of the industry, and known technological advances), and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset. Amortization methods and useful lives are reviewed periodically including at each financial year end.

We expense research costs as and when the same are incurred. Software product development costs are expensed as incurred unless technical and commercial feasibility of the project is demonstrated, future economic benefits are probable, we have the intention and ability to complete and use or sell the software and the costs can be measured reliably. The costs which can be capitalized include the cost of material, direct labour, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. Research and development costs and software development costs incurred under contractual arrangements with customers are accounted as cost of sales.

OFF - BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

None.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Set forth below are our outstanding contractual obligations as of March 31, 2018.2021:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Contractual obligations

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

More than

5 years

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

More than

5 years

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

417

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

134

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

505

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,092

 

 

 

559

 

 

 

276

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

90

 

Post-retirement benefits obligations

 

 

304

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

157

 

Lease Liabilities (1)

 

 

837

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

226

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

306

 

Other Long-term liabilities (2)

 

 

207

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

We have various operating(1) Refer to Note 2.8 in Item 18 in this Annual Report for further detail on leases mainly

(2)Includes financial liability under option arrangements. Refer to Note 2.5 in Item 18 in this Annual Report for office buildings, that are renewable on a periodic basis. A majority of our operating lease arrangements extend up to a maximum of ten years from their respective dates of inception, and relate to rented premises.further details

Purchase obligation means an agreement to purchase goods or services that areis enforceable and legally binding on the Company that specifies all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations include capital commitments.

Net defined benefit liability relating to post retirement benefit obligations recorded in accordance with IAS 19 - Employee Benefits is included in Note 2.14 in Item 18 in this Annual Report. Refer to Note 2.14 in Item 18 in this Annual Report for further details.

Additionally, as of March 31, 2018,2021, we have uncalled capital commitments of $12$6 million towards investments, made out of innovation fund, which shall be paid as and when the capital call is made by the investee.

Post-retirement benefits obligations are the benefit payments, which are expected to be paid under our gratuity plans.


Unrecognized tax benefits amounting to $478$888 million relate to liability towards uncertain tax positions taken in majorlarger tax jurisdictions. The period in which these uncertain tax positions will be settled is not practically determinable and accordingly has not been disclosed in the above table.

 


Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

As of March 31, 2018,2021, set forth below are the respective ages and positions of our directors and executive officers:

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Nandan M. Nilekani(1)

 

6265

 

Non-executive, Non-Independent director and Chairman of the Board

Salil Parekh(2)

 

5356

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

U. B. Pravin Rao(3)

 

5659

 

Chief Operating Officer and Whole-time Director

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw(4)

 

6568

 

Lead Independent Director

Roopa KudvaD. Sundaram

 

5468

 

Independent Director

Dr. Punita Kumar-SinhaMichael Gibbs

 

5563

 

Independent Director

D. N. PrahladUri Levine

 

6256

 

Independent Director

D. Sundaram(5)Bobby Parikh

 

6557

 

Independent Director

Ravi Venkatesan(6)Chitra Nayak

 

5558

 

Independent Director

M. D. RanganathNilanjan Roy

 

5654

 

Chief Financial Officer

Ravi Kumar S.

 

4749

 

President and Deputy Chief Operating Officer

Mohit Joshi

 

4346

 

President

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

5558

 

Executive Vice President and Group Head - Human Resources Departmentand Infosys Leadership Institute

Inderpreet Sawhney(7)

 

5356

 

Group General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer

 

Notes:

(1)1.

AppointedThe Board inducted Bobby Parikh and Chitra Nayak as Non-executive Non-Independent Director and Chairmanindependent directors of the BoardCompany effective August 24, 2017.  Appointment approved byJuly 15, 2020 and March 25, 2021 respectively for a term of three years. The proposal is being placed before the shareholders vide postal ballot concludedat the Annual General Meeting scheduled to be held on October 7, 2017. June 19, 2021 for their approval.

(2)2.

AppointedUri Levine was appointed as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director (CEO and MD)an independent director of the Company effective January 2, 2018. Appointment approved by shareholders vide postal ballot concluded on FebruaryApril 20, 2018.2020.

(3)3.

AppointedDr. Punita Kumar-Sinha retired as Interim Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director on August 18, 2017. Appointment approved by shareholders vide postal ballot concluded on October 7, 2017. Subsequently, onmember of the Board effective January 2, 2018 re-designated as Chief Operating Officer (COO) and Whole-time Director. Re-designation approved by shareholders vide postal ballot concluded on February 20, 2018.  13, 2021.

(4)4.

Appointed as Lead Independent Director effective April 13, 2018.

(5)

Appointed as Independent director effective July 14, 2017. Appointment approved by shareholders vide postal ballot concluded on October 7, 2017.

(6)

Appointed as Co-Chairman of the Board effective April 13, 2017; resigned as Co-Chairman of the Board effective August 24, 2017 andD N. Prahlad resigned as member of the Board effective May 11, 2018.

(7)

Appointed as Group General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer effective July 3, 2017 and designated as Executive Officer and Key Managerial Personnel effective July 14, 2017.April 20, 2020.

 

Effective July 13, 2018, Michael Nelson Gibbs was appointed as an Independent Director for a period of three years. Mr. Gibbs’ appointment shall be subject to the approval of shareholders.


The following are the details of membership and chairmanship in Board committees as of March 31, 2018:2021:  

 

Name

 

Board

 

 

AC

 

 

RSC

 

 

NRC

 

 

SRC

 

 

CSR

 

 

FAI

 

 

Board

 

 

AC

 

 

RMC

 

 

NRC

 

 

SRC

 

 

CSR

 

Nandan M. Nilekani

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salil Parekh

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kiran Mazumdar- Shaw

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

Ravi Venkatesan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Roopa Kudva

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

D. N. Prahlad

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D. Sundaram

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

Chair

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Gibbs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Uri Levine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bobby Parikh

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chitra Nayak

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total no. of members

 

 

9

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

Note: 1) Upon the resignation of Ravi Venkatesan, Independent Director effective May 11, 2018, he ceased to be the Chairman of SRC, and a member of the Audit, Risk & Strategy and Nomination & Remuneration Committees.  Further, the SRC was reconstituted on May 21, 2018 with Roopa Kudva as the Chairperson and Dr. Punita Kumar- Sinha and D.N. Prahlad as members of the Committee.Notes:

1.

The Board inducted Bobby Parikh and Chitra Nayak as independent directors of the Company effective July 15, 2020 and March 25, 2021 respectively. The proposal is being placed before the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting scheduled to be held on June 19, 2021 for their approval.

2.

Consequent to the change in the Board, the Committee composition has been revised effective March 25, 2021.

3.

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha retired as member of the Board effective January 13, 2021.

4.

D N. Prahlad resigned as member of the Board effective April 20, 2020.

5.

Uri Levine was appointed as an independent director of the Company effective April 20, 2020.


6.

The Board instituted the Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) Committee on April 14, 2021.

 

Effective July 13, 2018, Michael Nelson Gibbs was appointed as an Independent Director and inducted as member of Risk and Strategy Committee.  Mr. Gibbs’ appointment shall be subject to the approval of shareholders.

Chair-Chair – Chairperson; 

Member of the Committee;

AC-AuditAC – Audit Committee;

RSC-Risk and StrategyRMC – Risk Management Committee;

NRC -Nomination– Nomination and Remuneration Committee;

SRC-StakeholdersSRC – Stakeholders Relationship Committee;

CSR-CorporateCSR – Corporate Social Responsibility Committee;

FAI: Finance and Investment Committee.

Size and composition of the Board

We believe that our Board needs to have an appropriate mix of executive, non-executive and independent directors to maintain its independence, and separate its functions of governance and management. The Securities Exchange Board of India (SEBI) (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (Listing Regulations)as amended (“Listing Regulations”) mandates that for a company with a non-executive Chairman who is a Promoter, at least half of theits board of directors should be independent directors.directors and the board of directors of the top 1,000 listed companies effective April 1, 2020 shall have at least one independent woman director. As ofon March 31, 2018, our2021, the Board was comprised of nine members, consisting of a Non-Executiveone non-executive and a Non-Independent Chairman,non-independent chairman, two executive directors, and six independent directors. Independent directors constituteconstituting 67% 66.67% of the Board’s strength - more than the requirements of the Companies Act, 2013 and the Listing Regulations and as defined by Rule (303A.02)303A.02 of NYSE the Listed Company ManualManual. Two out of the New York Stock Exchange. Three out of nine membersdirectors on our Board are women  and both are independent directors,  making up 33%22.22% of the Board’s strength. The Board periodically evaluates the need for change in its size and composition.

Definition of Independent Directors

The definition of an “independent director” under the Companies Act, 2013 and the Listing Regulations define an ‘independent director’ asincludes a person who is not a promoter or employee or one of the key managerial personnel of the Companycompany or its subsidiaries. They also state thatFurther, the person should not have a material pecuniary relationship exceeding ten per cent of his total income or transactionssuch amount as may be prescribed with the Companycompany or its subsidiaries,holding, subsidiary or associate company, or their promoters, or directors during the two immediately preceding financial years or during the current financial year, apart from receiving remuneration as an independent director.

We abide by these definitions of independent director in addition to the definitions of an independent director as laid down in the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listed company manualNYSE Listed Company Manual and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and U.S.US securities laws by virtue of our listing on the NYSE in the U.S.


Board membership criteria

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee works with the entire Board to determine the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the Board as a whole and for individual members. Members are expected to possess the required qualifications, integrity, expertise and experience for the position. They should also possess deep expertise and insights in sectors / areas relevant to the Company, and ability to contribute to the Company’s growth.

The age limit for a Managing Director / Executive Director is 60 years, while the age limit for an independent / non- executive director is 70 years. A director’s term may be extended at the discretion of the committee beyond the age of 60 or 70 years with shareholders’ approval by passing a special resolution, based on the explanatory statement annexed to the Notice for such motion indicating the justification for the extension of appointment beyond 60 or 70 years as the case may be.

United States.

Based on the disclosures received from all the independent directors and also in the opinion of the Board, the independent directors fulfillfulfil the conditions specified in the Companies Act, 2013, NYSE listing manual andthe Listing Regulations and the NYSE Listed Company Manual and are independent of the Management.

Board membership criteria

Membership term

TheFollowing are the Board constantly evaluates the contribution of members and periodically shares updates with the shareholders about reappointments consistent with applicable statutes. The current law in India mandates that two-thirdmembership criteria at Infosys:

-

Fields: The Company inducts eminent individuals from diverse fields as directors on its Board.

-

Skills: The Nomination and Remuneration Committee refers to the key board qualifications and attributes in consultation with the entire Board to determine the skills and experience required for the Board as a whole and for individual members.

-

Qualification and Attributes: Members are expected to possess the required qualifications, integrity, expertise and experience for the position.

-

Company-specific requirements: Members should also possess deep expertise and insights in sectors / areas relevant to the Company, and ability to contribute to the Company’s growth.

-

Age limit: The age limit for a Managing Director / Executive Director is 60 years, while the age limit for an independent / non-executive director is 70 years. A director’s term may be extended at the discretion of the nomination and remuneration committee beyond the age of 60 or 70 years with shareholders’ approval by passing a special resolution, based on the explanatory statement annexed to the Notice for such motion indicating the justification for the extension of appointment beyond 60 or 70 years as the case may be.


-

Membership term: The Board constantly evaluates the contribution of members and periodically shares updates with the shareholders about reappointments consistent with applicable statutes. At present, the Indian corporate law mandates the following:

Two-thirds of the non-independent directors be liable toon the Board retire by rotation every year, and one-third of them whose office of directorship is the longest shall mandatorily retire by rotation, and qualifies the retiring membersrotation. Retiring directors qualify for reappointment.

Executive directors are appointed by the shareholders for a maximum period of five years, but are eligible for reappointment upon completion of their term.

An independent director shall hold office for a term of up to five consecutive years on the Board of the Company and will be eligible for reappointment on the passing of a special resolution by the shareholders.

Profiles of Directors and Executive Officers

Nandan M. Nilekani is the Non-executive, Non-independent Director and Chairman of Infosys Limited which he co-founded in 1981, and EkStep, a not-for-profit effort to create a learner centric, technology-based platform to improve basic literacy and numeracy for millions of children. He was most recently the Board. He re-joined the Board on August 24, 2017. He is one of the co-founders of Infosys, and was the CEO & MD of the Company between March 2002 to April 2007 and the Co-Chairman of the Company till 2009. In 2009, he left Infosys to assume chargeChairman of the Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI) in the rank of a Cabinet Minister, and re-joined the Company in 2017 as the non-executive Chairman of the Board.Minister. Mr. Nilekani is the Co-founder and Chairman of EkStep, a not-for-profit effort to create a learner-centric, technology-based platform to improve basic literacy and numeracy for millions of children. received his bachelor’s degree from IIT, Bombay. Fortune magazine named Magazine conferred him ‘Asia’swith “Asia’s Businessman of the Year’ for 2003.year 2003”. In 2005 he received the prestigious Joseph Schumpeter Prizeprize for innovative services in economy, economic sciences and politics. In 2006, he was awarded the Padma Bhushan. In the same year, heHe was also named ‘BusinessmanBusinessman of the Year’year by Forbes Asia. TIMEAsia. Time magazine listed him as one of the 100 most influential people in the world in 2006 and& 2009. Foreign Policy magazine listed him as one of the Top 100 Global thinkers in 2010. He won The Economist Social & Economic Innovation Award for his leadership of India’s unique identificationUnique Identification initiative (Aadhaar). In 2017, he received the Lifetime Achievement Award from EY. CNBC TV18E & Y. CNBC- TV 18 conferred on him the India Business leader award for outstanding contributioncontributor to the Indian Economy in 2017. HeEconomy-2017 and he also received the 22nd Nikkei Asia Prize for Economic & Business Innovation 2017. Mr. Nilekani received his Bachelor’s degree from Indian Institute of Technology Bombay. He is the author of Imagining India and co-authored with Viral Shah his second book, Rebooting India: Realizing a Billion Aspirations.Aspirations.

Salil Parekh is the, as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, (CEO & MD) of Infosys. He was inducted on January 2, 2018 as CEO & MD. He sets and evolves the strategic direction for the Companycompany and its portfolio of offerings, while leading thenurturing a strong leadership team to drive its execution.  Mr. ParekhSalil has nearly three decadeshelped create deep relationships with clients to support them in their digital transformation journeys and enabled the re-skilling of the employees to enable the digital and cloud capabilities.  Salil has thirty years of global experience in the IT services industry with a strong track record of driving digital transformation for enterprises, executing business turnarounds and managing successful acquisitions. Most recently, Mr.  ParekhEarlier, Salil was a member of the Group Executive Board at Capgemini, where he held several leadership positions for 25twenty-five years. He was responsible for overseeing a business cluster comprising Application Services (North America, UK, Asia), Cloud Infrastructure Services, and Sogeti (Technology & Engineering Services Division). He was responsible for the strategy and execution of these businesses – setting direction and enabling rapid client adoption. He was also the Chairman of Capgemini’s North America Executive Council. He was the architect of the North America growth and turnaround strategy and was instrumental in setting


up their offshoring capabilities. In his earlier role asSalil was also Partner at Ernst & Young he wasand widely credited for bringing scale and value to the Indian operations of the consultancy firm. Mr. ParekhHe holds Master of Engineering degrees in Computer Science and Mechanical Engineering from Cornell University, and a Bachelor of Technology degree in Aeronautical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay.Bombay.

U. B. Pravin Rao is the Chief Operating Officer of Infosys and a Whole-time Director of the Board. He was inducted on January 10, 2014 as a member of the Board. He is thea member of the Stakeholder Relationship Committee and the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of the Board. As the Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Rao has overall strategic and operational responsibility for the entire portfolio of the Company’s offerings. Mr. Rao oversees the key functions of global delivery and business enablement. He has over 3034 years of industry experience. Since joining Infosys in 1986, he has held a number of senior leadership roles including Interim Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, Head of Infrastructure Management Services, Delivery Head for Europe, and Head of Retail, Consumer Packaged Goods, Logistics and Life Sciences. Mr. Rao holds a degree in Electrical Engineering from Bangalore University, India. He is a member of the National Council of the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) and the Executive Council of NASSCOM. He is also a member of the Executive Council of the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD)National Association of Software and Service Companies (NASSCOM).


Ravi Venkatesan resigned as an Independent Director of Infosys effective May 11, 2018. He has served as one of our directors since April 2011. He was the Chairperson of our Stakeholders Relationship Committee and a member of the Risk and Strategy Committee, Audit Committee, and Nomination and Remuneration Committee of the Board.  Mr. Venkatesan is the Non-Executive Chairman of the Bank of Baroda and was previously the Chairman of Microsoft India.  Mr. Venkatesan is also a trustee of Rockefeller Foundation and Founder Director of Social Venture Partners India. He is the author of Conquering the Chaos: Win in India, Win Everywhere.  Mr. Venkatesan received a Bachelor of Technology in Mechanical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, a Master of Science in Industrial Engineering from Purdue University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard University, where he was a Baker Scholar. He was voted one of India's best management thinkers by Thinkers50.

Kiran Mazumdar-Shawis the Lead Independent Director of Infosys. She has served as one of our directors since January 2014. She is theExecutive Chairperson and Managing Director of Biocon Limited, a biotechnology company based in Bengaluru,Bangalore, India. Currently, Kiran serves as Lead independent director on the Board of Infosys Limited and independent director of United Breweries Limited. She is theNon-Executive & Non independent director in Narayana Hrudayalaya Limited and is Non-executive Chairperson at Syngene International Limited. At Infosys, she serves as Chairperson of our Nomination and Remunerationremuneration Committee and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee. She is also aCommittee and member of our Risk Management Committee. Kiran is a pioneering biotech entrepreneur, a healthcare visionary, a global influencer, and Strategy Committee. Ms. Mazumdar-Shaw is highlya passionate philanthropist. Highly respected in the corporate world, andshe was named the EY Entrepreneur of the Year India 2019. Her pioneering efforts in biotechnology have drawn global recognition, including the Order of Australia, Australia’s highest civilian honour, as well as, the highest French distinction, Knight of the Legion of Honour. She has also been named among TIME magazine’s 100 most influential people in the world. The Economic Times placed her as oneShe has received two of India Inc.’s top 10 most powerful women CEOs forIndia's highest civilian honours, the year 2012. Her pioneering efforts in biotechnology have drawn global recognition both forPadma Shri and the Indian Industry and Biocon. Ms. Mazumdar-Shaw receivedPadma Bhushan. Kiran holds a graduate honorsbachelor’s degree in Zoology from Bangalore University, in 1973India, and is qualified as a Master Brewer from Ballarat University, of Ballarat, Australia. Ms. Mazumdar-ShawShe has also received many honorary doctorates in recognition of her pre-eminent contributions to the field of biotechnology.

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha is an Independent Director of Infosys. She has served as one of the directors on our Board since January 2016. She is the member of the Audit Committee, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee and Stakeholders Relationship Committee. Dr. Kumar-Sinha has focused on investment management and financial markets during her 28-year career. She spearheaded some of the first foreign investments into the Indian equity markets in the early 1990s. She is the Founder and Managing Partner, Pacific Paradigm Advisors, an independent investment advisory and management firm focused on Asia. Dr. Kumar-Sinha is also a Senior Advisor and serves as an independent director for several companies. Prior to founding Pacific Paradigm Advisors, she was a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone and Chief Investment Officer of Blackstone Asia Advisors. She was also the Senior Portfolio Manager and CIO for The India Fund (NYSE:IFN), the largest India Fund in the US, for almost 15 years, The Asia Tigers Fund (NYSE:GRR), and The Asia Opportunities Fund. At Blackstone Asia Advisors, she led the business and managed teams in the US, India, and Hong Kong. Prior to joining Blackstone, Dr. Kumar-Sinha was a Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Oppenheimer Asset Management Inc., and CIBC World Markets, where she helped open one of the first India advisory offices for a foreign firm. She also worked at Batterymarch (a Legg Mason company), Standish Ayer & Wood (a BNY Mellon company), JP Morgan and IFC / World Bank. She has been frequently featured in the media. She has been a speaker at several forums and many of her contributions at seminars and conferences have projected the potential and prospects of Asia as an investment destination. She has a Ph.D. and a Masters in Finance from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania. She received her undergraduate degree in Chemical Engineering with distinction from the Indian Institute of Technology


Delhi. She has an MBA and is also a CFA Charter holder. Dr. Kumar-Sinha is a member of the CFA Institute and the Council on Foreign Relations. She is a Charter Member and was a Board Member of TiE Boston. Dr. Kumar-Sinha has been awarded the Distinguished Alumni Award by IIT Delhi.

Roopa Kudva is an Independent Director of Infosys. She has served as a director on our Board since February 2015. Ms. Kudva is Partner of Omidyar Network and Managing Director of Omidyar Network India Advisors. Omidyar Network is a US-based philanthropic investment firm. Previously, she was the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of CRISIL, a global analytical company providing ratings, research, and risk and policy advisory services. She is the member of the Audit Committee, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee and Stakeholder Relationship Committee. She has regularly featured in lists of the most powerful women in business compiled by prominent publications, including Fortune and Business Today. She is the recipient of several prestigious awards including the ‘Outstanding Woman Business Leader of The Year’ at CNBC TV18’s ‘India Business Leader Awards 2012’, India Today’s ‘Corporate Woman Award 2014’ and Indian Merchants’ Chamber Ladies' Wing’s ‘Woman of the Year Award 2013-14’. She is a member of several policy-level committees relating to the Indian financial system, including committees of the Securities and Exchange Board of India and the RBI. She has also been a member of the Executive Council of NASSCOM. She is a regular speaker at global conferences and seminars by multilateral agencies, market participants, and leading academic institutions. She holds a postgraduate diploma in management from the Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad and also received the Distinguished Alumnus Award from her alma mater.

D.N. Prahlad is an Independent Director of Infosys. He has served as a director on our Board since October 2016. He is the Chairperson of the Risk and Strategy Committee and a member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee.  Mr. Prahlad is the founder and CEO of Surya Software Systems Private Limited, Bengaluru, India. Surya focuses on products for financial risk management of financial institutions in general and banks in particular.  Mr. Prahlad is the Chairman of Edgeverve Systems Limited and an Independent Director in Infosys BPM Limited. He is also the Non-Executive Director in SolCen Technologies Private Limited.  Mr. Prahlad is on the advisory board of Computer Science and Automation Department of the Indian Institute of Science, Bengaluru. He served as an adjunct faculty at the Indian Institute of Information Technology, Bengaluru in its formative years. He serves as an advisory board member of PathShodh Healthcare, a company with leading-edge nanotechnology in diagnostic measurements related to diabetes. Mr. Prahlad is a B.Sc. with honors in mathematics from Bengaluru University and a B.E. (Electrical technology and Electronics) from the Indian Institute of Science, Bengaluru. Prior to founding Surya, Mr. Prahlad played a key role in the rapid growth of Infosys, being associated with the Company in its formative years. He brings with him a high level of experience of working with multiple Fortune 50 clients, creation of new services, products and strategies.

D. Sundaram is an Independent Director of Infosys from July 2017. He is the ChairmanChairperson of the Audit Committee, Stakeholders Relationship Committee, and of Risk Management Committee, and member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, and also of Risk and Strategy Committee of the Board.Committee. Mr. Sundaram's experience spans corporate finance, business performance, monitoring operations, governance, mergers & acquisitions, talent / people management and strategy. Mr. Sundaram joined Hindustan Unilever Limited (HUL), the Indian listed subsidiary of Unilever Plc, as a management trainee in June 1975 and served in various capacities including six years in Unilever, London as Commercial officer: Africa and Middle East (90-93) and as Sr. V.P for South Asia and Middle East (96-99). He was the Chief Finance Officer of HUL from April 99 to March 08 and as the Vice Chairman and CFO from April 08 to July 09. He is a two-time winner of the prestigious “CFO of the Year for FMCG Sector” award by CNBC TV18 (2006 and 2008). Mr. Sundaram was awarded as the “Best Independent Director Award” for the year 2019 by the Asian Center for Corporate Governance & Sustainability. Mr. Sundaram is currently the Vice Chairman and Managing Director of TVS Capital Funds Ltd in managing a growth capital Private Equity Fund (TVS Shriram Growth Fund.) Mr. Sundaram is a post-graduate in Management Studies (MMS) from Chennai,, Fellow of the Institute of Cost Accountants, and has done Harvard Business School's Advanced Management Program (AMP). He currently serves as an independent director on the boards of SBI General Insurance GSK Pharma India andCompany Limited, GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals Limited, Crompton Greaves Consumer Electricals Limited and ACC Limited.


Michael Gibbsis an Independent Director of Infosys from July 2018. He is the member of Risk and Strategy Committee of the Board.Infosys. He is the former Group CIO for BP, PLC having responsibility for setting and implementing BP’s IT strategy and providing computing and telecommunications technology services worldwide. As CIO, Mr. GibbsMichael led a transformation of the IT function at BP, reorganizing the function and operating model. He led improvements in Cyber Security and the application of emerging digital technologies including plans for a migration of legacy data centerscentres to the cloud. Mr. GibbsMichael served as CIO for various businesses including Conoco Refining & Marketing, Europe and Asia, based in London and ConocoPhillips Supply and Trading, Corporate Functions and Global Downstream, based in Houston. In 2008, Michael returned to London joining BP as VP/CIO, Refining & Marketing, before becoming Group CIO in 2013. Currently, Mr. Gibbs does occasional business consulting and speaking. He has chaired several church and mission’s boards and currently serves as Vice-Chair of “A Child’s Hope – Haiti” serving the orphans of Haiti.  Mr. GibbsMichael graduated summa cum laude from Oklahoma State University with a degree in Management Science. He completed the Executive Management Program at Penn State University in 1997 and the Concours/Cash CIO Leadership Program in 2004. In 2015 he was named to CIO magazine’s list of the most influential Global CIOs and ranked as I-CIO’s 2nd most powerful IT executive in Europe. At Infosys he serves as member of Audit Committee, Risk Management Committee and Nomination and remuneration Committee.

Uri Levine is an Independent Director of Infosys. He is a passionate serial entrepreneur and disruptor. He co-founded Waze, the world’s largest community-based driving traffic and navigation app, with more than 500 million drivers around the globe, which was acquired by Google in June 2013 for more than US$ 1.1 billion. Levine heads “The Founders Kitchen”, a company-builder fund, and serves as the co-founder and chairman of FeeX, FairFly, and Refundit. He also serves on the Board of Directors of Seetree, Kahun, GCNHub, Fibo, Zoomcar and Dynamo.

 

M.D. Ranganath Levine’s vision in building startups is specifically intended to disrupt inefficient markets and improve under-functioning services with a focus on solving “BIG problems” and saving consumers time and money while empowering them and changing the world for the better. Levine has been in the high-tech business for the last 30 years, half of them in the startup scene, and has seen everything ranging from failure, middle success, and big


success. He is also a well-known speaker on entrepreneurship, disruption, evolution vs. revolutions of markets, mobility and startups. Motivated to encourage the next generation of thinkers and innovators, he also leads an academic workshop entitled “How to Build a Startup”, aimed at undergraduate and graduate-level business students. Levine is a BA graduate from Tel Aviv University. Before attending university, he served in the Israeli army in its special intelligence unit 8200. He is a trustee at the Tel Aviv University and also mentors young entrepreneurs at the Zell Entrepreneurship program at IDC Herzliya. At Infosys, he serves as member of, Risk Management Committee and Environment Social Governance Committee (ESG Committee).

Bobby Parikh is the Managing Partner of Bobby Parikh Associates, a boutique firm focused on providing strategic tax and regulatory advisory services. Over the years, Parikh has had extensive experience in advising clients across a range of industries. India has witnessed significant deregulation and a progressive transformation of its policy framework. An area of focus for Parikh has been to work with businesses, both Indian and multinational, in interpreting the implications of the deregulation as well as the changes to India’s policy framework, to help businesses better leverage opportunities that have become available and to address challenges that resulted from such changes. Parikh has led teams that have advised clients in the areas of entry strategy (MNCs into India and Indian companies into overseas markets), business model identification, structuring a business presence, mergers, acquisitions and other business reorganizations. Parikh’s particular area of focus is providing tax and regulatory advice in relation to transactions and other forms of business reorganizations, whether inbound, outbound or wholly domestic. In this regard, Parikh works extensively with private equity funds, other institutional investors and owners and managers of businesses to develop bespoke solutions that optimally address the commercial objectives underpinning a particular transaction or a business reorganization. Parikh also works closely with regulators and policy formulators in providing inputs to aid in the development of new regulations and policies, and in assessing the implications and efficacy of these and providing feedback for action. Parikh was most recently co-founder of BMR Advisors, a highly regarded tax and transactions firm which he helped establish and run for over 12 years. Prior to forming BMR Advisors, Parikh was the Chief Executive Officer of Ernst & Young in India and held that responsibility until December 2003. Parikh worked with Arthur Andersen for over 17 years and was its Country Managing Partner until the Andersen practice combined with that of Ernst & Young in June 2002. Parikh led the Financial Services industry practice at Arthur Andersen and then also at Ernst & Young. Parikh is a graduate in Commerce from the University of Mumbai and qualified as a Chartered Accountant from the Indian Institute of Chartered Accountants of India in 1987. At Infosys he serves as member of Audit Committee, Risk Management Committee and Stakeholder Relationship Committee.

Chitra Nayak has over 25 years of professional experience in go-to-market, general management, and operations leadership roles at various organizations. She currently serves as a Member of the Board at Invitae, a medical genetics company; at Morneau Shepell, a tech enabled HR services company; at Forward Air, a freight and logistics company; and at Intercom, a messaging platform company. She also advises startups on go-to market strategies. Most recently, she was the Chief Operating Officer (COO), overseeing the go-to-market strategy at Comfy, a real-estate tech startup, and prior to that, she was COO at Funding Circle, an online SMB lending marketplace. Chitra has been in leadership roles at Salesforce for eight years, as COO, Platform, and Senior VP, Global Sales Development. She was earlier part of AAA, Charles Schwab, and the Boston Consulting Group as well Chitra has a passion for empowering women in the workplace. She is the Co-Founder of Neythri.org, which supports South Asian professional women. She was also the Co-Founder of the Salesforce Women’s Network initiative. She has co-created and taught an MBA class on ‘Women in Leadership’ at California State University, East Bay. Chitra holds an MBA with Honors from Harvard Business School, an MS in Environmental Engineering from Cornell University, and a B.Tech. in Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology. At Infosys She serves as member of Risk Management Committee, Stakeholder Relationship Committee and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee.

Nilanjan Royis the Chief Financial Officer of Infosys Limited effective March 1, 2019. Prior to this he served as the Company. He has over 27 yearsGlobal Chief Financial Officer of experience in information technologyBharti Airtel Ltd. and financial services industries.was responsible for the finance function across India and Africa. He has held severalvarious leadership positions during a tenure of over 17for the last 13 years with Infosys. As Chief Financial Officer, he oversees key functions across the group, including, corporate finance, taxation, treasury, M&A, risk management and investor relations. He has played a key role in strategy execution and in transformation journey of Infosys. From 2008Bharti Airtel, prior to 2013, he was the Chief Risk Officer and worked with the Board’s Risk Management and Audit committees and deployed enterprise risk management framework to enable the Board’s overview of risk management. Subsequently, led the cost optimization initiative of the Company as part of the Chairman’s Office, aimed at enhancing fiscal discipline and improving operating margin and cash flow. From 1991 to 1999,which he worked with ICICI Limited, where he held leadership responsibilitiesUnilever for 15 years in Treasury, Planningtheir global operations across India, Europe, and Credit functions. Ranganaththe United States. As an established finance leader, Nilanjan has delivered lectures in various international forums on financeextensive and risk management. He was the recipient of Best CFO Award - Technology/IT services by Institutional Investors, in 2017rich global experience including shareholder value creation, corporate governance, business partnering, mergers and 2018. He was included in the CFO 100 roll of honour, 2018 underacquisitions, treasury and funding, investor relations, category,cost management, financial operations, taxation, financial accounting, and reporting. Nilanjan was recognized as the Best


CFO in IT large Cap, 2020 by CFO forum. RanganathDalal Street Investment Journal. Nilanjan has a post graduate diploma in management (PGDM)Bachelor of Commerce (Hons.) from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad,Delhi University and is a Master's degree in Technology from the Indian Institute of Technology, Madras and a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering from the University of Mysore. He is an Associate Member of CPA, Australia.Chartered Accountant.

Ravi Kumar S.S. is a President and the Deputy Chief Operating Officer at Infosys. In this role, he leads the Infosys global deliveryservices organization across all global industry segments.segments, driving digital transformation services, application development and maintenance; independent validation services, engineering services, emerging technology solutions, business intelligence & analytics, cloud & infrastructure, and enterprise package applications service lines. In addition, Mr. Kumar leadsRavi is championing and leading the U.S.U.S & Europe talent model for Infosys to drive the creation of new Innovation and Technology Hubs by collaborating with clients, local state governments and academic ecosystems. He oversees Infosys Business Process Management (BPM) and is theCurrently he serves as Chairman of the Board of Infosys BPM Ltd. HeLimited, Outbox Systems Inc, Fluido Oy, HIPUS Co., Ltd, and WongDoody Holding Company Inc. In addition, he is also oversees operations fordirector on the boards of Infosys Canada Public Service Inc, Infosys Nova Holdings LLC, Infosys Public Services Inc, Brilliant Basics Limited, Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited, Infosys Consulting Holding AG, Kaleidoscope Animations, Inc, Beringer Commerce Inc, Beringer Capital Digital Group Inc and the Infosys arms in Latin America, Japan and China. He is the Chairman of the BoardGuide Vision S.r.o  – subsidiaries of Infosys China and is also on the Board of Infosys Public Services, Infosys Consulting and McCamish Systems LLC (an Infosys BPM company). He is the Chairman of Infosys Foundation, USA. Mr. Kumar’sLimited. Ravi's responsibilities include managing the alliances organization and the partner ecosystems at Infosys. He is a trusteechairperson of the Infosys Foundation, USA.  HeUSA focused on K12 Schools in the United States. Ravi started his career as a nuclear scientist at the Bhabha Atomic Research Center. Ravi has over 2019 years of experience in the consulting space, incubating new practice lines, driving large transformational programs, and evangelizing new business models across industry segments. He has played diverse roles across organizations within the CRM space for Oracle Corporation, building a next-generation CRM practice at Cambridge Technology Partners. He has also worked on process and technology transformation for the unbundling of Indian State Electricity Boards at PricewaterhouseCoopers.  Mr. Kumar started his career as a nuclear scientist at the Bhabha Atomic Research Center.

He is a parton the Board of several steering committee boardsGovernors of large transformational initiatives for global clients. He is a memberthe New York Academy of Sciences, Member of the Young Presidents Organization (YPO) Manhattan Chapter; Honorary Founding BoardChapter, Member of the Technology Advisory Board at MIT Forum;International Advisory Board of Fudan University, Shanghai, Chairs the Global Supply Chain Center at MarshallIT & Business School, UniversityServices Workforce Council for the Governor in the State of Southern California; NASSCOM IT Services CouncilConnecticut, Member of Skills Consortium of the World Economic Forum (WEF), Fortune CEO Workforce Redesign Group and many other industry forums.  Mr. KumarHe regularly attends the annual meeting of the World Economic Forum Davos, actively writes on Digital transformation, Future of Work, Reskilling, Talent transformation in the Harvard Business Review (HBR), Knowledge@Wharton, Forbes, and other top tier publications. Ravi has a Master’smaster’s degree in Business Administrationbusiness administration from Xavier Institute of Management, Bhubaneswar, India.


Mohit Joshiis a President of the Company. He is Head of Banking,responsible for the Financial Services & Insurance (BFSI), and Healthcare and Healthcare/Life Sciences businesses at Infosys. In addition, as Chairman of Edgeverve Systems Ltd, he leads our software business which includes Finacle, our Global banking platform. He leads Sales Operations and Effectiveness for Infosys and is also responsiblehas executive responsibility for firm-wide sales operations and reporting processes, including large deal pursuits and top account growth.  Mr. Joshi has over 19 years of professional experience workingLarge deals across the US, India, Mexico, and Europe. His area of expertise lies in the intersection of financial services and technology.  Mr. Joshi was also selected as a Young Global Leader (YGL) by the World Economic Forum, Davos earlier this year. HeCompany. Mohit joined Infosys in 2000 and has since worked in different capacities.capacities for the Company. In his previous role, he was responsible for leading the Financial Services practicebusiness in Europe. In 2007, Mr. JoshiMohit was appointed as CEO of Infosys Mexico and was instrumental in setting up the first subsidiary in Latin America. He is also a Non-Executive Director at Aviva Plc. He is a member of the Risk & Governance and Nomination committees at Aviva Plc. Mohit was also invited to join the Global Young Leader program at the World Economic Forum in 2014. He is the Vice Chair of the Economic Growth Board of the CBI (Confederation of British Industry) and is a member of YPO (Young Presidents Organization). Mohit has previously worked in India with ABN AMRO and ANZ Grindlays in their corporateCorporate and investment banks.  Mr. JoshiInvestment bank. He holds a Master of Business Administration degreeM.B.A from the Faculty of Management Studies, Delhi University and a Bachelor’s degree in Historyhistory from St. Stephen’s College, Delhi. Currently Mohit also serves as director on the boards of Infosys Americas Inc., Infosys Technologies (Sweden) AB and Stater N.V - subsidiaries of Infosys Limited.

Krishnamurthy (Krish) Shankaris an Executive Vice President and the Group Head of Human Resource (HR) Development and Head of Infosys Leadership Institute (ILI), at Infosys. In this role, he is responsible for envisioning the roadmap for HR, driving strategy, and driving the talent and organization strategy. Mr. Shankar leads multiple teams across various HR functionsimplementing operational priorities aligned with the goal of providing employees with the best experience, both in terms of their career development and the work environment. He is also focused on developing our leadership pipeline for the future. Heoverall organizational mandate. Krish has over 30 years of experience and has led several global HR functions in organizations like Bharti Airtel, Philips, Hindustan Unilever and Unilever. In his wide ranging experience in these organizations, he has facilitated organization-wide transformation and capability development, along with leadingPrior to joining Infosys, Krish was the transformationHead of HR into a strategic partner. Mr. Shankarfor South Asia at Philips. Krish holds a postgraduate diploma in HR from XLRI, Jamshedpur, and has received an executive certificate in Strategy and Organization from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. He also has a Doctorate in Business Administration from Aston University.


Inderpreet Sawhney is the Group General Counsel &and the Chief Compliance Officer of Infosys. In this role she leads the legal and compliance function of the Company. She is a strategic business partner supporting the business in legal and regulatory matters. She is also responsible for directingmatters and ensuring the development and executionimplementation of the compliance and ethics program of the Company. Ms. SawhneyCompany in line with Infosys’ core C-LIFE values. Inderpreet is a seasoned international professional with over 25 years of experience, including as a General Counsel of a large IT Service company, and as Managing Partner of a mid-sized law firm in Silicon Valley where her mandate included counsel on complex international transactions. She also serves on the National Advisory Council of SABANA (South Asian Bar Association of North America). Her past leadership positions include President, SABANA, Board Member of Pratham Bay Area, Foundation for Excellence, and Indus Women Leaders.  In recognition for her work, Ms. Sawhney has been awarded the 2006 Minority Bar Coalition Unity Award, 2010 Outstanding Mentorship Award – SABA Northern California, 2010 NASABA (North American South Asian Bar Association) Cornerstone Award and the 2013 NASABA Corporate Counsel Achievement Award. She was an Honoree at the 2017 Transformative Leadership Awards, which honor the success of General Counsel who have demonstrated commitment to advancing women in Law.She is a frequent speaker at conferences globally. Ms. Sawhneyinternational conferences. Inderpreet has a Bachelor’sBA (Hons.) and LL.B degree in Arts and a Bachelor’s degree in Law from Delhi University and a Master’s degree in Lawan LL.M from Queen's University, Kingston, Canada. Inderpreet also serves as director on the Boards of EdgeVerve Systems Limited, Infosys BPM Limited, Infosys Americas Inc. and Infosys Nova Holdings LLC.

COMPENSATIONCompensation

In order to adapt to the changing business context and the highly competitive environment that we operate in, our Executive Compensation philosophy has evolved to reward long term sustainable performance. Our Executive Compensation Policy moves away from a predominantly cash-based compensation structure to a Total Rewards structure where aprograms encourage reward for performance. A significant portion of the executives’ total rewards isare tied to the delivery of long-term corporate performance goals, in order to align with the forminterest of stock incentives.the shareholders. The Overview of Executive Leadership Compensation is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee determines and recommends to the Board the compensation payable to the directors. All Board-level compensation is based onapproved at the approval obtained from shareholders and is disclosed separately inmeeting or via postal ballot. Remuneration for the financial statements. The remuneration of executive directors consists ofcomprises a fixed component and a variable component, including stock incentives.incentives under the 2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2015 plan) and under the Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Program – 2019 (the 2019 plan). The variable pay and grant of stock incentives is subject to achievement of certain goals as determined by the Board.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee makes a periodic appraisal of the performance of the executive directors based on a detailed performance matrix.

The annual compensation2015 Plan and 2019 plan were previously filed as exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 20F.

As required under the Listing Regulations effective April 1, 2019, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee will recommend to the Board the payment of the executive directors is approved by the Committeeremuneration to senior management. The Nomination and placed before the shareholders at the shareholders’ meeting / postal ballot.


The executive directorsRemuneration Policy of the Company are entitled to an annual/half yearly variable pay including stock incentives, which is subject to the achievement of certain periodic milestones by the Company, as determined by the Board. The Board reserves the authority to set such milestonesavailable on a GAAP or non-GAAP basis.  our website at https://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/documents/nomination-remuneration-policy.pdf

Independent directors’ compensation

The compensation payable to the independent directors is limited to a fixed amount per year as determined and approved by the Board, the sum of which does not exceed 1% of our net profits for the year, calculated as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. The Board reviews the performance of independent directors on an annual basis.

In fiscal 2018, we paid independent directors an aggregateaccordance with the Listing Regulations, no employee, including key managerial personnel or director or promoter of $1,336,041. Independent directors are also reimburseda listed entity, shall enter into any agreement for certain expenseshimself or on behalf of any other person, with any shareholder or any other third party with regard to compensation or profit-sharing in connection with their attendance atdealings in the securities of the Company, unless prior approval for the same has been obtained from the Board of Directors as well as public shareholders by way of an ordinary resolution. During the year, there were no such instances.

Non-Executive and committee meetings. Executive directors doNon-Independent Chairman’s compensation

Nandan M. Nilekani, Chairman, voluntarily chose not to receive any additional compensationremuneration for their service onhis services rendered to the Board apart from remuneration approved by shareholders.Company.


We operateRemuneration to directors in numerous countries and compensation for our officers and employees may vary significantly from country to country. As a general matter, we seek to pay competitive salaries in all the countries in which we operate.fiscal 2021

(A)

The table below describes the compensation for our Non- ExecutiveNon-Executive and Independent Directors, for fiscal 2018.2021:

 

Name

Commission ($)

 

Non-Executive, Non Independent Director:

 

 

 

Nandan M. Nilekani(1)

 

Non-Executive, Independent Directors:

 

 

 

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw(6)

 

153,672

150,000

 

Ravi VenkatesanD. Sundaram

169,096

Michael Gibbs

167,629

Uri Levine(2)

 

219,015

105,548

 

Roopa KudvaBobby Parekh(3)

 

149,399

93,740

Chitra Nayak(4)

2,014

 

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha(5)

 

203,685

123,630

 

D. N. Prahlad

145,014

D. Sundaram(3)(6)

 

107,044

R. Seshasayee(4)

129,377

Prof. Jeffrey S. Lehman(5)

137,308

Prof. John W. Etchemendy(5)

91,52711,301

 

 

(1)

Appointed as Non-executive, Non-Independent Director and Chairman of the Board effective August 24, 2017.  Appointment approved by shareholders vide postal ballot concluded on October 7, 2017. Mr.Nandan M. Nilekani voluntarily chose not to receive any remuneration for his services rendered to the Company.Company

(2)

Appointed as Co-Chairman of the Board with effect fromeffective April 13, 2017. Resigned as Co-Chairman of the Board effective August 24, 2017 and resigned as Independent Director effective May 11, 2018.20, 2020

(3)

Appointed as Independent director effective July 14, 2017. Appointment approved by shareholders vide Postal ballot concluded on October 7, 2017.15, 2020

(4)

Resigned as Chairman and Independent DirectorAppointed effective August 24, 2017.March 25, 2021

(5)

Resigned as Independent DirectorRetired on completion of her tenure effective August 24, 2017.January 13, 2021

(6)

Appointed as Lead Independent DirectorResigned effective April 13, 201820, 2020


(B)

The table below describes the compensation for our executive directors and other executive officers, for fiscal 2018.2021:

 

Name

 

Salary

($)

 

 

Bonus

& incentive ($)

 

 

Amount

accrued

for long

term

benefits ($)

 

 

Value of

RSUs

& ESOPs

granted ($)

 

Number of

RSUs

granted

 

Number of

ESOPs

granted

 

 

Salary

($)

 

 

Bonus &

incentive

($)

 

 

Amount

accrued

for long

term

benefits ($)

 

 

Value of

RSUs

granted ($)

 

 

Number of

RSUs

granted

 

 

Salil Parekh (1)

 

 

218,276

 

 

 

382,490

 

 

 

14,554

 

 

2,000,000(2)

 

113,024(2)

 

 

 

 

 

768,536

 

 

 

1,710,006

 

 

 

49,711

 

 

 

3,489,303

 

(1)

 

367,173

 

(1)

U. B. Pravin Rao (3)

 

 

655,977

 

 

 

592,208

 

 

 

28,956

 

 

(4)

 

(4)

 

(4)

 

 

 

570,304

 

 

 

681,928

 

 

 

25,151

 

 

 

529,451

 

(2)

 

59,374

 

(2)

Dr. Vishal Sikka (5)

 

 

715,806

 

 

 

205,572

 

 

 

28,579

 

 

 

 

 

M. D. Ranganath

 

 

567,434

 

 

 

524,066

 

 

 

36,656

 

 

1,000,000(6)

 

66,850(6)

 

 

Nilanjan Roy

 

 

320,009

 

 

 

295,011

 

 

 

23,984

 

 

 

554,867

 

(3)

 

37,012

 

(3)

Ravi Kumar S

 

 

625,000

 

 

 

513,372

 

 

 

29,907

 

 

1,000,000 (6)

 

66,850(6)

 

 

 

 

690,144

 

 

 

666,875

 

 

 

26,872

 

 

 

1,933,125

 

(4)

 

113,050

 

(4)

Mohit Joshi

 

 

681,855

 

 

 

522,977

 

 

 

156,274

 

 

1,000,000 (6)

 

66,850(6)

 

 

 

 

737,457

 

 

 

735,219

 

 

 

196,473

 

 

 

2,089,116

 

(4)

 

122,350

 

(4)

Sandeep Dadlani(7)

 

 

223,944

 

 

 

(19,726

)

 

 

3,199

 

 

 

 

 

Rajesh K Murthy(8)

 

 

474,479

 

 

 

431,982

 

 

 

316,616

 

 

 

 

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

 

313,408

 

 

 

270,506

 

 

 

23,726

 

 

184,541(6)

 

12,400(6)

 

 

 

 

283,322

 

 

 

308,676

 

 

 

21,484

 

 

 

431,513

 

(4)

 

24,900

 

(4)

Inderpreet Sawhney(9)(10)

 

 

416,345

 

 

 

307,975

 

 

 

26,428

 

 

950,000(9)

 

58,150(9)

 

44,450(9)

 

Gopi Krishnan Radhakrishnan(11)

 

 

20,691

 

 

 

1,677

 

 

 

1,868

 

 

 

 

 

Inderpreet Sawhney

 

 

596,285

 

 

 

458,325

 

 

 

21,376

 

 

 

777,600

 

(4)

 

45,100

 

(4)

 

The performance bonuses include accruals forpayable as per the second halfterms of the year.employment agreement. The actuals could differ based on the completion of performance evaluation and differences are adjusted at the time of payouts.

(1)

(1)

Appointed as Chief Executive OfficerA)The Board, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Managing Director effective January 2, 2018. The appointment is for a term of five years with effect from January 2, 2018 to January 1, 2023 andRemuneration Committee, under the remuneration is approved by shareholders through postal ballot dated February 20, 2018. (Refer to Material contracts under Item 10 of this Annual Report)  2015 plan, approved:

 

(2)a)

Pursuant toOn April 20, 2020, performance-based grant of RSUs for the approval offinancial year 2021. These RSUs will vest in line with the shareholders through a postal ballot on February 20, 2018, Salil Parekh is eligible to receive the following, under the 2015 Plan,current employment agreement. Accordingly, 192,964 performance based RSUs were granted effective May 2, 2020.

 

a)b)

an annualThe grant of annual time-based RSUs for fiscal 2021 of fair value ₹3.25 crore (approximately $0.50 million) which25,775 RSUs. The grants were made effective February 1, 2021. These RSUs will vest over time in three equal annual installments upon completion of each year of service fromline with the respective grant datecurrent employment agreement.


 

b)c)

a one-timeOn April 14, 2021, performance-based grant of RSUs of fair value ₹9.75 crore (approximately $1.50 million) whichfor the financial year 2022. These RSUs will vest over time in two equal annual installments upon completion of each year of service fromline with the grant date and

c)

annual grant ofcurrent employment agreement. Accordingly, 96,150 performance based RSUs of fair value ₹13 crore (approximately $2 million) which will vest after completion of three years(not included in the first of which concludes on March 31, 2021, subject to achievement of performance targets set by the Board or its committee.  table above) were granted effective May 2, 2021.

 

B)The Board, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee approved on February 27, 2018,under the annual time based grant for fiscal 2018 of 28,256 RSUs and the one-time time based grant of 84,768 RSUs. The grants were made effective February 27, 2018.  2019 plan, approved:

In addition to the above,

a)

On April 20, 2020, the grant of annual performance based RSUs for financial year 2021, in accordance with his employment agreement. These RSUs will vest in line with the employment agreement subject to the Company’s achievement of certain performance criteria as laid out in the 2019 plan. Accordingly, 148,434 performance based RSUs have been granted effective May 2, 2020.

b)

On April 14, 2021, the grant of annual performance based RSUs for financial year 2022, in accordance with his employment agreement. These RSUs will vest in line with the employment agreement subject to the Company’s achievement of certain performance criteria as laid out in the 2019 plan. Accordingly, 73,962 performance based RSUs (not included in the table above) have been granted effective May 2, 2021.

(2)

The Board, on April 20, 2020, under the 2019 plan, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, approved the grant of annual performance based RSUs for financial year 2021, in accordance with his employment agreement. These RSUs will vest in line with the employment agreement subject to the Company’s achievement of certain performance criteria as laid out in the 2019 plan. Accordingly, 59,374 performance based RSUs have been granted effective May 2, 2020.

(3)

A) The Board, on April 20, 2020, under the 2015 plan, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, approved the grant of annual performance based RSUs, in accordance with his employment agreement. These RSUs will vest equally over a period of three years from the date of grant based on achievement of performance targets in accordance with his employment agreement. Accordingly, 11,133 performance based RSUs have been granted effective May 2, 2020.

B) On January 13, 2021, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, the Board, approved annual time-based grant of 13,879 RSUs under the 2015 plan. The grants were made effective February 1, 2021. These RSUs will vest in line with the current employment agreement.

C) On March 30, 2021, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, the Board, approved performance-based grant of 12,000 RSUs under the 2019 plan. The grants were made effective March 31, 2021. The RSUs granted 108,600under the 2019 plan will vest over three years subject to the Company’s achievement of certain performance criteria as laid out in the 2019 plan.

D)The Board, on April 14, 2021, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, approved the grant of annual performance based RSUs, to Salil Parekhunder the 2015 plan, in accordance with an effectivehis employment agreement. These RSUs will vest equally over a period of three years from the date of May 2, 2018. The grants would vest upon successful completion of three full fiscal years with the Company concluding on March 31, 2021 and will be determinedgrant based on achievement of certain performance targets forin accordance with his employment agreement. Accordingly, 5,547 performance based RSUs (not included in the said three-year period.above) have been granted effective May 2, 2021.

 

(4)

(3)

Appointed as Interim CEO and MD on August 18, 2017. Appointment approved by shareholders vide Postal ballot concluded on October 7, 2017. Subsequently, on January 2, 2018 re-designated as COO and Whole-time Director. Re-designation approved by shareholders vide Postal ballot concluded on February 20, 2018. The compensation remains unchangedOn March 30, 2021, based on the appointment and re-designation.

(4)

The number and valuerecommendations of RSUs and ESOPs included in the table above, does not include the grant of 27,250 RSUs and 43,000 ESOPs made on May 2, 2017 as they pertain to fiscal 2017


(5)

Resigned as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director effective August 18, 2017 and as Executive vice chairman effective August 24, 2017. Consequently, the unvested outstanding RSU’s and ESOP’s have been forfeited  

(6)

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee recommended granting of RSUs under the 2015 Plan to the executive officers for fiscal 2018. The grants have been made with an effective date of February 27, 2018. These RSUs and ESOPs would vest over a period of four years

(7)

Resigned effective July 14, 2017 and the unvested RSUs and ESOPs granted to him were forfeited

(8)

Resigned effective January 31, 2018 and the unvested RSUs and ESOPs granted to him were forfeited

(9)

Appointed as Group General Counsel and Chief Compliance officer effective July 3, 2017 and was named as executive officer for SEC reporting purposes effective July 14, 2017. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee in its meeting on July 13, 2017 recommended a grant of 19,450 RSUs and 44,450 ESOPs with effect from August 1, 2017 under the 2015 Plan. These RSUs and ESOPs will vest over a period of four years from the date of grant. Additionally, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, further recommended a one-time grant of 38,700the Board, approved time based RSU grants under the 2015 plan and performance based RSU grants under the 2019 plan to its executive officers. The grants were made effective March 31, 2021. RSUs with effect from August 1, 2017. These RSUsgranted under the 2015 plan will vest over a period of twofour years from the date of grant in the ratio 60:40

(10)

Includes a one-time joining bonus of $25,000

(11)

Resigned with effect from June 24, 2017 and the unvested RSUs granted to him were forfeitedunder the 2019 plan will vest over three years based on achievement of certain performance targets.

 

All the above grants were made in accordance with the 2015 Plan.plan and 2019 plan. The exercise price for the RSUs will be equal to the par value of the shares. Refer to Note 2.162.17 of Item 18 of this Annual Report for further details.

 

All compensation to directors and officers disclosed in the table above that was paid in various currencies have been converted, for the purposes of the presentation in such table, at average exchange rates.

Under the Listing Regulations, no employee of a listed company including key managerial personnel or promoter may enter into an agreement for himself or on behalf of any other person, with any shareholder or any other third party with regard to compensation or profit sharing in connection with dealings in the securities of such listed company, unless the same has been approved by a majority of the shareholders of the listed company by way of an ordinary resolution. In such general meeting, those persons who are affected by such resolutions are to abstain from voting in such general meeting. There are no such arrangements in Infosys as on the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.


Equity Grants

The following is the summary of grants made to KMP during fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 under the 2015 Plan:plan and 2019 plan:

 

Particulars

Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Fiscal 2016

 

RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salil Parekh, CEO and MD - Refer Note 1 below

 

113,024

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, COO and WTD

 

27,250

 

 

 

 

 

Dr.Vishal Sikka(1)

 

270,224

 

 

120,700

 

 

124,061

 

Other KMP(2)

 

271,100

 

 

246,250

 

 

 

 

 

681,598

 

 

366,950

 

 

124,061

 

ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, COO and WTD

 

43,000

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Vishal Sikka(1)

 

330,525

 

 

 

 

 

Other KMP(2)

 

44,450

 

 

502,550

 

 

 

 

 

417,975

 

 

502,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grants to KMP

 

1,099,573

 

 

869,500

 

 

124,061

 

Particulars

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

2015 Plan: Equity settled RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salil Parekh, CEO and MD

 

 

218,739

 

 

 

219,669

 

 

 

260,130

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, COO and WTD

 

 

 

 

58,650

 

 

 

68,250

 

Ravikumar S.

 

 

81,050

 

 

 

 

 

141,500

 

Mohit Joshi

 

 

90,350

 

 

 

145,900

 

 

 

133,650

 

Nilanjan Roy(1)

 

 

25,012

 

 

 

56,707

 

 

 

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

 

14,900

 

 

 

25,600

 

 

 

24,400

 

Inderpreet Sawhney

 

 

27,100

 

 

 

 

 

43,600

 

Jayesh Sanghrajka(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,950

 

 

 

 

457,151

 

 

 

506,526

 

 

 

696,480

 

2015 Plan: Cash settled RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ravi Kumar S.

 

 

 

 

 

135,200

 

 

 

 

Inderpreet Sawhney

 

 

 

 

 

45,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180,400

 

 

 

 

2019 Plan: Equity settled Performance based RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salil Parekh, CEO and MD

 

 

148,434

 

 

 

134,138

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, COO and WTD

 

 

59,374

 

 

 

53,655

 

 

 

 

Ravikumar S.

 

 

32,000

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

Mohit Joshi

 

 

32,000

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

Nilanjan Roy

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

Inderpreet Sawhney

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

311,808

 

 

 

352,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grants to KMP

 

 

768,959

 

 

 

1,039,719

 

 

 

696,480

 

(1)

Upon Dr. Vishal Sikka's resignation the unvested RSUs and ESOPs have been forfeited.Appointed as Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2019

(2)

ReferAppointed as the Interim Chief Financial Officer effective November 17, 2018. He resumed his responsibilities as Deputy Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2019; hence grants made between November 17, 2018 to February 28, 2019 is given in the section ‘Board and Management changes’ for details on resignation of certain KMPstable above


Notes

1. Refer to note 2.16 Employees’ Stock Option Plans under Item 18 of this Annual report on Form 20F for details of stock incentives granted to Salil Parekh under the 2015 plan.

In addition to the above, the Board, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, granted 108,600 performance based RSUs to Salil Parekh with an effective date of May 2, 2018. The grants would vest upon successful completion of three full fiscal years with the Company concluding on March 31, 2021 and will be determined based on achievement of certain performance targets for the said three-year period.

 

The RSUs, ESOPs and incentive units granted under the 2015 plan wouldshall generally vest overwithin a period of 4four years and RSUs granted under the 2019 plan generally vest within a period of three years based on Company’s achievement of certain performance criteria as laid out in the 2019 plan and shall be exercisable within the period as approved by the Committee.


Option Exercises and holdings

The following table gives details of exercises of RSUs and ESOPs by KMP for fiscal 2018

Name of KMP

Number of RSU

exercised

 

Number of ESOP

exercised

 

Dr.Vishal Sikka

 

70,772

 

 

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

3,012

 

 

 

M. D. Ranganath

 

7,662

 

 

 

Ravi Kumar S.

 

13,087

 

 

28,187

 

Rajesh K Murthy

 

11,250

 

 

24,225

 

Mohit Joshi

 

13,087

 

 

 

During fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, Dr. Vishal Sikka exercised 34,062 and 10,824 RSUs granted to him2021 under the 2015 stock incentive plan respectively. Noneand 2019 plan:

Name of KMP

Number of

RSU

exercised

Number of

ESOP

exercised

Salil Parekh

393,595

U. B. Pravin Rao

85,590

Ravi Kumar S.(1)

141,275

Mohit Joshi

175,414

Inderpreet Sawhney (1)

38,174

Krishnamurthy Shankar

30,926

Nilanjan Roy

14,347

(1)

Includes cash settled RSUs

The following table gives details of exercises of RSUs and ESOPs by KMP for fiscal 2020 under the KMPs except Dr. Vishal Sikka exercised any options during2015 plan:

Name of KMP

 

Number of

RSUs

exercised

 

 

Number of

ESOP

exercised

 

Salil Parekh

 

 

231,510

 

 

 

 

U. B. Pravin Rao

 

 

30,688

 

 

 

 

Ravi Kumar S.(1)

 

 

94,975

 

 

 

56,374

 

Mohit Joshi

 

 

59,586

 

 

 

 

Inderpreet Sawhney (1)

 

 

51,586

 

 

 

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

 

12,124

 

 

 

9,500

 

Nilanjan Roy

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Cash settled RSUs and ESOPs

The following table gives details of exercises of RSUs and ESOPs by KMP for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.2019 under the 2015 plan:

Name of KMP

 

Number of

RSUs

exercised

 

 

Number of

ESOP

exercised

 

Salil Parekh

 

 

103,604

 

 

 

 

U. B. Pravin Rao*

 

 

6,812

 

 

 

 

Ravi Kumar S.

 

 

59,600

 

 

 

56,376

 

Mohit Joshi

 

 

59,600

 

 

 

 

Inderpreet Sawhney*

 

 

28,082

 

 

 

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

 

12,226

 

 

 

 

Jayesh Sanghrajka (1)

 

 

4,376

 

 

 

 

M. D. Ranganath (2)

 

 

15,326

 

 

 

32,000

 

*

Not adjusted for September 2018 bonus issue

(1)

Appointed as the Interim Chief Financial Officer effective November 17, 2018. He resumed his responsibilities as Deputy Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2019; hence exercises between November 17, 2018 to February 28, 2019 is given in the table above

(2)

Resigned as Chief Financial Officer effective November 16, 2018


The following table gives details of outstanding RSUs and ESOPs held by KMPs as at March 31, 2018:2021:

 

 

As at March 31, 2021

 

Name of KMP

As at March 31, 2018

 

 

RSU

 

 

ESOP

 

RSU

 

ESOP

 

2015 Plan: Equity settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salil Parekh

 

113,024

 

 

 

 

260,904

 

 

 

 

U. B. Pravin Rao

 

27,250

 

43,000

 

 

 

91,739

 

 

 

86,000

 

Ravi Kumar S

 

 

286,626

 

 

 

56,376

 

Nilanjan Roy

 

 

67,372

 

 

 

 

Mohit Joshi

 

 

300,026

 

 

 

225,500

 

Inderpreet Sawhney

 

58,150

 

44,450

 

 

 

92,526

 

 

 

88,900

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

21,438

 

19,000

 

 

 

52,500

 

 

 

28,500

 

M. D. Ranganath

 

89,838

 

48,400

 

 

 

1,151,693

 

 

 

485,276

 

2019 Plan: Equity settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salil Parekh

 

 

148,434

 

 

 

 

U. B. Pravin Rao

 

 

59,374

 

 

 

 

Ravi Kumar S

 

106,113

 

84,563

 

 

 

65,334

 

 

 

 

Mohit Joshi

 

106,113

 

112,750

 

 

 

65,334

 

 

 

 

Nilanjan Roy

 

 

30,334

 

 

 

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

 

28,334

 

 

 

 

Inderpreet Sawhney

 

 

34,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

431,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

521,926

 

352,163

 

 

 

1,583,504

 

 

 

485,276

 

Details of RSUs and stock options granted to KMPs (other than CEO and COO) have been explained above under ‘Equity grants’. Grants made under the 2015 Plan will be adjusted for the bonus issue considered, approved and recommended by the Board in its meeting held on July 13, 2018, subject to shareholders’ approval.


Term of Office

The Indian Companies Act, 2013 excludes independent directors from retiring by rotation. Independent Directors shall hold office for a term up to five consecutive years on the boardBoard of the Company and will be eligible for re-appointment on passing of a special resolution by the Company. U.BAccordingly, U.B. Pravin Rao, Chief Operating Officer and Whole-time Director, was reappointedExecutive director retires by rotation at the ensuing Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on June 23, 201819, 2021 pursuant to director liable to retire byapplicable provisions on rotation of directors as per Indian Companies Act, 2013. Being eligible for re-appointment as director, Pravin has sought re-appointment and the Board has recommended the same for the approval of the shareholders. The term of office of each of the directors as on March 31, 20182021 is given below:

 

Name

 

Date when Current

Term of

Office Began (1)

 

Expiration / Renewal Date of

Current Term of Office (2)

 

Whether Term of

Office is

subject to retirement

retirement by rotation

 

Nandan M. Nilekani(3)

 

August 24, 2017

 

NA

 

Yes

 

Salil Parekh(4)

 

January 2, 2018

 

January 1, 2023

 

Yes

 

U. B. Pravin Rao(5)(3)

 

January 10, 2014

 

August 17, 2022

December 12, 2021

 

Yes

 

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw

 

January 10, 2014April 1, 2019

 

March 31, 2019

Ravi Venkatesan(6)

April 1, 2014

March 31, 2019

Roopa Kudva

February 4, 2015

February 3, 2020

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha

January 14, 2016

January 13, 2021

D.N. Prahlad

October 14, 2016

October 13, 2021

22, 2023

 

 

 

D. Sundaram(7)

 

July 14, 2017

 

July 13, 2022

 

 

Michael Gibbs

July 13, 2018

July 12, 2021

Uri Levine

April 20, 2020

April 19, 2023

Bobby Parikh

July 15, 2020

July 14, 2023

Chitra Nayak

March 25, 2021

March 24, 2024

 

 

 

(1)

For executive directors, this date is the date such director was appointed as an executive director. For non-executive directors, this date is the date such director was appointed / re-appointed as a director not liable to retire by rotation.


(2)

For executive directors, this date is the date when such director’s current term of appointment as an executive director expires.

(3)(3)

AppointedU. B. Pravin Rao will be superannuating on December 12, 2021 as Non-Executive Non-Independent Director and Chairman ofper the Board effective August 24, 2017.  Appointment approved by shareholders vide Postal ballot concluded on October 7, 2017. 

(4)

Appointed as CEO & MD effective January 2, 2018. Appointment approved by shareholders vide Postal ballot concluded on February 20, 2018.

(5)

Re-designated as COO and Whole-time Director effective January 2, 2018 and re-designation approved by shareholders vide Postal ballot concluded on February 20, 2018. Appointed as Interim CEO and MD between August 18, 2017 and January 2, 2018. Appointment approved by shareholders vide Postal ballot concluded on October 7, 2017.  

(6)

Resigned as Independent Director effective May 11, 2018.

(7)

Appointed as Independent director effective July 14, 2017. Appointment approved by shareholders vide Postal ballot concluded on October 7, 2017.Company’s policy.

 

EffectiveNote: The Board inducted Bobby Parikh and Chitra Nayak as independent directors of the Company effective July 13, 2018, Michael Nelson Gibbs was appointed as an Independent Director15, 2020 and March 25, 2021 respectively for thea term of three years, which will endyears. The proposal is being placed before the shareholders at the Annual General meeting scheduled to be held on July 12, 2021.  Mr. Gibbs’ term of office is not subject to retirement by rotation.June 19, 2021 for their approval.

Employment Indemnification and mutual releaseIndemnification agreements

Under the Indian Companies Act, our shareholders must approve the salary, bonus and benefits including stock incentives of all our executive directors. We have entered into agreements with our executive directors, Salil Parekh, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and U.B. Pravin Rao, Chief Operating Officer and Whole-time Director. Refer to the section titled ‘Material Contracts’“Material Contracts” in Item 10 of this Annual Report for the details of their contracts.

We have also entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers for claims brought against them to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. These agreements, among other things, indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of Infosys Limited, arising out of such persons’ services as our director or officer, expenses in relation to public relation consultation if required.

The agreements for mutual releaseform of claims were entered by the Company with R Seshasayee, Prof. Jeffrey Lehman and Prof. John Etchemendy at the time of their resignations from the Board. A separationindemnification agreement was entered with Dr. Vishal Sikka at the time of his resignation which includes mutual release and non-disparagement obligation.


Indemnification agreements for directors and officers were filed previously as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F previous year.20-F. Other than the appointment and indemnification agreements referred to in this paragraph, we have not entered into any agreements with non-executive directors.

Board Leadership Structure

The Board upon recommendation of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee unanimously appointed Nandan M. Nilekani asis the Non-Executive, Non-Independent director and Chairman of the Board (‘the Chairman’(“Chairman”) with effect fromeffective as of August 24, 2017, and Salil Parekh asis the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director (CEO and MD) with effect fromeffective as of January 2, 2018. The Board also appointed Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, Chairpersonas chairperson of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and, as the Lead Independent Director of the Board with effect fromeffective as of April 13, 20182018. 

The responsibilities and authority of these officials are as follows:

The Chairman is the leader ofleads the Board. As Chairman, he is responsible for fostering and promoting the integrity of the Board while nurturing a culture where the Board works harmoniously for the long-term benefit of the Company and all its stakeholders. The Chairman is primarily responsible for ensuring that the Board provides effective governance to the Company. In doing so, the Chairman will preside over meetings of the Board and of the shareholders of the Company.

The Chairman will take a lead role in managing the Board and facilitate effective communication among directors. He is responsible for overseeing matters pertaining to governance, including the organization, composition and effectiveness of the Board and its committees,Committees, and the performance of individual directors in fulfilling their responsibilities. The Chairman will provide independent leadership to the Board, identify guidelines for the conduct and performance of directors, and oversee the management of the Board’s administrative activities, such as meetings, schedules, agendas, communication and documentation. The Chairman is also responsible for the overall strategy of the Company.

The Chairman will actively work with the nominationNomination and remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee to plan the composition of the Board and Board committees,Committees, induct directors to the Board, plan for director succession, participate effectively in the Board effectiveness evaluation process and meet with individual directors to provide constructive feedback and advice.

The CEO and MD is responsible for executing corporate strategy in consultation with the Board, brand equity, planning, external contacts, and all matters related to the management of the Company. He is also responsible for achieving annual and long-term business targets maintaining awareness of both the external and the internal


competitive landscape, opportunities for expansion, customers, markets, new industry developments and standards, and acquisitions for enhancing shareholder value and implementing the organization's vision, mission, and overall direction.

The CEO and MD acts as a link between the Board and the management and is also responsible for leading and evaluating the work of other executive leaders including presidents, vice presidentsthe Chief Operating Officer (COO), Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Presidents and Executive Vice Presidents as per the organisationalorganizational structure.

The Chief Operating Officer (COO) has overall strategic and operational responsibility including Business Continuity Planning (BCP) for the entire portfolio of the Company’s offerings. He oversees the key functions of global delivery and business enablement.

The role of the lead independent director is to provide leadership to the independent directors, liaise on behalf of the independent directors and ensure Board effectiveness to maintain high-quality governance of the organization and the effective functioning of the Board.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

Our Board is responsible for overall oversight of risk management. The Risk and Strategy Management Committee, comprising of independent directors, assists the Board in fulfilling its corporate governance oversight responsibilities with regard to the identification, evaluation and mitigation of operational, strategic and environmental risks. The risk and strategy committeeRisk Management Committee has the overall responsibility of monitoring and approving the risk policies and associated practices of the Company. It is also responsible for reviewing and approving risk disclosure statements in public documents or disclosures.

As part of exercising its risk oversight, the Board receives periodic presentations from Company officials with respect to cybersecurity and other information security matters, and both the Audit and Risk Management Committees of the Board receive regular updates from Company’s management regarding cybersecurity matters. The Company’s cyber securitycyber-security policy and risk management framework is presented annually to both the Audit and Risk Management Committees of the Board. The Company’s management meet on a quarterlyperiodic basis to discuss cybersecurity and other information security matters relevant to the Company and to oversee the Company’s adherence to its information security program.


Board and Management Changes

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha, on completion of her tenure retired as an independent director effective January 13, 2021.

D. Sundaram was appointedN. Prahlad resigned as independent director effective April 20, 2020.

The Board inducted Uri Levine as an Independent Directorindependent director of the Company effective July 14, 2017 and his appointment was confirmedApril 20, 2020. Subsequently, the same has been approved by the shareholders by way of postal ballot concludedat the Annual General Meeting held on October 7, 2017.June 27, 2020.

U.B. Pravin Rao wasBobby Parikh and Chitra Nayak has been appointed as Interim- CEO and Managing Director effective August 18, 2017 and consequent to the new CEO’s appointment, he was re-designated as the Chief Operating Officer and Whole-time Director effective January 2, 2018 and his re-designation was confirmed by the shareholders by way of postal ballot concluded on February 20, 2018.

Nandan M. Nilekani was appointed as Non-executive Non-independent Director and Chairman of the Board effective August 24, 2017 and his appointment was confirmed by the shareholders by way of postal ballot concluded on October 7, 2017.

Salil Parekh was appointed as CEO and MD effective January 2, 2018 and his appointment was confirmed by the shareholders by way of postal ballot concluded on February 20, 2018.

Inderpreet Sawhney was appointed as Group General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officerindependent directors effective July 3, 201715, 2020 and designated as Executive OfficerMarch 25, 2021 respectively. The Board has recommended their appointment for SEC reporting purposes and Key Managerial Personnel effective July 14, 2017.

Dr. Vishal Sikka was appointed as Executive Vice Chairman subsequent to his resignation as CEO and MD at the Board meeting held on August 18, 2017 and resigned as member of the Board and Executive Vice Chairman effective August 24, 2017.

R. Seshasayee resigned as non-executive Chairman and member of the Board effective August 24, 2017.

Prof. John W. Etchemendy and Prof. Jeffrey S. Lehman, Independent Directors resigned as members of the Board effective August 24, 2017.

Ravi Venkatesan, Independent Director resigned as a member of the Board effective May 11, 2018.

Effective July 13, 2018, Michael Nelson Gibbs was appointed as an Independent Director for a period of three years. Mr. Gibbs’ appointment shall be subject to the approval of shareholders.

Gopi Krishnan Radhakrishnan, Actingthe shareholders at the ensuing Annual General Counsel and Executive Officer resigned from the Company effectiveMeeting, to be held on June 24, 2017.

Sandeep Dadlani, President and Segment Head – Manufacturing, Retail, CPG and Logistics, resigned as KMP effective July 14, 2017.

Rajesh K. Murthy, President, and Segment Head – Energy, Resources, Utilities and Communications and Services, resigned as KMP effective January 31, 2018.  19, 2021.

Board Committee Information

Currently,As on March 31, 2021, the Board has five committees:Committees: The Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Stakeholders Relationship Committee, Risk and Strategy Management Committee and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Committee. The charters governing these committees and corporate governance guidelines are posted on our website at https://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/Pages/policies.aspx.policies.aspx. All committeesCommittees except the Stakeholders Relationship Committee and CSR Committee consist entirely of independent directors.

In its meeting held on April 14, 2021, the Board instituted the following additional committees:


Buyback committee: The Board, in order to execute the buyback procedures hadof its buyback proposed on August 19, 2017April 14, 2021, formed the buyback committee comprising three directors,the COO, CFO, Deputy CFO, Group General Counsel and Company Secretary as its members. The Committee will execute buyback procedures as required under the SEBI (Buy-Back of Securities) Regulations, 2018.

Environment, Social and Governance committee (ESG committee): The Board approved the constitution of an ESG Committee to discharge its oversight responsibility on matters related to organization wide ESG initiatives, priorities and leading ESG practices. The ESG Committee shall comprise Kiran Mazumdar Shaw as the chairperson, and Chitra Nayak and Uri Levine as members of the Committee.


The Board, in consultation with the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, is responsible for assigning and fixing terms of service for committee members. It delegates these powers to the Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

The Non-Executive and Non-Independent Chairman of the Board, in consultation with the Company Secretary and the committeeCommittee Chairperson, determines the frequency and duration of the committeeCommittee meetings. Normally, all the committeesCommittees meet at least four times a year. Recommendations of the committeesCommittees are submitted to the entire Board for approval. During the year, all the recommendations of the Committees were approved by the Board. The quorum for meetings is the higher of two members or one-third of the members of the committee.Committee.

Board member evaluation

One of the key functions of the Board is to monitor and review the Board evaluation framework. The Board works with the nominationNomination and remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee to lay down the evaluation criteria for the performance of the Chairman, the Board, Board Committees,committees, and executive / non-executive / independent directors through a peer evaluation, excluding the director being evaluated.

To improve the effectiveness of the Board and its Committees, as well as that of each individual Director,director, a formal and rigorous Board review is internally undertaken on an annual basis.

The Board had engaged an external agencyEgon Zehnder, a leadership advisory firm on board matters, to conduct the Board evaluation for fiscal 2018.2021. The evaluation process focused on Board dynamics and softer aspects. The process involved independent discussions with all Board Members.members. The Board evaluation process was completed forduring fiscal 2018.2021.

Further, the evaluation process was based on the affirmation received from the independent directors that they met the independence criteria as required under the Companies Act 2013, Listing Regulations and NYSE Listed Company Manual.

Succession Planning

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee works with the Board on the leadership succession plan to ensure orderly succession in appointments to the Board and in the senior management. The Company strives to maintain an appropriate balance of skills and experience within the organization and the Board in an endeavor to introduce new perspectives while maintaining experience and continuity.

By integrating workforce planning with strategic business planning, the Company puts the necessary financial and human resources in place so that its objectives can be met.

As on March 31, 2018, ourOur Board includes nine directors with broad and diverse skills and viewpoints to aid the Company in advancing its strategy. In addition, promoting senior management within the organization fuels the ambitions of the talent force to earn future leadership roles.

Details relating toBoard Committees

As on March 31, 2021, the Board had five Committees: Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Risk and Strategy Committee, Stakeholders Relationship Committee, Risk Management Committee and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Committee. The reports of these Committee and Finance and Investment Committee as on March 31, 2018, are provided below.below:


Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is comprised fourof three independent directors, each of whom was determined by the Board to be an independent director under applicable NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act as of March 31, 2018.2021. They were:

D. Sundaram, Chairperson and Audit Committee Financial Expert

D. Sundaram, Chairperson and Financial Expert

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha

Michael Gibbs

Ravi Venkatesan

Roopa Kudva

Bobby Parikh

D. Sundaram was appointed as member of the Audit Committee effective July 14, 2017 and Chairperson of the committee effective October 24, 2017. 

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha was appointedon completion of her tenure retired as member of the Committee effective July 14, 2017.

Roopa Kudva ceased to be Chairperson of the Committee effective October 24, 2017 but continued as a member of the Committee.


Ravi Venkatesanindependent director and ceased to be a member of the Committee effective January 13, 2021. On July 14, 2017 and16, 2020 Bobby Parikh was re-appointedinducted as member of the committee effective October 24, 2017. Ravi Venkatesan ceased to be a member of the committee effective May 11, 2018.

R. Seshasayee and Prof. Jeffrey Lehman ceased to be members of the Committee effective August 24, 2017.Committee.

The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the audit committee.Audit Committee.

The primary objective of the Audit Committee is to monitor and provide an effective supervisionassist the Board with oversight of the Management’saccuracy, integrity and transparency of the Company’s financial reporting process, to ensure accuratestatements with adequate and timely disclosures,disclosures; compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; the highest levelsCompany’s independent auditor’s qualifications and independence; the selection, evaluation and replacement of transparency, integrity and qualitythe Company’s independent auditors; the performance of financial reporting. The Committee oversees the work carried out in the financial reporting process by the management, the internal auditors and theCompany’s independent auditors and notes the processesinternal auditors; and safeguards employed by each of them. The audit committee is responsible to select, evaluateacquisitions and where appropriate, replace the independent auditors in accordance with the law. All possible measures are takeninvestments made by the Company.

The Audit Committee to ensuremet nine times during fiscal 2021.

The Committee approved and the objectivityBoard adopted the amended Code of Conduct for Prohibition of Insider Trading and independenceCode on Fair Disclosure and Investor Relations effective January 13, 2021, Related Party Transaction Policy and Policy for determining materiality for Disclosures effective April 14, 2021 and adopted the revised Audit Committee charter effective April 20, 2020. The policies and the charter of the independent auditors.

Committee are available on our website: https://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/Pages/policies.aspx

In India, we are listed on the BSE Limited (BSE) and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited (NSE). We are also listed on the NYSE.  Infosys voluntarily delisted its ADSs from Euronext Paris and London on July 5, 2018 and its ADSs were removed from Euroclear France on July 10, 2018.NYSE in the United States. In India, Regulation 18 of the Listing Regulations and in the US,United States, the Blue RibbonBlue-Ribbon Committee set up by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)SEC mandate that listed companies adopt an appropriate audit committee charter.

The Audit Committee held seven meetings in person during fiscal 2018. 

The Audit Committee charter containing exhaustive terms of reference was amended on April 13, 2018 which is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

charter.

See Item 18 for the report of the Audit Committee.

Nomination and Remuneration Committee

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee comprisesis comprised of fourthree independent directors, each of whom was determined by the Board to be an independent director under applicable NYSE rules as of March 31, 2018.2021. They were:

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, Chairperson

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, Chairperson

Michael Gibbs

D. Sundaram

D. N. Prahlad

Ravi Venkatesan

D. Sundaram

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw was appointed resigned as Chairperson while Ravi Venkatesan and D. Sundaram were appointeddirector effective April 20, 2020. The Board inducted Michael Gibbs as members of the Committee effective July 14, 2017.

Ravi Venkatesan ceased to be a member of the committee effective May 11, 2018.

R. Seshasayee ceased to be member of the Committee effective July 14, 2017.April 20, 2020.

Prof. Jeffrey S. Lehman ceased to be Chairperson of the Committee effective July 14, 2017The main objectives and ceased to be member of the Committee effective August 24, 2017.

Prof. John W. Etchemendy ceased to be member of the Committee effective August 24, 2017.

The purposeresponsibilities of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee isof the Board of Directors are to (i) assist the Board in discharging its responsibilities relating to compensation of the Company’s Directors, Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) and Senior Management; (ii) evaluate and approve the adequacy of the compensation plans, policies, programs and succession plans for Company’s Executive Directors, KMP and Senior Management (including identifying persons to be appointed to positions of KMP and Senior Management in


accordance with identified criteria and to recommend to the Board their appointment and removal); (iii) formulate the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director and for performance evaluation of directors on the Board; (iv) oversee the Company’s nomination process for the KMP and Senior Management and identify, screen and review individuals qualified to serve as Executive Directors, Non-Executive DirectorsKMP and Independent DirectorsSenior Management consistent with criteria approved by the BoardBoard; (v) recommend appointment and recommend,removal of Directors, for approval by the Board, nominees for election at the annual meeting of shareholders. It also designs, benchmarksshareholders; (vi) carry out an evaluation of the performance of the Board and continuously reviewsreview the compensation program for our CEOevaluation’s implementation and MD againstcompliance; (vii) leadership development; (viii) develop and maintain corporate governance policies applicable to the achievement of measurable performance goals. The Committee also reviewsCompany; and approves senior executive


compensation to ensure it is competitive in the global markets in which we operate to attract and retain the best talent.(ix) devise a policy on Board diversity.

The Committee makes recommendations to the Board on candidates for (i) nomination for election or re-election by the shareholders; and (ii) any Board vacancies that are to be filled. It may act on its own in identifying potential candidates, inside or outside the Company, or may act upon proposals submitted by the Chairman of the Board. The Committee annually reviews and approves for the CEO and& MD, the executive directors and executive officers:officers : (a) the annual base salary; (b) the annual incentive bonus including the specific performance basedperformance-based goals and amount; (c) equity compensation; (d) employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements / provisions; and (e) any other benefits, compensation or arrangements. It reviews and discusses all matters pertaining

The Committee oversees key processes through which the Company recruits new members to candidates and evaluates the candidates. The Committee coordinates and oversees the annual self-evaluation of theits Board, and of individual directors. It also reviews the performance of allprocesses through which the executive directors on a periodic basis or such intervals Company recruits, motivates and retains outstanding senior management as may be necessary onwell as the basis of the detailed performance parameters set for each executive director at the beginning of the year. The Committee may also regularly evaluate the usefulness of such performance parameters, and make necessary amendments.Company’s overall approach to human resources management.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee held eight meetings in personmet five times during fiscal 2018.2021.

The Board adopted the amended Nomination and Renumeration Policy on April 20, 2020 and amended the charter of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee has adopted a charter.on April 14, 2021. The Committee charter has been filed previously as an exhibit to the Annual Reportand policy are available on Form 20-F.our website, at: https://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/policies.html

Risk and Strategy Management Committee

The Risk and Strategy Management Committee is comprised fourof six independent directors each of whom was determined by the Board to be an independent director under applicable NYSE rules, as of March 31, 2018.2021. They were:

D. Sundaram, Chairperson

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw

Michael Gibbs  

Uri Levine

Bobby Parikh

Chitra Nayak

D. N. Prahlad, Chairperson

resigned as director effective April 20, 2020. The Board appointed D. Sundaram

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw

Ravi Venkatesan

D.N. Prahlad was appointed as Chairperson of the Committee effective July 14, 2017 and consequently Ravi Venkatesan ceased to be the chairperson but continuedUri Levine as a member. Ravi Venkatesan ceased to be a member of the committee effective May 11, 2018.

D. Sundaram was appointed as a member of the Committee effective April 21, 2020. Further, on July 14, 2017.

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha and Roopa Kudva ceased to be the members16, 2020,  Bobby Parikh was inducted as  member of the Committee effective July 14, 2017.Committee. Effective March 25, 2021,  Chitra Nayak was inducted as member of the Committee.

Prof John W. Etchemendy ceased to be a member effective August 24, 2017.

The purposeprimary objectives of the Risk and Strategy Management Committee isof the Board are to assist the Board i) in fulfilling its corporate governance oversight responsibilities with regard to the identification, evaluation and mitigation of strategic, operational, strategic and environmental risks. The Riskexternal environment risks; and Strategy Committee has overall responsibility for monitoringii) to monitor and approving ourapprove the enterprise risk policiesmanagement framework and associated practices. practices of the Company.

In addition to the above, in April 2019, the Committee created a cyber-security sub-committee. As of March 31, 2021, the cybersecurity sub-committee comprised of three members, - D. Sundaram, Michael Gibbs and Uri Levine. The main objective of the sub-committee is to assess the cybersecurity risks at Infosys and improve its security systems. The sub-committee meets periodically and recommends any findings to the Risk and Strategy Committee is also responsible for reviewing and approving risk disclosure statements in any public documents or disclosures.Management Committee.


The Risk and StrategyManagement Committee heldmet four meetings in persontimes during fiscal 2018.2021.

Effective July 13, 2018, Michael Nelson Gibbs was appointed as member

The charter of the committee.

Committee was amended on April 1, 2019, to include cyber security analysis as a function of the Committee and monitoring of enterprise risk management framework by the Committee. The Risk and Strategy Committee has adopted a charter. The charter has been filed previously as an exhibit to the Annual Reportis available on Form 20-F.our website at: https://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/Documents/risk-management-committee-charter.pdf

Stakeholders Relationship Committee

The Stakeholders Relationship Committee is comprised of three independent directors each of whom was determined by the Board to beand an independentexecutive director under applicable NYSE rules as of March 31, 2018.2021. They were:

Ravi Venkatesan, Chairperson


 

Roopa KudvaD. Sundaram, Chairperson

Bobby Parikh

U. B. Pravin Rao

Chitra Nayak

On April 21, 2020, D. Sundaram was inducted as member of the Committee. Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha,

Ravi Venkatesan on expiry of her term, retired as independent director and ceased to be a chairperson and member of the committee effective January 13, 2021 and on January 14, 2021, Bobby Parikh was appointed as Chairperson of the Committee. Effective March 25, 2021, D. Sundaram was appointed as Chairperson of the Committee effective July 14, 2017.

Roopa Kudva and Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha were appointedBobby Parikh ceased to be the Chairperson of the Committee. Further, Chitra Nayak was inducted as the members of the Committee effective July 14, 2017

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw was appointed as member of the Committee effective July 14, 2017 and ceased to be memberMarch 25, 2021.

The Board has appointed A.G.S. Manikantha, Company Secretary, as the Compliance Officer, as required under the Listing Regulations, effective December 1, 2015. The Board has also appointed A.G.S Manikantha, Company Secretary, as the Nodal Officer effective October 24, 2017.14, 2016 to ensure compliance with the Investor Education Protection Fund (IEPF) Rules.

Prof. John W. Etchemendy and D. N. Prahlad ceased to be members

The purpose of the Committee from July 14, 2017.

Prof Jeffrey S. Lehman ceased to be Chairperson of the Committee effective July 14, 2017.

The Stakeholders Relationship Committee has a mandateof the Board shall be to reviewassist the Board and redress stakeholder grievances.  

During the year, the Company initiated a shareholder consultation process. The specific focusto oversee the various aspects of interests of Stakeholders of the consultation was to obtain feedback on the Company’s corporate governance practices, in relation to Board composition, executive compensation structureCompany. The term “Stakeholder” includes shareholders, debenture holders and Capital Allocation Policy. The process involved interaction with a cross section of investors, which included direct interactions with certain institutional investors and telephonic interviews with others.  The outcome of the consultation was presented by the committee and was taken on record by the Board on January 11, 2018. The committee considers the views expressed by the investors as crucial feedback for the Board, for effective corporate governance and to continue aligning itself with global best practices.

The Stakeholders Relationship Committee held four meetings in person during fiscal 2018.

Upon the resignation of Ravi Venkatesan, Independent Director effective May 11, 2018, the SRC was reconstituted on May 21, 2018 with Roopa Kudva as the Chairperson and Dr. Punita Kumar- Sinha and D.N. Prahlad as members of the Committee.other security holders.

 

The Stakeholders Relationship Committee has adopted a charter. met four times during fiscal 2021.

The Board amended the charter has been filed previously as an exhibit toof the Annual ReportStakeholders Relationship Committee on Form 20-F.April 1, 2019 which is available on our website at: https://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/Documents/stakeholders-relationship-committee.pdf

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee (“CSR Committee”)

The CSR Committee was comprised threeof two independent directors and an executive director as members as of March 31, 2018. They are:2021:

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, Chairperson

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, Chairperson

Chitra Nayak

U. B. Pravin Rao

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha

Roopa Kudva

U. B. Pravin Rao

Kiran Mazumdar was appointed on expiry of her term retired as Chairperson of the Committee effective August 26, 2017.

U.B. Pravin Rao and Roopa Kudva were appointed as members of the committee effective August 26, 2017.

R. Seshasayee ceased to be Chairman of the Committee effective August 24, 2017.

Dr. Vishal Sikka ceased to be a member of the Committee effective August 24, 2017.

Prof. John W. Etchemendy was appointed as a member of the Committee effective July 14, 2017independent director and ceased to be a chairperson and member of the CSR Committee effective August 24, 2017.

Dr. Punita Kumar-SinhaJanuary 13, 2021. On January 14, 2021, Salil Parekh was appointedinducted as amember of the Committee. Effective March 25, 2021, Chitra Nayak was inducted as the member of the Committee effective October 24, 2017.and Salil Parekh ceased to be the member of the Committee.

 


The CSR Committee was set up to formulate and monitor the CSR policyprimary objective of the Company. The CSR Committee adopted a policy that outlines the Companies objective of catalyzing economic development that positively improves the quality of life for the society and aims to be responsible for the Company’s actions and encourage a positive impact through its activities on the environment, communities and stakeholders.

The CSR Committee is also responsible for overseeingto assist the Board and the Company in fulfilling its corporate social responsibility. The Company’s corporate social responsibility activities / functioning of theare carried out through Infosys Foundation in India and Infosys Foundation USA in identifying the areas of CSR activities, programs and execution of initiatives as per pre-defined guidelines. The Foundations, in turn, guide the CSR Committee in reporting the progress of deployed initiatives, and making appropriate disclosures (internal / external) on a periodic basis. United States.


The CSR Committee heldmet four meetings in persontimes during fiscal 2018.2021.

The CSR Committee has adopted a charter. The charter, has been filed previously as an exhibit to the Annual Reportwhich is available on Form 20-F.our website at:

Finance and Investment Committeehttps://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/documents/corporate-social-responsibility-policy.pdf

The Board dissolved the Finance and Investment Committee effective April 13, 2018 and delegated its roles and responsibilities to the Audit Committee.

The Finance and Investment Committee comprised four independent directors as on March 31, 2018:

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha, Chairperson

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw

D.N. Prahlad

Roopa Kudva

D. N. Prahlad was appointed as a member of the Committee effective July 14, 2017.

Ravi Venkatesan ceased to be the member of the committee effective July 14, 2017.

Prof. John Etchemendy ceased to be the member of the committee effective August 24, 2017.

The purpose of the Finance and Investment Committee was to assist it in overseeing acquisitions and investments made by the Company and to provide oversight on key investment policies of the Company.

The Finance and Investment Committee had direct access to, and open communications with, the senior leaders of the Company.

The Committee held four meetings in person during fiscal 2018.

The Finance and Investment Committee had adopted a charter. The charter has been filed previously as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Committee of directors

The committee of directors was constituted effective April 13, 2017 to periodically review the execution of strategies, and to support the Management with inputs in navigating the Company’s transformational journey.  The committee comprised R. Seshasayee as chairperson, and Ravi Venkatesan and D.N. Prahlad as members. Consequent to the resignation of R. Seshasayee, Ravi Venkatesan was appointed as the chairperson effective August 26, 2017. The committee held periodic meetings during the year to review execution of strategy and key initiatives.

The committee was formed to support and advise the Management in executing the Company’s strategy. With the appointment of Salil Parekh as the CEO & MD, the Board, at its meeting held on January 12, 2018, dissolved the committee.


EMPLOYEES

As of March 31, 2018,2021, we had 204,107259,619 employees, of which 192,179245,037 were professionals, involved in service delivery to clients. As of March 31, 2017,2020, we had 200,364242,371 employees, of which 188,665228,449 were software professionals.professionals involved in service delivery to clients. As of March 31, 2016, we employed 194,044 employees, of which 182,329 were software professionals.2019, these numbers stood at 228,123 and 214,727 respectively.

As of March 31, 2018,2021, we had 155,151200,147 employees in India, 25,26530,938 employees in the Americas, 11,72016,412 employees in Europe and 11,97112,122 employees in the Restrest of the World.world.

We seekAt Infosys, we focus on the workplace of tomorrow that promotes innovation and a collaborative, transparent, and participative organization culture, and rewards merit and sustained high performance. The focus of human resources management at Infosys is to attractensure that we enable each and motivate IT professionals by offering:every employee to navigate the next, not just for clients, but also for themselves.

The three key strategic pillars of our Employee Value Proposition are:

an entrepreneurial environment that empowers IT professionals;Driving Purposeful impact – ‘Inspiring them to build what’s next’

programs that recognizeEnsuring continuous learning and reward performance;career growth – ‘Making sure their career never stands still’

challenging assignments;Creating world-class culture and employee experience – ‘Navigating further, together’

In fiscal 2020, when the COVID-19 pandemic first broke, Infosys swiftly reacted by providing the required support to the workforce, clients and the community. From setting up a core team to monitor the situation closely and staying in constant touch with the local authorities, sharing timely updates with the global employee base, to enabling the near-seamless transition to the remote mode of work – the Company scaled up its efforts quickly and restored normalcy of operations. Central to these efforts was the need to ensure the physical safety and mental wellbeing of our global workforce. In the early months of the pandemic, through its employee repatriation effort, Infosys managed the evacuation of 1,865 employees and 1,165 members of their families, from 35 countries – a one-of-its-kind operation by a company.

Fiscal 2021 has seen the health crisis deepen, and the world’s attention is focused on India’s response to it. With so many global businesses relying on India’s technology services sector to run their core operations, the industry’s resilience has wide-ranging global impact. Corporations, along with delivering business continuity for clients, must, with renewed vigor, ensure the wellbeing of their employees and the communities in which they operate.

Today, 96.5% of Infosys employees continue to work from home. With a more virulent surge of the pandemic in India, Infosys has ramped up its efforts significantly to mitigate the impact of the virus. We have set up exclusive COVID-19 care centers across seven Development Center (DC) locations, including Bengaluru, Pune, NCR, Chennai, and Hyderabad, and similar centers are on the anvil in the coming weeks across all other Infosys locations. We plan to, subject to approvals, set up similar centers in other Indian cities where we have campuses. We tied up with COVID-19 testing laboratories across India, collaborated with emergency ambulance providers in major cities, and partnered with 1,500+ hospitals, in 240 cities in India, to enable treatment for employees and their families. All medical treatments for COVID-19 are covered under employee insurance, and employees who have contracted it are allowed 21 days of additional paid leave to recuperate. Employee wellbeing checks are conducted frequently. In the event of an unfortunate turn, Infosys offers support to the grieving family, including financial support through insurance.

Comprehending the importance of the role played by vaccines in our fight against the virus, we have been working very closely with government authorities and medical experts to put together various frameworks for the


immunization drive to encourage employees and their family members to get vaccinated. We have created COVID-19 vaccination centers across Infosys campuses. Operations have commenced across seven DCs already and work is in progress in other DCs. We have also collaborated with 130+ hospitals in India where employees and their families can be vaccinated. Committed as always to holistic employee wellbeing, we have rolled out over 900+ employee initiatives across locations, centered on mental health, self-care, and prioritizing work-life balance.

Infosys’ helping hand extends beyond business. We have honored the commitment of ` 100 crore for COVID-19 relief in India that we made in March 2020, through the Infosys Foundation. This will help expand the capacity of COVID-care hospital beds, increase the supply of oxygen concentrators and ventilators, as well as provide food and funds to migrant laborers impacted by the lockdowns. We also leveraged our technological expertise, creating mobile applications like ‘Crush Covid RI’ and ‘Apthamitra’ to help local governments in their fight against COVID-19.

During May 2021, Infosys has doubled its commitment towards COVID relief efforts to ` 200 crore from the initial commitment of ` 100 crore made in March 2020. Some of this will be directed to help set up and expand the capacity of COVID care hospital beds, augment the supply of oxygen concentrators and ventilators, as well as provide ration and support funds to migrant labourers and families impacted by the lockdowns.

Here are the key initiatives of this year:

Talent Anywhere Model: As we prepare to thrive in the future, it is clear that the new workplace will be hybrid remote with distributed teams becoming more prominent. We expect that the change in workplace will encourage different workforce models. In order to be ready and lead the paradigm change in the workplace, we rolled out the Talent Anywhere model in India that provides flexibility of work location for our employees. We have ensured that we abide by the relevant statutory requirements at all times.

Digital transformation: The digital transformation journey that we had embarked on a few years back ensured employees could perform all their transactions online through our various mobile-first apps and could connect and collaborate in the remote-working “new normal”.

Launchpad: We expanded the coverage of Launchpad, our mobile app that provides a guided flow for our new hires throughout the onboarding process, making the entire process paperless and faster. It helped us onboard our new hires remotely and make them ready for production. We have seen improvement in employee satisfaction levels with the onboarding process during the pandemic.

InfyMe: We continued to enrich the InfyMe app with more services that enabled teams during the pandemic and helped them to operate, connect and collaborate more easily.

constant exposure to new skillsiEngage: We expanded the reach of iEngage across the geos and technologies;helped managers schedule connect sessions with their teams, track attendance, actionize items and provide updates.

Infosys Meridian: With its event management platform and ability to allow breakout sessions, Infosys Meridian is fast becoming the go-to platform for all employee engagement events.

Compass: This is not only a one-stop digital platform for all career-related needs of our employees, but also a key lever for reskilling. The platform empowers our workforce to keep pace with the latest digital skills, build their expertise, and explore relevant career opportunities through an internal marketplace. Compass is now available on InfyMe and hence easily accessible to our entire workforce.

People analytics: We are also investing heavily in people analytics to transform employee experience. In order to create a data-driven culture, that emphasizes openness, integritywe have come up with two projects: People Dashboard and respect forData Village, which democratize data and make employee data easily available to managers and HR, to support better decision-making and problem-solving. While we create a


data-driven organization and solve business problems using data, we strictly ensure that individual employee data is always protected, guided by our corporate Data Privacy Office and data governance guidelines.

Robotic process automation (RPA) in HR: We have started leveraging the power of RPAs in HR to enhance productivity of the operations team and usher in intelligent automation in HR.

Manager Code: This guides managers in keeping teams motivated through constant communication and a patient hearing to the employee.challenges and pain points of the team members.

Employee Engagement: Our renewed Employee Engagement Framework is based on the 5C’s – Connect, Collaborate, Celebrate, Care and Culture. Its main objective is to ensure effective engagement, wellbeing and sustained motivation levels among employees in the new hybrid model of work. Virtual events like Unmute 2021 (concert for employees), Petit Infoscion Day (with 16,000+ children in attendance), Infy Incredibles (internal talent showcase) and Awards for Excellence (our global awards ceremony) were some of the highlights of the year.

Awards for Excellence (AFE): The AFE remains our largest rewards and recognition platform for employees. This year marked its 26th anniversary, and we received the highest number of nominations across geographies, covering over 20 categories. Social Impact Awards were added this year to recognize the contribution of employees during the pandemic.

Rewards philosophy: At Infosys, we look at rewards in a holistic manner- what we call as total rewards, a mixture of both monetary and non-monetary rewards. It includes an element of fixed pay, supplemented with ‘pay at risk’ which is based on performance, and could be paid in cash as well as through stock grants. For a global and diverse workforce it also ensures inclusion of localized benefits plans. In addition to the standard compensation and benefits, we have made rewards available through learning, through diverse career experiences and through platforms for creative contributions as well. Skill bonuses, for people with niche skills is a new concept we have introduced. Our key objectives are enabling financial stability and ensuring that our pay is competitive in order to drive high performance and right behaviors.

Culture and Values: The organization culture, driven by our core values, is one of the main levers that drive our business. Employees are regularly reminded about acceptable standards of conduct through various forums like onboarding, mail communications, town halls, and team meetings.

Be the Navigator (BTN): An empowerment program to encourage purposeful innovation for clients, BTN has also been repurposed to build the momentum of our business focus on cloud and digital.

Facilitating a positive work environment: Infosys is committed to providing a positive work environment free of discrimination and harassment. Equal opportunity and fair treatment are part of our Code of Conduct to which all employees subscribe. The Resolution Hubs at Infosys provide fair, neutral, and independent forums for employees to voice their concerns. The Company has also instituted multiple channels – represented by the Anti-Sexual Harassment Initiative, HEAR platform (Hearing Employees and Resolving their concerns), Grievance Redressal Body, Whistleblower Policy, and ICARE – to address employee grievances. In the post-pandemic scenario, there is greater focus on providing psychological safety to employees.

Employee well-being: This is a crucial tenet of the culture at Infosys, where employees receive a holistic wellness experience under HALE (Health Assessment & Lifestyle Enrichment), our flagship wellness program for employees. Wellbeing at Infosys revolves around the cornerstones of physical wellbeing, emotional wellbeing, social wellbeing and safety. Some of the initiatives under the HALE banner include:


Self-help model: Increasing the awareness quotient of employees through enablement, education, continuous communication and self-help tools such as a wellbeing chatbot.

Infy Ikigai: A new program emphasizing the importance of stepping away from the physical and mental demands of everyday life and focusing on self-care.

Women Samaritans Network: This is a peer-to-peer counseling network exclusively for women employees.

Digital wellness: This has been a key differentiator, making multiple services available at the click of a button – from nudges, to counseling on our in-house app and self-help tools. Wellbeing support was rated at an all-time high of 91% by employees in jurisdictions across Europe are covered by collective bargaining agreements that have been adoptedlocations, and 4.2 out of 5 on individual offerings. The sense of connectedness stands at 88% – a government level,testament to the culture of collaborate and support across the information technology sector or otherwise. We believe thatorganization.

Workforce Transformation: As we navigate our clients on their Technology and Digital Transformation journey, we at Infosys, are also continuously transforming our workforce for digital. The below talent management maintains good relations withlevers help us maintain the right digital talent mix, meet self-sufficiency in digital areas and better engage and retain our employees, including those employees covered under collective bargaining agreements.talent:

Scaling our digital talent base

Through structured learning paths and focused entry-level strategies, we are continuously growing our digital talent base

Digital Quotient, a recently launched digital readiness index

Creating levers to pivot towards a skill-led organization construct

Skill Tags are helping prepare a digitally ready talent pipeline

Skill-based identities to recognize expertise in new-age / niche technology spaces

Nurturing talent to build specialized digital transformation skills

New breed of digital specialists to advance our transformation journey, enabling self-directed growth and rewards

Opportunities through open internal market and career choice programs

Building next-gen managers to lead resilient hybrid teams

Helping managers deliver superior outcomes on learning, creating client value and helping build resilient teams

Recruiting

As at March 31, 2021, the Group employed 259,619 employees, of which 245,037 were professionals involved in service delivery to the clients, including trainees. We focushave built our recruitment onglobal talent pool by recruiting new students from premier universities, colleges and institutes globally. We constantly attract and hire developers, architects, project leaders and middle management across the top talentglobe across various new age and modern technologies. We recruit students who have consistently shown high levels of achievement from engineering departments of Indian schools and rely on a rigorous selection process involving a series of written tests and interviews to identify the best applicants.campuses in India. We also recruit students from campuses in the United States, the United Kingdom,UK, Australia, Singapore, Japan, Germany, Canada, Mexico and China. Our reputation asWe rely on a premier employer enables usrigorous selection process involving aptitude test, coding test and interviews to select fromidentify the best applicants. This selection process is continually assessed and refined based on the performance tracking of past recruits. All interviews across the Globe in fiscal 2021 were conducted virtually using video conferencing platforms, and the end-to-end process was digitalized. The team also implemented an in-house applicant tracking System for India hiring, in place of a large pool of qualified applicants.third-party software that was used traditionally.

For example, during

During fiscal 2018,2021, we received 1,540,4981,427,618 employment applications, interviewed 143,872135,216 applicants and extended offers of employment to 52,94348,029 applicants. These statistics do not include our subsidiaries. We added 3,74317,248 new employees, net of attrition, during fiscal 2018.2021.


Education, Training and Assessment

Zero Distance

Zero Distance (ZD),Continuous learning and reskilling have always been central to our culture. The Foundation Program offered by our Global Education Center enables fresh graduates to become corporate professionals. Its curriculum, comprising over 46 variants of new technology streams, behavioral competencies, and niche skills, has been designed to prepare our talent for dynamic business requirements. A similar training center has been set up in Indianapolis, United States to reskill local talent. The Foundation Program is also rolled out in Mexico, UK, Germany, Australia, Singapore, and Japan. The early days of the movement to bring innovation to every project at Infosys, continued into its third year. Through our Zero Distance program, we help our clients innovateCOVID-19 pandemic saw us relocate trainees from Mysuru and derive more value fromcontinue their projects. Zero Distance is the process of everyday innovation at Infosys whereby all employees are expected to innovate in their individual capacities and through their individual jobs. Zero Distance hastraining without missing a three-fold emphasis: to reduce the gap between us and the code we write, the gap between usbeat courtesy this deep-rooted learning culture and our digital learning platform, Lex.

Our reskilling program has twin objectives – increasing fulfillment of immediate digital skill requirements for client projects and enriching the expertise of our global workforce in next-generation technologies and methodologies. We have invested in and scaled our digital reskilling program globally. Lex, the in-house learning platform, offers over 1,800 curated courses. Over 240,000 employees use Lex and are spending approximately 45 minutes per day on average for learning. We have also repurposed Lex for over a million college students in India via our InfyTQ app. Wingspan®, our configurable talent transformation platform for clients, is already live in several global client organizations.

We continue to engage with academic institutions to reskill talent and create new learning courses to meet the gap between usdemands of this accelerated digital adoption. The adoption of simulated learning continues to gain ground and pilots are being planned with Augmented Reality (AR) / Virtual Reality (VR) content too.

In alignment with the ultimate end user. Company’s ESG Vision 2030, our initiative for enabling digital skills at scale, Infosys Headstart, has been identified as a flagship intervention to empower people, communities, and society. Through this initiative, Infosys plans to empower over 10 million people with digital and life skills by 2025. The total numberreach will include students across India in the age group of ZD plans increased to over 16,000, many10 - 22 years as well as lifelong learners.

Leadership development

As with the rest of which were discussed with clients, as the focus this yearworld, for Infosys Leadership Institute (“ILI”), fiscal 2021 was on monetization of ZD plans. In addition, we rewarded employees throughout the year for their innovative work through various awards atadapting to ‘a new normal’. ILI adapted quickly, pivoting from in-person programs to virtual programs. We launched the unit“Leaders teach” series virtually. Facilitated by senior leaders both internal and organization-level.external including client CXO’s, these sessions focused on key leadership dimensions like strategic influence, business acumen, fostering client relationships, making the most of a crisis, authentic leadership etc.  The series saw large scale participation from our global leaders.

 

Performance appraisalsThe year also saw our succession pipeline development program – the “Constellation Program” come alive with leaders working in cross functional teams on various Strategic Projects aligned to key organizational imperatives. With regular reviews, guidance and direction coming from mentors and a CXO led panel, the teams gained tremendous enterprise perspective in addition to cross functional exposure. ILI also began focused Career Conversations for Constellation Leaders with senior leadership panels.

As part of

ILI also launched IamtheFuture: The Women in Leadership Program, aimed at grooming women for leadership roles. Designed as a year-long program through fiscal 2022 in partnership with Stanford GSB, the program provides holistic development opportunities for our women leaders globally.

In parallel, ILI continued its focus on human resourcebringing personalized and impactful programs from Ivy League academic institutions and premier consulting firms for all our title-holders. The programs covered nearly 4,400 participants with very high approval ratings. ILI also worked with leaders to ensure they leveraged the leadership 360 and other development during fiscal 2016, we introduced iCount, the renewed performance management system. We moved away from the bell curve,tools to focus on individual employee contribution and continuous feedback, and built a self-serviced platform to empower employees to design their own journey within the organization.

Education, Training and Assessment 

Infosys believes in lifelong learning for its employees, and competency development continues to be a key area of strategic focus for us. Our Education, Training and Assessment (ETA) department is at the forefront of creating a culture of learning in the organization. In the age of disruption, whether it is Digital, AI, Machine Learning (ML) orLeadership Personal Development Plans.


other emerging technologies, we created more than 75 new courses for our employees to embrace new and emerging technologies and be future-ready. We now have about 250 internally created self-learning programs focusing on the key foundations and real-life examples (including flight simulators), making them market-relevant effectively. These are in addition to the 1,500+ courses and 3600 micro-learning videos already available. We recently built a new learning platform called ‘Lex’.  Lex is a highly scalable and modular learning platform that allows our employees to access learning content from anywhere, from any device, at any time, and learn at a time convenient for them. Employees can even download the content and access it later when they are offline as well.   With this, we are able to achieve our goal of enabling ‘Learning on the Go’ for our employees.  

To ensure that we have systemic intervention in place to re-skill our existing employees in new and emerging technologies, we created a recommendation engine to suggest appropriate learning paths based on the adjacency skills they possess currently, and created learning stacks to provide an end-to-end view of technology and industry best practices. This helps us to bring our re-skilling programs in line with our growth projections and address our employees’ aspirations.  Building up on our extensive experience in India, we started enabling fresh hires in the US at various places like Raleigh, Indianapolis, Plano etc., and making them project-ready. We have collaborated with local universities and MOOC providers in the US for various educational offerings.  For example, we are working with Rhode Island School of Design to train our employees on digital and design skills, and working with Udacity to train some of our fresh hires in the US, to offer their nano-degree program to our fresh hires in India, and ‘Self Driving Car Engineer’ Nano degree program to our experienced employees. Similarly, we are working with Coursera to enable our employees on Google Cloud Platform.

Campus Connect, our industry-academia partnership program, made progress with the launch of electives to help engineering colleges run new programs within their curricula. In fiscal 2018, we engaged with 1,052 faculty members who in turn trained 40,139 students. With this, the total number of beneficiaries covered has reached 15,219 faculty members and 4,56,324 students from 286 engineering institutions.

Leadership development 

Infosys Leadership Institute (ILI) embraces a customized approach to host initiatives aligned to specific needs of senior leadership team. Our business leaders along with HR business partners identify needs for their respective talent pool through formal talent review discussions. These themes help us to evolve our learning calendar of open programs (Leadership Labs).  We had 200 participants nominated across functions, subsidiaries and technologies, resulting in a diverse class mix. To provide deeper dive into specific skills, we launched four Leadership Tracks for 45 leaders, spanning over a period of 3-6 months.

In partnership with Stanford Graduate School of Business, we had two cohorts comprising of 38 and 65 leaders who completed their graduation at our Bengaluru campus. Infosys Sales Academy (ISA) was formally launched in 2017 to provide learning curriculum and interventions for our sales leaders in partnership with renowned sales training and consulting firms. For select high caliber leaders, ILI runs 12 months blended learning programs. Internal coaching and personal development partnership is being offered to select 55 leaders within Infosys.

Giving back and nurturing future leaders is a key component of Infosys approach to learning and growth. “Give More, Be More” Mentoring program has been launched for 15 protégés. Gender diversity is a key priority for Infosys and ILI supports women leaders’ engagement through Women Mentoring and Leadership Experience workshops.


Compensation

Our professionals receive competitive salaries and benefits. We have also adopted a variable compensation program which links compensation to company and individual performance. In order to attract, retain and motivate talented and critical employees and to encourage employees to align individual performance with Company objectives and reward employee performance with ownership, the Company granted share based benefits to high performing executives and mid-level managers.

Visas

As of March 31, 2018, the majority2021, less than 50% of our professionalsemployees in the United States held either H-1B visas, which allow the employee to remain in the United States for up to six years during the term of the work permitas specialty occupation professionals, and work as long as he or she remains an employee of the sponsoring firm, or L-1 visas, which allow the employee to stay in the United States only temporarily. If employees are on L-1A visas, they can typically stay in the United States temporarily for a maximum duration of 7up to five years (for specialized knowledge experts) or seven years (for managers and if they are on L-1B visas they can stay in the United States temporarily for a maximum duration of 5 years.executives).

SHARE OWNERSHIP

The following table sets forth as of June 30, 2018,May 21, 2021, for each director and executive officer, the total number of equity shares, ADSs and options to purchase equity shares and ADSs exercisable within 60 days from June 30, 2018.May 21, 2021. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.SEC. All information with respect to the beneficial ownership of any principal shareholder has been furnished by such shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated below, we believe that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the shares shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The shares beneficially owned by the directors and executive officers include the equity shares owned by their family members to which such directors disclaim beneficial ownership.

The share numbers and percentages listed below are based on 2,184,127,0914,261,133,939 equity shares outstanding as of June 30, 2018.May 21, 2021. Percentage of shareholders representing less than 1% are indicated with an ‘*’.:

 

Name beneficially owned

 

Equity Shares

beneficially

owned

 

 

% of equity

Shares

 

Nandan M. Nilekani(1)

 

 

50,230,584

 

 

2.30

 

Salil Parekh

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao

 

 

536,848

 

 

‘*’

 

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw

 

 

800

 

 

‘*’

 

Ravi Venkatesan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Roopa Kudva

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha (2)

 

 

2,897

 

 

‘*’

 

D.N. Prahlad (3)

 

 

1,155,612

 

 

‘*’

 

D. Sundaram

 

 

 

 

 

 

M. D. Ranganath

 

 

16,918

 

 

‘*’

 

Ravi Kumar S

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mohit Joshi

 

 

 

 

 

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar

 

 

3,012

 

 

‘*’

 

Inderpreet Sawhney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total (all directors and executive officers)

 

 

51,946,671

 

 

2.38

 

Name beneficially owned

 

Equity Shares

beneficially

owned

 

 

% of equity

Shares

 

Nandan M. Nilekani(1)

 

 

100,461,168

 

 

2.36

 

Salil Parekh

 

 

652,562

 

 

'*'

 

U.B. Pravin Rao(2)

 

 

1,305,089

 

 

'*'

 

Bobby Parikh

 

 

8,456

 

 

'*'

 

Nilanjan Roy

 

 

27,355

 

 

'*'

 

Mohit Joshi(3)

 

 

231,870

 

 

'*'

 

Ravi Kumar S.(4)

 

 

104,622

 

 

'*'

 

Krishnamurthy Shankar(5)

 

 

86,708

 

 

'*'

 

Inderpreet Sawhney(6)

 

 

123,071

 

 

'*'

 

Total (all directors and executive officers)

 

 

103,000,901

 

 

 

2.42

 

Note:  No other material changes subsequently till July 19, 2018.

 

Note:

No other material changes subsequently till June 11, 2021.

(1)

Shares beneficially owned by Nandan M. Nilekani include 29,839,00359,678,006 Equity Shares owned by members of his immediate family. Nandan M. Nilekani disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.


(2)

(2)

1,520 ADSs of Infosys Limited held by Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha’s immediate family in SEP-IRA in the United States. She also owns 1,377 ADSs through the Asia Opportunities Fund. Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.Includes 21,500 stock options each vested on May 2, 2018, May 2, 2019, May 2, 2020 and May 2, 2021 totaling to 86,000 stock options which are yet to be exercised.

(3)

(3)Includes 56,374 stock options each vested on November 1, 2017 and November 1, 2019 and 56,376 stock options each vested on November 1, 2018 and November 1, 2020 totaling to 225,500 which are yet to be exercised.

(4)

50,000 shares of Infosys Limited held by immediate familyIncludes 56,376 stock options vested on November 1, 2020 which is yet to be exercised.

(5)

Includes 9,500 stock options each vested on November 1, 2018, November 1, 2019 and 9,517 equity shares held in Prahlad Family Trust.  D.N. Prahlad disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.November 1, 2020 totaling to 28,500 which are yet to be exercised.

(6)

Includes 22,224 stock options each vested on August 1, 2018 and August 1, 2020 and 22,226 stock options vested on August 1, 2019 totaling to 66,674 which are yet to be exercised.

 


Effective July 13, 2018,

Note:

Among directors, Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, D. Sundaram, Michael Nelson Gibbs, appointed as an Independent Director for a period of three years. Mr. Gibbs doesUri Levine and Chitra Nayak do not own anyhold shares / ADRs of the Company.

Option plans 

2015 Plan

On March 31, 2016, pursuant to the approval by the shareholders through postal ballot, the Board has been authorized to introduce, offer, issue and allot share-based incentives to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries under the 2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2015 Plan)plan). The maximum number of shares under the 2015 plan shall not exceed 24,038,883 equity shares (this includes 11,223,576 equity shares which are held by the trust towards the 2011 Plan as at March 31, 2016). Out of this 17,038,883 equity shares will be issued as RSUs at par value and 7,000,000 equity shares will be issued as stock options at market price on the date of the grant. These instruments will generally vest over a period of four years and the Company expects to grant the instruments under the 2015 Planplan over the period of four to seven years. The plan numbers mentioned above would further be adjusted for the September 2018 bonus issue.

Controlled trust holds 10,801,95615,514,732 and 11,289,51418,239,356 shares as at March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017,2020, respectively, under the 2015 plan, out of which 1,00,000200,000 equity shares each have been earmarked for welfare activities of the employees.employees as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020.

2019 Plan

In continuation of the Company’s philosophy of aligning employee interests with shareholder value creation and in line with global practices, the Board, at its meeting held on May 15, 2019, on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and subject to the approval of shareholders, approved to issue a new stock incentive plan called Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Program – 2019 (“2019 plan”). This plan sets out challenging performance criteria aligned to shareholder value creation to deepen employee ownership of the Company. By inclusion of leading market benchmarked performance criteria like relative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) in the 2019 plan, the Company has adopted best in class global corporate governance practices. Further the 2019 plan intends to incentivize, retain, and attract key talent through this performance-based stock incentive plan amongst an expanded employee base.

On June 22, 2019, pursuant to approval by the shareholders in the Annual General Meeting, the Board has been authorized to introduce, offer, issue and provide share-based incentives to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries under the 2019 plan. The maximum number of shares under the 2019 plan shall not exceed 50,000,000 equity shares. To implement the 2019 plan, up to 45,000,000 equity shares may be issued by way of secondary acquisition of shares by Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Trust. The RSUs granted under the 2019 plan shall vest based on the achievement of defined annual performance parameters as determined by the administrator (Nomination and Remuneration Committee). The performance parameters will be based on a combination of relative TSR against selected industry peers and certain broader market domestic and global indices and operating performance metrics of the Company as decided by administrator. Each of the above performance parameters will be distinct for the purposes of calculation of quantity of shares to vest based on performance.


The following is the summary of grants made during fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 under the 2015 Plan:and 2019 plan:

 

Particulars

Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salil Parekh, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director (CEO and MD) - Refer Note 1 below

 

113,024

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, Chief Operating Officer and Whole-time Director (COO and WTD)

 

27,250

 

 

 

 

 

Dr.Vishal Sikka*

 

270,224

 

 

120,700

 

 

124,061

 

Other Key Managerial Personnel (KMP)**

 

271,100

 

 

246,250

 

 

 

Employees other than KMP

 

1,599,010

 

 

2,507,740

 

 

 

 

 

2,280,608

 

 

2,874,690

 

 

124,061

 

ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, COO and WTD

 

43,000

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Vishal Sikka*

 

330,525

 

 

 

 

 

Other KMP**

 

44,450

 

 

502,550

 

 

 

Employees other than KMP

 

73,600

 

 

703,300

 

 

 

 

 

491,575

 

 

1,205,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incentive units- cash settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other employees

 

50,040

 

 

112,210

 

 

 

 

 

50,040

 

 

112,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grants

 

2,822,223

 

 

4,192,750

 

 

124,061

 

*

Upon Dr. Vishal Sikka's resignation from the roles of the company, the unvested RSUs and ESOPs have been forfeited

**

Refer to the section ‘Board and Management changes’ for details on resignation of certain KMPs


Notes

1.

Refer to note 2.16 Employees’ Stock Option Plans under Item 18 of this Annual report on Form 20F for details of stock incentives granted to Salil Parekh under the 2015 plan.

Particulars

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

2015 Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSU - Equity settled

 

 

2,660,611

 

 

 

3,854,176

 

 

 

4,340,700

 

RSU - Incentive units (cash settled)

 

 

115,250

 

 

 

656,140

 

 

 

74,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019 Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity settled Performance based RSU

 

 

1,596,408

 

 

 

2,091,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grants

 

 

4,372,269

 

 

 

6,601,609

 

 

 

4,414,790

 

 

In additionRefer to the above, the Board, basedcompensation table of this Annual Report on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, granted 108,600 performance based RSUsForm 20-F for details on grants to Salil Parekh with an effective date of May 2, 2018. The grants would vest upon successful completion of three full fiscal years with the Company concluding on March 31, 2021 and will be determined based on achievement of certain performance targets for the said three-year period.individual KMPs.

 

The RSUs, ESOPs and incentive units granted under the 2015 plan would generally vest over a period of 4four years and shall be exercisable within the period as approved by the Committee.

The RSUs, granted under the 2019 plan would generally vest over a period of three years and shall be exercisable within the period as approved by the Committee.

During the fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, the company recorded an employee stock compensation expense of $13$45 million, (including a reversal of $5 million towards forfeiture of stock incentives granted to Dr.Vishal Sikka upon his resignation), $17$34 million and $1$29 million, respectively in the statement of comprehensive income. This comprises of expense pertaining to employee stock compensation of the CEO, COO, other KMPexecutive officers, and other employees.

The following table gives the details of outstanding RSUs and ESOPs under the 2019 plan and 2015 plan as of March 31, 2018:2021:

 

Stock incentives outstanding

RSUs

3,750,409

ESOPs

966,913

 

 

Stock incentives outstanding

 

 

 

2019 Plan

 

 

2015 Plan

 

RSUs

 

 

3,050,573

 

 

 

8,047,240

 

ESOPs

 

 

 

 

 

1,049,456

 

 

Grants made under the 2015 Plan will beplan have been adjusted for theSeptember 2018 bonus issue considered, approved and recommended by the Board in its meeting held on July 13, 2018, subject to the shareholders’ approval.

issue.

For additional information ofon the Company’s stock incentive compensation plans, see Note 2.162.17 Employees’ Stock Options Plans under Item 18 of this Annual Report.


Item 7. Major Shareholders andand Related Party Transactions

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth as of June 30, 2018,May 21, 2021, certain information with respect to beneficial ownership of equity shares held by each shareholder or group known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding equity shares.


Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission,SEC, which generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and includes equity shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of  June 30, 2018.May 21, 2021. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, all information with respect to the beneficial ownership of any principal shareholder has been furnished by such shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated, we believe that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the equity shares shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The shares beneficially owned by the directors and officers include equity shares owned by their family members to which such directors and officers disclaim beneficial ownership. 

 

Name of the beneficial owner

 

Class of

security

 

No. of shares

beneficially

held

 

 

% of

class of

shares

 

 

No. of shares

beneficially

held

 

 

% of

class of

shares

 

 

No. of shares

beneficially

held

 

 

% of

class of

shares

 

 

 

Equity

 

June 30, 2018

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

Shareholding of all directors and

officers as a group

 

Equity

 

 

52,041,652

 

 

(1) 2.38

 

 

 

1,844,587

 

 

(2) 0.08

 

 

 

579,545

 

 

(3) 0.03

 

Life Insurance Corporation of

India

 

Equity

 

 

149,512,017

 

 

 

6.85

 

 

 

161,436,123

 

 

 

7.03

 

 

 

132,274,300

 

 

 

5.76

 

 

 

Class of

security

 

No. of

shares

beneficially

held

 

 

 

 

% of

class of

shares

 

No. of

shares

beneficially

held

 

 

 

 

% of

class of

shares

 

No. of

shares

beneficially

held

 

 

 

 

% of

class of

shares

Name of the beneficial owner

 

Equity

 

May 21, 2021

 

March 31, 2020

 

March 31, 2019

Shareholding of all directors and officers as a group

 

Equity

 

 

103,000,901

 

 

(1

)

2.42

 

 

102,323,118

 

 

(2

)

2.40

 

 

103,956,809

 

 

(3

)

2.39

Life Insurance Corporation of India

 

Equity

 

 

244,378,253

 

 

 

 

5.74

 

 

282,008,863

 

 

 

 

6.62

 

 

254,332,376

 

 

 

 

5.83

1)1)

Comprised 52,041,652103,000,901 shares owned by directors and officers and includes ESOPs which includes have vested and yet to be exercised.

a) 10,750

Includes 21,500 stock options of U.B. Pravin Raoeach vested on May 2, 2018, May 2, 2019, May 2, 2020 and yetMay 2, 2021 totaling to be exercised; b) 12,100, 4,750 and 28,18786,000 stock options granted to M.D. Ranganath, Krishnamurthy Shankar and Mohit Joshi respectively which haveof U. B. Pravin Rao.

b)

Includes 56,374 stock options each vested inon November 1, 2017 and are yet to be exercised. c) 28,082 RSUsNovember 1, 2019 and 11,11256,376 stock options which will be vestingeach vested on AugustNovember 1, 2018 and November 1, 2020 totaling to Inderpreet Sawhney. The percentage225,500 stock options of ownership is calculatedMohit Joshi.

c)

Includes 56,376 stock options vested on 2,184,127,091 equity shares.November 1, 2020 of Ravikumar S.

d)

Includes 9,500 stock options each vested on November 1, 2018, November 1, 2019 and November 1, 2020 totaling to 28,500 stock options of Krishnamurthy Shankar.

e)

Includes 22,224 stock options each vested on August 1, 2018 and August 1, 2020 and 22,226 stock options vested on August 1, 2019 totaling to 66,674 stock options of Inderpreet Sawhney.

The percentage of ownership is calculated 4,261,133,939 equity shares.

2)

Comprised 1,844,587102,323,118 shares owned by directors and officers. The percentage of ownership is calculated on 2,296,944,6644,258,992,566 equity shares.


3)3)

Comprised 579,545 103,956,809 shares owned by directors and officers. The percentage of ownership is calculated on 2,296,944,6644,361,733,444 equity shares.

Our ADSs are listed on the NYSE. Each ADS currently represents one equity share of par value ₹5/- per share. ADSs are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as of June 30, 2018 areMay 21, 2021 held by 66,43998,149 holders of record in the United States.

Our equity shares can be held by Foreign Institutional Investors or FIIs, Foreign Portfolio Investors or FPIs and Non-Resident Indians or NRIs, who are registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India, or SEBI.NRIs. As of June 30, 2018, 35.43%May 21, 2021, 33.44% of our equity shares were held by these FIIs, FPIs and NRIs, some of which may be residents or bodies corporate registered in the United States and elsewhere. We are not aware of which FIIs, FPIs and NRIs hold our equity shares as residents or as corporate entities registered in the United States. 

Major shareholders do not have differential voting rights with respect to the equity shares. To the best of our knowledge, we are not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government, by any other corporation or by any other natural or legal person. We are not aware of any arrangement, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control.


RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Refer to Note no. 2.20 ‘Related party transactions’ in Item 18 of this Annual Report for the entire list of related parties and percentage of shareholding as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020.

Related party transactions of Infosys Limited with its subsidiaries (on a standalone – basis)

a. Details of capital invested in subsidiaries as of March 31, 2021:

 

 

a.

Details of capital invested in subsidiaries as of March 31, 2018:

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

List of subsidiaries

As at

March 31, 20182021

 

Infosys BPM (formerly Infosys BPO)

145

 

Infosys AustraliaChina(1)(2)

11

63

 

Infosys ChinaChile

58

1

 

Infosys Mexico

14

 

Infosys Sweden

11

Infosys Brasil

2811

 

Infosys Public Services

17

 

Infosys Shanghai

150

 

Infosys LodestoneConsulting Holding

241

 

Infosys Consulting Pte Ltd(2)

1

186

 

EdgeVerve

203

 

Infosys Nova(2)(3)

353

Infosys Americas(1)

 

 

Infosys AmericasAustria GmbH(6)(1)

 

 

Lodestone AustriaInfosys Consulting Ltda(6)(2)

 

47

 

Brilliant Basics(7) Holdings Limited

7

9

 

Infosys Arabia Limited(8)(1)

 

Noah Consulting LLC(5)

 

 

Panaya

84

Infosys Luxembourg S.a r.l.(2)

3

WongDoody Holding Company Inc(2)

56

Infosys Consulting S.R.L

5

Infosys Bulgaria(1)(4)

Infosys Germany Holding GmbH(1)(5)

 

 

Kallidus and Skava(4)(6)

 

 

*Skava

Refer to note no. 2.19 ‘Related party transactions’ in Item 18 of this Annual Report for the entire list of related parties and % of shareholding as at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017.

9


(1)

Under liquidationThe investment amount is less than $1 million.

(2)

During fiscal 2017,2021, Infosys entered into a share purchase agreement with Infosys Lodestoneinfused further capital in its subsidiaries to purchasemeet the shares of Infosys Consulting Pte Ltd.working capital requirements.

(3)

During fiscal 2018, we have written down the entire carrying value of the investment2021, Infosys infused further capital in Infosys Nova. Infosys Nova acquired Kaleidoscope Animations, Inc. and Beringer Commerce Inc and Beringer Capital Digital Group Inc.

(4)

In March 2018,Infosys Limited Bulgaria EOOD, a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Ltd, was incorporated on conclusion of a strategic review of the portfolio businesses, the Company initiated identification and evaluation of potential buyers for its subsidiaries, Kallidus and Skava (together referred to as "Skava”) and Panaya . The Company anticipates completion of the sale by March 2019 and accordingly, investments in respect of these subsidiaries have been reclassified under “held for sale". On reclassification, these investments has been measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and consequently a reduction in the fair value of assets held for sale amounting to  $90 million in respect of Panaya has been recognized in the standalone profit and loss for fiscal 2018.September 11, 2020.

(5)

On July 14, 2017, the Board of Directors of Infosys authorized the Company to execute a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with Noah Consulting LLC,Germany Holding GmbH, a wholly owned subsidiary to transfer the business of Noah Consulting LLC to Infosys Limited, subject to securing the requisite regulatory approvals for a consideration basedLtd, was incorporated on an independent valuation. Subsequently on October 17, 2017, the company entered into a business transfer agreement to transfer the business for a consideration of $41 million (approximately ₹266 crore) and the transfer was with effect from October 25, 2017. The transaction was between a holding company and a wholly owned subsidiary and therefore was accounted for at carrying values and did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements. Subsequently in November 2017, Noah Consulting LLC has been liquidated.March 23, 2021.

(6)

The investment amount is less than $1 million.


(7)

During fiscal 2018,Kallidus Inc. (Kallidus), a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys acquired 100% voting interest in Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited., UK.  Business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for cash consideration of $4 million, contingent consideration of up to $3 million and an additional consideration of $2 million, referred to as retention bonus, payable to the employees of Brilliant Basics at each anniversary year over the next two years, subject to their continuous employment with the group at each anniversary. The payment of contingent consideration to sellers of Brilliant Basics is dependent upon the achievement of certain financial targets by Brilliant Basics over a period of 3 years ending onLimited, liquidated effective March 2020. Refer note no. 2.9 in Item 18 of this Annual Report for further details.9, 2021.

(8)

Infosys holds 70% of equity shares of Infosys Arabia Limited and the investment is less than $1 million.

During fiscal 2021, Infy Consulting Company Limited, (a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Consulting Holding AG) acquired 100% of voting interests in GuideVision s.r.o along with its subsidiaries. Refer to Note 2.10 Business combinations, under Item 18 of this annual report for further details on acquisitions.

b. Details of amounts of outstanding loans at the end of the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

March 31,

2021

 

 

March 31,

2020

 

March 31,

2019

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys China(1)

 

11

 

11

 

10

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

12

 

12

 

Infosys Consulting S.R.L(2)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Infosys Consulting Holding AG

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Infosys Sweden

 

 

 

4

 

Infosys Consulting Pte Ltd.(3)

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

96

 

Infosys Shanghai(1)

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

50

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debentures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EdgeVerve

 

272

 

326

 

389

 

EdgeVerve(4)

 

 

73

 

 

 

153

 

209

 

(1)

Interest rate of 6% per annum and repayable on demand

(2)

Interest rate of 4% per annum and loan is repaid during fiscal 2021

(3)

Interest rate of 3% per annum and loan is repaid during fiscal 2021

(4)

Interest rate for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 is 7.14%, 8.35% and 8.39%, respectively


c. Details of largest amounts of loan outstanding during the fiscal:

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys China

 

14

 

11

 

10

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

Brilliant Basics

 

1

 

 

 

EdgeVerve

 

 

 

17

 

Kallidus

 

 

 

2

 

Infosys Sweden

 

 

4

 

4

 

Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Infosys Consulting S.R.L Argentina

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Infosys Consulting Pte Ltd

 

 

38

 

 

 

266

 

 

 

98

 

Infosys Consulting S.R.L Romania

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Infosys Consulting Holding AG

 

16

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

17

 

Infosys Shanghai

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debentures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EdgeVerve

 

326

 

398

 

398

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

209

 

 

 

272

 

 


d. Details of related party transactions:

i) Capital transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Fiscal 2016

 

Financing transactions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Panaya Inc

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Kallidus and Skava(1)(2)

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

EdgeVerve

 

 

 

 

 

129

 

Infosys China

 

15

 

 

10

 

 

 

Infosys Sweden

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

Infosys Shanghai

 

11

 

 

27

 

 

40

 

Infosys Consulting Pte Ltd

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

Noah Consulting LLC(1)

 

 

 

10

 

 

37

 

Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited(1)(2)

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Arabia Limited(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

59

 

 

313

 

Debenture (net of repayment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EdgeVerve

 

(54

)

 

(63

)

 

389

 

 

 

(54

)

 

(63

)

 

389

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (net of repayment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys China(3)

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Infosys Sweden(4)

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Infosys Consulting Holding AG(5)

 

15

 

 

 

 

(1

)

EdgeVerve(6)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited (7)

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

Financing transactions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys China

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Chile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Infosys Brazil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Infosys Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Infosys Nova

 

 

176

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

 

Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Infosys Consulting Ltda(1)

 

 

21

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

6

 

WongDoody Holding Company Inc

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

51

 

Infosys Consulting S.R.L Romania

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Kallidus Inc

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Bulgaria(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Germany Holding GmbH(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Luxembourg S.a r.l.

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preference shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Consulting Pte Ltd

 

 

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

384

 

 

 

79

 

Debenture (net of repayment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EdgeVerve

 

 

(84

)

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

(84

)

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(48

)

Loans (net of repayment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys China

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Shanghai

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Consulting Holding

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(3

)

Infosys Consulting Pte Ltd

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(70

)

 

 

98

 

Infosys Consulting S.R.L. Romania

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(83

)

 

 

95

 


(1)

Refer note no. 2.9, Business combinations, under Item 18Infosys Brasil, a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Ltd merged into Infosys Consulting Ltda a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Ltd effective October 1, 2019. Infosys Consulting Ltda issued equity shares in Infosys consulting Ltda as a consideration for this Annual report on Form 20-Fmerger to Infosys Ltd.

(2)

Includes contingent consideration

(3)

Interest rate of 6.0% per annum and repayable on demand

(4)

Interest rate of 6.0% per annum and repayable on demand

(5)

Interest rate of 2.5% per annum and repayable on demand

(6)

Interest rate of 8.7% per annum and repayable on demand

(7)

Interest rate of 3.5% per annum and repayable in full no later than 12 months or such later date as the parties may agree

(8)

The investment amount is less than $1 million.million

Notes

1.

On May 22, 2018, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in WongDoody Holding Company Inc., (WongDoody) a U.S.-based, full-service creative and consumer insights agency.  The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for a total consideration of up to $75 million, which includes a cash consideration of $38 million, contingent consideration of up to $28 million and an additional consideration of  up to $9 million, referred to as retention bonus, payable to the employees of WongDoody over the next three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group. Refer note 2.9 in Item 18 of this Annual Report for further details.

2.

During three months ended June 30, 2018, Infosys infused a capital of $1 million in its wholly owned subsidiary Infosys Chile.

3.

All other transactions between Infosys and its subsidiaries till the date of this Annual Report are in the ordinary course of business.


ii) Revenue transactions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

Purchase of services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys China

 

14

 

18

 

19

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

12

 

Infosys Lodestone and its subsidiaries

 

129

 

123

 

154

 

Infosys Consulting Pte Limited and its subsidiary

 

10

 

5

 

16

 

Infosys Consulting Holding and its subsidiaries

 

 

147

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

136

 

Infosys Consulting Pte Limited and its subsidiaries

 

 

19

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

19

 

Infosys Consulting Ltda

 

 

6

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Infosys Consulting Romania

 

 

25

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Infosys BPM and its subsidiaries

 

88

 

64

 

55

 

 

 

209

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

109

 

Infosys Sweden

 

9

 

11

 

12

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

Infosys Shanghai

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

Infosys Mexico

 

4

 

3

 

2

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

10

 

Infosys Chile

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Infosys Public Services

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

Panaya Ltd.

 

13

 

7

 

3

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

13

 

Infosys Brasil

 

2

 

1

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Kallidus

 

1

 

11

 

3

 

Noah Consulting LLC and its subsidiary

 

14

 

21

 

2

 

WongDoody and its subsidiaries

 

 

16

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

2

 

Kallidus Inc

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

7

 

Infosys Nova and its subsidiaries

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brilliant Basics Limited

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

11

 

 

301

 

267

 

270

 

 

 

498

 

 

 

398

 

 

 

346

 

Purchase of shared services including facilities

and personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys BPM and its subsidiaries

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Kallidus Inc

 

1

 

 

 

Brilliant Basics Limited

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

WongDoody and its subsidiaries

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Infosys Mexico

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys China

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

EdgeVerve(1)

 

24

 

29

 

9

 

Infosys Shanghai

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Consulting Pte Limited

 

 

1

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

1

 

EdgeVerve

 

 

8

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

20

 

 

25

 

30

 

9

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

22

 

Dividend income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys BPM

 

130

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys China

 

4

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

Infosys Mexico

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3

 

Infosys Lodestone and its subsidiaries

 

6

 

11

 

5

 

Infosys Consulting Holding and its subsidiaries

 

 

3

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

8

 

Infosys Consulting Ltda

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Infosys Consulting Pte Limited and its subsidiaries

 

 

20

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

2

 

Infosys Brasil

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Infosys BPM and its subsidiaries

 

28

 

9

 

11

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

48

 

Infosys Sweden

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Infosys Shanghai

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

EdgeVerve

 

63

 

45

 

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

67

 

Kallidus Inc

 

 

1

 

 

Infosys Public Services

 

98

 

133

 

137

 

 

207

 

211

 

166

 

Sale of shared services including facilities and

personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EdgeVerve

 

6

 

6

 

22

 

Panaya Ltd.

 

8

 

5

 

2

 

Infosys Lodestone and its subsidiaries

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Infosys BPM and its subsidiaries

 

10

 

7

 

6

 

 

25

 

19

 

31

 


(1)

Interest rate for the fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 is 7.7%, 8.5% and 8.8%, respectively

Infosys Luxembourg S.à.r.l

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outbox System, Inc. dba Simplus

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Public Services

 

 

92

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

244

 

Sale of shared services including facilities and personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EdgeVerve

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

Panaya Ltd.

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

6

 

Infosys Consulting Holdings and its subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys BPM and its subsidiaries

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

15

 

All other transactions between Infosys and its subsidiaries till the date of this Annual Report are in the ordinary course of business.

See to note 2.19,Note 2.20, Related party transactions, under Item 18 of this Annual Report for details of transactions with Key management personnel.KMP.

Employment and indemnification agreements

Refer to the section titled ‘Employment and Indemnification agreements’ under Item 6 of this Annual Report.

Loans to employees

We provide personal loans and salary advances and loans to our employees who are not executive officers or directors.employees.

The annual rates of interest for these loans vary from 0% to 10%. Loans aggregating $43$26 million, $47$35 million and $50$38 million were outstanding as of March 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

Item 8. Financial Information

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following financial statements and auditors’ report appear under Item 18 in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and are incorporated herein by reference:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2018 and 2017.

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2021 and 2020.

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Export revenue

For fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, we generated $10,593$13,169 million, $9,883$12,447 million and $9,255$11,507 million, or 96.8%97.1%, 96.8%97.4% and 97.4%97.5% of our total revenues of $10,939$13,561 million, $10,208$12,780 million and $9,501$11,799 million, respectively, from the export of our products and rendering of services outside of India.

Legal proceedings

This information is set forth under Item 4 under the heading “Legal proceedings” and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

ShareCapital allocation policy

Effective fiscal 2020, the Company expects to return approximately 85% of the free cash flow cumulatively over a five-year period through a combination of semi-annual dividends and/or share buyback and/or special dividends,


subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS. Dividend and buyback include applicable taxes.

Buyback proposed on April 2021

In line with the capital allocation policy, the Board at its meeting held on August 19, 2017,April 14, 2021, approved a proposal for the Company to buyback its own fully paid-up equity shares of face value of ₹5/₹ 5/- each (“Equity Shares”) from the eligible equity shareholders of the Company (other than the promoters, the promoters group and persons in control of the Company), being 14.87% and 13.53% of its total paid-up capital and free reserves as on March 31, 2021 (on a standalone and consolidated basis, respectively) for an amount, payable in cash, aggregating up to ₹ 9,200 crore (Rupees Nine Thousand Two Hundred crore only) (“Maximum Buyback Size”) (approximately $1,227 million*) which is less than 15% of the aggregate of the total paid-up share capital and free reserves of the Company, based on the latest audited financial statements of the Company as at March 31, 2021 (on a standalone and consolidated basis), for a price not exceeding ₹13,000 crore ($2 billion). The shareholders approved the said proposal of buyback of equity Shares₹ 1,750/- (Rupees One Thousand Seven Hundred and Fifty only) per Equity Share ("Maximum Buyback Price") (approximately $23.3 per share*) in open market through the postal ballot that concludedIndian stock exchanges, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-Back of Securities) Regulations, 2018 (as amended) ("Buyback Regulations”) and the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules made thereunder (“Buyback”). ADS holders are permitted to convert their ADS into Equity Shares, and, subsequently, opt to sell such Equity Shares on October 7, 2017.the Indian stock exchanges during the Buyback period. The Maximum Buyback Size does not include any expenses or transaction costs incurred or to be incurred for the Buyback, such as, brokerage, filing fees, advisory fees, intermediaries’ fees, public announcement publication expenses, printing and dispatch expenses, applicable taxes such as buyback offer comprised a purchasetax, securities transaction tax, goods and services tax, stamp duty etc. and other incidental and related expenses.

Subject to the market price of 113,043,478 equitythe Equity Shares aggregating 4.92%being equal to the Maximum Buyback Price, the indicative maximum number of Equity Shares bought back would be 52,571,428 Equity Shares (“Maximum Buyback Shares”), comprising approximately 1.23% of the paid-up equity share capital of the Company as of March 31, 2021 (on a standalone basis). If the Equity Shares are bought back at a price below the Maximum Buyback Price, the actual number of ₹1,150Equity Shares bought back could exceed the Maximum Buyback Shares but will always be subject to the Maximum Buyback Size. The Company shall utilize at least 50% of the amount earmarked as the Maximum Buyback Size for the Buyback i.e. ₹ 4,600 crore (Rupees Four Thousand Six Hundred crore only) (“Minimum Buyback Size”). Based on the Minimum Buyback Size and Maximum Buyback Price, the Company would purchase a minimum of 26,285,714 Equity Shares.

The Board has constituted a buyback committee (the "Buyback Committee"), comprising, Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Deputy Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel and the Company Secretary of the Company. The Buyback Committee has the power to do all such acts, deeds, matters and things as it may, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary, expedient, usual or proper in connection with the Buyback. The Buyback is subject to the approval of the members of the Company by way of a special resolution at the ensuing annual general meeting and all other applicable statutory/ regulatory approvals.

* USD-INR rate of 75.00


Buyback completed in August 2019

Based on the postal ballot which concluded on March 12, 2019, the shareholders approved the proposal of the above buyback of equity shares from the open market route through Indian stock exchanges of up to ₹8,260 crore (maximum buyback size) (approximately $1,184 million) at a price not exceeding ₹800 per equity share. The buyback was offered to all eligible equity shareholders (including those who became equity shareholders as on the Record date by cancelling American Depository Shares and withdrawing underlying equity shares) of the Company as(other than the Promoters, the Promoter Group and Persons in Control of the Company) under the open market route through Indian stock exchanges. The buyback of equity shares through Indian stock exchanges commenced on March 20, 2019 and was completed on August 26, 2019. During this buyback period, the Record Date (i.e. November 1, 2017) onCompany purchased and extinguished a proportionate basis throughtotal of 110,519,266 equity shares from the "Tender offer" route.stock exchange at an average buyback price of ₹747.38/- per equity share comprising 2.53% of the pre buyback paid-up equity share capital of the Company. The buyback resulted in a cash outflow of ₹8,260 crore (excluding transaction costs) ($1,183 million). The Company concluded the share buyback procedures on December 27, 2017 and 113,043,478 shares were extinguished. The company has utilized its securities premium and general reserve forfunded the buyback offrom its shares. In accordance with section 69 of the Companies Act, 2013, thefree reserves.


company has created ‘Capital Redemption Reserve’ of $9 million equal to the nominal value of the shares bought back as an appropriation from general reserve.

Dividends

Under Indian law, a corporation pays dividends upon a recommendation by the Board and approval by a majority of the shareholders, who have the right to decrease but not increase the amount of the dividend recommended by the Board. Dividends may be paid out of profits of an Indian company, after providing depreciation in the year in which the dividend is declared or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years.

The Board increased dividend pay-out ratio from up to 40% to up to 50%years, or out of post-tax consolidated profits effective fiscal 2015.

Our dividend policy for fiscal 2018 is to pay up to 70% of free cash flow. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS.both.

Holders of ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends payable on equity shares represented by such ADSs. Cash dividends on equity shares represented by ADSs are paid to the Depositary in Indian rupees and are generally converted by the Depositary into U.S. dollars and distributed, net of Depositary fees, taxes, if any, and expenses, to the holders of such ADSs. Although we have no current intention to discontinue dividend payments, future dividends may not be declared or paid and the amount, if any, thereof may be decreased.

Dividend Distribution Policy:

As per Regulation 43A of the SEBI LODR the top 500 listed companies shall formulate a dividend distribution policy. Accordingly, the policy was adopted to set out the parameters and circumstances that will be taken into account by the Board in determining the distribution of dividend to its shareholders and / or retaining profits earned by the Company. The revised dividend policy has been previously filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars effected The policy is available on or after April 1, 2008 are based on the fixing rate in the City of Mumbai for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the FEDAI.our website: https://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/Pages/policies.aspx

The following table provides details of per share dividend recognized and paid during fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019(2)

 

Dividend per Equity Share (₹)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend(3)

 

 

13.00

 

 

 

11.00

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

12.00

 

 

 

8.00

 

 

 

7.00

 

Final dividend(4)

 

 

14.75

 

 

 

14.25

 

 

14.75(2)

 

 

 

9.50

 

 

 

10.50

 

 

 

10.25

 

Special dividend(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend per Equity Share/ADS ($) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend(3)

 

 

0.20

 

 

0.17

 

 

0.15

 

 

 

0.16

 

 

 

0.11

 

 

 

0.10

 

Final dividend(4)

 

 

0.23

 

 

0.22

 

 

0.24(2)

 

 

 

0.13

 

 

 

0.15

 

 

 

0.16

 

Special dividend(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.14

 


 

(1)

Converted at the monthly exchange rate in the month of declaration of dividend.

(2)

AdjustedDividend declared previously, retrospectively adjusted for June 17, 2015September 2018 bonus share issue.issue wherever applicable.

(3)

Represents interim dividend for the respective fiscal yearyear.

(4)

Represents final dividend for the preceding fiscal yearyear.

(3)

Represents special dividend of ₹5/- per share (approximately $0.08 per share) declared in fiscal 2018 and special dividend of ₹4/- per equity share (approximately $0.06 per share) declared in fiscal 2019.

The Board of Directors recommended a final dividend of ₹20.50/- per equity share (approximately $0.31 per equity share) for the financial year ended March 31, 2018 and a special dividend of ₹10/- per equity share (approximately $0.15 per equity share). Subsequent to the year ended March 31, 2018, basedDuring fiscal 2021, on the approval from the shareholders, the company has paid out $1,164 million comprisingaccount of the final dividend for fiscal 2020 and specialinterim dividend includingdeclared for fiscal 2021 the Company had incurred a net cash outflow of $1,226 million (excluding dividend distribution tax thereon.


Capital allocation policypaid on treasury shares).

The Board in its meeting on April 13, 2018, reviewed and approved14, 2021 recommended a final dividend of ₹15/- per equity share (approximately $0.20 per equity share*) for fiscal 2021. This payment is subject to the Capital Allocation Policyapproval of shareholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting of the Company, after taking into consideration the strategicto be held on June 19, 2021, and operationalif approved would result in a net cash requirementsoutflow of the Company in the medium term.approximately $849 million (excluding dividend paid on treasury shares).

* USD-INR rate of 75.00

Bonus issue during fiscal 2019

The key aspectsCompany has allotted 2,184,191,490 fully paid up equity shares (including treasury shares) of face value ₹5/- each during the Capital Allocation Policy are:

i. The Board has decidedthree months ended September 30, 2018 pursuant to retaina bonus issue approved by the current policy of returning upto 70% of the free cash flow of the corresponding Financial Year in such manner, as may be decidedshareholders through postal ballot. Record Date fixed by the Board was September 5, 2018. The bonus shares were issued by capitalization of profits transferred from time to time, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS. Dividend payout includes Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT).

ii. In addition to the above, out of the cash on the Balance Sheet, the Board has identified an amount of up to ₹13,000 crores ($2 billion) to be paid to shareholders in the following manner:

a) A special dividend of ₹10 pergeneral reserve. Bonus share ($0.15 per ADR) resulted in a payout of approximately ₹2,600 crore (approximately $400 million) in June 2018.

b) Identified an amount of up to approximately ₹10,400 crore (approximately $1,600 million) to be paid out to shareholders for the Financial Year 2019, in such a manner, to be decided by the Board, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Further announcements in this regard will be made, as appropriate, in due course.

Bonus issue

The Board, in its meeting held on July 13, 2018, considered, approved and recommended a bonus issue of one equity share for every equity share held, and a bonus issue, viz., a stock dividend of one American Depositary Share (ADS)ADS for every ADS held, as on a record date to be determined.respectively, has been allotted. Consequently, the ratio of equity shares underlying the ADSs held by an American Depositary Receipt holder would remainremains unchanged. The Board approved and recommendedOptions granted under the bonus issue to celebratestock option plan have been adjusted for the Company’s 25th year of being publicly listed in India and to further increase the liquidity of itsbonus shares. The bonus issue of equity shares and ADSs will be subject to approval by the shareholders, and any other applicable statutory and regulatory approvals. Consequently, the authorized share capital will be increased, subject to the approval of shareholders. Appropriate adjustments for the issue of bonus shares / stock dividend as mentioned above to Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) and Employee Stock Options (ESOPs) which have been granted to employees of the Company under its 2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan, shall be made.

The bonus shares, once allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects and carry the same rights as the existing equity shareholders and holders of the bonus shares shall be entitled to participate in full, in any dividend and other corporate action, recommended and declared after the new equity shares are allotted.

shares.

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

None.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

PRICE HISTORY

Our equity shares are traded in India on the BSE Limited, or BSE, and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited, or NSE, or collectively, the Indian stock exchanges. Our ADSsAmerican Depositary Shares (“ADSs“) are traded on NYSE, Euronext London and Paris,the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), under the ticker symbol ‘INFY’. Each ADS represents one equity share. Our ADSs began trading on the NASDAQ on March 11, 1999. Following our voluntary delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market on December 11, 2012, we began trading of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)NYSE on December 12, 2012, under the ticker symbol INFY. We listed our ADSs on the Euronext London and Paris markets on February 20, 2013.


Effective July 5, 2018 the companyCompany voluntarily delisted its American Depositary Shares ("ADS")ADS’s from the Euronext Paris and Euronext London exchanges due toexchanges. The primary reason for voluntary delisting from Euronext Paris and London was the low average daily trading volume of Infosys ADSs on these exchanges.  Infosysexchanges, which was not commensurate with the related administrative expenses. Infosys’ ADSs werecontinue to be listed on Euronext Paris and Euronext London until July 4, 2018.the NYSE under the symbol “INFY” on the New York Stock Exchange. The holders of ADSs who have chosen not to sell their Infosys ADSs through the sales facility or otherwise have


not taken any action will be able to trade them on the NYSE under the terms and conditions of their financial intermediary.

The Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas serves as a depositary with respect to our ADSs traded on the market pursuant to the Deposit Agreement dated March 10, 1999, secondas amended and restated on June 28, 2017. The Deposit Agreement has been filed by the Company previously.

As of June 30, 2018,May 21, 2021, we had 2,184,127,0914,261,133,939 equity shares issued and outstanding. There were 66,43998,149 record holders of ADRs, evidencing 372,788,693731,827,178 ADSs (1(each ADS equivalent to 1currently represents one equity share). As of June 30, 2018,May 21, 2021, there were 721,5771,735,416 record holders of our equity shares listed and traded on the Indian stock exchanges.

The following tables set forth for the periods indicated the price history of the equity shares and the ADSs on the Indian stock exchanges and the NYSE. The currency of trade of the ADSs in the U.S. is USD and at London and Paris is Euro (EUR).


Each ADS currently represents one equity share. All translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars are based on fixing rate in the city of Mumbai on March 31, 20182021 for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the FEDAI, which was ₹65.18₹73.11 per $1.00. The high and low prices for the Indian stock exchanges and the NYSE are provided below:

 

 

(Prices in Dollars)

 

Fiscal

 

BSE

 

 

NSE

 

 

NYSE

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

2018

 

 

18.72

 

 

 

13.22

 

 

 

18.73

 

 

 

13.19

 

 

 

18.71

 

 

 

13.88

 

2017

 

 

19.71

 

 

 

13.88

 

 

 

19.73

 

 

 

13.89

 

 

 

20.47

 

 

 

13.42

 

2016

 

 

18.63

 

 

 

14.07

 

 

 

18.67

 

 

 

14.08

 

 

 

19.46

 

 

 

15.26

 

2015

 

 

18.68

 

 

 

11.58

 

 

 

18.69

 

 

 

11.52

 

 

 

18.64

 

 

 

12.52

 

2014

 

 

15.34

 

 

 

8.85

 

 

 

15.33

 

 

 

8.85

 

 

 

15.76

 

 

 

9.81

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

 

20.15

 

 

 

19.70

 

 

 

20.17

 

 

 

16.91

 

 

 

19.51

 

 

 

16.49

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

 

15.81

 

 

 

13.97

 

 

 

15.84

 

 

 

13.96

 

 

 

15.76

 

 

 

14.30

 

Second Quarter

 

 

15.79

 

 

 

13.22

 

 

 

15.79

 

 

 

13.19

 

 

 

16.15

 

 

 

13.88

 

Third Quarter

 

 

16.05

 

 

 

13.77

 

 

 

16.09

 

 

 

13.76

 

 

 

16.37

 

 

 

14.16

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

18.72

 

 

 

15.44

 

 

 

18.73

 

 

 

15.43

 

 

 

18.71

 

 

 

16.02

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

 

19.71

 

 

 

17.75

 

 

 

19.73

 

 

 

17.75

 

 

 

20.47

 

 

 

17.31

 

Second Quarter

 

 

18.43

 

 

 

15.56

 

 

 

18.44

 

 

 

15.56

 

 

 

18.48

 

 

 

15.64

 

Third Quarter

 

 

16.66

 

 

 

13.88

 

 

 

16.70

 

 

 

13.89

 

 

 

16.71

 

 

 

13.74

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

16.11

 

 

 

13.96

 

 

 

16.10

 

 

 

13.90

 

 

 

15.92

 

 

 

13.42

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

 

16.93

 

 

 

14.41

 

 

 

16.94

 

 

 

14.40

 

 

 

18.22

 

 

 

15.26

 

Second Quarter

 

 

17.90

 

 

 

14.07

 

 

 

17.90

 

 

 

14.08

 

 

 

19.16

 

 

 

15.32

 

Third Quarter

 

 

18.40

 

 

 

15.28

 

 

 

18.41

 

 

 

15.26

 

 

 

19.46

 

 

 

15.72

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

18.63

 

 

 

15.57

 

 

 

18.67

 

 

 

15.56

 

 

 

19.32

 

 

 

15.76

 

Month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jun-18

 

 

20.15

 

 

 

18.61

 

 

 

20.17

 

 

 

18.59

 

 

 

19.51

 

 

 

18.15

 

May-18

 

 

19.15

 

 

 

17.75

 

 

 

19.16

 

 

 

17.72

 

 

 

18.50

 

 

 

17.23

 

Apr-18

 

 

18.60

 

 

 

16.86

 

 

 

18.63

 

 

 

16.91

 

 

 

18.22

 

 

 

16.49

 

Mar-18

 

 

18.34

 

 

 

17.32

 

 

 

18.36

 

 

 

17.28

 

 

 

18.54

 

 

 

17.37

 

Feb-18

 

 

18.24

 

 

 

16.75

 

 

 

18.25

 

 

 

16.73

 

 

 

18.09

 

 

 

16.88

 

Jan-18

 

 

18.72

 

 

 

15.44

 

 

 

18.73

 

 

 

15.43

 

 

 

18.71

 

 

 

16.02

 

Note:

Adjusted for bonus share issue wherever applicable.

Source for all tables above: www.bseindia.com for BSE quotes, www.nseindia.com for NSE quotes and www.nyse.com for NYSE quotes.

On July 18, 2018,June 10, 2021, the closing price of equity shares on the BSE was ₹1,322.40₹1,424.55 equivalent to $19.27$19.50 per equity share and on the NSE was ₹1,322.55₹1,424.30 equivalent to $19.27$19.50 per equity share based on the exchange rate on that date and on July 18, 2018,June 10, 2021, the closing price of ADSs on the NYSE was $19.68$19.89 per ADS. 

The conversion of our equity shares into ADSs is governed by guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India.RBI.

 


Item 10. AdditionalAdditional Information

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The Company vide postal ballot concluded on March 31, 2017 had adopted new Articles of Association to bring the same in line with provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (“2013. The Company vide postal ballot concluded on August 22, 2018 altered clause V of the Act”).Memorandum of Association to reflect the increase in the Authorized capital for the issue of Bonus shares. The new articlesMemorandum and Articles of Association are available on the website of the Company and were filed previously filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F.20-F and is available under the following links: https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1067491/000106749117000021/exv01w01.htm and https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1067491/000156459019022837/infy-ex12_1403.htm

The corporate legal framework governing the Company as on the date hereof is the notified provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, as amended from time to time, read with the Companies Act, 1956 (to the extent still in force) (the “Indian Companies Act”).

Set forth below is the material information concerning our share capital and a brief summary of the material provisions of our Articles of Association, Memorandum of Association and the Indian Companies Act, all as currently in effect. The following description of our equity shares and the material provisions of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the amended Articles of AssociationMemorandum and MemorandumArticles of Association of the Company which was previously filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F20-F. The summary below is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of the Indian Companies Act and is not intended to be a substitute for professional legal advice. Various statutory authorities and departments of the Government of India have also extended several temporary relaxations on compliances requirements on account of the COVID-19 pandemic. The summary below does not include details of such temporary relaxations.

Our Articles of Association provide that the minimum number of directors shall be 3three and the maximum number of directors shall be 15fifteen unless approval from shareholders is obtained by a special resolution to appoint more than 15 directors. As onof March 31, 2018,2021, we had 9nine directors. As per the Indian Companies Act, unless the Articles of Association of a company provide for all directors to retire at every Annual General Meeting (AGM), not less than two-third of the non-independent directors of a public company are liable to retire by rotation and one-third of such directors must retire by rotation, while the remaining two-third may remain on the Board until they resign or are removed. Our Articles of Association require two-thirds of ourthe non-independent directors to be liable toon the Board retire by rotation every year, and one-third of them whose office of directorship is the longest shall mandatorily retire by rotation. As perRetiring directors qualify for reappointment. Executive directors are appointed by the Indian Companies Act Independent Directorsshareholders for a maximum period of five years but are not liable to retire by rotation. One-third of such directors (excluding independent directors) who are subject to retirement by rotation must retire at each AGM. A retiring director is eligible for re-election. As per the Indian Companies Act,reappointment upon completion of their term. An independent directors are


director shall hold office for a term of up to retire after 5five consecutive years and maywill be re-appointedeligible for reappointment on the passing of a special resolution by the shareholders.

An independent director can hold office for only for two consecutive terms.

terms, and will be eligible for reappointment after three years of ceasing to be an independent director, provided he/she is not appointed in or associated with the company in any capacity (whether directly or indirectly) during such three-year period.

The age limit for a managing director / executive director is 60 years, while the age limit for an independent / non- executive director is 70 years. A director’s term may be extended at the discretion of the committee beyond the age of 60 or 70 years with shareholders’ approval by passing a special resolution, based on the explanatory statement annexed to the Notice for such motion indicating the justification for the extension of appointment beyond 60 or 70 years as the case may be.

Our Articles of Association do not require that our directors to hold shares of our company in order to serve on our Board.

The Companies Act, 2013 provides that any director who has a personal interest in a transaction being discussed by the Board must disclose such interest and must not participate in the meeting when such transaction is being discussed. A director is required to disclose his personal interest to the Board on an annual basis and at the first meeting of the Board after the interest arises. The remuneration payable to our directors may be fixed by the Board in accordance with the Indian Companies Act and provisions prescribed by the Government of India. At meetings of the Board, our directors shall not vote on their own remuneration and such remuneration has been recommended by our Nomination and Remuneration Committee, details of which have been set out in Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our Articles of Association provide that the Company may generally borrow any sum of money for the Company’s legitimate corporate purposes, provided, that the consent of the shareholders is required where any amounts to be borrowed, when combined with any already outstanding debt (excluding temporary loans from our bankers in the ordinary course of business), exceeds the aggregate of our paid-up capital, securities premium and free reserves. Under the Companies Act, 2013, such consent of the shareholders should be obtained by way of a special resolution passed in a general meeting.


Objects and Purposes of our Memorandum of Association

The objects and purposes of as set forth in Section III of our Memorandum of Association have been filed previously in our Annual Report on Form 20-F. 

General

Our authorized share capital is ₹12,000,000,000₹24,000,000,000 (Rupees onetwo thousand twofour hundred crore only) divided into 2,400,000,000 (two4,800,000,000 (four hundred and fortyeighty crore only) equity shares, having a par value of ₹5/- per share. As of March 31, 2018, 2,184,114,2572021, 4,260,660,846 equity shares were issued, outstanding and fully paid, out of which controlled trust holds 10,801,95615,514,732 equity shares under the 2015 plan.Plan. The equity shares are our only class of share capital. We currently have no convertible debentures or warrants outstanding. As of March 31, 2018,2021, we had 4,717,3229,096,696 and 3,050,573 options outstanding to purchase equity shares.shares under the 2015 and 2019 Plans, respectively. For the purpose of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, “shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered as a member in our register of members or whose name appears in the beneficiary position maintained by the depositories.

TheBuyback proposed on April 2021

In line with the capital allocation policy, the Board inat its meeting held on July 13,April 14, 2021, approved a proposal for the Company to buyback its own fully paid-up equity shares of face value of ₹ 5/- each (“Equity Shares”) from the equity shareholders of the Company (other than the promoters, the promoters group and persons in control of the Company), being 14.87% and 13.53% of its total paid-up capital and free reserves as on March 31, 2021 (on a standalone and consolidated basis, respectively) for an amount, payable in cash, aggregating up to ₹ 9,200 crore (Rupees Nine Thousand Two Hundred crore only) (“Maximum Buyback Size”) (approximately $1,227 million*) which is less than 15% of the aggregate of the total paid-up share capital and free reserves of the Company, based on the latest audited financial statements of the Company as at March 31, 2021 (on a standalone and consolidated basis), for a price not exceeding ₹ 1,750/- (Rupees One Thousand Seven Hundred and Fifty only) per Equity Share ("Maximum Buyback Price") (approximately $23.3 per share*) in open market through the Indian stock exchanges, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-Back of Securities)


Regulations, 2018 considered,(as amended) ("Buyback Regulations”) and the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules made thereunder (“Buyback”). ADS holders are permitted to convert their ADS into Equity Shares, and, subsequently, opt to sell such Equity Shares on the Indian stock exchanges during the Buyback period. The Maximum Buyback Size does not include any expenses or transaction costs incurred or to be incurred for the Buyback, such as, brokerage, filing fees, advisory fees, intermediaries’ fees, public announcement publication expenses, printing and dispatch expenses, applicable taxes such as buyback tax, securities transaction tax, goods and services tax, stamp duty etc. and other incidental and related expenses.

Subject to the market price of the Equity Shares being equal to the Maximum Buyback Price, the indicative maximum number of Equity Shares bought back would be 52,571,428 Equity Shares (“Maximum Buyback Shares”), comprising approximately 1.23% of the paid-up capital of the Company as of March 31, 2021 (on a standalone basis). If the Equity Shares are bought back at a price below the Maximum Buyback Price, the actual number of Equity Shares bought back could exceed the Maximum Buyback Shares but will always be subject to the Maximum Buyback Size. The Company shall utilize at least 50% of the amount earmarked as the Maximum Buyback Size for the Buyback i.e. ₹ 4,600 crore (Rupees Four Thousand Six Hundred crore only) (“Minimum Buyback Size”). Based on the Minimum Buyback Size and Maximum Buyback Price, the Company would purchase a minimum of 26,285,714 Equity Shares.

The Board has constituted a buyback committee (the "Buyback Committee"), comprising, Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Deputy Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel and the Company Secretary of the Company. The Buyback Committee has the power to do all such acts, deeds, matters and things as it may, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary, expedient, usual or proper in connection with the Buyback. The Buyback is subject to the approval of the members of the Company by way of a special resolution and all other applicable statutory/ regulatory approvals.

* USD-INR rate of 75.00

Buyback completed in August 2019

In line with the Capital Allocation Policy announced in April 2018, the shareholders approved the buyback of equity shares under the open market route through the Indian stock exchanges, amounting to ₹8,260 crore (maximum buyback size) at a price not exceeding ₹800 per share (maximum buyback price), through the postal ballot that concluded on March 12, 2019.

The buyback was offered to all eligible equity shareholders of the Company (other than the Promoters, the Promoter Group and recommendedPersons in Control of the Company) under the open market route through the stock exchange. The buyback of equity shares through the stock exchange commenced on March 20, 2019 and was completed on August 26, 2019.

During this buyback period the Company had purchased and extinguished a total of 110,519,266 equity shares from the stock exchange at an average buyback price of ₹747.38/- per equity share comprising 2.53% of the pre buyback paid-up equity share capital of the Company. The buyback resulted in a cash outflow of ₹8,260 crore (excluding transaction costs). The Company funded the buyback from its free reserves.


The Company has allotted 2,184,191,490 fully paid up equity shares (including treasury shares) of face value ₹5/- each during the year ended March 31, 2019 pursuant to a bonus issue approved by the shareholders through postal ballot. Record Date fixed by the Board was September 5, 2018. The bonus shares were issued by capitalization of profits transferred from general reserve. Bonus share of one equity share for every equity share held, and a bonus issue, viz., a stock dividend of one American Depositary Share (ADS) for every ADS held, as on a record date to be determined.respectively, has been allotted. Consequently, the ratio of equity shares underlying the ADSs held by an American Depositary Receipt holder would remainremains unchanged. The Board approved and recommendedOptions granted under the bonus issue to celebrate the Company’s 25th year of being publicly listed in India and to further increase the liquidity of its shares. The bonus issue of equity shares and ADSs will be subject to approval by the shareholders, and any other applicable statutory and regulatory approvals. Consequently, the authorized share capital will be increased, subject to the approval of shareholders. Appropriate adjustments for the issue of bonus shares / stock dividend as mentioned above to Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) and Employee Stock Options (ESOPs) whichoption plan have been granted to employees of the Company under its 2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan, shall be made.adjusted for bonus shares.

The bonus shares once allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects and carry the same rights as the existing equity shareholdersshare and holders of the bonus shares shall beare entitled to participate in full in any dividend and other corporate action recommended and declared after the new equity shares are allotted.declared.

Dividends

Under the Companies Act, 2013 our Board recommends the payment of a dividend which is then declaredapproved by our shareholders in a general meeting. However, the Board is not obliged to recommend a dividend.

Under our Articles of Association and the Companies Act, 2013 the Company in AGMthe Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) may declare dividend, to be paid to shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in profits. No dividends shall exceed the amount recommended by Board. In India, dividends are generally declared per equity share and are to be distributed and paid to shareholders in cash and in proportion to the paid-up value of their shares, within 30 days of the AGM at which the dividend is approved by shareholders. Pursuant to our Articles of Association and the Indian Companies Act, our Board has the discretion to declare and pay interim dividends without shareholder approval in compliance with the conditions specified under the Companies Act, 2013. As per the terms of our listing of the equity shares and ADSs of the Company, we are required to inform the stock exchanges, on which our equity shares and ADSs are listed, of the dividend declared per equity share and the record date/book closure date for determining the shareholders who are entitled to receive dividends. Under the Companies Act, 2013, dividend can be paid only in cash to registered shareholders as of the record date. Dividend may also be paid in cash or by cheque or warrant or in any electronic mode to the shareholder.


The Companies Act, 2013 provides that any dividends that remain unpaid or unclaimed after a period of 30 days from the date of declaration of a dividend are to be transferred to a special bank account opened by the company at an approved bank. We transfer any dividends that remain unpaid or unclaimed within 7seven days from the date of expiry of the 30 days to such account. If any amount in this account has not been claimed by the eligible shareholders within seven years from the date of the transfer, we transfer the unclaimed dividends to an Investor Education and Protection Fund (IEPF) established by the Government of India under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. After the transfer to this fund, such unclaimed dividends may not be claimed by the shareholders entitled to receive such dividends from the company. Further, according to the IEPF Rules, the equity shares in respect of which dividend has not been paid or claimed by the equity shareholders for seven consecutive years or more shall also be transferred to IEPF Authority. Shareholders may note that both the unclaimed dividend and corresponding shares transferred to IEPF including all benefits accruing on such shares, if any, can be claimed back from IEPF following the procedure prescribed in the Rules. No claim shall lie in respect thereof with the Company.

Under the Companies Act, 2013 dividends may be paid out of profits of a company in the year in which the dividend is declared after providing for depreciation or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years after providing for depreciation. Before declaring any dividend in any financial year, a company may transfer a percentage of its profits which it considers appropriate to its reserves.

The Companies Act, 2013 further provides that in the event of an inadequacy or absence of profits in any year, a dividend may be declared for such year out of the company’s accumulated profits that have been transferred to its free reserves, subject to the following conditions:

The dividend rate declared shall not exceed the average of the rates at which dividends were declared by the company in the three years immediately preceding that year (this condition is not applicable where the company has not declared dividends in the 3three financial years immediately preceding that year);.


The total amount to be drawn from the accumulated profits earned in the previous years and transferred to the reserves may not exceed an amount equivalent to 10% of the sum of its paid-up capital and free reserves as appearing in the latest audited financial statement, and the amount so drawn is to be used first to set off the losses incurred in the fiscal year in which dividend is declared before any dividends in respect of equity shares are declared;declared.

The balance of reserves after such withdrawals shall not fall below 15% of the company’s paid-up capital as appearing in the latest audited financial statement.

The Company cannot declare dividend unless carried over previous losses and depreciation which are not provided in previous year or years are set off against profit of the company for the current year during which the dividend is sought to be declared.

Bonus Shares

In addition to permitting dividends to be paid out of current or retained earnings as described above, the Companies Act, 2013 permits a company to distribute an amount transferred from its free reserves to its shareholders in the form of bonus shares (similar to a stock dividend). The Companies Act, 2013 also permits the issuance of bonus shares from capitalization of the securities premium account and the capital redemption reserve account. Bonus shares are distributed to shareholders in the proportion recommended by the Board and such announcement of the decision of the Board recommending an issue of bonus shares cannot be subsequently withdrawn. Shareholders of the company on a fixed record date are entitled to receive such bonus shares.

Any issue of bonus shares would be subject to the guidelines issued by the SEBI in this regard. The relevant SEBI guidelines prescribe that no company shall issue any equity shares by way of bonus unless itis authorized by its articles of association, has made reservation of equity shares of the same class in favourfavor of the holders of outstanding compulsorily convertible debt instruments, if any, in proportion to the convertible portion thereof (which may be issued at the time of conversion of the debt instruments on the same terms or same proportion at which the bonus shares were issued). The bonus issue must be made out of free reserves, securities premium account or capital redemption reserve account, and built out of the genuine profits or share premium collected in cash only. The bonus issue cannot be made unless the partly paid shares, if any existing, are made fully paid-up. Further, for the issuance of such bonus shares a company should not have defaulted in the payment of interest or principal in respect of fixed deposits and interest on existing debentures or principal on redemption of such debentures. A company is not allowed to declare bonus in lieu of dividend. Further a company should have sufficient reason to believe that it has not defaulted in respect of the payment of statutory dues of the employees such as contribution to provident fund, gratuity, bonus, etc. The issuance of bonus shares must be implemented within 15 days from the date of approval by


the Board (where shareholders’ approval is not required), provided that where the company is required to seek shareholders’ approval for capitalization of profits or reserves for making the bonus issue, it shall be implemented within 2two months from the date of approval by the Board The bonus issue cannot be withdrawn after the decision to make a bonus issue has been announced.

Consolidation and Subdivision of Shares

The Companies Act, 2013 permits a company to split or combine the par value of its shares at a general meeting of the shareholders, if so, authorized by its Articles of Association, with the approval of its shareholders. Shareholders on record on a fixed record date are entitled to receive the split or combination.


Pre-emptive Rights and Issue of Additional Shares

The Companies Act, 2013 gives shareholders the right to subscribe to new shares in proportion to their respective existing shareholdings in the event of a further issue of shares by a company, unless otherwise determined by a special resolution passed by a general meeting of the shareholders. Under the Companies Act, 2013 in the event of a pre-emptive issuance of shares, subject to the limitations set forth above, a company must first offer the new shares to the shareholders on a fixed record date. The offer must include: (i) the right, exercisable by the shareholders on record, to renounce the shares offered in favor of any other person; and (ii) the number of shares offered and the period of offer, which may not be less than 15 days and not exceeding 30 days from the date of offer. If the offer is not accepted it is deemed to have been declined and thereafter the Board is authorized under the Companies Act, 2013 to distribute any new shares not purchased by the pre-emptive rights holders in the manner which is not disadvantageous to the shareholders and the company.

Meetings of Shareholders

We must convene an AGM of shareholders each year within 15 months of the previous AGM or within sixfive months of the end of the previous fiscal year, whichever is earlier. In certain circumstances a three-month extension may be granted by the Registrar of Companies to hold the AGM. The AGM of the shareholders is generally convened by our Company Secretary pursuant to a resolution of the Board. In addition, the Board may convene an Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM) of shareholders when necessary or at the request of a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of our paid uppaid-up capital carrying voting rights. Written notice setting out the agenda of any meeting must be given at least 21 days prior to the date of any general meeting to the shareholders of record, excluding the days of mailing and date of the meeting. The EGM of shareholders must be held at a place within India. The AGM of shareholders must be held at our registered office or at such other place within the city in which the registered office is located.

Voting Rights

At any general meeting, to provide opportunity to the shareholders for exercising their votes towards the resolutions proposed at the AGM, the Company arranges for e-voting facility and voting through ballot will also be made available at the AGM and the members who have not already cast their vote by remote e-voting can exercise their vote at the AGM. The Chairperson has a casting vote in the case of tie. Any shareholder of the companyCompany entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the companyCompany may appoint a proxy. The instrument appointing a proxy must be delivered to the company at least 48 hours prior to the meeting. Unless the articles of association otherwise provide, a proxy may not vote except on a poll. A corporate shareholder may appoint an authorized representative who can vote on behalf of the shareholder, both upon remote e-voting and upon a poll.or at the general meeting. An authorized representative is also entitled to appoint a proxy. Pursuant to the Listing Regulations, it is mandatory for remote e-voting facilities to be provided to all shareholders in respect of all shareholders’ resolutions in accordance with the procedure prescribed under the Indian Companies Act.


As per the Companies Act, 2013 ordinary resolutions may be passed by simple majority at any general meeting for which the required period of notice has been given. However, special resolutions for matters such as amendments to the articles of association, the waiver of preemptive rights for the issuance of any new shares and a reduction of share capital, require that votes cast in favor of the resolution (whether by show of hands or on a poll) are not less than three times the number of votes, if any, cast against the resolution by members so entitled and voting. Certain resolutions such as those listed below are to be voted on only by a postal ballot:

alteration of the objects clause of the memorandum;

alteration of the articles of association to constitute the Company into private company;

change in place of registered office outside the local limits of any city, town or village;

change in objects for which a company has raised money from public through prospectus and still has any unutilized amount out of the money so raised;

issue of shares with differential rights as to voting or dividend or otherwise under Section 43 (a)(ii) of the Companies Act, 2013;

variation in the rights attached to a class of shares or debentures or other securities as specified under Section 48 of the Companies Act, 2013;


buy-back of shares;

election of a director under Section 151 of the Companies Act, 2013;

sale of the whole or substantially the whole of an undertaking of a company as specified under Section 180 (1) (a) of the Companies Act, 2013; and

giving loans or extending guarantee or providing security in excess of the limit specified under Section 186 (3) of the Companies Act, 2013.

 

However, any company which is required to mandatorily provide its members facility to exercise their right to vote on resolutions at a general meeting by electronic means, can pass the above mentionedabove-mentioned resolutions through electronic vote instead of postal ballot. Companies whose equity shares are listed on a recognisedrecognized stock exchange and if it has not less than one thousand members are compulsorily required to provide their members facility to exercise their right to vote on resolutions at a general meeting by electronic means. The equity shares of the Company are listed on a recognized stock exchange and it has more than one thousand members. Hence, the Company is eligible to pass the above mentionedabove-mentioned resolutions by electronic vote.

Register of Shareholders, Record Dates, Transfer of Shares

We maintain a register of shareholders held in electronic form through National Securities Depository Limited and the Central Depository Services (India) Limited. To determine which shareholders are entitled to specified shareholder rights such as a dividend or a rights issue, we may close the register of shareholders for a specified period not exceeding 30 days at one time. The date on which this period begins is the record date. The Companies Act, 2013 requires us to give at least seven working daysdays’ prior notice to the public in the prescribed manner before such closure, unless a lesser period is specified by the SEBI. We may not close the register of shareholders for more than thirty consecutive days at any one time, and in no event for more than forty-five days in a year. The Listing Regulations also prescribe that there should be a time gap of at least thirty days between two record dates.

Following the introduction of the Depositories Act, 1996, and the repeal of Section 22A of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, which enabled companies to refuse to register transfers of shares in some circumstances, the equity shares of a public company are freely transferable, subject only to the provisions of Section 58 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 40 of the Listing Regulations. Since we are a public company, the provisions of Section 58 will apply to us. In accordance with the provisions of Section 58(2) of the Companies Act, 2013, the securities or other interests of the member are freely transferable except where there is any contract or arrangement between two or more persons in respect of transfer of securities, which may be enforced as a contract. If our Board refuses to register a transfer of shares, the shareholder wishing to transfer his, her or its shares may file an appeal with the National Company Law Tribunal.

Pursuant to Section 59 (4) of the Companies Act, 2013, if a transfer of shares contravenes any of the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 and Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the regulations issued thereunder or any other Indian laws, the National Company Law Tribunal may, on application made by the relevant company, a depository, company, Depositary participant, the holder of securities or the SEBI, direct any company or a Depositary to set right the contravention and to rectify the registers, records of members and / or beneficial owners.


Under the Companies Act, 2013 unless the shares of a company are held in a dematerialized form, a transfer of shares is effected by an instrument of transfer in the form prescribed by the Indian Companies Act and the rules thereunder, together with delivery of the share certificates. A stamp duty to the extent of 0.25% of the value of the shares ((even if the shares are transferred without any consideration) is due and payable on the transfer of shares in physical form.

Our transfer agent for our equity shares is Karvy ComputershareKFin Technologies Private Limited (Formerly Karvy Fintech Pvt. Ltd.) located in Selenium Tower B, Plot Nos. 31 & 32, Financial District Nanakramguda, Serilingampally Mandal, Hyderabad – 500032, India.

The SEBI vide its amendment notification dated June 8, 2018 and through additional clarification dated May 27, 2019 clarified that effective April 1, 2019 except in case of transmission or transposition of securities, requests for effecting transfer of securities shall not be processed unless the securities are held in dematerialized form with a depository. To that extent, transfer of securities of public companies held physically is restricted by the Government of India and such shares will be transferable if converted and held in dematerialized mode.


Disclosure of Ownership Interest

Section 89 of the Companies Act, 2013 requires holders of record who do not hold beneficial interests in shares of Indian companies to declare to the company certain details, including the nature of the holder’s interest and details of the beneficial owner. Any person who fails to make the required declaration within 30 days may be liable for a fine of up to ₹50,000 and where the failure is a continuing one, further fine of ₹1,000₹200 for each day that the declaration is not made. Beneficial interest in a share includes, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement or otherwise, the right or entitlement of a person alone or together with any other person to: (i) exercise or cause to be exercised any or all of the rights attached to such share; or (ii) receive or participate in any dividend or other distribution in respect of such share.  Failure to comply with Section 89 will not affect the obligation of the company to pay any dividends to the registered holder of any shares pursuant to which such declaration has not been made. While it is unclear under Indian law whether Section 89 applies to holders of ADSs of the company, investors who exchange ADSs for the underlying equity shares of the company will be subject to the restrictions of Section 89. Additionally, holders of ADSs may be required to comply with such notification and disclosure obligations pursuant to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement entered into by such holders, the company and the Depositary.

Declaration of Significant beneficial ownership in the Company

Section 90 of the Companies Act, 2013 requires individual shareholders who acting alone or together, or through one or more persons or trust, including a trust and person’s resident outside India, holding beneficial interest of not less than 10% in shares of a company or the right to exercise, or the actual exercising of significant influence or control over the company shall make a declaration to the company, specifying the nature of his interest. The Companies (Significant Beneficial Ownership) Rules, 2018 (as amended from time to time) prescribe the thresholds and applicable rules for identifying a 'significant beneficial owner' and provides for filings and disclosures to be made in the event of change in details. Any person failing to submit the required disclosures is punishable with a minimum fine of fifty thousand rupees which may extend to two lakh rupees. Where the failure is a continuing one, the individual will be levied a further fine which may extend to one thousand rupees for every day after the first during which the failure continues.

Audit and Annual Report

Under the Companies Act, 2013 a company must file its financial statements with the Registrar of Companies within 30 days from the date of the AGM. Copies of the annual report along with the notice of the AGM are sent to the shareholders are required to be sentsubmitted to the stock exchanges on which the company’s shares are listed within 21 working daysand published on the company’s website not later than the day of it being approved and adopted in the AGM in accordance with the Listing Regulations.commencement of dispatch to its shareholders. At least 21 days before the AGM of the shareholders, a listed company must distribute soft copies of the full annual report to all those shareholders who have registered their email addresses for this purpose, physical copies of Annual Report to its shareholders who have not registered their email addresses for this purpose and to those shareholders who ask for the same. A company must also file an annual return containing a list of the company’s shareholders and other company information, within 60 days of the conclusion of the AGM.

Reduction of Share Capital

Under the Companies Act, 2013 a Company may by a special resolution and approval of the court / tribunal of the state in which the registered office of the company is situated reduce the share capital in the manner prescribed by the Companies Act. 2013. However, such reduction shall be authorized by the articles of association of the company. These provisions shall not apply in the case of a buyback of shares by the Company.


Company Acquisition of Equity Shares

A company may acquire its own equity shares without seeking the approval of the court or National Company Law Tribunal in compliance with prescribed rules, regulations and conditions of the Indian Companies Act. In addition, public companies which are listed on a recognized stock exchange in India must comply with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 19982018 (Buy-back Regulations). Since we are a public company listed on two recognized stock exchanges in India, we would have to comply with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the provisions of the Buy-back Regulations. In order for the ADS holders to participate in a company'sCompany’s purchase of its own shares, the ADS holders must have previously taken certain actions in order to withdraw the equity shares underlying the ADSs held by the ADS holders in advance of the record date fixed for the buyback and should have become holders of equity shares on such record date.

There can be no assurance that shares offered by an ADS investor in any buyback of shares by us will be accepted by us. Any conversion of ADS into underlying equity shares and re-conversion of such equity shares into ADS is currently subject to limits of permissible foreign shareholding in the Company. Foreign investment of up to100% of our share capital is currently permitted by Indian laws. Participation by ADS holders to in a buyback is also subject to Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and rules and regulations framed thereunder, if any, Income Tax Act, 1961 and rules and regulations framed thereunder, the Depository Receipts Scheme, 2014, as applicable, Circular on framework for issue of Depositary Receipts dated October 10, 2019 read with circular SEBI/HO/MRD2/DCAP/CIR/P/2 dated November 28, 2019, SEBI/HO/MRD/DCAP/CIR/P/2020/190 dated October 01, 2020 and SEBI/HO/MRD2/DCAP/CIR/P/2020/243 dated December 18,2020 and also subject to such approvals, if and to the extent necessary or required from concerned authorities including, but not limited to, approvals from the Reserve Bank of IndiaRBI under Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and rules and regulations framed thereunder, if any. ADS investors are advised to consult their legal advisors for advice prior to participating in any buyback by us, including advice related to any related regulatory approvals and tax issues.


Liquidation Rights

As per the Indian Companies Act and the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, certain payments have preference over payments to be made to equity shareholders. These payments having preference include payments to be made by the Company to its employees, taxes, payments to secured and unsecured lenders and payments to holders of any shares entitled by their terms to preferential repayment over the equity shares. In the event of our winding-up, the holders of the equity shares are entitled to be repaid the amounts of paid-up capital or credited as paid-upon those equity shares after payments have been made by the companyCompany as set out above. Subject to such payments having been made by the company,Company, any surplus assets are paid to holders of equity shares in proportion to their shareholdings.

Redemption of Equity Shares

Subject to the buy-back of shares as set out in the section titled “Company Acquisition of Equity Shares”, under the Companies Act, 2013 equity shares are not redeemable.

Discriminatory Provisions in Articles

There are no provisions in our Articles of Association discriminating against / in favor of any existing or prospective holder of such securities as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares. There are no restrictions on the securities of the Company by any other class of securities or contracts.


Alteration of Shareholder Rights

Under the Companies Act, 2013 and subject to the provisions of the memorandum or articles of association of a company, the rights of any class of shareholders can be altered or varied (i) with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class; or (ii) by special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class. However, if the variation by one class of shareholders affects the rights of any other class of shareholders, the consent of three-fourths of such other class of shareholders shall also be required. In the absence of any such provision in the articles, such alteration or variation is permitted as long as it is not prohibited by the terms of the issue of shares of such a class.

Limitations on the Rights to Own Securities

The limitations on the rights to own securities of Indian companies, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold securities, are discussed in the sections entitled ‘Currency Exchange Controls’ and ‘Risk Factors’ in Items 10 and 3 of this Annual Report.

Provisions on Changes in Capital

Our authorized capital can be altered by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a general meeting or through postal ballot.meeting. The additional issue of shares is subject to the pre-emptive rights of the shareholders. In addition, a company may increase its share capital, consolidate its share capital into shares of larger face value than that of its existing shares or sub-divide its shares by reducing their par value, subject to an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a general meeting.

Takeover Code

Under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 (“Takeover Code”), upon acquisition of shares or voting rights in a public listed Indian company such that the aggregate shares or voting rights of the acquirer (meaning a person who directly or indirectly, acquires or agrees to acquire shares or voting rights in a target company, or acquires or agrees to acquire control over the target company, either by himself or together with any person acting in concert) is 5% or more of the shares of the company, the acquirer is required to, within two working days of such acquisition of shares or voting rights or receipt of intimation of allotment of shares, disclose the aggregate shareholding and voting rights in the company to the company and to the stock exchanges in which the shares of the company are listed.


Further, an acquirer, who, together with persons acting in concert with him, holds shares or voting rights entitling them to 5% or more of the shares or voting rights in a target company must disclose the number of shares or voting rights held and change in shareholding or voting rights from the last disclosure made if it exceeds 2% of the total shareholding or voting rights in the company to the company and to the stock exchanges on which the shares of the company are listed, within two working days of such acquisition of shares or voting rights or sale or receipt of intimation of allotment of such shares. This disclosure is required, in case of a sale, even if such sale results in the shareholding of the acquirer falling below 5%.

Every person, who together with persons acting in concert with him, holds shares or voting rights entitling him to exercise 25% or more of the voting rights in a target company, has to disclose to the company and to stock exchanges, their aggregate shareholding and voting rights as of the thirty-first day of March, in such target company within seven working days from the end of the financial year.

The acquisition of shares or voting rights which entitles the acquirer and persons acting in concert with him to exercise 25% or more of the voting rights in or control over the target company triggers a requirement for the acquirer and the persons acting in concert with him to make an open offer to acquire at least 26% of the total shares of the target company for an offer price determined as per the provisions of the Takeover Code. The acquirer is required to make a public announcement for an open offer on the date on which it is agreed to acquire such shares or voting rights. However, acquisition beyond 5 % but up to 10% of the voting rights in a target has been permitted for the financial year of 2020-2021, if the acquisition is by a promoter pursuant to preferential issue of equity shares by the target company.


Where the public shareholding in the target company is reduced to a level below the limit specified in the Listing Regulations read with SEBI circular SEBI/HO/CFD/CMD/CIR/P/43/2018 dated February 22, 2018 (which superseded the SEBI circular CIR/CFD/CMD/14/2015 dated November 30, 2015) on account of shares being acquired pursuant to an open offer, the acquirer is required to take necessary steps to facilitate compliance with the public shareholding threshold within the time prescribed in the Securities Contract (Regulation) Rules, 1957. Pursuant to an amendment to the Takeover Code dated March 24, 2015, an acquirer can make an offer for delisting the company if such acquirer declares his intention to do so at the time of making the public announcement of an open offer. In other instances, (where the shareholding of the acquirer exceeds the maximum permissible non-public shareholding in the company pursuant to an open offer), the acquirer will not be eligible to make a voluntary delisting offer under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009, unless 12 months have elapsed from the date of the completion of offer period.

Since we are a listed company in India, the provisions of the Takeover Code will apply to us and to any person acquiring our equity shares or voting rights in our Company.

The ADSs entitle ADS holders to exercise voting rights in respect of the Deposited Equity Shares (as described in the section titled “Voting Rights of Deposited Equity Shares Represented by ADSs”). Accordingly, the requirement to make an open offer of at least 26% of the shares of a company to the existing shareholders of the companyCompany would be triggered by an ADS holder and any persons acting in concert with himsuch ADS holder where the shares that underlie the holder’s (and any persons acting in concert with him) ADSs represent 25% or more of the shares or voting rights of the company.Company.


Pursuant to the Listing Regulations, we have entered into listing agreements with each of the Indian stock exchanges on which our equity shares are listed, and must report to the stock exchanges any disclosures made to the Company pursuant to the Takeover Code. Our articlesArticles of associationAssociation do not contain a provision that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the companyCompany and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving our company.the Company.

Maintenance of Minimum Public Shareholding as a Condition for Continuous Listing

The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957 were amended on June 4, 2010 to make it mandatory for all listed companies in India to have a minimum public shareholding of 25%. The term ‘public shareholding’ for these purposes means equity shares of the company held by the public and includes shares underlying depository receipts if (i) the holder of such depository receipts has the right to issue voting instruction and (ii) such depository receipts are listed on an international exchange in accordance with the Depository Receipt Scheme, 2014. Equity shares of a company held by a trust set up for implementing employee benefit schemes under the regulations framed by the Securities and Exchange Board of IndiaSEBI is excluded from ‘public shareholding’.

Existing listed companies having a lower public shareholding are required to reach the prescribed threshold of 25% by: 

 

a.

sale of shares held by the promoters / promoters group up to 2% of the total paid-up equity share capital in the open market, subject to five times' average monthly trading volume of the shares; or

b.

allotment of eligible securities through qualified institutional placement in terms of Chapter VI of the SEBI (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018; or

c.

issuance of shares to public through prospectus; or

 

b.d.

offeroffers for sale of shares held by promoters to public through prospectus; or

 

c.e.

sale of shares held by promoters through the secondary market in terms of SEBI guidelines; or

 

d.

Institutional Placement Programme in terms of Chapter VIIIA of SEBI (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2009, as amended; or

e.f.

rights issues to public shareholders, with promoter / promoter group shareholders forgoing their entitlement to equity shares, whether present or future, that may arise from such issue; or

 

f.g.

bonus issues to public shareholders, with promoter / promoter group shareholders forgoing their entitlement to equity shares, whether present or future, that may arise from such issue; or

 

g.h.

any other method as may be approved by SEBI on a case to case basis.

As of March 31, 2018,2021, our public shareholding was approximately at 86.61%86.69%.


Voting Rights of Deposited Equity Shares Represented by ADSs

Under Indian law, voting in relation to the equity shares is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded by a member or members present in person or by proxy holding at least 10% of the total shares entitled to vote on the resolution or by those holding shares with an aggregate paid-up capital of at least ₹5,00,000. However, every company whose equity shares are listed on a recognized stock exchange and every company having not less than one thousand members shall provide to its members a facility to exercise their right to vote on resolutions proposed to be considered at a general meeting by electronic means. The Listing Regulations now provide that an e-voting facility must be mandatorily provided to shareholders in respect of all shareholders’ resolutions to in accordance with the procedure prescribed in the Indian Companies Act. A proxy (other than a body corporate represented by an authorized representative) may not vote except on a poll.

As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any general meetings or solicitation of consents or proxies of holders of shares or other deposited securities, our Depositary shall fix a record date for determining the holders entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights. The Depositary shall then mail to the holders of ADSs a notice stating (i) such information as is contained in such notice of meeting and any solicitation materials, (ii) that each holder on the record date set by the Depositary will be entitled to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any pertaining to the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such holder’s ADRs, (iii) the manner in which such instruction may be given, including instructions to give discretionary proxy to a person designated by us, and (iv) as per the agreement with the Depositary if the Depositary does not receive instructions from a holder, he would be deemed to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote such deposited securities, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions.

As per the agreement with the Depositary, on receipt of the aforesaid notice from the Depositary, our ADS holders may instruct the Depositary on how to exercise the voting rights for the shares that underlie their ADSs. For such instructions to be valid, the Depositary must receive them on or before a specified date.


The Depositary will try, as far as is practical, and in accordance with the terms of the agreement and subject to the provisions of Indian law and our Memorandum of Association and our Articles of Association, to vote or to have its agents vote in relation to the shares or other deposited securities as per our ADS holders’ instructions. The Depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as per an ADS holder’s instructions. The Depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion.

As per the agreement with the Depositary, neither the Depositary nor its agents are responsible for any failure to carry out any voting instructions, for the manner in which any vote is cast, or for the effect of any vote. There is no guarantee that our shareholdersADS holders will receive voting materials in time to instruct the Depositary to vote and it is possible that ADS holders, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

Insider Trading Regulations

The Insider Trading Regulations covers within its ambit both listed and proposed to be listed securities and in addition with trading, also listsspecifies that communication or procuring unpublished price sensitive information in violation of the Insider Trading Regulations as an offence. In terms of the Insider Trading Regulations, the promoters, members of promoter group, key managerial personnel and directors of a company are required to disclose their respective holding of securities of the company within 7seven days of their appointment or becoming a promoter.promoter or members of promoter group. Further, every promoter, employeemembers of promoter group, designated person and director of a company is required to disclose to the company the number of securities acquired or disposed of by such individual within two trading days of a transaction, if the value of the securities traded, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions over any calendar quarter, aggregates to a traded value in excess of ₹1,000,000 or such other value as may be prescribed. The company is required to notify the stock exchanges where its securities are listed within two days of receipt of such disclosure or becoming aware of such information. Any company whose securities are listed on a stock exchange may, at its discretion, require any other connected person or class of connected persons to make disclosures of holdings and trading in securities of the company.

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

We have entered into agreements with our executive directors, Salil Parekh, our Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and Mr. U.B. Pravin Rao, our Chief Operating Office.Officer.


Mr. Parekh’s employment agreement provides for an annual salary, variable pay, stock compensation, employee benefits, vacation, expenses, minimum and maximum remuneration. Mr. Parekh’s agreement is for an initial term of five years with option to renew for a three-year term on mutually agreed term and subject to shareholder approval. Mr. Parekh and the Company have agreed to provide each other with 90 days’ notice prior to terminating the agreement. Mr. Parekh may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of his termination of employment. The form of the employment agreement with Mr. Parekh isand addendum to the employment agreement have been filed as an exhibit to thispreviously with our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Mr. Rao’s employment agreement provides for an annual salary, variable pay, bonuses, performance-based stock compensation and other terms including employee benefits, vacation, expenses and minimum remuneration. Mr. Rao and the Company have agreed to provide each other with three months’ notice prior to terminating the agreement. Mr. Rao may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of his termination of employment. Mr. Rao’sThe form of the employment agreement haswith Mr. Rao and addendum to the employment agreement have been filed previously with our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

The Company has not entered into any material contracts, other than contracts with its CEO and COO during the two years immediately preceding publication of this Form 20F. The copies of such employment agreements were filed previously with our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

We have also entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers for claims brought against them to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. These agreements, among other things, indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of Infosys Limited, arising out of such persons’ services as our director or officer, expenses in relation to public relation consultation if required. The form of indemnification agreements for directors and officers has been filed previously with theour Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 


CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTROLS

General

The subscription, purchase and sale of shares of an Indian company are governed by various Indian laws restricting the issuance of shares by the companyCompany to non-residents or subsequent transfer of shares by or to non-residents. These restrictions have been relaxed in recent years. Set forth below is a summary of various forms of investment, and the restrictions applicable to each, including the requirements under Indian law applicable to the issuance of ADSs.

Foreign Direct Investment Issuances by the Company

Subject to certain conditions, under the recently amended regulations, foreign direct investment in most industry sectors does not require prior approval of Government of India or the RBI, if the percentage of equity holding by all foreign investors does not exceed specified industry-specific thresholds. These conditions include certain minimum pricing requirements, compliance with the Takeover Code (as described above), and ownership restrictions based on the nature of the foreign investor (as described below). Purchases by foreign investors of ADSs are treated as direct foreign investment in the equity issued by Indian companies for such offerings. Foreign investment of up to 100% of our share capital is currently permitted by Indian laws. With a view to safeguard domestic organizations from hostile or opportunistic acquisitions in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic, by way of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Amendment Rules, 2020 issued on April 22, 2020, the Ministry of Finance has made the prior approval of the Government mandatory for receiving foreign investments (including the subsequent transfer of ownership), on or after April 22, 2020, from countries that share land border with India. This requirement also applies in cases where the beneficial owner of such foreign investment (both at the time of investment and any change thereafter due to transfer of ownership) is situated in or is a resident of a country sharing land border with India.

Subsequent Transfers

Restrictions for subsequent transfers of shares of Indian companies between residents and non-residents were relaxed significantly as of October 2004. As a result, for a transfer by way of a private arrangement between a resident and a non-resident of securities of an Indian company in the IT sector, such as ours, no prior approval of either the RBI or the Government of India is required, as long as certain conditions are met. These conditions include compliance, as applicable, with pricing guidelines, the Takeover Code (as described above), and the ownership restrictions based on the nature of the foreign investor (as described below). In case of a sale of shares of


a listed Indian company by a resident to a non-resident, the minimum price per share payable by a non-resident to acquire the shares cannot be less than the higher of:

 

a.

the average of the weekly high and low of the volume weighted average price of equity shares on a stock exchange during the 26twenty-six weeks prior to the relevant date; or

 

b.

the average of the weekly high and low of the volume weighted average prices of equity shares on a stock exchange during the 2 weekstwo-week period prior to the relevant date.

In case of a sale of shares of a listed Indian company by a non-resident to a resident, the price per share computed in accordance with the procedure set above will be the maximum price per share that can be paid by the resident for the purchase of shares from a non-resident.

A non-resident cannot acquire shares of a listed company on a stock exchange unless such non-resident is (a) registered as a foreign portfolio investor (FPI) with the SEBI; or (b) a person resident outside India who is a citizen of India (NRIs) or (c) a person resident outside India who is registered as an overseas citizen of India cardholder under the Citizenship Act, 1955 (OCIs); or (d) is a person resident outside India investing under the foreign direct investment route (FDI) in 10 percent or more of the post issue paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis of a listed Indian company, subject to the Takeover Code.

The conditions prescribed for investment by a non-resident on the stock exchange under the foreign direct investment scheme pursuant to the above,FDI route, are as follows:

 

i.

The non-resident investor should have already acquired and continues to hold control in accordance with the Takeover Code;

 

ii.

The amount of consideration for transfer of shares to non-resident consequent to purchase on the stock exchange may be paid as below:

 

a.

by way of inward remittance through banking channels, or

 

b.

by way of debit to the NRE / FCNR (B) / escrow account maintained in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016;

 

c.

the consideration amount may also be paid out of the dividend payable by Indian investee company, in which the said non-resident holds control as (i) above, provided the right to receive dividend is established and the dividend amount has been credited to special non-resident rupee account (SNRR) opened in terms of Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016 for acquisition of shares on the recognized stock exchange;


 

iii.

The original and resultant investments are in line with the extant foreign direct investment policy and the regulations under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 in respect of sectoral cap, entry route, reporting requirement documentation, etc.and documentation.

Transfers of shares or convertible debentures of the company, by way of sale or gift, between two non-residents are not subject to RBI approvals or pricing restrictions. However, for sectors in which foreign direct investment requires prior Government approval (foreign direct investment in the information technology sector does not require prior Government approval), approval from the Government of India will be required for a transfer between two non-residents.


Investment by Non-Resident Indians and OCIs

Overseas Citizens of India

NRIs or OCIs are permitted to purchase or sell capitalequity instruments1 of a listed Indian company on repatriation basis, on a recognized stock exchange in India. An NRI or OCI can purchase up to 5% of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis or should not exceed 5% percent of the paid-up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or warrants issued by an Indian company, subject to the condition that the total holdings of all NRIs and OCIs together does not exceed 10% of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis or should not exceed 10% of the paid-up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or warrants. The 10% ceiling may be exceeded if a special resolution is passed in a general meeting of the shareholders of a company, subject to an overall ceiling of 24%. In addition, NRIs may also make foreign direct investments in Indian companies pursuant to the foreign direct investment route discussed above.

 

Overseas corporate bodies controlled by NRIs, or OCBs, were previously permitted to invest on favorable terms under the Portfolio Investment Scheme. The RBI no longer recognizes OCBs as an eligible class of investment vehicle under various routes and schemes under the foreign exchange regulationsregulations.

1.

Rule 2(k) of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (as amended from time to time, define “equity instruments” to mean equity shares, convertible debentures, preference shares and share warrants issued by an Indian company. Explanation:(i) Equity shares issued in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 shall include equity shares that have been partly paid. “Convertible debentures” means fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures. “Preference shares” means fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares. Share Warrants are those issued by an Indian company in accordance with the regulations by the Securities and Exchange Board of India. Equity instruments can contain an optionality clause subject to a minimum lock-in period of one year or as prescribed for the specific sector, whichever is higher, but without any option or right to exit at an assured price. (ii) Partly paid shares that have been issued to a person resident outside India shall be fully called-up within twelve months of such issue or as may be specified by the Reserve Bank from time to time. Twenty- five per cent of the total consideration amount (including share premium, if any) shall be received upfront. (iii) In case of share warrants, at least twenty-five per cent of the consideration shall be received upfront and the balance amount within eighteen months of the issuance of share warrants.

Investment by Foreign Portfolio Investors

Investments by FPIs is governed by the SEBISecurities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 20142019 (FPI Regulations). as well as the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 and the Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019 from an Indian exchange control perspective. FPIs are required to be registered with the designated Depositary participant on behalf of the Securities Exchange Board of India subject to compliance with ‘Know Your Customer’ norms. FPIs are permitted tocan invest only in the following securities:permitted securities such as:

 

a.

shares, debentures and warrants of companies,issued by a body corporate, listed or to be listed on a recognized stock exchange in India, through primary and secondary markets;

 

b.

units of schemes floated by domestic mutual funds (except liquid and money market mutual fund schemes), whether listed on a recognized stock exchange or not;Exchange Traded Funds, which invest less than or equal to 50% in equity;

 

c.

units of schemes floated by a collective investment scheme;

 

d.

derivatives traded on a recognized stock exchange;

 

e.

dated government securities having residual maturity of one year or above;and treasury bills;

 

f.

Rupee denominated credit enhanced bonds;

1

Regulation 2(4) of the Foreign Exchange (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2017 define ‘Capital Instruments’ to mean "equity shares, debentures, preference shares and share warrants issued by an Indian company; Explanation:

 Equity shares issued in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 shall include equity shares that have been partly paid. The expression ‘Debentures’ means fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures. ‘Preference shares’ means fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares. Share Warrants are those issued by an Indian Company in accordance with the Regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India. Capital instruments can contain an optionality clause subject to a minimum lock-in period of one year or as prescribed for the specific sector, whichever is higher, but without any option or right to exit at an assured price.

 Partly paid shares that have been issued to a person resident outside India shall be fully called-up within twelve months of such issue. Twenty-five percent of the total consideration amount (including share premium, if any), shall be received upfront.

 In case of share warrants at least twenty-five percent of the consideration shall be received upfront and the balance amount within eighteen months of issuance of share warrants.

 Capital instruments shall include non-convertible/ optionally convertible/ partially convertible preference shares issued as on and up to April 30, 2007 and optionally convertible/ partially convertible debentures issued up to June 7, 2007 till their original maturity. Non-convertible/ optionally convertible/ partially convertible preference shares issued after April 30, 2007 shall be treated as debt and shall conform to External Commercial Borrowings guidelines regulated under Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing and Lending in Foreign Exchange) Regulations, 2000."


 

g.

security receipts issued by asset reconstruction companies;

 

h.

perpetual debt instruments and debt capital instruments, as specifiedissued by the Reserve Bank of India from time to time;banks, eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital;

 

i.

listed and unlisted non-convertible / redeemable preference shares or debentures or bonds issued by an Indian company in the infrastructure sector, where ‘infrastructure’ is defined in terms of Regulation 6 of the extant External Commercial Borrowings guidelines;Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019;

 

j.

non-convertible debentures or bonds issued by Non-Banking Financial Companies categorized as ‘Infrastructure Finance Companies’ by the Reserve Bank of India;an Indian company;

 

k.

Rupee denominated bonds or units issued by infrastructure debt funds;

 

l.

Indian depository receipts;


 

m.

units of Real Estate Investment Trusts, Infrastructure Investment Trusts and Category III Alternative Investment Funds;Funds registered with SEBI;

 

n.

unlisted non-convertible debentures / bonds issued by an Indian company subject to the guidelines issuedany debt securities or other instruments as permitted by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India,RBI for foreign portfolio investors to invest in from time to time;

 

o.

securitized debt instruments, including:

i.

including any certificate or instrument issued by a special purpose vehicle set up for securitization of assets with banks, financial institutions or non-banking financial institutions as originators;

p.

municipal bonds;

q.

commercial papers issued by an Indian company; and

 

ii.

any certificate or instrument issued and listed in terms of the SEBI (Public Offer and Listing of Securitised Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2008; and

p.r.

such other instruments specified by the Securities and Exchange Board of India from time to timetime.

A single foreign portfolio investor or an(including its investor groupgroup) is permitted to purchase equity shares of a company only below 10% of the total issuedpaid-up equity capital of the company. Pursuant to a recent amendment to the foreign investment regime in India, ifIf the investment made by a person resident outside India in a listed Indian company is less than 10% of the post issue paid-up equity share capital (on a fully diluted basis) of such listed Indian company or less than 10% of the paid up value of each series of capital instruments of such listed Indian company, such investment would be categorized as foreign portfolio investment. However, there is a distinction between such foreign portfolio investment and investment by an entity registered with SEBI as a foreign portfolio investor. In other words, all investments by a SEBI registered FPI will necessarily be categorized as foreign portfolio investments, however investments by entities not registered as FPI with SEBI can also be categorized as ‘foreign portfolio investments’ if it is within the prescribed limits. Subject to compliance with all applicable Indian laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals in terms of the FPI Regulations, ana registered Category I FPI other than Category III foreign portfolio investor and unregulated broad based funds, which are classified as Category II foreign portfolio investor by virtue of their investment manager being appropriately regulated, may issue subscribe to, or otherwise deal in offshore derivative instruments (as defined under the FPI Regulations as any instrument, by whatever name called, which is issued overseas by a FPI against securities held by it that are listed or proposed to be listed on any recognized stock exchange in India, as its underlying) directly or indirectly, only in the event (i) such offshore derivative instruments are issued only to persons who are regulated by an appropriate foreign regulatory authority;eligible to obtain registration as Category I FPIs; and (ii) such offshore derivative instruments are issued after compliance with ‘know your client’ norms. An FPI is also required to ensure any transfer of any offshore derivative instrument issued by or on behalf of it is made to persons who fulfill the above requirements. Further, prior consent of the FPI issuing the offshore derivative instrument is obtained for a transfer, except when the persons to whom the offshore derivative instruments are to be transferred to are pre-approved by the FPI.

The FPI Regulations became effective Category II FPIs or persons who would be categorized as of June 1, 2014. Any erstwhile FII or Qualified Foreign Investor (QFI) who held a valid certificate of registration as on that date were deemed to be a FPI till the expiry of the block of three years for which fees had been paid per the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Institutional Investors) Regulations, 1995. All existing FIIs and sub accounts, subject to payment of conversion fees specified in the FPI Regulations, may continue to buy, sell or otherwiseCategory II FPIs cannot deal in securities subject to the provisions of the FPI Regulations, until the earlier of (i) expiry of its registration as a FII or sub-account, or (ii) obtaining a certificate of registration as foreign portfolio investor. All QFIs may continue to buy, sell or otherwise deal in securities until the earlier of (i) up to a period of a one year from the date of commencement of the FPI Regulations; (ii) obtaining a certificate of registration as a foreign portfolio investor.offshore derivative instruments.


The recently notified Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident outside India) Regulations, 2017 (notified vide Notification No. FEMA. 20 (R)/2017-RB dated November 07, 2017) provides(Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (as amended from time to time) ("Non-Debt Rules") provide that an FPI may purchase capitalequity instruments of a listed Indian company on a recognized stock exchange in India through public offer/ private placement, subject to the individual and aggregate limits and the conditions specified. Further, under the FPI Regulations, an FPI may sell securities so acquired (i) in an open offer in accordance with the Securities Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011; or (ii) in an open offer in accordance with the Securities Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009; or (iii) through buyback of securities by a listed Indian company in accordance with the Securities Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 1998.2018. An FPI may also acquire securities (i) in any bid for, or acquisition of securities in response to an offer for disinvestment of shares made by the Central Government or any State Government; or (ii) in any transaction in securities pursuant to an agreement entered into with merchant banker in the process of market making or subscribing to unsubscribed portion of the issue in accordance with Chapter XBIX of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, 2009.2018.

As per the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident outside India) Regulations, 2017,Non-Debt Rules, the total holding of each FPI (or an investor group) shall be below 10% of the total paid up equity capital on a fully diluted basis or less than 10% of the paid up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or share warrants issued by an Indian company and the total holding of all FPIs put together (i.e., aggregate limit) shall not exceed 24% of the paid up equity capital on a fully diluted basis or paid up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or share warrants. If the total holding of an FPI increases to 10% or moreThe FPIs investing in breach of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis orprescribed limit of 10% or moreshall have the option of divesting their holdings within five trading days from the date of settlement of the paid-up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or share warrants issued by an Indiantrades causing the breach. In case the FPI chooses not to divest, then the entire investment in the company subject to the conditions specified by SEBI and the RBI, the total investment made by such FPI and its investor group shall be re-classifiedconsidered as foreign direct investment under FDI and the reporting requirements prescribed underFPI and its investor group shall not make further portfolio investment in the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident outside India) Regulations, 2017 should be complied with accordingly.

company concerned. The aggregate investment limitslimit of 24% mentioned above cancould also be increased to the sectoral cap / statutory ceiling, as applicable, by the Indian company concerned through a resolution by its board of directors followed by a special resolution to that effect by its shareholders.


Effective April 1, 2020, the aggregate limit for investment by FPIs is the sectoral caps applicable to the Indian company as set out under the FDI route. Prior to March 31, 2020, companies were provided the option of setting a lower aggregate limit of 24% or 49% or 74% as deemed fit, instead of the sectoral caps, with the approval of its board of directors and shareholders (through a special resolution). If a company has decreased its aggregate limit to 24% or 49% or 74%, it may subsequently increase such aggregate limit to 49% or 74% or the sectoral cap or statutory ceiling, respectively as deemed fit, with the approval of its board of directors and subjectshareholders (through a special resolution). Once the aggregate limit has been increased to prior notificationa higher threshold, the Indian company cannot reduce the same to RBI. a lower threshold.

Portfolio investment, up to aggregate foreign investment level of 49% or sectoral / statutory cap, whichever is lower, will not be subject to either Government approval or compliance of sectoral conditions, as the case may be, if such investment does not result in transfer of ownership and/ orand control of the resident Indian entitiescompany from resident Indian citizens or transfer of ownership or control to non-resident entities. An FPI may invest in government securitiespersons resident outside India and corporate debt subject to limits specifiedother investments by the RBI and SEBI from time to time and to trade in all exchange traded derivative contracts on the stock exchanges ina person resident outside India shall be subject to the position limitsconditions of Government approval and compliance of sectoral conditions as specified bylaid down in the SEBI from time to time.Non-Debt Rules.

The explanatory notes to the Finance Act, 2017, dated February 15, 2018, provide that sectionSection 9 of the Income Tax Act has beenwas amended vide Finance Act, 2017 so as to clarify that explanation 5 shall not apply to an asset or capital asset, which is held by a non-resident by way of investment, directly or indirectly, in a FII as referred to in clause (a) of the explanation to section 115AD of the Income Tax Act for an assessment year commencing on or after the April 01, 2012 but before the April 01, 2015. This amendment takes effect retrospectively from April 01,1, 2012 and will, accordingly, apply from assessment year 2012-13 and subsequent assessment years. Section 9 of the Income Tax Act has been further amended so as to clarify that explanation 5 shall not apply to an asset or capital asset, which is held by a non-resident by way of investment, directly or indirectly, in Category-I or Category-II FPI under the FPISecurities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2014, made under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (15 of 1992). This amendment takes effect retrospectively from April 1, 2015 and will, accordingly, apply from assessment year 2015-16 and subsequent assessment years.

Further, Finance Act 2020, dated March 27, 2020, has modified the above proviso to explanation 5. After the amendments, below shall be applicable with effect from April 1, 2020 and will, accordingly, apply in relation to the assessment year 2020-21 and subsequent assessment years.

Explanation 5 shall not apply to an asset or capital asset, which is held by a non-resident by way of investment, directly or indirectly, in a FII as these entities are regulatedreferred to in clause (a) of the explanation to section 115AD of the Income Tax Act for an assessment year commencing on or after the April 01, 2012 but before the April 01, 2015. Further, explanation 5 shall not apply to an asset or capital asset, which is held by a non-resident by way of investment, directly or indirectly, in Category-I or Category-II FPI under the Securities and broad based.Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2014 prior to their repeal, made under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (15 of 1992). Further, following proviso is also inserted vide Finance Act 2020, “Provided also that nothing contained in explanation 5 shall apply to an asset or a capital asset, which is held by a nonresident by way of investment, directly or indirectly, in Category-I foreign portfolio investor under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2019, made under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992”.

ADSs

Issue of securities through the depository receipt mechanism

Issue of securities through the depository receipt mechanism by Indian companies is governed by the Companies Act, 2013, the Companies (Issue of Global Depository Receipts) Rules, 2014 (Depository Receipts Rules) and the Depository Receipts Scheme, 2014 (the “DR Scheme”). and SEBI Circulars dated October 10, 2019, November 28, 2019, October 01, 2020 and December 18, 2020 on framework for issue of Depositary Receipts.


The Government of India approved the DR Scheme on October 21, 2014, which came into force on December 15, 2014. Consequently, the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (Through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 (the 1993 Scheme”) has been repealed except to the extent relating to foreign currency convertible bonds. The DR Scheme is in addition to the other policies or facilities, as described above, relating to investments in Indian companies by foreign investors.


Under the DR Scheme, an Indian company, listed or unlisted, private or public, is permitted to issue or transfer permissible securities including equity shares, throughto a foreign depository for the depository receipt mechanismpurpose of issue of a Depository Receipt (“DR”) if such company has not been specifically prohibited from accessing capital markets or dealing in securities.securities subject to the conditions prescribed therein. However, the SEBI vide its circular dated October 10, 2019 (SEBI Circular), has now restricted the scope of issuance of DRs to Companies incorporated in and listed on a recognized stock exchange in India. Permissible securities that can be issued by an Indian company throughas per the depository receipt mechanism are ‘securities’ asSEBI Circular have been defined under the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956,to mean equity shares and debt securities, which includes, inter alia, shares, bonds, derivatives and unit of mutual funds, and similar instruments issued by private companies, provided that such securities are in dematerialized form.form and rank pari passu with the securities issued and listed on a Recognized Stock Exchange.

AnThe SEBI Circular has notified a detailed framework for issuance of DRs by a listed Indian company can issue securitiescompany. The new framework which has come into force effective October 10, 2019, sets out eligibility requirements as well as certain obligations to a foreign depositorybe complied with by issuers of DRs. The circular issued on October 1, 2020 requires listed companies to appoint one of the Indian Depository as the "Designated Depository" for the purpose of issuing depository receipts through any modemonitoring of limits in respect of DRs. Further, the Depository Receipts (Amendment) Scheme, 2019 (the “DR Circular”) has also been notified on October 7, 2019 which amends the definition of 'permissible jurisdiction', inter alia, to include the International Financial Services Centre in India.

Previously, under the DR Scheme, companies were only required to comply with eligibility requirements pertaining to prohibition from accessing capital markets or dealing in securities. However, the current framework now prescribes certain additional requirements including not being declared as a willful defaulter or a fugitive economic offender.

In addition to the requirements under the Companies Act, 2013 and the DR Scheme, the current framework as under the DR Circular sets out certain additional requirements for issuances of DRs. A permissible forholder i.e. holder of DRs (including its beneficial owner) excludes an Indian and a non – resident Indian, which is over and above the requirements of the DR Scheme. However, in case of issue of such securitiesDRs to other investors. NRIs pursuant to share based employee benefit schemes which are implemented by a company in terms of SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations 2014, a bonus issue and a rights issue, an NRI will not be excluded as a 'permissible holder' of DRs.

The foreign depository can issue depository receiptsCompany has complied with the provisions of the DR Circular effective October 10, 2019, including subsequent notifications issued by way of a public offering or private placement orSEBI in any other manner prevalent inthis regard, as applicable to the permissible jurisdiction. Company.

A ‘permissible jurisdiction’ is defined as a foreign jurisdiction which is a memberfor the purpose of the Financial Action Task ForceSEBI Circular means jurisdictions as may be notified by the Central Government from time to time, pursuant to notification no. G.S.R. 669(E) dated September 18, 2019 in respect of sub-rule 1 of rule 9 of Prevention of Money-Laundering (Maintenance of Records) Rules, 2005. A list of 'permissible jurisdictions' has been subsequently notified by the Central Government vide a notification dated November 28, 2019. Accordingly, SEBI vide its circular dated November 28, 2019 notified the list of 'permissible jurisdictions' pursuant to the SEBI Circular.

A listed company issuing DRs is also now required to file with the Indian stock exchanges, any public disclosure made to the international stock exchange within 24 hours from the date of filing. The issuer would also be required to file the offer document for an initial issue of DRs with SEBI and the stock exchanges to seek their comments, if any.

A listed company issuing DRs is also required to ensure compliance with extant laws including compliance with the minimum public shareholding requirements and limits on Money Laundering and whose securities regulator is a member offoreign investment holding under the International Organization of Securities Commissions.

In terms ofFEMA. As regards pricing, the DR Scheme, securities can be issued through the depository receipt mechanism up to such a limitcurrent framework provides that the aggregate underlying securities issuedpricing of DR issuances would have to foreign depositories for issuance of depository receipts along with securities already held by persons resident outside India does not exceed the applicable foreign investment limits prescribed by regulations framed under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999. The depository receipts and the underlying securities may be converted into each other subjectundertaken at a minimum price equivalent to the applicable foreign investment limit.

The DR Scheme provides that underlying securities shall not be issued to a foreign depositoryprice determined for issuance of depository receipts at a price which is less than the price applicable to a corresponding mode of issuanceissue to domestic investors.

In termsFurthermore, the current requirements relating to exercise of voting rights have also been modified under the new framework. Under the DR Scheme, while the foreign depository is entitled to exercise of voting rights on the shares underlying the DRs could be dealt with contractually under the deposit agreement, if any, associated withsuch voting rights were not exercisable by the DR holders, the shares would not be counted towards minimum public shareholding requirements. However, under the revised framework, voting rights on the underlying shares are mandatorily required to be exercised only by DR holders.


The summary provided above is based on laws applicable as on March 31, 2021 and is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all laws applicable to the Company and its securities whether pursuant to voting instructions from the holder of depository receipts or otherwise. Further, a holder of depository receipts issued against underlying equity shares shall have the same obligations as if it is the holder of the equity shares if it has the right to issue voting instruction. 

A person will be eligible to issue or transfer eligible securities to a foreign depository,substitute for the purpose of issuance of depository receipts as provided in the DR Scheme and guidelines issued by the Government of India thereunder from time to time.professional legal advice.

TAXATION

Indian Taxation 

General. The following summary is based on the law and practice of the Income-tax Act, 1961, or Income-tax Act, including the special tax regime contained in Sections 115AC and 115ACA of the Income-tax Act read with the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993, or the Scheme,, as amended.amended (the “Scheme”).

The Income-tax Act is amended every year by the Finance Act of the relevant year. Some or all of the tax consequences of Sections 115AC and 115ACA may be amended or changed by future amendments to the Income-tax Act.

We believe this information is materially complete as of the date hereof. However, these details are not intended to constitute a complete analysis of the individual tax consequences to non-resident holders or employees under Indian law for the acquisition, ownership and sale of ADSs and equity shares.


EACH INVESTOR OR PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO INDIAN AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs.

Residence. For purposes of the Income-tax Act, an individual is considered to be a resident of India during any fiscal year if he or she is in India in that year for a period or periods amounting to at least 182 days; or at least 60 days and, within the four preceding years has been in India for a period or periods amounting to at least 365 days.

The period of 60 days referred to above shall be read as 182 days (i) in case of a citizen of India who leaves India in a previous year for the purposes of employment outside of India or (ii) in the case of a citizen of India or a person of Indian origin living abroad who visits India.

Finance Act 2020 has amended the residence rule to provide that in case of Indian citizens or a person of Indian origin living abroad visiting India having total income, other than income from foreign source, exceeding Rs. 15 lakhs, the period of stay would be considered at 120 days as against 182 days as provided above. Further such person would be treated at Not Ordinarily Resident (“NOR”) if his stay is India is less than 182 days. In this regard, Foreign source has been defined to include income which accrues or arises outside India, except income derived from a business controlled in or a profession set up in India and which is not deemed to accrue or arise in India. Further, this provision shall not apply to a person resident in India. Further, CBDT vide Circular 11/2020 dated May 8, 2020, has provided relaxation and clarification on residency rules in light of the COVID-19 pandemic and resultant overstay.

Further provided that an Indian Citizen would be deemed to be as Resident of India when such person has income other than income from foreign source, exceeding Rs. 15 lakhs during the previous year and if he/she is not liable to income tax in any other country or territory by reason of his domicile or residence or any other criteria of similar nature. Further such person who is deemed to be resident of India would be treated as NOR.

A companyCompany is a resident of India if it is incorporated in India or the control and the management of its affairs is situated wholly in India. Individuals and companies that do not fulfill the above criteria would be treated as non-residents for purposes of the Income-tax Act. The Finance Act, 2015 has amended this definition and brought in the concept of Place of Effective Management (PoEM) i.e.(“PoEM”) (i.e., a companyCompany would be considered a resident in India if its place of effective management in that year is in India.India). Thus, a foreign company will be resident in India, if its PoEM in that year is in India. The term ‘PoEM’“PoEM” has been explained to mean a place where key management and commercial decisions that are necessary for the conduct of the business of an entity as a whole, are in substance made. PoEM is an internationally recognized concept and accepted even by the OECD. The Finance Act 2016 has


deferred the applicability of PoEM by one year and accordingly it shall be applicable from fiscal 2017 onwards. Further to the amended definition, the Ministry of Finance issued draft guidelines for determining PoEM of a company on December 23, 2015. CBDT via circular dated January 24, January 2017 has come up with guiding principles to be followed to determine PoEM. Further, the CBDT has vide Notification No. 29/2018 dated June 22, 2018 specified the exceptions, modifications and adaptations to the provisions of the Income-tax Act relating to computation of total income, treatment of unabsorbed depreciation, set off or carry forward and set off of losses, collection and recovery and special provisions relating to avoidance of tax that shall apply to a foreign company having POEM in India. This may increase the compliance of filing of returns and assessment of our subsidiary company situated outside India.

Taxation of Distributions. DividendUp to March 31, 2020, dividend income is currentlywas exempt from tax for shareholders. Theshareholders, during the said period the effective rate of DDTDividend Distribution Tax (“DDT”) was payable by the company is currently 20.3576 %. This has increased toCompany at 20.5553% based on amendment throughthe Finance Act 2018 replacing the existing Education and Secondary and Higher Education cess at 3% with the ‘Health and Education cess’ at 4%. Any distributions of additional ADSs or equity shares to resident or non-resident holders will not be subject to Indian tax. FurtherEarlier the Finance Act 2017 has provided that any income earned by any resident except domestic companies or specified funds or trusts or institutions, by way of dividend declared, distributed or paid by any domestic company in excess of ₹1,000,000 in aggregate shall be chargeable to tax at the rate of 10% on gross basis on such amount exceeding ₹1,000,000.

Minimum Alternate Tax. Section 115JA of the Income Tax Act (“the Act”) which came into effect in April 1, 1997, brought certain zero tax companies under the ambit of a Minimum Alternate Tax, or MAT. Effective April 1, 2000, Finance Act, 2000 introduced Section 115JB, under which the income of companies eligible for tax holiday under section 10A of the Act was exempted from MAT. The amount of income to which any of the provisions of section 10A apply, was reduced from the book profit for the purposes of calculation of income tax payable under the aforesaid section. The Finance Act, 2007 included income eligible for deductions under section 10A of the Act in the computation of book profits for the levy of MAT. However, income earned by SEZ developers and units operating in SEZ were kept out of computation of book profit subjected to MAT. Effective April 1, 2011, the Finance Act, 2011 extended MAT to SEZ units and SEZ developer units. Income in respect of which a deduction may be claimed under section 10AA or section 80IAB of the Indian Income Tax Act therefore has to be included in book profits for computing MAT liability.

The Finance Act 2015 had increased2020 has replaced DDT with the surcharge to 12% from 10% which has resultedclassical system of dividend taxation wherein dividend income will be taxed in the increase inhands of the effective rateshareholders at their respective applicable tax rates. In the light of MATthe above changes under the Income-tax Act, Company paying dividend to 21.3416% from 20.9605%. shareholders is required to do withholding of tax at the applicable rates prescribed under Income Tax Act read along Tax Treaty with respective countries (together with MLI as applicable) subject to conditions specified under the Income Tax Act.

Further the Finance Act 2018 discontinued2020 has restored the Education Cess and Secondary and Higher education Cesssection 80M of 2% and 1% respectively and introducedIncome Tax Act to prevent the cascading effect of imposition of tax on dividend on same profits, by providing that where a new Cessdomestic company declares dividend, out of dividend received from another domestic or foreign company or business trust, it shall be allowed in computing the total income of such domestic company, a deduction of an amount equal to so much of the amount of income by way of dividends received from such other domestic company or foreign company or business trust as does not exceed the name Health and Education Cess atamount of dividend distributed by it up to one month prior to the ratedue date of 4%, Consequentlyfiling Income Tax Return.

Further the effective rate of MAT has increased to 21.5488% from 21.3416%.

The Finance Act 2017 has increased2020 amended section 57 of Income Tax Act to provide that no deduction shall be allowed from dividend income, other than deduction on account of interest expense and in any previous year such deduction shall not exceed twenty percent of the time limitdividend income included in the total income for carry forwardthat year without deduction under section 57 of MAT credit from ten years to fifteen years.Income Tax Act.

Taxation of Employee Stock Options. Through the Finance Act, 2009, Section 17 (2) of the Income Tax Act was amended to provide that any specified securities or sweat equity shares allotted or transferred, directly or indirectly, by a company free of cost or at concessional rate to its current or former employees are taxable in the hands of employees as a “perquisite”. This treatment extends to all options granted under a company’s stock option plan,


where such option is exercised on or after April 1, 2009. The value of the perquisite is the fair market value, or FMV, of the specified security or share as on the date of exercise of the option by the employee as reduced by the amount actually paid by, or recovered from the employee in respect of such security or share. The value of the perquisite so computed is added to the income chargeable to tax in the hands of the employee under the head “salaries” and subject to tax at the rate applicable to the individual employee. Securities or sweat equity shares allotted or transferred by a company free of cost or at concessional rate to its employees were earlier subject to a fringe benefit tax, which now stands abolished.


Taxation of Capital Gains. The following is a brief summary of capital gains taxation of non-resident holders and resident employees relating to the sale of ADSs and equity shares received upon conversion of ADSs. The relevant provisions are contained mainly in sections 2(42A), 45, 47(viia), 47(x), 49(2ABB), 115AC and 115ACA, of the Income-tax Act, in conjunction with the Scheme.

Effective April 1, 2001, the Finance Act, 2001 introduced a new section 115AC in place of the prevailing section 115AC of the Income-tax Act. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation.

Shares (including shares issuable on the conversion of the ADSs) held by the non-resident investor for a period of more than 12 months is treated as long term capital assets. If the shares are held for a period of less than 12 months from the date of conversion, the same is treated as short term capital asset.

Capital gains are taxed as follows:

As per the applicable scheme, gains from a sale of ADSs outside India by a non-resident to another non-resident are not taxable in India;

Long-term capital gains realized by a resident from the transfer of the ADSs will be subject to tax at the rate of 10% excludingas increased by the applicable surcharge and education cess; short-term capital gains on such a transfer will be taxed at graduated rates with a maximum of 30%, excludingas increased by the applicable surcharge and education cess;

Long-term capital gains realized by a non-resident upon the sale of equity shares obtained from the conversion of ADSs are subject to tax at a rate of 10% excludingas increased by the applicable surcharge and education cess; and short-term capital gains on such a transfer will be taxed at the rate of tax applicable to the seller;

Long Term Capital Gain arising from sale of equity shares in a company (or a unit of an equity orientedequity-oriented fund or a unit of a business trust) on or after October 1, 2004 and on which STT is paid at the time of sale, shall bewas earlier exempt from Tax. The Finance Act 2017 hashad amended the Income Tax Act to provide that the Long-term capital gains realized by any person upon the sale of equity shares in a company is exempt from tax only if the sale of such shares is made on a recognized stock exchange and Securities Transaction Tax, or STT (described below) is paid both at the time of purchase and sale of such shares, or such acquisition has been notified by the central government. The Finance Act, 2018 has amended the Income Tax Act to provide that Long Term Capital Gain exceeding ₹100,000 arising from sale of equity shares in a company or a unit of an equity oriented fund or a unit of a business trust will be taxable at a rate of 10%, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions and will not get the benefit of indexation. However,Thus, any transfer carried out after April 1, 2018, would result in Long Term Capital Gains in excess of ₹100,000 and will attract tax at the gains tillrate of 10%. Further if investments are made on or before January 31, 2018, is grandfathered; anda method of determining the Cost of Acquisition (“COA”) of such investments has been specifically laid down. The COA of such investments shall be deemed to be the higher of –

1.

The actual COA of such investments; and

2.

The lower of –

o

Fair Market Value (“FMV”) of such investments as on January 31, 2018; and

o

the Full Value of Consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer of the capital asset i.e. the Sale Price.

With respect to assets listed as on January 31, 2018, the FMV would be the highest price quoted on the recognized stock exchange on January 31, 2018. In case there is no trading of the said asset in such stock exchange, the highest price on a day immediately preceding January 31, 2018 shall be considered to be the FMV; and

Any short termshort-term capital gain is taxed at 15% excluding the applicable surcharge and education cess, if the sale of such equity shares is settled on a recognized stock exchange and STT is paid on such sale.

As per the Finance Act, 2015, the rate of surcharge for domestic companies having total taxable income exceeding ₹10,000,000 but not exceeding ₹100,000,000 is 7% and in the case of domestic companies whose total


taxable income is greater than ₹100,000,000, the applicable surcharge is 12%. For foreign companies, the rate of surcharge is 2% if the total taxable income exceeds ₹10,000,000 but does not exceed ₹100,000,000 and it is 5% if the total taxable income of the foreign company exceeds ₹100,000,000.


Since The taxes and applicable surcharge will be increased by incremental levy known as ‘Health and Education cess’ at 4%.Since October 1, 2004, with respect to a sale and purchase of equity shares entered into on a recognized stock exchange, (i) both the buyer and seller are required to pay a Securities Transaction Tax (STT) at the rate of 0.1% of the transaction value of the securities, if the transaction is a delivery based transaction, i.e. the transaction involves actual delivery or transfer of shares; the rate of 0.1% has been substituted for 0.125% by the Finance Act, 2012 effective July 1, 2012; (ii) the seller of the shares is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.025% of the transaction value of the securities if the transaction is a non-delivery based transaction, i.e. a transaction settled without taking delivery of the shares. STT is leviable with respect to a sale and purchase of a derivative and the rates of STT as substituted by Finance Act, 2008applicable effective June 1, 20082016 is as follows: (i) in case of sale of an option in securities, the seller is required to pay an STT at the rate of 0.017%0.05% of the option premium; (ii) in case of a sale of an option in securities, where the option is exercised, the buyer is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.125% of the settlement price; and (iii) in case of sale of futures in securities, the seller is required to pay STT at 0.017%0.01% on transaction value. This rate of 0.017% was changed to 0.01% in the Finance Act, 2013. The Finance Act 2016 has increased the rate of STT on sale of an option in securities where option is not exercised to 0.05% from 0.017% per cent at present effective 1st June 2016.

Any resulting taxes on capital gains arising out of such transaction may be offset by the applicable credit mechanism allowed under double tax avoidance agreements. The capital gains tax is computed by applying the appropriate tax rates to the difference between the sale price and the purchase price of the ADSs or equity shares. Under the Scheme, the purchase price of equity shares in an Indian listed company received in exchange for ADSs will be the market price of the underlying shares on the date that the Depositary gives notice to the custodian of the delivery of the equity shares in exchange for the corresponding ADSs, or the “stepped up” basis purchase price. The market price will be the price of the equity shares prevailing on the BSE or the NSE, as applicable.

There is no corresponding provision under the Income-tax Act in relation to the “stepped up” basis for the purchase price of equity shares. However, to the best of our knowledge, the tax department in India has not denied this benefit. In the event that the tax department denies this benefit, the original purchase price of ADSs would be considered the purchase price for computing the capital gains tax.

According to the Scheme, a non-resident holder’s holding period for the purposes of determining the applicable Indian capital gains tax rate relating to equity shares received in exchange for ADSs commences on the date of the notice of the redemption by the Depositary to the custodian. However, the Scheme does not address this issue in the case of resident employees, and it is therefore unclear when the holding period for the purposes of determining capital gains tax commences for such a resident employee.

It is unclear whetherThe Finance Act, 2017 has also introduced section 115AC of56(2)(x) in the Indian Income Tax Act andto include that following shall be chargeable to Income tax as “Income from other sources”:

Where any person receives, in any previous year, from any person or persons on or after the Scheme are applicablefirst day of April, 2017, amongst others, any shares or securities without consideration, the fair market value of which exceeds fifty thousand rupees, the whole of the fair market value of such shares or securities or for a consideration which is less than the fair market value of the shares or securities by an amount exceeding fifty thousand rupees, the fair market value of such shares or securities as exceeds such consideration. For this purpose, the fair market value is required to a non-resident who acquires equity shares outside India from a non-resident holder of equity shares afterbe computed as per prescribed taxation rules. Further, this provision is subject to certain specified exemptions, as an example, receipt of the equity shares upon conversion of the ADSs.

or securities from specified relatives, or pursuant to tax neutral mergers and demergers. It is unclear whether capital gains derived from the sale of subscription rights or other rights by a non-resident holder not entitled to an exemption under a tax treaty will be subject to Indian capital gains tax. If such subscription rights or other rights are deemed by the Indian tax authorities to be situated within India, the gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights will be subject to Indian taxation. The capital gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights, which will generally be in the nature of short-term capital gains, will be subject to tax atat:

a maximum rate of 40% excludingas increased by the applicable surcharge and education cess, in case of a foreign company, and

a maximum rate of 30% excludingas increased by the applicable surcharge and education cess, in case of resident employees, and non-resident individuals with taxable income over ₹1,000,000.


Withholding Tax on Capital Gains. Any taxable gain realized by a non-resident on the sale of ADSs or equity shares is to be withheld at the source by the buyer. According to section 196C of the Income Tax Act (“the Act’Income


Tax Act”), where any income by way of interest or dividends in respect of bonds or global depository receipts referred to in section 115AC of the Income Tax Act or by way of long-term capital gains arising from the transfer of such bonds or global depository receipts is payable to a non-resident, the person responsible for making the payment shall, at the time of credit of such income to the account of the payee or at the time of payment thereof in cash or by the issue of a check or draft or by any other mode, whichever is earlier, deduct income tax thereon at the rate of ten per cent.cent subject to any concession rate of tax provided as per Tax Treaty of respective countries read along with applicable MLI. The concessional tax rate benefit as per Tax Treaty would be available subject to providing various Tax forms including Tax Residency certificate by non-resident shareholders. However, as per the provisions of Section 196D (2) of the Income Tax Act, no withholding tax is required to be deducted from any income by way of capital gains arising to Foreign Institutional Investors (FPIs) as defined in Section 115AD of the Income Tax Act on the transfer of securities defined in Section 115AD of the Income Tax Act.

Buy-back of Securities. Before July 5, 2019, Indian listed companies arewere not subject to any tax on the buy-back of their shares. However, the shareholders will be taxed on any resulting gains. In case of resident shareholders in absence of any specific provision under the Income Tax Act, the Company is not required to deduct tax on the consideration payable to resident shareholders pursuant to the Buyback. In case non-resident FPIs, section 196D (2) of the Income Tax Act provides for specific exemption from withholding tax. Thus, no withholding of tax is required in case of consideration payable to FPIs. In case other than FPIs Indian companies would be required to deduct tax at source (including applicable surcharge and cess) on any sum chargeable to tax under section 195(1) of the Income Tax Act. Subject to regulations in this regard, wherever applicable and it is required to do so, tax at source (including applicable surcharge and education cess) shall be deducted at appropriate rates as per the Income Tax Act. In doing this, the Company will be guided by generally followed practices and make use of data available in its records except in cases where the non-resident shareholders provide a specific mandate in this regard. Since the buyback is through the recognized stock exchanges in India, the responsibility of discharge of the tax due on the gains (if any) is primarily on the non-resident shareholder given that practically it is very difficult to withhold taxes. It is therefore important for the non-resident shareholders to suitably compute such gains (if any) on this transaction and immediately pay taxes in India in consultation with their custodians, authorized dealers and/or tax advisors, as appropriate.  Further in case

On July 5, 2019, the Finance Act (No 2) 2019 extended the buy-back Tax to shares of buy back of unlisted securities as perlisted company under section 115QA of the Income Tax Act.  

Summary of Indian income-tax implications on buyback of listed equity shares on the recognised stock exchange in India, for which public announcement has been made after the 5th day of July, 2019 in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India, is set out below. All references to equity shares herein refer to listed equity shares unless stated otherwise.

Taxation for buyback of equity shares –

a)

Finance Act (No 2) 2019 with effect from July 5, 2019 has amended section 115QA of the Income Tax Act,1961 thereby extending its scope to levy additional income tax on buyback of shares by Indian listed company. Further Taxation Law (Amendment) Act 2019 provided that the Tax on buy-back of shares would not apply to such buy-back of shares (being the shares listed on a recognized stock exchange), in respect of which public announcement has been made on or before the 5th day of July, 2019 in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 2018 made under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (15 of 1992. Consequent to this change, all domestic companies are subject to tax on buy back of shares at the rate of 23.296% (including surcharge of 12% and Health and Education cess of 4%).

b)

As a result of above tax on buyback of shares, correspondingly, income tax exemption to shareholders under section 10(34A) of the Indian Income Tax Act,1961 is provided.

c)

The statutory obligation of the non-resident shareholder to pay tax dues on gains (if any) in the country in which they are tax resident is separate and independent from the statutory obligation of the Company to taxes on buyback. Shareholders should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax treatment or tax obligation, if any.

Since the Buyback is to be undertaken on the NSE / BSE, such transaction is chargeable to the Securities Transaction Tax (STT). STT is a tax payable in India on the value of securities on every purchase or sale of


specified securities that are listed on the Recognised Stock Exchanges in India. Since October 1, 2004, with respect to a sale and purchase of equity shares entered into on a recognized stock exchange, (i) both the buyer and seller are required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.1% of the transaction value of the securities, if the transaction is a delivery based transaction, i.e. the transaction involves actual delivery or transfer of shares; (ii) the seller of the shares is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.025% of the transaction value of the securities if the transaction is a non-delivery based transaction, i.e. a transaction settled without taking delivery of the shares.

Taxation for American Depositary Shares (ADSs) Holders: As described in more detail in the Notice of AGM, ADS holder with underlying equity shares, consequent to withdrawal of such equity shares may participate in the Buyback by selling equity shares on Indian Stock exchanges.

There can be no assurance that the Equity Shares offered by an ADS holder in the Buyback will be accepted as such withdrawal of underlying equity shares is subject to the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and rules and regulations framed thereunder, if any, the Income-tax Act, 1961 and rules and regulations framed thereunder, the Depository Receipts Scheme, 2014, as applicable and other applicable approvals from Reserve Bank of India. ADS holders are advised to consult their legal, financial and tax on buy back of unlisted securities. Correspondingly exemptionadvisors for advice prior to shareholder under section 10(34A) ofparticipating in the Income Tax Act is provided. For tax implicationsBuyback, including advice related to the buyback for non-resident shareholders refer to the document ‘tax implicationsany related to the buyback for non-resident shareholders’ which is filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F.regulatory approvals and tax issues.

A.

The following is the brief summary of Income-tax implications on withdrawal and re-deposit of Equity Shares:

i)

While there are arguments in favour that conversion of ADS into shares should not be subject to capital gains tax, this view is not free from doubt as law is not very clear on this aspect.

ii)

The shares which would not be accepted by the Company for buyback could get reconverted into ADS. As far as taxability of such reconversion is concerned, there are two possible views i.e. whether such reconversion of shares into ADS is a taxable transfer and accordingly would attract capital gains tax or vice versa. While there are arguments supporting both the views, the view that such reconversion is not a taxable transfer may be construed to be a better view.

B.

Income-tax implications in respect of sale of equity shares received upon withdrawal on account of buy-back i.e. pursuant to conversion of ADS into equity shares:

i)

Finance Act (No 2) 2019 with effect from July 5, 2019 has amended section 115QA of the Income Tax Act, 1961 thereby extending its scope to levy additional income tax on buyback of shares by Indian listed company in respect of which public announcement has been made after 5th day of July, 2019 in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 2018 made under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (15 of 1992). Consequent to this change, all domestic companies are subject to tax on buy back of shares at the rate of 23.296% (including surcharge of 12% and Health and Education cess of 4%).

ii)

As a result of above tax on buyback of shares, correspondingly, income tax exemption to shareholders under section 10(34A) of the Indian Income Tax Act,1961 is provided.

iii)

The statutory obligation of the non-resident shareholder to pay tax dues on gains (if any) in the country in which they are tax resident is a separate and independent from the statutory obligation of the Company to taxes on buyback. Shareholders should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax treatment or tax obligation, if any.

Stamp Duty and Transfer Tax. A transfer of ADSs is not subject to Indian stamp duty. A sale of equity shares in physical form by a non-resident holder will be subject to Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.25%0.015% of the market value of the equity shares on the trade date, although customarily such tax is borne by the transferee. Shares must be traded in dematerialized form. The

As per Finance Act 2019, stamp duty is chargeable on transfer of shares in dematerialized formDematerialized Form. Rate in such case shall be 0.015% of total market value of shares, as defined under the framework, in case transfer is currently not subject to stamp duty.made on delivery basis and 0.003% in case transfer is made on non-delivery basis. This provision is applicable from July 1, 2020.


Goods and Service Tax. Brokerage or commission paid to stock brokersstockbrokers in connection with the sale or purchase of shares is subject to GST of 18% with effect fromeffective July 1,st July, 2017. The stock brokerstockbroker is responsible for collecting the GST from the shareholder and paying it to the relevant authority. In Erstwhile service tax regime, the service tax rate was 15% inclusive of all cess.

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences that may be relevant with respect to the ownership and disposition of equity shares or ADSs and is for general information only. This summary addresses the U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations of holders that are U.S. holders. U.S. holders are beneficial holders of equity shares or ADSs who are individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States; corporations (or other entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal tax purposes) created in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (or the District of Columbia); estates, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, and trusts for which a U.S. court exercises primary supervision and a U.S. person has the authority to control all substantial decisions or that has a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. This summary is limited to U.S. holders who will hold equity shares or ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally for investment). In addition, this summary is limited to U.S. holders who are not resident in India for purposes of the Convention between the Government of the United States and the Government of the Republic of India for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”). If a partnership, including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds the equity shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding equity shares or ADSs should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax treatment of an investment in the equity shares or ADSs.


This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies, financial institutions, dealers in securities or currencies, tax-exempt entities, persons that will hold equity shares or ADSs as a position in a ‘straddle’ or as part of a ‘hedging’ or ‘conversion’ transaction for tax purposes, persons that have a ‘functional currency’ other than the U.S. dollar or holders of 10% or more, by voting power or value, of the shares of our company. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and on U.S. Treasury Regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date, and is based in part on the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service may interpret existing authorities differently, and a court may sustain such an interpretation any of which could affect the tax consequences described below. This summary does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than income or estate tax or any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax laws.

EACH INVESTOR OR PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs.

Ownership of ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will generally be treated as the holders of equity shares represented by such ADSs.

Dividends. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, the gross amount of any distributions of cash (or the fair market value of any other property) with respect to ADSs or equity shares (before reduction for any Indian withholding taxes) generally will be included in income by a U.S. holder as ordinary dividend income at the time of receipt, which in the case of a U.S. holder of ADSs generally should be the date of receipt by the Depositary, to the extent such distributions are made from the current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) of our company. We do not expect to keep earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles; therefore, U.S. holders should expect that a distribution will generally be treated as a dividend. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by our company exceeds our company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S.


holder’s tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs, and thereafter as capital gain. Subject to certain limitations, dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, may be eligible for a reduced rate of taxation if we are deemed to be a ‘qualified foreign corporation’ for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation if (1) its shares (or, according to legislative history, its ADSs) are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or (2) it is eligible for the benefits under a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States. In addition, a corporation is not a qualified foreign corporation if it is or has been a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or in the preceding taxable year. The ADSs are traded on the NYSE. Due to the absence of specific statutory provisions addressing ADSs, however, there can be no assurance that we are a qualified foreign corporation solely as a result of our listing on NYSE. In addition, it is unclear whether our shares will be considered readily tradeable for this purpose. Nonetheless, we may be eligible for benefits under the Treaty. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the treatment of dividends and such holder’s eligibility for a reduced rate of taxation.

Subject to certain conditions and limitations, any Indian withholding tax imposed upon distributions paid to a U.S. holder with respect to ADSs or equity shares should be eligible for credit against the U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability. Alternatively, a U.S. holder may claim a deduction for such amount, but only for a year in which a U.S. holder does not claim a U.S. foreign tax credit with respect to any foreign income taxes. The overall limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, distributions on ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be foreign source income for purposes of computing the U.S. foreign tax credit allowable to a U.S. holder. The rules governing U.S. foreign tax credits are very complex and each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the availability of foreign tax credits under such holder’s particular circumstances.


If dividends are paid in Indian rupees, the amount of the dividend distribution included in the income of a U.S. holder will be in the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in Indian rupees, determined at a spot exchange rate between Indian rupees and U.S. dollars on the date such dividend is included in the income of the U.S. holder, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, gain or loss, if any, resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend is paid to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

EACH PROSPECTIVE PARTICIPANT IN THE BUYBACK SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PARTICIPATING IN THE BUYBACK.

Ownership of ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. holders generally will be treated as the owners of Equity Shares represented by such ADSs. Accordingly, the conversion of ADSs into Equity Shares to participate in the Buyback, and the conversion of Equity Shares that are not tendered in the Buyback, or if tendered, are not accepted in the Buyback, into ADSs generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Tax Treatment of Buyback. An exchange of Equity Shares for cash by a U.S. holder pursuant to the Buyback will be a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In such case, depending on the applicable U.S. holder’s particular circumstances, such tendering U.S. holder will be treated either as recognizing gain or loss from the disposition of the Equity Shares or as receiving a distribution from the Company.

Under Section 302 of the Internal Revenue Code, a tendering U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss on the exchange of Equity Shares for cash if the exchange:

results in a “substantially disproportionate” redemption with respect to such U.S. holder; or

is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. holder.

An exchange of Equity Shares for cash generally will be a substantially disproportionate redemption with respect to a U.S. holder if the percentage of the voting stock owned by such U.S. holder immediately after the exchange is less than 80% of the percentage of the voting stock owned by such U.S. holder immediately before the exchange and after the exchange the U.S. holder owns less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote. In applying the Section 302 tests, each U.S. holder must take into account Equity Shares and ADSs that such U.S. holder constructively owns under certain attribution rules, pursuant to which a U.S. holder will be


treated as owning any Equity Shares and ADSs owned by certain family members (which family attribution, in certain circumstances, may be waived) and related entities, and Equity Shares and ADSs that the U.S. holder has the right to acquire by exercise of an option. Each U.S. holder is expected to consult with its own tax advisor with respect to the application of such attribution rules given such U.S. holder’s particular circumstances.

If an exchange of Equity Shares for cash fails to satisfy the “substantially disproportionate” test, the U.S. holder may nonetheless satisfy the “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” test. An exchange of Equity Shares for cash will satisfy the “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” test if it results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. holder’s equity interest in the company given such U.S. holder’s particular facts and circumstances. The Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has indicated in published rulings that a relatively minor reduction of the proportionate equity interest of a U.S. holder whose relative equity interest is minimal and who does not exercise any control over or participate in the management of corporate affairs should be treated as “not essentially equivalent to a dividend.” Each U.S. holder should consult its tax advisors regarding the application of the rules of Section 302 in its circumstances. Because the Section 302 tests are applied on a stockholder by stockholder basis, the Buyback may be a sale or exchange for certain U.S. holders and a distribution for others.

Distribution: If a U.S. holder is not treated under the Section 302 tests as recognizing gain or loss on an exchange of Equity Shares for cash, such U.S. holder will be treated as having received a distribution from the Company. The gross amount of the distribution will generally be treated as dividend income to the extent made from the current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) of the Company. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders. To the extent, if any, that the amount of the Buyback exceeds the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Equity Shares and thereafter as capital gain.

The Company does not intend to calculate its earnings and profits according to U.S. tax accounting principles. Accordingly, notwithstanding the discussion in the preceding paragraphs, if the Buyback is treated as a distribution on Equity Shares, such distribution will generally be taxed as a dividend for U.S. tax purposes.

Subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the PFIC rules described below, dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, may be eligible for a reduced rate of taxation if the Company is deemed to be a “qualified foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation if (1) its shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (2) it is eligible for the benefits under a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States, including the Treaty. Based on existing guidance, it is not clear whether a dividend on an Equity Share will be treated as a qualified dividend, because the Equity Shares are not themselves listed on a U.S. exchange. However, the Company may be eligible for benefits under the Treaty. A corporation is not a qualified foreign corporation if it is a PFIC in the current taxable year or the prior taxable year (as discussed below).

EACH U.S. HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TREATMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND SUCH HOLDER’S ELIGIBILITY FOR REDUCED RATE OF TAXATION UNDER THE LAW IN EFFECT FOR THE YEAR OF THE DIVIDEND AND WHETHER ANY FOREIGN TAX CREDITS ARE AVAILABLE TO IT IN RESPECT OF INDIAN WITHHOLDING TAX, IF ANY.

Sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, a U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs, as the case may be. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the equity shares or ADSs, as the case may be, were held for more than one year. Furthermore, any such gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder generally will be treated as U.S. source passive category income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. The sale of equity shares or ADSs by a U.S. holder may be subject to certain taxes in India. See the section titled “Taxation - Indian Taxation - Taxation of Capital Gains” in Item 10 of this Annual Report for additional information Due to limitations on the use of foreign tax credits, however, a U.S. holder may not be able to utilize such taxes as a credit against the U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability resulting from such sale.


Estate taxes. An individual U.S. holder will have the value of the equity shares or ADSs held by such holder included in his or her gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. An individual holder who actually pays Indian estate tax with respect to the equity shares may, however, be entitled to credit the amount of such tax against his or her U.S. federal estate tax liability, subject to a number of conditions and limitations.

Additional Tax on Investment Income. U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds are subject to a 3.8% tax on certain net investment income, including, among other things, dividends on, and capital gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of, equity shares or ADSs, subject to certain limitations and exceptions.

Backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements. Any dividends paid on, or proceeds from a sale of, equity shares or ADSs to or by a U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. information reporting, and a backup withholding tax may apply unless the holder is an exempt recipient or provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifies under penalty of perjury that such number is correct and that such holder is not subject to backup withholding and otherwise complies with any applicable backup withholding requirements. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Certain U.S. holders are required to report information with respect to their investment in equity shares or ADSs not held through a custodial account with a U.S. financial institution on Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, which must be attached to the U.S. holder’s annual income tax return. Investors who fail to report the required information could become subject to substantial penalties. Each U.S. holder should consult his, her or its own tax advisor concerning its obligation to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8938.

Passive foreign investment company. A non-U.S. corporation generally will be classified as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either:

75% or more of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

on average for the taxable year, 50% or more of the value of its assets (as of the end of each quarter of its taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.


We do not believe that we satisfy either of the tests for passive foreign investment company status for Fiscal 2018.2021. Because this determination is made on an annual basis, however, no assurance can be given that we will not be considered a passive foreign investment company in future taxable years. If we were to be a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, U.S. holders:

may be required to pay an interest charge together with tax calculated at ordinary income rates on ‘excess distributions,’ as the term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws and on any gain on a sale or other disposition of equity shares;

would be able to avoid the ‘excess distribution’ rules described above by making a “qualified electing fund election” (as the term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws) and including in their taxable income their pro-rata share of undistributed amounts of our income, however we do not plan to provide information necessary for U.S. holders to make a ‘qualified electing fund’ election; or

may avoid the ‘excess distribution’ rules described above if the applicable equity shares or ADSs are ‘marketable’ by making a mark-to-market election, in which case the U.S. holder must mark-to-market the equity shares or ADSs each taxable year and recognize ordinary gain and, to the extent of prior ordinary gain, ordinary loss for the increase or decrease in market value for such taxable year. Our ADSs are traded on the NYSE and our equity shares are traded on the Indian stock exchanges. As such, a U.S. holder may be able to make a mark-to-market election with respect to our ADSs or equity shares; and

will generally be subject to additional annual return requirements and may be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621, unless certain exemptions apply.


THE ABOVE SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION AND PARTICIPATION IN THE BUYBACK OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs. YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE RELEVANT TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU BASED ON YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION.SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY ADDITIONAL TAX CONSEQUENCES RESULTING FROM PARTICIPATION IN THE BUYBACK, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF THE TAX LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. JURISDICTION AND ANY ESTATE, GIFT AND INHERITANCE LAWS.

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

This report and other information filed or to be filed by Infosys Limited can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20459.

The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system.

Additionally, documents referred to in this Form 20-F may be inspected at our corporate offices which areOur website is located at Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bengaluru -560 100.www.infosys.com, and our investor relations website is located at https://www.infosys.com/investors/. This report filed with the SEC can be found on the Company’s investor relations website.


Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

This information is set forth under the section titled ‘Operating and Financial Review and Prospects’ is as set out above in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities Fees and charges payable by holders of our ADSs

The fees and charges payable by holders of our ADSs include the following:

 

i.

a fee not in excess of U.S.$0.05 per ADS is charged for each issuance of ADSs including issuances resulting from distributions of shares, share dividends, share splits, bonuses and rights distributions;

 

ii.

a fee not in excess of U.S.$0.05 per ADS is charged for each surrender of ADSs in exchange for the underlying deposited securities;

 

iii.

a fee not in excess of U.S.$0.020.01 per ADS for each cash distribution pursuant to the deposit agreement;distribution;

 

iv.

a fee not in excess of U.S.$0.020.01 per ADS is charged for each stock dividend or other free/bonus distribution of the underlying deposited securities distributed in the form of ADSs;


 

v.

an annual fee not in excess of $U.S.$0.02 per ADS for the operation and maintenance costs in administering the ADSs; and

 

vi.

a fee for the distribution of the deposited securities pursuant to the deposit agreement, such fee being an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs referred to in item (i) above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities, which were instead distributed by the depositary to ADS holders.

Additionally, under the terms of our deposit agreement, the depositary is entitled to charge each registered holder the following:

 

i.

taxes and other governmental charges incurred by the depositary or the custodian on any ADS or an equity share underlying an ADS;

 

ii.

transfer or registration fees for the registration or transfer of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities, including those of a central depository for securities (where applicable);

 

iii.

any cable, telex, facsimile transmission and delivery expenses incurred by the depositary;

 

iv.

customary expenses incurred by the depositary in the conversion of foreign currency, including, without limitation, expenses incurred on behalf of registered holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control restrictions and other applicable regulatory requirements.requirements;

 

v.

fees and expenses of the depositary incurred in connection with compliance with regulatory requirements applicable to ADSs or the underlying deposited securities; and

 

vi.

fees and expenses incurred by the depositary or its agents in connection with the servicing of the ADSs or the underlying deposited securities, the sale of securities, the delivery of the underlying deposited securities or otherwise in connection with the depositary's or the custodian's compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations.

 

In the case of cash distributions, fees are generally deducted from the cash being distributed. Other fees may be collected from holders of ADSs in a manner determined by the depositary with respect to ADSs registered in the name of investors (whether certificated or in book-entry form) and ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC). In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., stock dividends, etc.dividends.), the depositary charges the applicable ADS record date holder concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or in book-entry form), the depositary sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders.

If any tax or other governmental charge is payable by the holders and / or beneficial owners of ADSs to the depositary, the depositary, the custodian or we may withhold or deduct from any distributions made in respect of deposited securities and may sell for the account of the holder and / or beneficial owner any or all of the deposited securities and apply such distributions and sale proceeds in payment of such taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) or charges, with the holder and the beneficial owner thereof remaining fully liable for any deficiency.


Fees and other payments made by the depositary

During fiscal 2018,2021, expenses in an aggregate amount ofaggregating approximately $80,255 have been borne$375,505 were incurred by the depositaryDepositary in relation to our ADS program, including approximately:

$63,259363,529 towards payment made to proxy processing firms for mailing the notice, proxy card and other interim communications to ADS holders or their brokers including dividend re-investment and transfer fees.

$2,62511,976 towards payments made to Ipreo for weekly and monthly Market intelligence ADR Reports, $14,371towards payments made to Thomson Reuters as the annual subscription fee for Reuters Knowledge, a web-based information and analytics tool.Reports.

For the year ended March 31, 2018, pursuant to the Deposit agreement dated March 10, 1999, second amended and restated on June 28, 2017,2021, the Depositary has made payments to Infosys totaling to approximately $9$7 million (post deduction of withholding tax) which we may use for investor relations activities related to the ADR program, including the production of annual reports and Form 20-F filings, listing fees, road shows, production of investor targeting, peer analysis, perception studies, postage for mailing annual and interim reports and other communications to ADR holders, broker conferences, analyst events, etc. Under certain circumstances, including termination of our ADS program or removal of our Depositary, we aremay be required to repay to the Depositary a portion of the amounts reimbursed in prior periods.


Part II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, has carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures.procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), at March 31, 2021. The term “disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding our required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met.

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in filings and submissions under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that material information related to us and our consolidated subsidiaries is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions about required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


We have not experienced any significant impact to our internal controls over financial reporting despite the fact that most of our employees are working remotely due to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning from mid-March 2020. Established business continuity plans were initiated in order to mitigate the impact to our control environment, operating procedures, data and internal controls. The design of our processes and controls allow for remote execution with accessibility to secure data.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2018.2021. In conducting its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management based its evaluation on the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2018.2021.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte Haskins and Sells, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2018.2021.


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Infosys Limited

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Infosys Limited (the “Company”) and subsidiaries (“Infosys Limited” or the(the “Group”) as of March 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended
March 31, 2018,2021, of the Group and our report dated July 19, 2018,June 11, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

statements and included an explanatory paragraph related to the Group’s change in method of accounting for leases in fiscal 2020 due to the adoption of IFRS 16, Leases.

Basis for Opinion

The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP

Bengaluru, India

July 19, 2018June 11, 2021


CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

During the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

Mr. D. Sundaram is a member of our Board and is a member of its Audit Committee and its Chairperson. Mr. Sundaram is an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F and is an independent director under applicable NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

Our Board on JanuaryJuly 12, 20182019 adopted the revised Code of Conduct and Ethics which is applicable to all officers, directors and employees, andthe copy of which is posted onavailable for downloading free of cost from our website at www.infosys.comhttps://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/documents/codeofconduct.pdf. The Code of Conduct and Ethics ishas been previously filed as an exhibit to thisthe Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Our Whistleblower Policy has been filed previously as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F. The Whistleblower Policy is posted on our website at www.infosys.comhttps://www.infosys.com/investors/corporate-governance/Documents/whistleblower-policy.pdf.


Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth fees for professional audit services for the audit of our annual financial statements, and fees for other services rendered by our principal accountant and their associated entities for fiscal 20182021 and 2017:2020: 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

Type of Service

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017*

 

 

Description of Services

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Description of Services

(a) Audit Fees

 

1.5

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

Audit and review of financial statements

 

2.3

 

 

2.2

 

 

Audit and review of financial statements

(b) Tax fees

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

Tax returns, filing and advisory services

(b) Tax Fees

 

0.2

 

 

0.2

 

 

Tax returns, filing and advisory services

(c) All Other Fees

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

Other advisory services

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

Other advisory services

Total

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

*Fees for fiscal 2017 are paid to KPMG, our principal accountant for fiscal 2017.

 

Our Audit Committee charter requires us to take the prior approval of our Audit Committee on every occasion we engage our principal accountants or their associated entities to provide us any audit and non-audit services. We disclose to our Audit Committee the nature of services that will be provided and the fees to be paid for the services. All of the audit and non-audit services provided by our principal accountants or their associated entities in the previous two fiscal years have been pre-approved by our Audit Committee. 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

In line with the Capital Allocation Policy announced in April 2018, based on the postal ballot which concluded on March 12, 2019, the shareholders approved the proposal of the above buyback of equity shares from the open market route through Indian stock exchanges of up to ₹8,260 crore (maximum buyback size) (approximately $1,184 million) at a price not exceeding ₹800 per share. The buyback was offered to all eligible equity shareholders of the Company (other than the Promoters, the Promoter Group and Persons in Control of the Company) under the open market route through Indian stock exchanges. The buyback of equity shares through Indian stock exchanges commenced on March 20, 2019 and was completed on August 26, 2019. During this buyback period, the Company purchased and extinguished a total of 110,519,266 equity shares from the stock exchange at an average buyback price of ₹747.38/- per equity share comprising 2.53% of the pre buyback paid-up equity share capital of the Company. The buyback resulted in a cash outflow of ₹8,260 crore (excluding transaction costs) ($1,183 million). The Company funded the buyback from its free reserves.

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant 

Not Applicableapplicable.


Item 16G. Corporate Governance

Section 303A of the Listed Company Manual of the NYSE provides that a foreign private issuer may follow its home country practice in lieu of the requirements of Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, provided that such foreign private issuer must:

 

1.

have an audit committeeAudit Committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

 

2.

disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under NYSE listing standards in its annual reports filed with the SEC on Form 20-F;

 

3.

promptly notify the NYSE of non-compliance with Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual; and

 

4.

comply with the NYSE’s annual and interim certification requirements.


Although the Company’s required home country standards on corporate governance may differ from the NYSE listing standards, the Company’s actual corporate governance policies and practices are generally in compliance with the NYSE listing standards applicable to domestic companies.

Some of the key differences between the requirements in India as per the currently applicable listing agreementregulations and those as per the NYSE Listing requirements are as follows:

 

1.

The SEBI Listing Obligation(Listing Obligations and Disclosure RequirementRequirements) Regulations, 2015 as amended (SEBI LODR) mandates that for a company with a non-executive Chairman, such as our Company, at least one-third of the board should be independent directors. On the other hand, NYSE listing requirements specify that a majority of the Board must consist of independent directors. As of March 31, 2018,2021, our Board consists of nine members, a non-executive and non-independent Chairman, two of whom are executive or whole-time directors, while the remaining eightsix are independent directors.

 

2.

The SEBI LODR requires that a majoritytwo-thirds of the members of the Audit Committee be independent directors while the NYSE Listed Company Manual specifies that all the members of the Audit Committee must be independent directors. Our Audit Committee consists only of independent directors.

 

3.

The SEBI LODR requires that at least one director shall be a woman director and the board of directors of the top 500 listed entities shall have at least one independent woman director by April 1, 2019. Further SEBI LODR required, effective April 1, 2020, the board of directors of the top 1,000 listed companies shall have at least one independent woman director. Infosys’ Board has two women independent directors as on March 31, 2021.

4.

Criteria for determining the independence of directors also differs between the NYSE listing standards and the SEBI LODR. However, we follow the criteria prescribed under both jurisdictions.

Under the Section 402.04 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, actively operating companies that maintain a listing on the NYSE are required to solicit proxies for all meetings of shareholders. However, Section 105 of the Indian Companies Act, 2013, prohibits a company incorporated under that Act from soliciting proxies. Because we are prohibited from soliciting proxies under Indian law, we will not meet the proxy solicitation requirement of Section 402.04 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. However, as described above, we give written notices of all our shareholder meetings to all the shareholders and we also file such notices with the SEC. Under our listing agreements with Indian stock exchanges, we have a Stakeholders Relationship Committee which is not a requirement under the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

Part III

Item 17. Financial statements

See Item 18.


 

Item 18. Financial statements

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Report of the Audit Committee 

To the Board of Directors and shareholdersShareholders of Infosys Limited

In connection with the March 31, 20182021 consolidated financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, the Audit Committee:

 

(1)

reviewed and discussed the consolidated financial statements with management;


 

(2)

discussed with the auditors the matters required by Statement on Auditing StandardsPublic Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) 1301, as amended, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight BoardPCAOB in Rule 3200; and

 

(3)

received the written disclosures and the letter from the auditors required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the auditor’s communications with the audit Committee concerning independence and has discussed with the auditor the auditor’s independence.

Based upon these reviews and discussions, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in the Annual Report on Form 20-F to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America.

 

Bengaluru, India

July 19, 2018June 11, 2021

 

 

D. Sundaram

Chairperson and Audit

Committee Financial Expert

 

Dr. Punita Kumar-SinhaBobby Parikh

Member, Audit Committee

 

 

Roopa KudvaMichael Gibbs

Member, Audit Committee

 

 

Report of management 

The management is responsible for preparing the company's consolidated financial statements and related information that appears in this Annual Report. The management believes that the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions, and reasonably present the financial condition and results of operations of Infosys Limited and subsidiaries in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The management has included, in the company's consolidated financial statements, amounts that are based on estimates and judgments, which it believes are reasonable under the circumstances.

The company maintains a system of internal procedures and controls intended to provide reasonable assurance, at appropriate cost, that transactions are executed in accordance with company authorization and are properly recorded and reported in the consolidated financial statements, and that assets are adequately safeguarded.

Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP and KPMG, respectively, have conducted their audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) of the Company's consolidated financial statements for the yearyears ended March 31, 2018 and for the two-year period ended2021, March 31, 2017, respectively.2020 and March 31, 2019.

The Board of Directors has appointed an Audit Committee composed of outside directors. The Committee meets with the management, internal auditors, and the independent auditors to review internal accounting controls and accounting, auditing, and financial reporting matters.

 

Bengaluru, India

July 19, 2018June 11, 2021

 

M. D. RanganathNilanjan Roy

Chief Financial Officer

 

U. B. Pravin Rao

Chief Operating Officer and Whole-time Director

Salil Parekh

Chief Executive officer 

and Managing Director


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Infosys Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Infosys Limited (the “Company”) and subsidiaries (“Infosys Limited” or(the “Group”) as of March 31, 2018,2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows, for each of the yearthree years in the period ended March 31, 2018,2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated“consolidated financial statements"statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of March 31, 2018,2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the yearthree years in the period ended March 31, 2018,2021, in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Group's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated July 19, 2018,June 11, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Group's internal control over financial reporting.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2.8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group changed its method of accounting for leases in fiscal 2020 due to the adoption of IFRS 16, Leases.

Basis offor Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group's consolidated financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP

Bengaluru, India

July 19, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since fiscal 2018.


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Infosys Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Infosys Limited and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two‑year period ended March 31, 2017. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

InCritical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.


Revenue Recognition - Refer to Notes 1.5(a) and 2.11 to the consolidated financial statements referred

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Group’s contracts with customers include contracts with multiple products and services. The Group derives revenues from IT services comprising software development and related services, maintenance, consulting and package implementation, licensing of software products and platforms across the Group’s core and digital offerings and business process management services. The Group assesses the services promised in a contract and identifies distinct performance obligations in the contract. Identification of distinct performance obligations to above present fairly, in all material respects,determine the financial position of Infosys Limited and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2017,deliverables and the results of their operations and their cash flows for eachability of the yearscustomer to benefit independently from such deliverables involves significant judgment.

In certain integrated services arrangements, contracts with customers include subcontractor services or third party vendor equipment or software. In these types of arrangements, revenue from sales of third-party vendor products or services is recorded net of costs when the Group is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor, and gross when the Group is the principal for the transaction. In doing so, the Group first evaluates whether it controls the products or service before it is transferred to the customer. The Group considers whether it has the primary obligation to fulfil the contract, inventory risk, pricing discretion and other factors to determine whether it controls the products or service and therefore, is acting as a principal or an agent.

Fixed price maintenance revenue is recognized ratably either on (1) a straight-line basis when services are performed through an indefinite number of repetitive acts over a specified period or (2) using a percentage of completion method when the pattern of benefits from the services rendered to the customer and the Group’s costs to fulfil the contract is not even through the period of contract because the services are generally discrete in nature and not repetitive. The use of method to recognize the maintenance revenues requires judgment and is based on the promises in the two‑yearcontract and nature of the deliverables.

As certain contracts with customers involve management’s judgment in (1) identifying distinct performance obligations, (2) determining whether the Group is acting as a principal or an agent and (3) whether fixed price maintenance revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis or using the percentage of completion method, revenue recognition from these judgments were identified as a critical audit matter and required a higher extent of audit effort.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the (1) identification of distinct performance obligations, (2) determination of whether the Group is acting as a principal or agent and (3) whether fixed price maintenance revenue is recognized on a straight line basis or using the percentage of completion method included the following, among others:

We tested the effectiveness of controls relating to the (a) identification of distinct performance obligations, (b) determination of whether the Group is acting as a principal or an agent and (c) determination of whether fixed price maintenance revenue for certain contracts is recognized on a straight-line basis or using the percentage of completion method.

We selected a sample of contracts with customers and performed the following procedures:

-

Obtained and read contract documents for each selection, including master service agreements, and other documents that were part of the agreement.

-

Identified significant terms and deliverables in the contract to assess management’s conclusions regarding the (i) identification of distinct performance obligations (ii) whether the Group is acting as a principal or an agent and (iii) whether fixed price maintenance revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis or using the percentage of completion method.


Revenue recognition - Fixed price contracts using the percentage of completion method - Refer to Notes 1.5(a) and 2.11 to the consolidated financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

Fixed price maintenance revenue is recognized ratably either (1) on a straight-line basis when services are performed through an indefinite number of repetitive acts over a specified period ended March 31, 2017,or (2) using a percentage of completion method when the pattern of benefits from services rendered to the customer and the Group’s costs to fulfil the contract is not even through the period of contract because the services are generally discrete in conformitynature and not repetitive. Revenue from other fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts, where the performance obligations are satisfied over time is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method.

Use of the percentage-of-completion method requires the Group to determine the actual efforts or costs expended to date as a proportion of the estimated total efforts or costs to be incurred. Efforts or costs expended have been used to measure progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. The estimation of total efforts or costs involves significant judgment and is assessed throughout the period of the contract to reflect any changes based on the latest available information. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on incomplete contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the estimated efforts or costs to complete the contract.

We identified the estimate of total efforts or costs to complete fixed price contracts measured using the percentage of completion method as a critical audit matter as the estimation of total efforts or costs involves significant judgment and is assessed throughout the period of the contract to reflect any changes based on the latest available information. This estimate has a high inherent uncertainty and requires consideration of progress of the contract, efforts or costs incurred to-date and estimates of efforts or costs required to complete the remaining contract performance obligations over the term of the contracts.

This required a high degree of auditor judgment in evaluating the audit evidence and a higher extent of audit effort to evaluate the reasonableness of the total estimated amount of revenue recognized on fixed-price contracts.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to estimates of total expected costs or efforts to complete for fixed-price contracts included the following, among others:

We tested the effectiveness of controls relating to (1) recording of efforts or costs incurred and estimation of efforts or costs required to complete the remaining contract performance obligations and (2) access and application controls pertaining to time recording, allocation and budgeting systems which prevents unauthorised changes to recording of efforts incurred.

We selected a sample of fixed price contracts with customers measured using percentage-of-completion method and performed the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”).following:

Evaluated management’s ability to reasonably estimate the progress towards satisfying the performance obligation by comparing actual efforts or costs incurred to prior year estimates of efforts or costs budgeted for performance obligations that have been fulfilled.


Compared efforts or costs incurred with Group’s estimate of efforts or costs incurred to date to identify significant variations and evaluate whether those variations have been considered appropriately in estimating the remaining costs or efforts to complete the contract.

Tested the estimate for consistency with the status of delivery of milestones and customer acceptances and sign off from customers to identify possible delays in achieving milestones, which require changes in estimated costs or efforts to complete the remaining performance obligations.

 

 

/s/ KPMGDeloitte Haskins & Sells LLP

Bengaluru, India

June 12, 201711, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since fiscal 2018.


Infosys Limited and subsidiaries


Consolidated Balance SheetSheet as of March 31,

(Dollars in millions except equity share data)

 

 

 

Note

2021

 

 

2020

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

2.1

 

3,380

 

 

 

2,465

 

Current investments

 

2.2

 

320

 

 

 

615

 

Trade receivables

 

 

 

2,639

 

 

 

2,443

 

Unbilled revenues

 

2.12

 

1,030

 

 

 

941

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

2.4

 

912

 

 

 

739

 

Income tax assets

 

2.18

 

 

 

 

1

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

2.3

26

 

 

8

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

8,307

 

 

 

7,212

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

2.7

 

1,863

 

 

 

1,810

 

Right of use assets

 

2.8

 

656

 

 

 

551

 

Goodwill

 

2.9

 

832

 

 

 

699

 

Intangible assets

 

2.9

 

283

 

 

 

251

 

Non-current investments

 

2.2

 

1,623

 

 

 

547

 

Unbilled revenues

 

2.12

 

81

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

2.18

 

150

 

 

 

231

 

Income tax assets

 

2.18

 

795

 

 

 

711

 

Other non-current assets

 

2.4

 

235

 

 

 

248

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

6,518

 

 

 

5,048

 

Total assets

 

 

 

14,825

 

 

 

12,260

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payables

 

 

 

362

 

 

 

377

 

Lease liabilities

 

2.8

 

101

 

 

 

82

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

2.3

 

8

 

 

 

65

 

Current income tax liabilities

 

2.18

 

294

 

 

 

197

 

Client deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Unearned revenues

 

 

 

554

 

 

 

395

 

Employee benefit obligations

 

 

 

276

 

 

 

242

 

Provisions

 

2.6

 

97

 

 

 

76

 

Other current liabilities

 

2.5

 

1,572

 

 

 

1,321

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

3,264

 

 

 

2,757

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease liabilities

 

2.8

 

627

 

 

 

530

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

2.18

 

120

 

 

 

128

 

Employee benefit obligations

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

5

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

2.5

 

299

 

 

 

139

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

4,323

 

 

 

3,559

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital – ₹5/- ($0.16) par value 4,800,000,000 (4,800,000,000) authorized equity shares, issued and outstanding  4,245,146,114 (4,240,753,210) equity shares fully paid up, net of 15,514,732, (18,239,356) treasury shares each as at March 31, 2021  (March 31, 2020), respectively

 

 

332

 

 

332

 

Share premium

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

305

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

12,087

 

 

 

11,014

 

Cash flow hedge reserve

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(2

)

Other reserves

 

 

 

908

 

 

 

594

 

Capital redemption reserve

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

Other components of equity

 

 

 

(3,263

)

 

 

(3,614

)

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the company

 

 

 

10,442

 

 

 

8,646

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

55

 

Total equity

 

 

 

10,502

 

 

 

8,701

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

14,825

 

 

 

12,260

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities

 

2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.18 and 2.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions except equity share data)

 

 

Note

 

2018

 

2017

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

2.1

 

3,041

 

3,489

Current investments

 

2.2

 

982

 

1,538

Trade receivables

 

 

 

2,016

 

1,900

Unbilled revenues

 

 

 

654

 

562

Prepayments and other current assets

 

2.4

 

662

 

749

Derivative financial instruments

 

2.3

 

2

 

44

 

 

 

 

7,357

 

8,282

Assets held for sale

 

2.9

 

316

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

7,673

 

8,282

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

2.7

 

1,863

 

1,807

Goodwill

 

2.8

 

339

 

563

Intangible assets

 

2.8

 

38

 

120

Investment in associate

 

2.19

 

 

11

Non-current investments

 

2.2

 

883

 

984

Deferred income tax assets

 

2.17

 

196

 

83

Income tax assets

 

2.17

 

931

 

881

Other non-current assets

 

2.4

 

332

 

123

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

4,582

 

4,572

Total assets

 

 

 

12,255

 

12,854

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payables

 

 

 

107

 

57

Derivative financial instruments

 

2.3

 

6

 

Current income tax liabilities

 

2.17

 

314

 

599

Client deposits

 

 

 

6

 

5

Unearned revenues

 

 

 

352

 

274

Employee benefit obligations

 

 

 

218

 

209

Provisions

 

2.6

 

75

 

63

Other current liabilities

 

2.5

 

1,036

 

954

 

 

 

 

2,114

 

2,161

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale

 

2.9

 

50

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

2,164

 

2,161

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

2.17

 

82

 

32

Employee benefit obligations

 

 

 

7

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

2.5

 

42

 

24

Total liabilities

 

 

 

2,295

 

2,217

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital – ₹5/- ($0.16) par value 2,400,000,000 (2,400,000,000) authorized equity shares, issued and outstanding 2,173,312,301 (2,285,655,150) equity shares fully paid up, net of 10,801,956 (11,289,514) treasury shares each as of March 31, 2018 (March 31, 2017), respectively

 

 

 

190

 

199

Share premium

 

 

 

247

 

587

Retained earnings

 

 

 

11,587

 

12,190


Cash flow hedge reserve

 

 

 

 

6

Other reserves

 

 

 

244

 

Capital redemption reserve

 

 

 

9

 

Other components of equity

 

 

 

(2,317)

 

(2,345)

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the company

 

 

 

9,960

 

10,637

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

9,960

 

10,637

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

12,255

 

12,854

Commitments and contingent liabilities

 

2.6, 2.7, 2.17 and 2.21

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


Infosys Limited and subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31,

 

(Dollars in millions except equity share and per equity share data)

(Dollars in millions except equity share and per equity share data)

(Dollars in millions except equity share and per equity share data)

 

 

Note

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

Note

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenues

 

2.10

 

10,939

 

10,208

 

9,501

 

 

2.11

 

 

 

13,561

 

 

 

12,780

 

 

 

11,799

 

Cost of sales

 

 

 

7,001

 

6,446

 

5,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,828

 

 

 

8,552

 

 

 

7,687

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

3,938

 

3,762

 

3,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,733

 

 

 

4,228

 

 

 

4,112

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

 

552

 

535

 

522

 

 

 

 

 

624

 

 

664

 

 

638

 

Administrative expenses

 

 

 

727

 

707

 

654

 

 

 

 

 

784

 

 

840

 

 

778

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

1,279

 

1,242

 

1,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

1,504

 

 

 

1,416

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

2,659

 

2,520

 

2,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,325

 

 

 

2,724

 

 

 

2,696

 

Other income, net

 

2.9 and 2.14

 

495

 

459

 

476

 

 

2.16

 

 

297

 

 

395

 

 

411

 

Share in associate's profit/ (loss), including impairment

 

2.19

 

(11)

 

(5)

 

Finance cost

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

Reduction in the fair value of Disposal Group held for sale

 

 

2.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

Adjustment in respect of excess of carrying amount over recoverable amount on reclassification from "Held for Sale"

 

 

2.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(65

)

Profit before income taxes

 

 

 

3,143

 

2,974

 

2,851

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,596

 

 

 

3,095

 

 

 

3,003

 

Income tax expense

 

2.17

 

657

 

834

 

799

 

 

2.18

 

 

973

 

 

757

 

 

803

 

Net profit

 

 

 

2,486

 

2,140

 

2,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,623

 

 

 

2,338

 

 

 

2,200

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability / asset, net

 

2.12 and 2.17

 

9

 

(7)

 

(2)

 

2.14 and 2.18

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(3

)

Cumulative impact on reversal of unrealized gain on quoted debt securities on adoption of IFRS 9

 

2.3

 

 

(5)

 

Equity instruments through other comprehensive income, net

 

2.2 and 2.17

 

1

 

(1)

 

 

2.2 and 2.18

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(5

)

 

10

 

 

 

 

10

 

(13)

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

(29

)

 

7

 

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair valuation of investments, net

 

2.2 and 2.17

 

 

(2)

 

6

 

2.2 and 2.18

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Fair value changes on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge, net

 

2.3 and 2.17

 

(6)

 

6

 

 

2.3 and 2.18

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

3

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

18

 

198

 

(436)

 

 

 

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

(720

)

 

 

(560

)

 

 

 

12

 

202

 

(430)

 

 

 

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

(722

)

 

 

(557

)

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

22

 

189

 

(432)

Total other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

(751

)

 

 

(550

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

2,508

 

2,329

 

1,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,979

 

 

 

1,587

 

 

 

1,650

 

Profit attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of the company

 

 

 

2,486

 

2,140

 

2,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,613

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

 

2,199

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

2,486

 

2,140

 

2,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,623

 

 

 

2,338

 

 

 

2,200

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of the company

 

 

 

2,508

 

2,329

 

1,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,968

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

1,649

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

2,508

 

2,329

 

1,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,979

 

 

 

1,587

 

 

 

1,650

 

Earnings per equity share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic ($)

 

 

 

1.10

 

0.94

 

0.90

Diluted ($)

 

 

 

1.10

 

0.94

 

0.90

Basic (in $ per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.62

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

0.51

 

Diluted (in $ per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.61

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

0.51

 

Weighted average equity shares used in computing earnings per equity share

 

2.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

2,255,332,322

 

2,285,639,447

 

2,285,616,160

Diluted

 

 

 

2,257,573,870

 

2,286,396,745

 

2,285,718,894

Basic (in shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,242,416,665

 

 

 

4,257,754,522

 

 

 

4,347,130,157

 

Diluted (in shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,250,732,467

 

 

 

4,265,144,228

 

 

 

4,353,420,772

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


Infosys Limited and subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

 

(Dollars in millions except equity share data)

 

 

Number of Shares (2)

 

Share

capital

 

Share

premium

 

Retained

earnings

 

Other

Reserves

 

Capital

redemption

reserve

 

Cash

Flow

Hedge

Reserve

 

Other

components

of equity

 

Total

equity

attributable

to equity

holders of

the

company

Balance as of April 1, 2015

 

1,142,805,132

 

109

 

659

 

10,090

 

 

 

 

(2,096)

 

8,762

Changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options (Refer to note 2.16)

 

10,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in share capital on account of bonus issue (1) (Refer to Note 2.13)

 

1,142,805,132

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

Amount utilized for bonus issue (1) (Refer to Note 2.13)

 

 

 

(90)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(90)

Transfer to other reserves (Refer note 2.13)

 

 

 

 

(89)

 

89

 

 

 

 

Transfer from other reserves on utilization (Refer note 2.13)

 

 

 

 

89

 

(89)

 

 

 

 

Employee stock compensation expense (Refer to note 2.16)

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Fair valuation of investments (Refer note 2.2 and 2.17) *

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

6

Re–measurement of the net defined benefit liability/asset* (Refer to Note 2.12 and 2.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

(2)

Dividends (including corporate dividend tax)

 

 

 

 

(1,059)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,059)

Net profit

 

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

 

 

 

2,052

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(436)

 

(436)

Balance as of March 31, 2016

 

2,285,621,088

 

199

 

570

 

11,083

 

 

 

 

(2,528)

 

9,324

Changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative impact of Reversal of unrealized gain on quoted debt securities on adoption of IFRS 9 (Refer note 2.3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

(5)

(Dollars in millions except equity share data)

 

 

 

Number of

Shares (2)

 

 

Share

capital

 

 

Share

premium

 

 

Retained

earnings

 

 

Other

Reserves

 

 

Capital

redemption

reserve

 

 

Cash

Flow

Hedge

Reserve

 

 

Other

components

of equity

 

 

Total

equity

attributable

to equity

holders of

the

company

 

 

Non-

controlling

interest

 

 

Total

equity

 

Balance as of April 1, 2018

 

 

2,173,312,301

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

247

 

 

 

11,587

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,317

)

 

 

9,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,960

 

Changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,199

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2,200

 

Re-measurement of the net defined benefit liability/asset* (Refer to Notes 2.14 and 2.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Equity instruments through other comprehensive income *(Refer to Notes 2.2 and 2.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Fair value changes on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge* (Refer to Notes 2.3 and 2.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(560

)

 

 

(560

)

 

 

 

 

 

(560

)

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(553

)

 

 

1,649

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,650

 

Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options - before bonus issue (Refer to Note 2.17)

 

 

392,528

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in share capital on account of Bonus issue (Refer to Note 2.15)(1)

 

 

2,173,704,829

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

150

 

Amounts utilized for bonus issue (Refer to Note 2.15)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options - after bonus issue (Refer to Note 2.15)

 

 

1,196,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Buyback of equity shares (Refer to Note 2.5 and 2.15)

 

 

(12,652,000

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(288

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(289

)

 

 

 

 

 

(289

)

Transaction costs related to buyback* (Refer to Note 2.15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Amount transferred to capital redemption reserve upon Buyback (Refer to Note 2.15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests on acquisition of subsidiary (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Transfer to other reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(346

)

 

 

346

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from other reserves on utilization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

(206

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock compensation expense (Refer to Note 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Income tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Dividends (including corporate dividend tax)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,957

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,957

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,957

)

Balance as of March 31, 2019

 

 

4,335,954,462

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

11,248

 

 

 

384

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(2,870

)

 

 

9,391

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9,400

 

Impact on account of adoption of IFRS 16 (Refer to Note 2.8)*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

4,335,954,462

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

11,242

 

 

 

384

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(2,870

)

 

 

9,385

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9,394

 

Changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

2,338

 

Re-measurement of the net defined benefit liability/asset* (Refer to Notes 2.14 and 2.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

 

 

(24

)

Equity instruments through other comprehensive income* (Refer to Notes 2.2 and 2.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Fair value changes on investments, net*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 


Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options (Refer to note 2.16)

 

34,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to other reserves (Refer note 2.13)

 

 

 

 

(142)

 

142

 

 

 

 

Transfer from other reserves on utilization (Refer note 2.13)

 

 

 

 

142

 

(142)

 

 

 

 

Employee stock compensation expense (Refer to note 2.16)

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

Fair value changes on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge* (Refer note 2.3 and 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

6

Equity instruments through other comprehensive income *(Refer note 2.2 and 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(1)

Fair valuation of investments (Refer note 2.2 and 2.17)*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

(2)

Re-measurement of the net defined benefit liability/asset* (Refer to Note 2.12 and 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

(7)

Dividends (including corporate dividend tax)

 

 

 

 

(1,033)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,033)

Net Profit

 

 

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

 

 

2,140

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

198

 

198

Balance as of March 31, 2017

 

2,285,655,150

 

199

 

587

 

12,190

 

 

 

6

 

(2,345)

 

10,637

Changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options (Refer to note 2.16)

 

700,629

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Transfer to other reserves

 

 

 

 

(340)

 

340

 

 

 

 

Transfer from other reserves on utilization

 

 

 

 

96

 

(96)

 

 

 

 

Employee stock compensation expense (Refer to note 2.16)

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

Amount paid upon buyback* (Refer note 2.13)

 

(113,043,478)

 

(9)

 

(346)

 

(1,680)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,035)

Transaction costs related to buyback* (Refer note 2.13)

 

 

 

(7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

Amount transferred to capital redemption reserve upon Buyback (Refer note 2.13)

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

 

9

 

 

 

Fair value changes on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge* (Refer to Notes 2.3 and 2.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(718

)

 

 

(718

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(720

)

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(744

)

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

1,587

 

Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options - after bonus issue (Refer to Note 2.17)

 

 

2,666,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Buyback of equity shares (Refer to Note 2.15)

 

 

(97,867,266

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

(895

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(902

)

 

 

 

 

 

(902

)

Transaction costs related to buyback* (Refer to Note 2.15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Amount transferred to capital redemption reserve upon Buyback (Refer to Note 2.15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests on acquisition of subsidiary (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

46

 

Transfer to other reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(361

)

 

 

361

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from other reserves on utilization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

(151

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of modification of equity settled share-based payment awards to cash settled awards (Refer to Note 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Financial liability under option arrangements (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(86

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(86

)

 

 

 

 

 

(86

)

Employee stock compensation expense (Refer to Note 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

Income tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest of subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(5

)

Dividends (including corporate dividend tax)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,359

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,359

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,359

)

Balance as of March 31, 2020

 

 

4,240,753,210

 

 

 

332

 

 

 

305

 

 

 

11,014

 

 

 

594

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3,614

)

 

 

8,646

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

8,701

 

Changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,613

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

2,623

 

Re-measurement of the net defined benefit liability/asset* (Refer to Notes 2.14 and 2.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Equity instruments through other comprehensive income* (Refer to Notes 2.2 and 2.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Fair value changes on investments, net*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

Fair value changes on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge* (Refer to Notes 2.3 and 2.18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

332

 

 

 

332

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

333

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

2,968

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

2,979

 

Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options (Refer to Note 2.17)

 

 

4,392,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Effect of modification of share-based payment awards (Refer to Note 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Transfer to other reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(455

)

 

 

455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from other reserves on utilization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock compensation expense (Refer to Note 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Income tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Payment towards acquisition of minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(7

)

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest of subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

Dividends (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,222

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,222

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,222

)

Balance as of March 31, 2021

 

 

4,245,146,114

 

 

 

332

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

12,087

 

 

 

908

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(3,263

)

 

 

10,442

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

10,502

 


Fair value changes on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge* (Refer note 2.3 and 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

 

(6)

Equity instruments through other comprehensive income* (Refer note 2.2 and 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

Fair valuation of investments (Refer note 2.2 and 2.17) *

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re-measurement of the net defined benefit liability/asset* (Refer to Note 2.12 and 2.17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

9

Dividends (including corporate dividend tax)

 

 

 

 

(1,156)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,156)

Net profit

 

 

 

 

2,486

 

 

 

 

 

2,486

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

18

Balance as of March 31, 2018

 

2,173,312,301

 

190

 

247

 

11,587

 

244

 

9

 

 

(2,317)

 

9,960

 

*

net of taxes

(1)

net of treasury shares

(2)

excludes treasury shares of 10,801,95615,514,732 as of March 31, 2018, 11,289,5142021, 18,239,356 as of March 31, 20172020 and 11,323,57620,324,982 as of March 31, 20162019 and 5,667,20010,801,956 as of April 1, 2015,2018, held by consolidated trusttrust. The treasury shares as at March 31, 2018 has not been adjusted for the September 2018 bonus issue.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statementsstatements.


Infosys Limited and subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Accounting policy

Cash flows are reported using the indirect method, whereby profit for the year is adjusted for the effects of transactions of a non-cash nature, any deferrals or accruals of past or future operating cash receipts or payments and item of income or expenses associated with investing or financing cash flows. The cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities of the Group are segregated. The Group considers all highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash to be cash equivalents.

 

Amendment to IAS 7:

Effective April 1, 2017, the Group adopted the amendment to IAS 7, which require the entities to provide disclosures that enable users of financial statements to evaluate changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, including both changes arising from cash flows and non-cash changes, suggesting inclusion of a reconciliation between the opening and closing balances in the Balance Sheet for liabilities arising from financing activities, to meet the disclosure requirement. The adoption of amendment did not have any material impact on the consolidated financial statements.


(Dollars in millions)

For the years ended March 31,

 

Note

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

 

 

2,486

 

2,140

 

2,052

Adjustments to reconcile net profit to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2.7 and 2.8

 

289

 

254

 

222

Interest and dividend income

 

 

 

(129)

 

(51)

 

(27)

Income tax expense

 

2.17

 

657

 

834

 

799

Effect of exchange rate changes on assets and liabilities

 

 

 

3

 

6

 

10

Deferred consideration pertaining to acquisition

 

2.9

 

 

 

23

Impairment loss on financial assets

 

 

 

5

 

20

 

(7)

Reduction in fair value of Disposal Group held for sale

 

2.9

 

18

 

 

Share in net profit/(loss) of associate, including impairment

 

 

 

11

 

5

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

13

 

17

 

1

Other adjustments

 

 

 

(20)

 

7

 

25

Changes in working capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables and unbilled revenues

 

 

 

(237)

 

(260)

 

(252)

Prepayments and other assets

 

 

 

(58)

 

(70)

 

(220)

Trade payables

 

 

 

51

 

(3)

 

37

Client deposits

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

Unearned revenues

 

 

 

104

 

66

 

43

Other liabilities and provisions

 

 

 

122

 

(24)

 

48

Cash generated from operations

 

 

 

3,316

 

2,942

 

2,754

Income taxes paid

 

2.17

 

(1,059)

 

(843)

 

(892)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

2,257

 

2,099

 

1,862

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenditure on property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

(310)

 

(411)

 

(413)

Loans to employees

 

 

 

4

 

4

 

(11)

Payment for acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

2.9

 

(4)

 

 

(117)

Payment of contingent consideration pertaining to acquisition of business

 

 

 

(5)

 

(5)

 

Deposits placed with corporation

 

 

 

(20)

 

(25)

 

(22)

Interest and dividend received

 

 

 

67

 

32

 

26

Investment in quoted debt securities

 

 

 

(16)

 

(638)

 

(46)

Redemption of quoted debt securities

 

 

 

18

 

1

 

Proceeds from sale of equity and preference securities

 

 

 

5

 

 

Investment in equity and preference securities

 

 

 

(4)

 

(10)

 

(12)

Investment in others

 

 

 

(4)

 

(4)

 

(3)

Investment in certificates of deposit

 

 

 

(1,032)

 

(1,167)

 

Redemption of certificates of deposit

 

 

 

1,503

 

 

Investment in commercial papers

 

 

 

(45)

 

 

Investment in liquid mutual funds and fixed maturity plan securities

 

 

 

(9,628)

 

(8,083)

 

(3,676)

Redemption of liquid mutual funds and fixed maturity plan securities

 

 

 

9,953

 

7,759

 

3,800

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

482

 

(2,547)

 

(474)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buyback of shares including transaction cost

 

 

 

(2,042)

 

 

Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options

 

 

 

1

 

 


(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

For the years ended March 31,

 

Note

 

2021

 

2020

 

2019

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

 

 

2,623

 

2,338

 

2,200

Adjustments to reconcile net profit to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2.7, 2.8 and 2.9

 

441

 

407

 

287

Interest and dividend income

 

 

 

(77)

 

(68)

 

(130)

Finance cost

 

 

 

26

 

24

 

Income tax expense

 

2.18

 

973

 

757

 

803

Effect of exchange rate changes on assets and liabilities

 

 

 

(8)

 

27

 

10

Impairment loss under expected credit loss model

 

 

 

25

 

23

 

34

Reduction in fair value of Disposal Group held for sale

 

2.10

 

 

 

39

Adjustment in respect of excess of carrying amount over recoverable amount on reclassification from "Held for Sale"

 

2.10

 

 

 

65

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

45

 

34

 

29

Other adjustments

 

 

 

(13)

 

(20)

 

(15)

Changes in working capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables and unbilled revenues

 

 

 

(248)

 

(542)

 

(411)

Prepayments and other assets

 

 

 

(90)

 

70

 

(120)

Trade payables

 

 

 

(33)

 

(52)

 

131

Client deposits

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

(2)

Unearned revenues

 

 

 

138

 

21

 

48

Other liabilities and provisions

 

 

 

319

 

233

 

269

Cash generated from operations

 

 

 

4,121

 

3,250

 

3,237

Income taxes paid

 

2.18

 

(863)

 

(639)

 

(975)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

3,258

 

2,611

 

2,262

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenditure on property, plant and equipment and intangibles

 

 

 

(285)

 

(465)

 

(349)

Loans to employees

 

 

 

 

 

2

Deposits placed with corporation

 

 

 

(28)

 

(15)

 

(3)

Interest and dividend received

 

 

 

70

 

52

 

79

Payment for acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

2.10

 

(165)

 

(252)

 

(77)

Payment of contingent consideration pertaining to acquisition of business

 

 

 

(21)

 

(1)

 

(3)

Advance payment towards acquisition of business

 

2.10

 

 

 

(30)

Payments to acquire Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid mutual fund units and fixed maturity plan securities

 

 

 

(4,753)

 

(4,897)

 

(11,184)

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

(156)

 

(342)

Commercial papers

 

 

 

 

 

(70)

Quoted debt securities

 

 

 

(1,555)

 

(363)

 

(145)

Equity and preference securities

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

(3)

Other investments

 

 

 

(3)

 

(4)

 

(3)

Proceeds on sale of Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted debt securities

 

 

 

534

 

512

 

123

Equity and preference securities

 

 

 

10

 

4

 

16

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

154

 

360

 

791

Commercial papers

 

 

 

 

72

 

43

Liquid mutual fund units and fixed maturity plan securities

 

 

 

4,909

 

4,873

 

10,965

Other investments

 

 

 

3

 

 

2

Escrow and other deposits pertaining to Buyback

 

2.4

 

 

37

 

(37)

Other payments

 

 

 

(6)

 

 

Other receipts

 

 

 

7

 

7

 

Net cash (used)/ generated in investing activities

 

 

 

(1,129)

 

(242)

 

(225)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of lease liabilities

 

 

 

(94)

 

(80)

 

Payment of dividends (including corporate dividend tax)

 

 

 

(1,156)

 

(1,032)

 

(1,059)

 

 

 

(1,226)

 

(1,359)

 

(1,956)

Payment of dividends to non-controlling interests of subsidiary

 

 

 

(3)

 

(5)

 

Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options

 

 

 

2

 

1

 

1

Payment towards purchase of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

(7)

 

 

Other receipts

 

 

 

11

 

 

Buyback of shares including transaction cost

 

 

 

 

(1,070)

 

(118)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

 

(3,197)

 

(1,032)

 

(1,059)

 

 

 

(1,317)

 

(2,513)

 

(2,073)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(458)

 

(1,480)

 

329

 

 

 

812

 

(144)

 

(36)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

18

 

34

 

(253)

 

 

 

103

 

(220)

 

(184)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning

 

2.1

 

3,489

 

4,935

 

4,859

 

2.1

 

2,465

 

2,829

 

3,049

Cash and cash equivalents at the end

 

2.1

 

3,049

 

3,489

 

4,935

 

2.1

 

3,380

 

2,465

 

2,829

Supplementary information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash balance

 

2.1

 

82

 

88

 

74

 

2.1

 

69

 

52

 

52

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Overview

1.1 Company overview

Infosys is a leading provider ofLimited (“the Company” or “Infosys”) provides consulting, technology, outsourcing and next-generation digital services, and software. Along with its subsidiaries, Infosys provides Business IT services (comprising application development and maintenance, independent validation, infrastructure management, engineering services comprising product engineering and life cycle solutions and business process management); Consulting and systems integration services (comprising consulting, enterprise solutions, systems integration and advanced technologies); Products, business platforms and solutions to accelerate intellectual property-led innovation. Its new offerings span areas likeenable clients to execute strategies for their digital big data and analytics, cloud, data and mainframe modernization, cyber security, IoT engineering Services and API & micro services. transformation.

Infosys together with its subsidiaries and controlled trusts is herein after referred to as the “Group”.

The Company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in India and has its registered office at Bengaluru, Karnataka, India. The Company has its primary listings on the BSE Limited and National Stock Exchange of India Limited in India. The Company’s American Depositary Shares (“ADS”) representing equity shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)(“NYSE”).

Further, the Company's ADS were also listed on the Euronext London and Euronext Paris.

On July 5, 2018, the Company voluntarily delisted its ADS from Euronext London and Euronext Paris due to low average daily trading volume of its ADS on these exchanges. Infosys ADSs will continue to be listed on the NYSE and investors can continue to trade their ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

The Group's consolidated financial statements are authorized for issue by the Company'sCompany’s Board of Directors on July 19, 2018.June 11, 2021.

1.2 Basis of preparation of financial statements

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)(“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), under the historical cost convention on the accrual basis except for certain financial instruments which have been measured at fair values. Accounting policies have been consistently applied consistentlyexcept where a newly issued accounting standard is initially adopted or a revision to all periods presentedan existing accounting standard requires a change in these consolidated financial statements.the accounting policy hitherto in use.

As the year-end figures are taken from the source and rounded to the nearest digits, the figures reported for the previous quarters might not always add up to the year-end figures reported in this statement.

1.3 Basis of consolidation

Infosys consolidates entities which it owns or controls. The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the company,Company, its controlled trusts and its subsidiaries. Control exists when the parent has power over the entity, is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns by using its power over the entity. Power is demonstrated through existing rights that give the ability to direct relevant activities, those which significantly affect the entity's returns. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date control commences until the date control ceases. 

The financial statements of the Group companies are consolidated on a line-by-line basis and intra-group balances and transactions including unrealized gain / loss from such transactions are eliminated upon consolidation. These financial statements are prepared by applying uniform accounting policies in use at the Group. Non-controlling interests which represent part of the net profit or loss and net assets of subsidiaries that are not, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by the company, are excluded.

Associates are entities over whichRefer to Note 2.20 for the group has significant influence but not control. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity methodlist of accounting. The investment is initially recognized at cost,subsidiaries and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor’s sharecontrolled trusts of the profit or loss of the investee after the acquisition date. The group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. Company.


1.4 Use of estimates and judgementsjudgments

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions. These estimates, judgments and assumptions affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Application of accounting policies that require critical accounting estimates involving complex and subjective judgments and the use of assumptions in these financial statements have been disclosed in Note 1.5. Accounting estimates could change from period to period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as management becomes aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates. Changes in estimates and judgments are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Estimation of uncertainties relating to the global health pandemic from COVID-19 (COVID-19):

The Group has considered the possible effects that may result from the COVID-19 pandemic in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements including the recoverability of carrying amounts of financial and non-financial assets. In developing the assumptions relating to the possible future uncertainties in the global economic conditions because of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group has, at the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements, used internal and external sources of information including credit reports and related information and economic forecasts and expects that the carrying amount of these assets will be recovered. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Group's financial statements may differ from that estimated as at the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements.

1.5 Critical accounting estimates and judgements

a. Revenue recognition

The groupGroup’s contracts with customers include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer. Revenues from customer contracts are considered for recognition and measurement when the contract has been approved, in writing, by the parties to the contract, the parties to the contract are committed to perform their respective obligations under the contract, and the contract is legally enforceable. The Group assesses the services promised in a contract and identifies distinct performance obligations in the contract. Identification of distinct performance obligations to determine the deliverables and the ability of the customer to benefit independently from such deliverables, and allocation of transaction price to these distinct performance obligations involves significant judgement.

Fixed price maintenance revenue is recognized ratably on a straight-line basis when services are performed through an indefinite number of repetitive acts over a specified period. Revenue from a fixed price maintenance contract is recognized ratably using a percentage of completion method when the pattern of benefits from the services rendered to the customer and Group’s costs to fulfil the contract is not even through the period of the contract because the services are generally discrete in nature and not repetitive. The use of method to recognize the maintenance revenues requires judgment and is based on the promises in the contract and nature of the deliverables.

The Group uses the percentage-of-completion method in accounting for itsother fixed-price contracts. Use of the percentage-of-completion method requires the groupGroup to estimatedetermine the actual efforts or costs expended to date as a proportion of the estimated total efforts or costs to be expended.incurred. Efforts or costs expended have been used to measure progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. The estimation of total efforts or costs involves significant judgement and is assessed throughout the period of the contract to reflect any changes based on the latest available information.

Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompletedincomplete contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the expected contract estimates atestimated efforts or costs to complete the reporting date.contract.


 

b. Income taxes

The company'sGroup's two major tax jurisdictions are India and the U.S.,United States, though the company also files tax returns in other overseas jurisdictions.

Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes, including amount expected to be paid/recovered for uncertain tax positions (Refer to Note 2.17).positions.

In assessing the realizability of deferred income tax assets, management considers whether some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred income tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred income tax assets are deductible, management believes that the groupGroup will realize the benefits of those deductible differences. The amount of the deferred income tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are reduced.reduced (Refer to Note 2.18).

c. Business combinations and intangible assets

Business combinations are accounted for using IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations. IFRS 3 requires theus to fair value identifiable intangible assets and contingent consideration to be fair valued in order to ascertain the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. Significant estimatesEstimates are required to be made in determining the value of contingent consideration, value of option arrangements and intangible assets. These valuations are conducted by independentexternal valuation expertsexperts. These measurements are based on information available at the acquisition date and are based on expectations and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management (Refer to Note 2.82.9 and 2.9)2.10).

d. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment represent a significant proportion of the asset base of the Group. The charge in respect of periodic depreciation is derived after determining an estimate of an asset’s expected useful life and the expected residual value at the end of its life. The useful lives and residual values of the Group's assets are determined by management at the time the asset is acquired and reviewed periodically, including at each financial year end. The lives are based on historical experience with similar assets as well as anticipation of future events, which may impact their life, such as changes in technology (Refer to Note 2.7).


e. Impairment of Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever there is an indication that the recoverable amount of a cash generating unit (“CGU”) is less than its carrying amount based on a numberamount. For the impairment test, goodwill is allocated to the CGU or groups of factors including operating results, business plans, future cash flowsCGUs which benefit from the synergies of the acquisition and economic conditions. which represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

The recoverable amount of cash generating unitsCGUs is determined based on higher of value-in-use and fair value less cost to sell. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the level of the cash-generating unit or groups of cash-generating units which are benefitting from the synergies of the acquisition and which represents the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

Market related information and estimates are used to determine the recoverable amount. Key assumptions in the cash flow projections are prepared based on which management has based its determination of recoverable amount includecurrent economic conditions and comprises estimated long term growth rates, weighted average cost of capital and estimated operating margins. Cash flow projections takemargins (Refer to Note 2.9).

f. Leases

As a lessee, the Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable period of a lease adjusted with any option to extend or terminate the lease, if the use of such option is reasonably certain. The Group makes an assessment on the expected lease term on a lease-by-lease basis and thereby assesses whether it is reasonably certain that any options to extend or terminate the contract will be exercised. In evaluating the lease term, the Company considers factors such as any significant leasehold improvements undertaken over the lease term, costs relating to the termination of the lease and the importance of the underlying asset to Infosys’ operations taking into account past experiencethe location of the


underlying asset and represent management’s best estimate aboutthe availability of suitable alternatives. The lease term in future developmentsperiods is reassessed to ensure that the lease term reflects the current economic circumstances. After considering current and future economic conditions, the Group has concluded that no material changes are required to lease period relating to the existing lease contracts (Refer to Note 2.8).

f.g. Non-current assets and Disposal groups held for sale

Assets and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. The determination of fair value less costs to sell includes use of management estimates and assumptions. The fair value of the disposal groups havehas been estimated using valuation techniques including income and market approach which includes unobservable inputs. In estimating

Non-current assets and disposal group that ceases to be classified as held for sale shall be measured at the fair value, material eventslower of carrying amount before the Non-current asset and developments, including progress on negotiations subsequent to Balance Sheetdisposal group was classified as held for sale adjusted for any depreciation/ amortization and its recoverable amount at the date when the disposal group no longer meets the "Held for Sale" criteria. Recoverable amounts of assets reclassified from held for sale have been considered. (Referestimated using management’s assumptions which consist of significant unobservable inputs.

h. Allowance for Credit Loss on receivables and unbilled revenue

The Group determines the allowance for credit losses based on historical loss experience adjusted to Note 2.9).reflect current and estimated future economic conditions. The Group considered current and anticipated future economic conditions relating to industries the Group deals with and the countries where it operates. In calculating expected credit loss, the Group has also considered credit reports and other related credit information for its customers to estimate the probability of default in future and has taken into account estimates of possible effect from the COVID-19 pandemic.

1.6 Recent accounting pronouncements

1.6.1 Standards issued but not yet effective

New and revised IFRS 15 Revenue fromStandards in issue but not yet effective:

Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment:Proceeds before Intended Use

Amendments to IAS 37 Onerous Contracts:Cost of Fulfilling a Contract with Customers:

In May 2014, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued

Amendments to IFRS 15, Revenue from Contract with Customers. The core principle of the new standard is that an entity should recognize revenue9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16:Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2

Amendments to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Further the new standard requires enhanced disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from the entity’s contracts with customers.

The standard permits two possible methods of transition:

Full retrospective approach - Under this approach the standard will be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented in accordance with IAS 8-8, Accounting Policies, Changes in

Accounting, Estimates and Errors

Cumulative catch-up approach - Retrospectively with cumulative effect:Definition of initially applyingAccounting Estimates

Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements:Disclosure of Accounting Policies

Amendments to IAS 16

On May 14, 2020, IASB has issued an amendment to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use (“Amendments to IAS 16”) which amends the standard recognized atto prohibit deducting from the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment any proceeds from selling items produced while bringing that asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. Instead, an entity recognizes the proceeds from selling such items, and the cost of producing those items, in profit or loss.

The effective date for the adoption of initial applicationthis amendment is the annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022, although early adoption is permitted. The Group has evaluated the amendment and there is no impact on its consolidated financial statements.


Amendments to IAS 37

On May 14, 2020 IASB issued Onerous Contracts — Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (“Amendments to IAS 37”) which specifies that the “cost of fulfilling” a contract comprises the “costs that relate directly to the contract”. Costs that relate directly to a contract can either be incremental costs of fulfilling that contract (examples would be direct labor, materials) or an allocation of other costs that relate directly to fulfilling contracts (an example would be the allocation of the depreciation charge for an item of property, plant and equipment used in fulfilling the contract).

The effective date for adoption of this amendment is the annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022, although early adoption is permitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of the amendment.

Amendments to IFRS 159, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Phase 2)

The IASB has finalized its response to the ongoing reform of Inter-Bank Offered Rates (IBOR) and other interest rate benchmarks by issuing a package of amendments to IFRS Standards in August 2020. The amendments complement those issued in 2019 and focus on the effects on financial statements when a company replaces the old interest rate benchmark with an alternative benchmark rate as a result of the reform. The amendments in this final phase relate to practical expedient for particular changes in contractual cash flows, relief from specific hedge accounting requirements and certain disclosure requirement.

The effective date for adoption of this amendment is the annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2021, although early adoption is permitted.

The Group has evaluated the amendment and there is no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 8

On February 12, 2021, IASB issued amendments to IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting estimates and Errors which introduced a definition of ‘accounting estimates’ and included amendments to IAS 8 to help entities distinguish changes in accounting policies from changes in accounting estimates.

The effective date for adoption of this amendment is the annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, although early adoption is permitted. The Group has evaluated the amendment and there is no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 1

On February 12, 2021 International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) has issued amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS Practice Statement 2 Making Materiality Judgements which requires the entities to disclose their material accounting policies rather than their significant accounting policies.

The effective date for adoption of this amendment is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, though early adoption is permitted.  

On completion of evaluation of the effect of adoption of IFRS 15, the Group has decided to use the cumulative catch-up transition method and accordingly comparatives for the year ending or ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017 will not be retrospectively adjusted. The effect on adoption of IFRS 15 is insignificant on the financial statements.


IFRS 16 Leases:

On January 13, 2016, the International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases. IFRS 16 will replace the existing leases Standard, IAS 17 Leases, and related Interpretations. The Standard sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract i.e., the lessee and the lessor. IFRS 16 introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. Currently, operating lease expenses are charged to the statement of comprehensive income. The Standard also contains enhanced disclosure requirements for lessees. IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements in IAS 17.

The effective date for adoption of IFRS 16 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, though early adoption is permitted for companies applying IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Group is currently evaluating the requirements of IFRS 16 and the impact on the consolidated financial statements.

IFRIC 22, Foreign currency transactions and Advance consideration:

On December 8, 2016, the IFRS interpretations committee of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued IFRS interpretation, IFRIC 22, Foreign currency transactions and Advance consideration which clarifies the date of the transaction for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the related asset, expense or income, when an entity has received or paid advance consideration in a foreign currency. The date of the transaction, for the purpose of determining the exchange rate, is the date of initial recognition of the non-monetary prepayment asset or deferred income liability. If there are multiple payments or receipts in advance, a date of transaction is established for each payment or receipt. The effective date for adoption of IFRIC 22 is annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, though early adoption is permitted.

The Group has elected to adopt IFRIC 22 prospectively on April 1, 2018. The effect on account of adoption of IFRIC 22 on the financial statements is insignificant.

IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments:

In June 2017, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued IFRS interpretation IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments which is to be applied while performing the determination of taxable profit (or loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments under IAS 12. According to IFRIC 23, companies need to determine the probability of the relevant tax authority accepting each tax treatment, or group of tax treatments, that the companies have used or plan to use in their income tax filing which has to be considered to compute the most likely amount or the expected value of the tax treatment when determining taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates.

The standard permits two possible methods of transition:

Full retrospective approach – Under this approach, IFRIC 23 will be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented in accordance with IAS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors.

Retrospectively with cumulative effect of initially applying IFRIC 23 recognized by adjusting equity on initial application, without adjusting comparatives

The effective date for adoption of IFRIC 23 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, though2023, although early adoption is permitted. The Group is currentlyin the process of evaluating the effect of IFRIC 23 on the consolidated financial statements.

Amendment to IAS 19 – Plan amendment, curtailment or settlement- On 7 February 2018, the IASB issued amendments to the guidance in IAS 19, ‘Employee Benefits’, in connection with accounting for plan amendments, curtailments and settlements.


The amendments require an entity:

to use updated assumptions to determine current service cost and net interest for the remainder of the period after a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement; and

to recognise in profit or loss as part of past service cost, or a gain or loss on settlement, any reduction in a surplus, even if that surplus was not previously recognised because of the impact of the asset ceiling.amendment.

Effective date for application of this amendment is annual period beginning on or after 1 January 2019, though early application is permitted. The Group is evaluating the effect of this amendment on the consolidated financial statements and the impact is not expected to be material.

2 Notes to the consolidated financial statements

2.1 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Cash and bank deposits

 

2,021

 

2,296

 

 

2,745

 

 

 

1,624

 

Deposits with financial institutions

 

1,020

 

1,193

 

 

635

 

 

 

841

 

 

3,041

 

3,489

 

 

3,380

 

 

 

2,465

 

Cash and cash equivalents included under assets classified as held for sale (Refer note no 2.9)

 

8

 

 

3,049

 

3,489


 

Cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 20172020 include restricted cash and bank balances of $82$69 million and $88$52 million, respectively. The restrictions are primarily on account of cash and bank balances held by irrevocable trusts controlled by the Group,Company and bank balances held as margin money deposits against guarantees and balances held in unpaid dividend bank accounts.guarantees.

The deposits maintained by the Group with banks and financial institution comprise of time deposits, which can be withdrawn by the Group at any point without prior notice or penalty on the principal.

Refer note 2.3 for accounting policies on financial instruments.


The table below provides details of cash and cash equivalents:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

Current accounts

 

 

 

 

ANZ Bank, Taiwan

 

1

 

Banamex Bank, Mexico (U.S. Dollar account)

 

2

 

1

Bank of America, USA

 

180

 

159

Bank of America, Mexico

 

4

 

8

Bank of Zachodni WBK S.A., Poland

 

3

 

1

Barclays Bank, UK

 

6

 

Bank Leumi, Israel (Israeli Sheqel account)

 

 

2

BNP Paribas Bank, Norway

 

14

 

3

China Merchants Bank, China

 

1

 

1

Citibank N.A., Australia

 

34

 

3

Citibank N.A., Brazil

 

2

 

5

Citibank N.A., China

 

18

 

10

Citibank N.A., China (U.S. Dollar account)

 

1

 

2

Citibank N.A., Costa Rica

 

 

1

Citibank N.A., Dubai

 

1

 

Citibank N.A., EEFC (U.S. Dollar account)

 

1

 

Citibank N.A., Hungary

 

1

 

Citibank N.A., Japan

 

3

 

2

Citibank N.A., New Zealand

 

2

 

2

Citibank N.A., Portugal

 

1

 

Citibank N.A., Singapore

 

1

 

Citibank N.A., South Africa

 

5

 

2

Citibank N.A., USA

 

1

 

12

Commerzbank, Germany

 

 

3

Deutsche Bank, Belgium

 

4

 

2

Deutsche Bank, Malaysia

 

1

 

1

Deutsche Bank, Czech Republic

 

2

 

1

Deutsche Bank, Czech Republic (Euro account)

 

1

 

1

Deutsche Bank, Czech Republic (U.S. dollar account)

 

 

5

Deutsche Bank, France

 

3

 

1

Deutsche Bank, Germany

 

16

 

8

Deutsche Bank, India

 

7

 

2

Deutsche Bank, Netherlands

 

2

 

Deutsche Bank, Philippines

 

4

 

1

Deutsche Bank, Philippines (U.S. dollar account)

 

1

 

1

Deutsche Bank, Poland (PLN account)

 

3

 

2

Deutsche Bank, Poland (Euro account)

 

1

 

1

Deutsche Bank, Russia

 

1

 

Deutsche Bank, Russia (U.S. dollar account)

 

1

 

Deutsche Bank, Singapore

 

3

 

1

Deutsche Bank, Switzerland

 

5

 

1

Deutsche Bank, United Kingdom

 

12

 

4

Deutsche Bank-EEFC (Australian Dollar account)

 

 

6

Deutsche Bank-EEFC (Euro account)

 

5

 

4

Deutsche Bank-EEFC (U.S. dollar account)

 

5

 

12

Deutsche Bank-EEFC, India (United Kingdom Pound Sterling account)

 

1

 

2


Deutsche Bank, USA

 

 

2

ICICI Bank

 

8

 

8

ICICI Bank-EEFC, India (U.S. dollar account)

 

6

 

1

ICICI Bank-EEFC, (United Kingdom pound sterling account)

 

2

 

HSBC Bank, United Kingdom

 

1

 

ICICI Bank - Unpaid dividend account

 

3

 

2

Nordbanken, Sweden

 

8

 

5

Raiffeisen Bank, Czech Republic

 

1

 

1

Raiffeisen Bank, Romania

 

 

1

Royal Bank of Canada, Canada

 

26

 

13

State Bank of India, India

 

 

1

Punjab National Bank, India

 

2

 

1

Silicon Valley Bank, USA

 

 

1

Silicon Valley Bank (Euro account)

 

 

3

Splitska Banka D.D., Societe Generale Group, Croatia

 

1

 

Union Bank of Switzerland, AG (Euro account)

 

 

1

Wells Fargo Bank N.A., USA

 

 

5

 

 

418

 

318

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit accounts

 

 

 

 

Axis Bank, India

 

 

181

Bank BGZ BNP Paribas S.A

 

22

 

28

Barclays Bank

 

31

 

127

Canara Bank, India

 

36

 

40

Citibank, India

 

35

 

26

Deutsche Bank, AG

 

4

 

Deutsche Bank, Poland

 

32

 

11

HDFC Bank, India

 

383

 

72

HSBC Bank

 

 

77

ICICI Bank, India

 

568

 

751

IDBI Bank, India

 

38

 

270

IDFC Bank

 

230

 

31

Indusind Bank, India

 

154

 

29

Kotak Mahindra Bank, India

 

 

83

South Indian Bank, India

 

69

 

69

Standard Chartered Bank

 

 

77

Syndicate Bank, India

 

 

8

Yes Bank, India

 

1

 

98

 

 

1,603

 

1,978

Deposits with financial institution

 

 

 

 

HDFC Limited, India

 

836

 

1,085

LIC Housing Finance Limited

 

184

 

108

 

 

1,020

 

1,193

Total

 

3,041

 

3,489


2.2 Investments

The carrying value of investments are as follows: 

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Current investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized cost:

 

 

 

 

Quoted debt securities

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

2

Fair value through profit and loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid mutual funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

12

 

278

 

205

 

 

278

 

Fixed maturity plan securities

 

 

 

 

Fixed Maturity Plan Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

65

 

Fair Value through Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

117

 

16

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

45

 

 

115

 

 

123

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

808

 

1,219

 

 

 

 

149

 

 

982

 

1,538

 

 

320

 

 

 

615

 

Non-Current investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

291

 

293

 

294

 

 

244

 

Fair value through Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

493

 

597

 

 

1,293

 

 

281

 

Unquoted equity and preference securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

21

 

25

 

23

 

 

14

 

Fair value through profit and loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unquoted convertible promissory note

 

 

 

 

Unquoted Compulsorily convertible debentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

2

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity plan securities

 

 

 

 

Unquoted Preference securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

66

 

63

 

2

 

 

1

 

Others:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

10

 

5

 

10

 

 

7

 

 

883

 

984

 

 

1,623

 

 

 

547

 

Total Investments

 

1,865

 

2,522

 

 

1,943

 

 

 

1,162

 

Investment carried at amortized cost

 

291

 

295

 

 

294

 

 

 

244

 

Investments carried at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

1,484

 

1,857

 

 

1,431

 

 

 

567

 

Investments carried at fair value through profit and loss

 

90

 

370

 

 

218

 

 

 

351

 

 

Note:

Uncalled capital commitments outstanding as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 20172020 was $12$6 million and $18$8 million, respectively.

Refer noteto Note 2.3 for accounting policies on financial instruments.


Details of amounts recorded in other comprehensive income:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net gain / (loss) on

 

Year ended March 31, 2018

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2021

 

 

Gross

 

 

Tax

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross

 

 

Tax

 

 

Net

 

Quoted debt securities

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

(14

)

Certificate of deposits

 

 

3

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

2

 

Unquoted equity and preference securities

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

16

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net gain / (loss) on

 

Year ended March 31, 2017

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2020

 

 

Gross

 

 

Tax

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross

 

 

Tax

 

 

Net

 

Quoted debt securities

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Certificate of deposits

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Unquoted equity and preference securities

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

Net gain / (loss) on

 

Year ended March 31, 2016

 

Year ended March 31, 2019

 

 

Gross

 

Tax

 

 

Net

 

Gross

 

 

Tax

 

 

Net

 

Quoted debt securities

 

7

 

 

(1

)

 

6

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Certificate of deposits

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Unquoted equity and preference securities

 

 

9

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

10

 

 

Method of fair valuation:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

 

As at March 31

 

 

 

 

As at March 31

 

Class of investment

 

Method

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Method

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Liquid mutual funds

 

Quoted price

 

 

12

 

 

 

278

 

 

Quoted price

 

 

205

 

 

 

278

 

Fixed Maturity Plan securities

 

Market observable inputs

 

 

66

 

 

 

86

 

 

Market observable inputs

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

Quoted debt securities- carried at amortized cost

 

Quoted price and market

observable inputs

 

 

330

 

 

 

334

 

 

Quoted price and market

observable inputs

 

 

347

 

 

 

284

 

Quoted debt securities- carried at Fair value through other comprehensive income

 

Quoted price and market

observable inputs

 

 

610

 

 

 

613

 

 

Quoted price and market

observable inputs

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

404

 

Commercial paper

 

Market observable inputs

 

 

45

 

 

 

Certificate of deposits

 

Market observable inputs

 

 

808

 

 

 

1,219

 

 

Market observable inputs

 

 

 

 

 

149

 

Unquoted equity and preference securities

 

Discounted cash flows method,

Market multiples method,

Option pricing model

 

 

21

 

 

 

25

 

Unquoted convertible promissory note

 

Discounted cash flows method,

Market multiples method,

Option pricing model

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Unquoted equity and preference securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

Discounted cash flows method,

Market multiples method,

Option pricing model

 

 

23

 

 

 

14

 

Unquoted equity and preference securities- carried at fair value through profit or loss

 

Discounted cash flows method,

Market multiples method,

Option pricing model

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Unquoted compulsorily convertible debentures- carried at fair value through profit or loss

 

Discounted cash flows method

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Others

 

Discounted cash flows method,

Market multiples method,

Option pricing model

 

 

10

 

 

 

5

 

 

Discounted cash flows method,

Market multiples method,

Option pricing model

 

 

10

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

1,904

 

 

 

2,561

 

 

 

 

 

1,996

 

 

 

1,202

 

Note: Certain quoted investments are classified as Level 2 in the absence of active market for such investments.

 


2.3 Financial instruments

Accounting policy

Effective April 1, 2016, the group has elected to early adopt IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments considering April 1, 2015 as the date of initial application of the standard even though the stipulated effective date for adoption is April 1, 2018.


The group has classified its financial assets into the following categories based on the business model for managing those assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics:

Financial assets carried at amortized cost

Financial assets fair valued through other comprehensive income

Financial assets fair valued through profit and loss

The adoption of IFRS 9 did not have any other material impact on the consolidated financial statements, hence prior period figures have not been restated and the cumulative impact of $5 million has been recorded in other comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2017.

 

 

2.3.1 Initial recognition

 

The groupGroup recognizes financial assets and financial liabilities when it becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. All financial assets and liabilities are recognized at fair value on initial recognition, except for trade receivables which are initially measured at transaction price. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities that are not at fair value through profit or loss are added to the fair value on initial recognition. Regular way purchase and sale of financial assets are accounted for at trade date.

 

2.3.2 Subsequent measurement

 

a. Non-derivative financial instruments

 

(i) Financial assets carried at amortized cost

 

A financial asset is subsequently measured at amortized cost if it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold the asset in order to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

 

(ii) Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)

 

A financial asset is subsequently measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. The Group has made an irrevocable election for its investments which are classified as equity instruments to present the subsequent changes in fair value in other comprehensive income based on its business model.

(iii) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

 

A financial asset which is not classified in any of the above categories are subsequently fair valued through profit or loss.

 

(iv) Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities are subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method, except for contingent consideration and financial liability under option arrangements recognized in a business combination which is subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss. For trade and other payables maturing within one year from the balance sheet date, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.

 


b. Derivative financial instruments

 

The Group holds derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in exchange rates on foreign currency exposures. TheBank counterparty for thesesuch contracts is generally a bank.

 

(i) Financial assets or financial liabilities, at fair value through profit or loss

 

This category includes derivative financial assets or liabilities which are not designated as hedges.

 

Although the groupGroup believes that these derivatives constitute hedges from an economic perspective, they may not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS 9, Financial Instruments. Any derivative that is either not designated a hedge, or is so designated but is ineffective as per IFRS 9, is categorized as a financial asset or financial liability, at fair value through profit or loss.


 

Derivatives not designated as hedges are recognized initially at fair value and attributable transaction costs are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income when incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, these derivatives are measured at fair value through profit or loss and the resulting exchange gains or losses are included in other income. Assets/ liabilities in this category are presented as current assets/current liabilities if they are either held for trading or are expected to be realized within 12 months after the balance sheet date.

 

(ii) Cash flow hedge

 

The groupGroup designates certain foreign exchange forward and options contracts as cash flow hedges to mitigate the risk of foreign exchange exposure on highly probable forecast cash transactions.

 

When a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the cash flow hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized immediately in the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognized in cash flow hedging reserve till the period the hedge was effective remains in cash flow hedging reserve until the forecasted transaction occurs. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in the cash flow hedging reserve is transferred to the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income upon the occurrence of the related forecasted transaction. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the amount accumulated in cash flow hedging reserve is reclassified to the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

 

2.3.3 Derecognition of financial instruments

 

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or it transfers the financial asset and the transfer qualifies for derecognition under IFRS 9. A financial liability (or a part of a financial liability) is derecognized from the group'sGroup's balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged or cancelled or expires.

 

2.3.4 Fair value of financial instruments

 

In determining the fair value of its financial instruments, the Group uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions and risks existing at each reporting date. The methods used to determine fair value include discounted cash flows,flow analysis, available quoted market prices and dealer quotes. All methods of assessing fair value result in general approximation of value, and such value may never actually be realized.

 


Refer to table ‘Financial instruments by category’ below for the disclosure on carrying value and fair value of financial assets and liabilities. For financial assets and liabilities maturing within one year from the balance sheet date and which are not carried at fair value, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.

 

2.3.5 Impairment

 

 

The Group recognizes loss allowances using the expected credit loss (ECL) model for the financial assets and unbilled revenue which are not fair valued through profit or loss. Loss allowance for trade receivables and unbilled revenue with no significant financing component is measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. For all other financial assets, expected credit losses are measured at an amount equal to the 12-month ECL, unless there has been a significant increase in credit risk from initial recognition in which case those are measured at lifetime ECL. The amount of expected credit losses (or reversal) that is required to adjust the loss allowance at the reporting date to the amount that is required to be recognizedrecorded is recognized as an impairment loss or gain or loss in consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 


 

Financial instruments by category

 

The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories as of March 31, 20182021 were as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Amortised cost

 

Financial assets/ liabilities

at fair value through

profit or loss

 

Financial assets/liabilities

at fair value through OCI

 

Total

carrying

value

 

Total fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets/ liabilities

at fair value through

profit or loss

 

 

Financial assets/liabilities

at fair value through OCI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Designated upon

initial recognition

 

Mandatory

 

Equity instruments

designated upon

initial recognition

 

Mandatory

 

 

 

 

 

Amortised cost

 

 

Designated upon

initial recognition

 

 

Mandatory

 

 

Equity instruments

designated upon

initial recognition

 

 

Mandatory

 

 

Total

carrying

value

 

 

Total fair value

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (Refer to Note 2.1)

 

3,041

 

 

 

 

 

3,041

 

3,041

 

 

3,380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,380

 

 

 

3,380

 

Investments (Refer Note 2.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid mutual funds

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

205

 

Fixed maturity plan securities

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

66

 

66

Quoted debt securities

 

291

 

 

 

 

610

 

901

 

940(1)

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

1,702

 

 

1,755(1)

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

808

 

808

 

808

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

45

 

45

Unquoted equity and preference securities

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

21

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

Unquoted Compulsorily convertible debentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Unquoted investments others

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

Unquoted convertible promissory note

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

2

Trade receivables

 

2,016

 

 

 

 

 

2,016

 

2,016

 

 

2,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,639

 

 

 

2,639

 

Unbilled revenues

 

654

 

 

 

 

 

654

 

654

Unbilled revenues (3) (Refer to Note 2.12)

 

 

489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

489

 

Prepayments and other assets (Refer to Note 2.4)

 

456

 

 

 

 

 

456

 

443(2)

 

 

544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

544

 

 

531(2)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

26

 

Total

 

6,458

 

 

90

 

21

 

1,465

 

8,034

 

8,060

 

 

7,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

241

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

1,411

 

 

 

9,021

 

 

 

9,061

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payables

 

107

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

107

 

 

362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

362

 

 

 

362

 

Lease liabilities

 

 

728

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

728

 

 

 

728

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Other liabilities including contingent consideration (Refer note 2.5)

 

836

 

 

8

 

 

 

844

 

844

Financial liability under option arrangements (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

95

 

Other liabilities including contingent consideration (Refer to Note 2.5)

 

 

1,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,373

 

 

 

1,373

 

Total

 

943

 

 

14

 

 

 

957

 

957

 

 

2,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,566

 

 

 

2,566

 

 

(1)

On account of fair value changes including interest accrued

(2)

Excludes interest accrued on quoted debt securities carried at amortized cost of $13 million

(3)

Excludes unbilled revenue on contracts where the right to consideration is dependent on completion of contractual milestones


The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories as of March 31, 20172020 were as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Amortised cost

 

Financial assets/ liabilities

at fair value through

profit or loss

 

Financial assets/liabilities

at fair value through OCI

 

Total

carrying

value

 

Total fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets/ liabilities

at fair value through

profit or loss

 

 

Financial assets/liabilities

at fair value through OCI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Designated upon

initial recognition

 

Mandatory

 

Equity instruments

designated upon

initial recognition

 

Mandatory

 

 

 

 

 

Amortised cost

 

 

Designated upon

initial recognition

 

 

Mandatory

 

 

Equity instruments

designated upon

initial recognition

 

 

Mandatory

 

 

Total

carrying

value

 

 

Total fair value

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (Refer to Note 2.1)

 

3,489

 

 

 

 

 

3,489

 

3,489

 

 

2,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,465

 

 

 

2,465

 

Investments (Refer Note 2.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid mutual funds

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

278

 

278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

278

 

Fixed maturity plan securities

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

86

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

65

 

Quoted debt securities

 

295

 

 

 

 

613

 

908

 

947(1)

 

 

244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

404

 

 

 

648

 

 

688(1)

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

1,219

 

1,219

 

1,219

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

149

 

Unquoted equity and preference securities:

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

Unquoted investments others

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

Unquoted convertible promissory note:

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

1

Trade receivables

 

1,900

 

 

 

 

 

1,900

 

1,900

 

 

2,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,443

 

 

 

2,443

 

Unbilled revenues

 

562

 

 

 

 

 

562

 

562

Unbilled revenues (3) (Refer to Note 2.12)

 

 

369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

369

 

 

 

369

 

Prepayments and other assets (Refer to Note 2.4)

 

410

 

 

 

 

 

410

 

397(2)

 

 

476

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

476

 

 

465(2)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

36

 

 

8

 

44

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Total

 

6,656

 

 

406

 

25

 

1,840

 

8,927

 

8,953

 

 

5,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

358

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

554

 

 

 

6,923

 

 

 

6,952

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payables

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

57

 

 

377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

377

 

 

 

377

 

Other liabilities including contingent consideration

 

768

 

 

13

 

 

 

781

 

781

Lease liabilities

 

 

612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

612

 

 

 

612

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

65

 

Financial liability under option arrangements (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

82

 

Other liabilities including contingent consideration (Refer to Note 2.5)

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,099

 

 

 

1,099

 

Total

 

825

 

 

13

 

 

 

838

 

838

 

 

2,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

189

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2,235

 

 

 

2,235

 

 

(1)

On account of fair value changes including interest accrued

(2)

Excludes interest accrued on quoted debt securities carried at amortized cost of $11 million

(3)

Excludes unbilled revenue on contracts where the right to consideration is dependent on completion of contractual milestones

For trade receivables and trade payables and other assets and payables maturing within one year from the balance sheet date, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.

Fair value hierarchy

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).


Level 3 - Inputs for the assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).


Fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2018:2021:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of March 31, 2018

 

Fair value measurement at end of

the reporting year using

 

As of

March 31, 2021

 

 

Fair value measurement at end of

the reporting year using

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in liquid mutual fund units (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

12

 

12

 

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in fixed maturity plans (Refer Note 2.2)

 

66

 

 

66

 

Investments in quoted debt securities (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

940

 

701

 

239

 

 

 

1,755

 

 

 

1,556

 

 

199

 

 

 

 

Investments in certificate of deposit (Refer Note 2.2)

 

808

 

 

808

 

Investments in commercial paper (Refer Note 2.2)

 

45

 

 

45

 

Investments in unquoted equity and preference securities (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

Investment in unquoted investments others (Refer Note 2.2)

 

10

 

 

 

10

Investments in unquoted convertible promissory note (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

2

 

 

 

2

Investments in unquoted compulsorily convertible debentures (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Investment in unquoted investments others (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Derivative financial instruments- gain on outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments- loss on outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts

 

6

 

 

6

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Liability towards contingent consideration (Refer note 2.5)*

 

8

 

 

 

8

Financial liability under option arrangements (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

Liability towards contingent consideration (Refer to Note 2.5)*

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

*

Includes $3 millionDiscount rate pertaining to Brilliant Basics discounted at 10%.contingent consideration ranges from 8% to 14.5%

During the year ended March 31, 2018,fiscal 2021, quoted debt securities of $130$161 million were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 of fair value hierarchy, since these were valued based on market observable inputs and quoted debt securities of $276$l4 million were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 of fair value hierarchy, since these were valued based on quoted price.


Fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2017:2020:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of March 31, 2017

 

Fair value measurement at end of

the reporting period using

 

As of

March 31, 2020

 

 

Fair value measurement at end of

the reporting period using

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in liquid mutual fund units (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

278

 

278

 

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in fixed maturity plans (Refer Note 2.2)

 

86

 

 

86

 

Investments in fixed maturity plan securities (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

Investments in quoted debt securities (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

947

 

565

 

382

 

 

 

688

 

 

 

618

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

Investments in certificate of deposit (Refer Note 2.2)

 

1,219

 

 

1,219

 

Investments in unqouted equity and preference securities (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

25

 

 

 

25

Investment in unquoted investments others (Refer Note 2.2)

 

5

 

 

 

5

Investments in unqouted convertible promissory note (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

1

 

 

 

1

Investments in certificate of deposit (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

 

149

 

 

 

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

 

Investments in unquoted equity and preference securities (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Investment in unquoted investments others (Refer to Note 2.2)

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Derivative financial instruments- gain on outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts

 

44

 

 

44

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liability towards contingent consideration (Refer note 2.5)*

 

13

 

 

 

13

Derivative financial instruments- loss on outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

Financial liability under option arrangements (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

Liability towards contingent consideration (Refer to Note 2.5)*

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

*

Discounted $14 millioncontingent consideration at 14.2%.8% to 14%


During fiscal 2020, quoted debt securities of $7 million were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 of fair value hierarchy, since these were valued based on market observable inputs and quoted debt securities of $87 million were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 of fair value hierarchy, since these were valued based on quoted price.

A one percentage point change in the unobservable inputs used in fair valuation of Level 3 assets and liabilities does not have a significant impact in its value.

 

Income from financial assets

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Interest income on financial assets carried at amortized cost

 

260

 

352

 

402

 

161

 

 

181

 

 

201

 

Interest income on financial assets fair valued through other comprehensive income

 

106

 

28

 

 

55

 

 

46

 

 

92

 

Dividend income on investments carried at fair value through profit or loss

 

1

 

4

 

10

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain / (loss) on investments carried at fair value through profit or loss

 

39

 

18

 

 

10

 

 

26

 

 

24

 

Gain / (loss) on investments carried at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

11

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

406

 

402

 

412

 

 

238

 

 

259

 

 

317

 


 

Financial risk management

Financial risk factors

The Group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group's primary focus is to foresee the unpredictability of financial markets and seek to minimize potential adverse effects on its financial performance. The primary market risk to the Group is foreign exchange risk. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate foreign exchange related risk exposures. The Group's exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristic of each customer and the concentration of risk from the top few customers.

Market risk

The Group operates internationally, and a major portion of the business is transacted in several currencies and consequently the Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk through its sales and services in the United States and elsewhere, and purchases from overseas suppliers in various foreign currencies. The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange risk arising on intercompany transaction in foreign currencies. The Group holds derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in exchange rates on foreign currency exposures. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and foreign currencies has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Consequently, the results of the Group’s operations are adversely affected as the rupee appreciates/ depreciates against these currencies.

The following table analyzes foreign currency risk from financial instrumentsassets and liabilities as of March 31, 2018:2021:

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

U.S. dollars

 

Euro

 

United Kingdom

Pound Sterling

 

Australian dollars

 

Other currencies

 

Total

Cash and cash equivalents

 

197

 

33

 

23

 

54

 

183

 

490

Trade receivables

 

1,276

 

269

 

129

 

121

 

120

 

1,915

Unbilled revenues

 

356

 

98

 

46

 

24

 

57

 

581

Other assets

 

49

 

4

 

4

 

2

 

15

 

74

Trade payables

 

(42)

 

(12)

 

(17)

 

(5)

 

(9)

 

(85)

Accrued expenses

 

(166)

 

(29)

 

(17)

 

(9)

 

(23)

 

(244)

Employee benefit obligations

 

(88)

 

(13)

 

(4)

 

(28)

 

(20)

 

(153)

Other liabilities

 

(97)

 

(21)

 

(12)

 

(5)

 

(49)

 

(184)

Net assets / (liabilities)

 

1,485

 

329

 

152

 

154

 

274

 

2,394

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

U.S. dollars

 

 

Euro

 

 

United Kingdom

Pound Sterling

 

 

Australian dollars

 

 

Other currencies

 

 

Total

 

Net financial assets

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

232

 

 

 

3,186

 

Net financial liabilities

 

 

(957

)

 

 

(352

)

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(110

)

 

 

(187

)

 

 

(1,691

)

Total

 

 

1,183

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

1,495

 


 

The following table analyzes foreign currency risk from financial instrumentsassets and liabilities as of March 31, 2017:2020:

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

U.S. dollars

 

Euro

 

United Kingdom

Pound Sterling

 

Australian dollars

 

Other currencies

 

Total

Cash and cash equivalents

 

206

 

20

 

6

 

28

 

108

 

368

Trade receivables

 

1,287

 

192

 

119

 

87

 

108

 

1,793

Unbilled revenues

 

376

 

68

 

50

 

19

 

47

 

560

Other assets

 

65

 

15

 

7

 

6

 

15

 

108

Trade payables

 

(18)

 

(5)

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

(24)

 

(50)

Accrued expenses

 

(147)

 

(33)

 

(22)

 

(6)

 

(23)

 

(231)

Employee benefit obligations

 

(86)

 

(13)

 

(3)

 

(23)

 

(19)

 

(144)

Other liabilities

 

(96)

 

(17)

 

(7)

 

(3)

 

(43)

 

(166)

Net assets / (liabilities)

 

1,587

 

227

 

148

 

107

 

169

 

2,238

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

U.S. dollars

 

 

Euro

 

 

United Kingdom

Pound Sterling

 

 

Australian dollars

 

 

Other currencies

 

 

Total

 

Net financial assets

 

 

1,969

 

 

 

378

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

226

 

 

 

2,865

 

Net financial liabilities

 

 

(804

)

 

 

(231

)

 

 

(88

)

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(1,301

)

Total

 

 

1,165

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

1,564

 

 

For the years ended March 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, every percentage point depreciation / appreciation in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has affected the company's incremental operating margins by approximately 0.50%0.47%, 0.50%0.45% and 0.50%0.47%, respectively.

Sensitivity analysis is computed based on the changes in the income and expenses in foreign currency upon conversion into functional currency, due to exchange rate fluctuations between the previous reporting period and the current reporting period.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group holds derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in exchange rates on foreign currency exposures. TheBank counterparty for thesesuch contracts is generally a bank. These derivative financial instruments are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.


The following table gives details in respect of outstanding foreign exchange forward and options contracts: 

 

(In millions)

 

As of

 

 

As of

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

In Million

 

 

In $ Million

 

 

In Million

 

 

In $ Million

 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward contracts

 

 

 

 

In Euro

 

 

95

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

 

40

In Australian dollars

 

 

130

Option Contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Australian dollars

 

60

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

67

 

In Euro

 

100

 

40

 

 

165

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

131

 

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

20

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

26

 

Other derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Australian dollars

 

5

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

In Brazilian Real

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

14

 

In Canadian dollars

 

20

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

15

 

In Chinese Yuan

 

 

105

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

30

 

In Czech Koruna

 

 

313

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Euro

 

91

 

114

 

 

171

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

208

 

In Japanese Yen

 

550

 

In New Zealand dollars

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

10

 

In Norwegian Krone

 

40

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

4

 

In Poland złoty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

22

 

In Philippine Peso

 

 

800

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Romanian Leu

 

 

10

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

4

 

In Singapore dollars

 

5

 

5

 

 

241

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

126

 

In South African Rand

 

25

 

In Swedish Krona

 

50

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

5

 

In Swiss Franc

 

21

 

10

 

 

27

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

In U.S. Dollars

 

623

 

526

 

 

1,139

 

 

 

1,139

 

 

 

1,048

 

 

 

1,048

 

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

51

 

75

 

 

28

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

62

 

Option contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Australian dollars

 

20

 

In Canadian dollars

 

 

13

In Euro

 

45

 

25

 

 

65

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Swiss Franc

 

5

 

In U.S. Dollars

 

320

 

195

 

 

404

 

 

 

404

 

 

 

555

 

 

 

555

 

In United Kingdom Pound Sterling

 

25

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,329

 

 

The Group recognized a net gain of less than $1$84 million, $89net loss of $57 million and $4net gain of $35 million on derivative financial instruments not designated as cash flow hedges for the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively, which are included under other income.

The foreign exchange forward and option contracts mature within 12 months. The table below analyzes the derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period as of the balance sheet date:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Not later than one month

 

434

 

355

 

 

842

 

 

 

752

 

Later than one month and not later than three months

 

701

 

666

 

 

1,104

 

 

 

1,153

 

Later than three months and not later than one year

 

378

 

329

 

 

536

 

 

 

424

 

 

1,513

 

1,350

 

 

2,482

 

 

 

2,329

 

 


During the year ended March 31, 2018fiscal 2021, 2020 and March 31, 2017,2019, the Group has designated certain foreign exchange forward and option contracts as cash flow hedges to mitigate the risk of foreign exchange exposure on highly probable forecast cash transactions. The related hedge transactions for balance in cash flow hedging reserve as of March 31, 20182021 are expected to occur and reclassified to profit or lossstatement of comprehensive income within 3three months.

Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to ensure that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument, including whether the hedging instrument is expected to offset changes in cash flows of hedged items.

If the hedge ratio for risk management purposes is no longer optimal but the risk management objective remains unchanged and the hedge continues to qualify for hedge accounting, the hedge relationship will be rebalanced by adjusting either the volume of the hedging instrument or the volume of the hedged item so that the hedge ratio aligns with the ratio used for risk management purposes. Any hedge ineffectiveness is calculated and accounted for in profit or loss at the time of the hedge relationship rebalancing.

The following table provides the reconciliation of cash flow hedge reserve:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2018

 

Year ended March 31, 2017

 

Year ended

March 31, 2021

 

 

Year ended

March 31, 2020

 

Gain / (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

6

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

3

 

Gain / (Loss) recognized in other comprehensive income during the period

 

(14)

 

18

 

 

(16

)

 

 

3

 

Amount reclassified to profit or loss during the period

 

6

 

(10)

 

 

21

 

 

 

(10

)

Tax impact on above

 

2

 

(2)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

2

 

Balance at the end of the period

 

 

6

 

 

2

 

 

 

(2

)

 

The Group offsets a financial asset and a financial liability when it currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and the groupGroup intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The following table provides quantitative information about offsetting of derivative financial assets and derivative financial liabilities:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

Derivative

financial asset

 

Derivative

financial liability

 

Derivative

financial asset

 

Derivative

financial liability

 

Derivative

financial asset

 

 

Derivative

financial liability

 

 

Derivative

financial asset

 

 

Derivative

financial liability

 

Gross amount of recognized financial asset/liability

 

3

 

(7)

 

44

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

11

 

 

 

(68

)

Amount set off

 

(1)

 

1

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

3

 

Net amount presented in balance sheet

 

2

 

(6)

 

44

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

8

 

 

 

(65

)


 

Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of default on its obligation by the counterparty resulting in a financial loss. The maximum exposure to the credit risk at the reporting date is primarily from trade receivables amounting to $2,016$2,639 million and $1,900$2,443 million as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017,2020, respectively and unbilled revenue amounting to $654$1,111 million and $562$941 million as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017,2020, respectively. Trade receivables and unbilled revenue are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from customers primarily located in the United States.States of America. Credit risk has always been managed by the Group through credit approvals, establishing credit limits and continuously monitoring the creditworthiness of customers to which the Group grants credit terms in the normal course of business. The Group uses the expected credit loss model to assess any required allowances; and uses a provision matrix to compute the expected credit loss allowance for trade receivables and unbilled revenues. The provisionThis matrix takes into account available externalcredit reports and internalother related credit information to the extent available.

The Group's exposure to credit risk factors such as credit default swap quotes, credit ratings from international credit rating agenciesis influenced mainly by the individual characteristic of each customer and the Group's historical experience forconcentration of risk from the top few customers. Exposure to customers is diversified and there is no single customer contributing more than 10% of outstanding trade receivables and unbilled revenues. 


The following table gives details in respect of percentage of revenues generated from top customer and top ten customers:

 

 

(In %)

 

(In %)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenue from top customer

 

3.4

 

3.4

 

3.6

 

3.2

 

 

3.1

 

 

3.6

 

Revenue from top ten customers

 

19.3

 

21.0

 

22.5

 

 

18.1

 

 

 

19.2

 

 

 

19.0

 

 

Credit risk exposure

The allowance for lifetime expected credit loss on customer balances for the year ended March 31, 2018 was $5$25 million, $23 million and March 31, 2017 was $20$34 million respectively. The reversal of allowance for lifetime expected credit loss on customer balances for the year ended March 31, 2016 was $7 million.fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Movement in credit loss allowance

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance at the beginning

 

63

 

44

 

59

 

 

93

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

69

 

Translation differences

 

2

 

(1)

 

(3)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(2

)

Impairment loss recognized/(reversed)

 

5

 

20

 

(7)

Impairment loss recognized / (reversed)

 

 

25

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

34

 

Write offs

 

(1)

 

 

(5)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(10

)

Balance at the end

 

69

 

63

 

44

 

 

103

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

91

 

The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially or in full) when there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

Credit exposure

 

The Group’s credit period generally ranges from 30-60 days.

 

Credit exposure

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Trade receivables

 

 

2,639

 

 

 

2,443

 

Unbilled revenues

 

 

1,111

 

 

 

941

 


 

(Dollars in millions except as otherwise stated)

 

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

Trade receivables

 

2,016

 

1,900

Unbilled revenues

 

654

 

562

 

Days Sales Outstanding (DSO) as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 20172020 was 6771 days and 6869 days, respectively.

 

Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is limited as we generally invest in deposits with banks and financial institutions with high credit ratings assigned by international and domestic credit rating agencies. InvestmentsRatings are monitored periodically and the Group has considered the latest credit rating information to the extent available as at the date of these consolidated financial statements.

Majority of investments of the Group are fair valued based on Level 1 or Level 2 inputs. These investments primarily include investment in liquid mutual fund units, fixed maturity plans, quoted bonds issued by government and quasi government organizations, non-convertible debentures, certificates of deposit, commercial papers and commercial papers.government securities. The Group invests after considering counterparty risks based on multiple criteria including Tier I Capital, Capital Adequacy Ratio, Credit Rating, Profitability, NPA levels and Deposit base of banks and financial institutions. These risks are monitored regularly as per Group’s risk management program.

Liquidity risk

The Group's principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents and investments and the cash flow that is generated from operations. The Group has no outstanding borrowings. The Group believes that the working capital is sufficient to meet its current requirements.

As of March 31, 2018,2021, the Group had a working capital of $5,243$5,043 million including cash and cash equivalents of $3,041$3,380 million and current investments of $982$320 million. As of March 31, 2017,2020, the Group had a working capital of $6,121$4,455 million including cash and cash equivalents of $3,489$2,465 million and current investments of $1,538$615 million.

As ofat March 31, 20182021, and March 31, 2017,2020, the outstanding employee benefit obligations were $225$289 million and $209$247 million, respectively, which have been substantially funded. Accordingly, no liquidity risk is perceived.


The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities as of March 31, 2018:2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

Particulars

 

Less than 1 year

 

1-2 years

 

2-4 years

 

4-7 years

 

Total

Trade payables

 

107

 

 

 

 

107

Other liabilities (excluding liabilities towards contingent consideration - Refer to note 2.5)

 

836

 

 

 

 

836

Liability towards contingent consideration on an undiscounted basis - (Refer to Note 2.5)

 

6

 

1

 

1

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

 

1-2 years

 

 

2-4 years

 

 

4-7 years

 

 

Total

 

Trade payables

 

 

362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

362

 

Other liabilities (excluding liabilities towards contingent consideration - Refer to Note 2.5)

 

 

1,264

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,351

 

Financial liability under option arrangements - (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

Liability towards contingent consideration on an undiscounted basis (Refer to Note 2.5)

 

10

 

 

10

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities as of March 31, 2017:2020: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

Particulars

 

Less than 1 year

 

1-2 years

 

2-4 years

 

4-7 years

 

Total

Trade payables

 

57

 

 

 

 

57

Other liabilities (excluding liabilities towards contingent consideration - Refer to note 2.5)

 

763

 

5

 

 

 

768

Liability towards contingent consideration on an undiscounted basis - (Refer to Note 2.5)

 

7

 

7

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

 

1-2 years

 

 

2-4 years

 

 

4-7 years

 

 

Total

 

Trade payables

 

 

377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

377

 

Other liabilities (excluding liabilities towards contingent consideration - Refer to Note 2.5)

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,054

 

Financial liability under option arrangements - (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

Liability towards contingent consideration on an undiscounted basis (Refer to Note 2.5)

 

29

 

 

10

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 


 

2.4 Prepayments and other assets

Prepayments and other assets consist of the following:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

As of

 

As of

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental deposits

 

2

 

1

 

4

 

 

4

Security deposits

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

 

1

Loans to employees

 

37

 

42

 

22

 

 

32

Prepaid expenses (1)

 

72

 

68

 

159

 

 

128

Interest accrued and not due

 

117

 

89

 

85

 

 

62

Withholding taxes and others(1)

 

158

 

291

 

286

 

 

209

Advance payments to vendors for supply of goods (1)

 

18

 

20

 

19

 

 

19

Deposit with corporation

 

236

 

218

 

276

 

 

237

Deferred contract cost (1)

 

7

 

12

 

9

 

 

4

Other assets

 

14

 

6

 

662

 

749

Net investment in sublease of right of use asset (Refer to Note 2.8)

 

 

5

 

 

5

Other non-financial assets (1)

 

 

 

 

4

Other financial assets

 

46

 

 

34

Total Current prepayment and other assets

 

 

912

 

 

739

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to employees

 

6

 

5

 

4

 

 

3

Security deposits

 

8

 

13

 

7

 

 

7

Deposit with corporation

 

9

 

7

Prepaid gratuity (Refer note 2.12.1) (1)

 

7

 

12

Deposits with corporation

 

6

 

 

7

Defined benefit plan assets (Refer to Note 2.14) (1)

 

3

 

 

20

Prepaid expenses (1)

 

17

 

15

 

11

 

 

11

Deferred contract cost (1)

 

40

 

44

 

20

 

 

13

Withholding taxes and others (1)

 

219

 

 

96

 

 

103

Net investment in sublease of right of use asset (Refer to Note 2.8)

 

48

 

 

53

Rental deposits

 

26

 

27

 

30

 

 

29

 

332

 

123

 

994

 

872

Other financial assets

 

10

 

 

2

Total Non- current prepayment and other assets

 

 

235

 

 

248

Total prepayment and other assets

 

 

1,147

 

 

987

Financial assets in prepayments and other assets

 

456

 

410

 

 

544

 

 

476

 

(1)

Non-financial assets


Withholding taxes and others primarily consist of input tax credits. credits and Cenvat recoverable from Government of India. 

Security deposits relate principally to leased telephone lines and electricity supplies. Deferred contract costs are upfront costs incurred for the contract and are amortized over the term of the contract.

Deposit with corporation represents amounts deposited to settle certain employee-related obligations as and when they arise during the normal course of business. 


2.5 Other liabilities

Other liabilities comprise the following:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued compensation to employees

 

385

 

290

 

 

550

 

 

 

391

 

Accrued defined benefit plan liability (Refer to Note 2.14) (1)

 

 

1

 

 

 

9

 

Accrued expenses

 

376

 

399

 

 

612

 

 

 

518

 

Withholding taxes and others (1)

 

190

 

189

 

 

297

 

 

 

232

 

Retention money

 

20

 

34

 

 

2

 

 

 

10

 

Liabilities of controlled trusts

 

21

 

22

 

 

27

 

 

 

25

 

Liability towards contingent consideration (Refer note 2.9)

 

6

 

7

Deferred rent (1)

 

4

 

Others

 

34

 

13

 

1,036

 

954

Liability towards contingent consideration (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

10

 

 

 

29

 

Capital creditors

 

 

51

 

 

 

37

 

Other non-financial liabilities (1)

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

21

 

 

 

69

 

Total Current other liabilities

 

 

1,572

 

 

 

1,321

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liability towards contingent consideration (Refer note 2.9)

 

2

 

6

Liability towards contingent consideration (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

12

 

 

 

16

 

Accrued compensation to employees

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Accrued gratuity (Refer note 2.12.1) (1)

 

4

 

Deferred income - government grant on land use rights (1)

 

7

 

6

Accrued expenses

 

 

78

 

 

 

 

Accrued defined benefit liability (Refer to Note 2.14) (1)

 

 

44

 

 

 

28

 

Deferred income - government grants (1)

 

 

8

 

 

 

6

 

Deferred income (1)

 

5

 

7

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

Deferred rent (1)

 

24

 

 

42

 

24

 

1,078

 

978

Financial liability under option arrangements (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

95

 

 

 

82

 

Withholding taxes and others (1)

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

10

 

 

 

1

 

Total Non-current other liabilities

 

 

299

 

 

 

139

 

Total other liabilities

 

 

1,871

 

 

 

1,460

 

Financial liabilities included in other liabilities

 

844

 

776

 

 

1,468

 

 

 

1,181

 

Contingent consideration on undiscounted basis

 

8

 

14

Financial liability towards contingent consideration on undiscounted basis (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

25

 

 

 

48

 

 

(1)

Non-financial liabilities

Accrued expenses primarily relate to cost of technical sub-contractors, telecommunication charges, legal and professional charges, brand building expenses, overseas travel expenses and office maintenance. Others include unpaid dividend balances


2.6 Provisions and capital creditors.

2.6 Provisionsother contingencies 

 

Accounting policy

 

a.

Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that is reasonably estimable, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Contingent liability is a possible obligation arising from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity or a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognised because it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation or the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.


a. Post sales client support

b.

Post sales client support

 

The groupGroup provides its clients with a fixed-period post-sales support for corrections of errors and support on all its fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts. Costs associated with such support services are accrued at the time related revenues are recorded and included in cost of sales. The groupGroup estimates such costs based on historical experience and estimates are reviewed on a periodic basis for any material changes in assumptions and likelihood of occurrence.

 

c.

b. Onerous contracts

 

Provisions for onerous contracts are recognized when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable costs of meeting the future obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a provision is established the Group recognizes any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract.

 

Provisions comprise the following:

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

Provision for post sales client support and other provisions

 

75

 

63

 

 

75

 

63

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

March 31, 2020

Provision for post sales client support and other provisions

 

97

 

76

 

 

97

 

76

 

Provision for post sales client support and other provisions represents costs associated with providing sales support services which are accrued at the time of recognition of revenues and are expected to be utilized over a period of 6 months to 1 year. The movement in the provision for post sales client support and other provisions is as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

20182021

Balance at the beginning

 

63

76

Translation differences

 

Provision recognized / (reversed)

 

22

41

Provision utilized

 

(10)

(20

)

Balance at the end

 

75

97


 

Provision for post sales client support and other provisions is included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

As of March 31, 20182021, and March 31, 2017,2020, claims against the Group, not acknowledged as debts net of amounts paid (excluding demands from income tax authorities- Refer to Note 2.17)2.18) amounted to $40$82 million (₹260(599 crore) and $46$30 million (₹301(230 crore), respectively.

 


2.7 Property, plant and equipment

 

Accounting policy 

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Costs directly attributable to acquisition are capitalized until the property, plant and equipment are ready for use, as intended by management. The groupGroup depreciates property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of assets are as follows:

 

Buildings

 

22 - 25 years

Plant and machinery(1)

 

5 years

Computer equipment

 

3-5 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Vehicles

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

OverLower of useful life of the asset or lease term

(1)

Includes solar plant with a useful life of 20 years. 

 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed periodically, including at each financial year end.

 

Advances paid towards the acquisition of property, plant and equipment outstanding at each balance sheet date and the cost of assets not ready to use before such date are disclosed under ‘Capital work-in-progress’. Subsequent expenditures relating to property, plant and equipment is capitalized only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with these will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. Repairs and maintenance costs are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income when incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the financial statements upon sale or retirement of the asset and the resultant gains or losses are recognized in the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Impairment

 

 

Property, plant and equipment are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For the purpose of impairment testing, the recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value-in-use) is determined on an individual asset basis unless the asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from other assets. In such cases, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGUCash Generating Unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.

 


If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized in the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated recoverable amount of the asset. An impairment loss is reversed in the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. The carrying amount of the asset is increased to its revised recoverable amount, provided that this amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of any accumulated depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years.


 

 

Following are the changes in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for the year ended March 31, 2018:fiscal 2021:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Land

 

Buildings

 

Plant and

machinery

 

Computer equipment

 

Furniture

and

fixtures

 

Vehicles

 

Total

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2017

 

272

 

1,123

 

466

 

700

 

261

 

5

 

2,827

Additions

 

21

 

122

 

56

 

73

 

29

 

1

 

302

Deletions

 

 

 

(3)

 

(17)

 

(3)

 

(1)

 

(24)

Reclassified under held for sale (refer note 2.9)

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

(4)

 

 

(10)

Translation difference

 

(1)

 

2

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

2

 

 

1

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2018

 

292

 

1,247

 

518

 

749

 

285

 

5

 

3,096

Accumulated depreciation as of April 1, 2017

 

(4)

 

(376)

 

(301)

 

(471)

 

(168)

 

(3)

 

(1,323)

Depreciation

 

(1)

 

(43)

 

(62)

 

(107)

 

(40)

 

(1)

 

(254)

Accumulated depreciation on deletions

 

 

 

2

 

17

 

3

 

1

 

23

Reclassified under held for sale (refer note 2.9)

 

 

 

 

4

 

3

 

 

7

Translation difference

 

 

2

 

2

 

 

(1)

 

 

3

Accumulated depreciation as of March 31, 2018

 

(5)

 

(417)

 

(359)

 

(557)

 

(203)

 

(3)

 

(1,544)

Capital work-in-progress as of March 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

311

Carrying value as of March 31, 2018

 

287

 

830

 

159

 

192

 

82

 

2

 

1,863

Capital work-in-progress as of April 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

303

Carrying value as of April 1, 2017

 

268

 

747

 

165

 

229

 

93

 

2

 

1,807

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Land

 

 

Buildings

 

 

Plant and

machinery

 

 

Computer

equipment

 

 

Furniture

and fixtures

 

 

Vehicles

 

 

Total

 

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2020

 

 

174

 

 

 

1,324

 

 

 

621

 

 

 

882

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

3,388

 

Additions

 

11

 

 

70

 

 

39

 

 

156

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

302

 

Additions- Business Combinations (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Deletions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

Translation difference

 

 

6

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2021

 

 

191

 

 

 

1,445

 

 

 

679

 

 

 

1,045

 

 

 

416

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

3,782

 

Accumulated depreciation as of April 1, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

(434

)

 

 

(418

)

 

 

(646

)

 

 

(243

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(1,745

)

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(129

)

 

 

(47

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(292

)

Accumulated depreciation on deletions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

27

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

Translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(64

)

Accumulated depreciation as of March 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

(503

)

 

 

(492

)

 

 

(771

)

 

 

(294

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(2,064

)

Capital work-in-progress as of March 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

145

 

Carrying value as of March 31, 2021

 

 

191

 

 

 

942

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

274

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,863

 

Capital work-in-progress as of April 1, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

167

 

Carrying value as of April 1, 2020

 

 

174

 

 

 

890

 

 

 

203

 

 

 

236

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,810

 

 


Following are the changes in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for the year ended March 31, 2017:

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Land

 

Buildings

 

Plant and

machinery

 

Computer equipment

 

Furniture

and

fixtures

 

Vehicles

 

Total

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2016

 

244

 

955

 

392

 

615

 

218

 

4

 

2,428

Additions

 

22

 

147

 

73

 

120

 

57

 

1

 

420

Deletions

 

 

 

(8)

 

(47)

 

(17)

 

(1)

 

(73)

Translation difference

 

6

 

21

 

9

 

12

 

3

 

1

 

52

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2017

 

272

 

1,123

 

466

 

700

 

261

 

5

 

2,827

Accumulated depreciation as of April 1, 2016

 

(3)

 

(332)

 

(243)

 

(395)

 

(149)

 

(3)

 

(1,125)

Depreciation

 

(1)

 

(35)

 

(57)

 

(101)

 

(31)

 

(1)

 

(226)

Accumulated depreciation on deletions

 

 

 

5

 

34

 

14

 

1

 

54

Translation difference

 

 

(9)

 

(6)

 

(9)

 

(2)

 

 

(26)

Accumulated depreciation as of March 31, 2017

 

(4)

 

(376)

 

(301)

 

(471)

 

(168)

 

(3)

 

(1,323)

Capital work-in-progress as of March 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

303

Carrying value as of March 31, 2017

 

268

 

747

 

165

 

229

 

93

 

2

 

1,807

Capital work-in-progress as of April 1, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

286

Carrying value as of April 1, 2016

 

241

 

623

 

149

 

220

 

69

 

1

 

1,589

 

Following are the changes in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for the year ended March 31, 2016:fiscal 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Land

 

Buildings

 

Plant and

machinery

 

Computer

equipment

 

Furniture and

fixtures

 

Vehicles

 

Total

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2015

 

250

 

940

 

337

 

535

 

189

 

6

 

2,257

Additions

 

9

 

68

 

76

 

168

 

40

 

1

 

362

Deletions

 

 

 

(1)

 

(60)

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

(64)

Translation difference

 

(15)

 

(53)

 

(20)

 

(28)

 

(10)

 

(1)

 

(127)

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2016

 

244

 

955

 

392

 

615

 

218

 

4

 

2,428

Accumulated depreciation as of April 1, 2015

 

(3)

 

(317)

 

(207)

 

(365)

 

(132)

 

(3)

 

(1,027)

Depreciation

 

(1)

 

(33)

 

(49)

 

(84)

 

(24)

 

(1)

 

(192)

Accumulated depreciation on deletions

 

 

 

1

 

36

 

1

 

1

 

39

Translation difference

 

1

 

18

 

12

 

18

 

6

 

 

55

Accumulated depreciation as of March 31, 2016

 

(3)

 

(332)

 

(243)

 

(395)

 

(149)

 

(3)

 

(1,125)

Capital work-in-progress as of March 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

286

Carrying value as of March 31, 2016

 

241

 

623

 

149

 

220

 

69

 

1

 

1,589

Capital work-in-progress as of April 1, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

230

Carrying value as of April 1, 2015

 

247

 

623

 

130

 

170

 

57

 

3

 

1,460

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Land

 

 

Buildings

 

 

Plant and

machinery

 

 

Computer

equipment

 

 

Furniture

and fixtures

 

 

Vehicles

 

 

Total

 

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2019

 

 

276

 

 

 

1,291

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

855

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3,322

 

Additions

 

2

 

 

149

 

 

106

 

 

131

 

 

95

 

 

1

 

 

484

 

Additions- Business Combinations (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Deletions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

(32

)

Reclassified on account of adoption of IFRS 16 (Refer to Note 2.8)

 

 

(88

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(88

)

Translation difference

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(116

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(88

)

 

 

(34

)

 

 

 

 

 

(309

)

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2020

 

 

174

 

 

 

1,324

 

 

 

621

 

 

 

882

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

3,388

 

Accumulated depreciation as of April 1, 2019

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(423

)

 

 

(390

)

 

 

(616

)

 

 

(225

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1,662

)

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(67

)

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(47

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(286

)

Accumulated depreciation on deletions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

25

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Reclassified on account of adoption of IFRS 16 (Refer to Note 2.8)

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

37

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

166

 

Accumulated depreciation as of March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

(434

)

 

 

(418

)

 

 

(646

)

 

 

(243

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(1,745

)

Capital work-in-progress as of March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

167

 

Carrying value as of March 31, 2020

 

 

174

 

 

 

890

 

 

 

203

 

 

 

236

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,810

 

Capital work-in-progress as of April 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

271

 

Carrying value as of April 1, 2019

 

 

271

 

 

 

868

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,931

 


Following are the changes in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for fiscal 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Land

 

 

Buildings

 

 

Plant and

machinery

 

 

Computer

equipment

 

 

Furniture

and fixtures

 

 

Vehicles

 

 

Total

 

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2018

 

 

292

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

518

 

 

 

749

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3,096

 

Additions

 

8

 

 

132

 

 

98

 

 

173

 

 

58

 

 

1

 

 

470

 

Additions- Business Combinations (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

4

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Deletions

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

(83

)

Reclassified from assets held for sale (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Translation difference

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(71

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(178

)

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2019

 

 

276

 

 

 

1,291

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

855

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3,322

 

Accumulated depreciation as of April 1, 2018

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(417

)

 

 

(359

)

 

 

(557

)

 

 

(203

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1,544

)

Depreciation

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(62

)

 

 

(109

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(255

)

Accumulated depreciation on deletions

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

12

 

 

23

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

56

 

Reclassified from assets held for sale (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

Translation difference

 

 

1

 

 

 

24

 

 

19

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

88

 

Accumulated depreciation as of March 31, 2019

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(423

)

 

 

(390

)

 

 

(616

)

 

 

(225

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1,662

)

Capital work-in-progress as of March 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

271

 

Carrying value as of March 31, 2019

 

 

271

 

 

 

868

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,931

 

Capital work-in-progress as of April 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

311

 

Carrying value as of April 1, 2018

 

 

287

 

 

 

830

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,863

 

 

The aggregate depreciation expense is included in cost of sales in the statement of comprehensive income.


Carrying value of land includes $98 million and $99 million as of March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017, respectively, towards amounts paid under certain lease-cum-sale agreements to acquire land, including agreements where the company has an option to either purchase the properties or renew the lease on expiry of the lease period.

The contractual commitments for capital expenditure were $223primarily comprise of commitments for infrastructure facilities and computer equipments aggregating to $100 million and $177$180 million as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017,2020, respectively.

2.8 Leases

Accounting Policy

The Group as a lessee

The Group’s lease asset classes primarily consist of leases for land and buildings. The Group assesses whether a contract contains a lease, at inception of a contract. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether: (1) the contract involves the use of an identified asset (2) the Group has substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset through the period of the lease and (3) the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset.


At the date of commencement of the lease, the Group recognizes a right-of-use asset (“ROU”) and a corresponding lease liability for all lease arrangements in which it is a lessee, except for leases with a term of twelve months or less (short-term leases) and low value leases. For these short-term and low value leases, the Group recognizes the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Certain lease arrangements include the options to extend or terminate the lease before the end of the lease term. ROU assets and lease liabilities includes these options when it is reasonably certain that they will be exercised.

The ROU assets are initially recognized at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or prior to the commencement date of the lease plus any initial direct costs less any lease incentives. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

ROU assets are depreciated from the commencement date on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term and useful life of the underlying asset.

ROU assets are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For the purpose of impairment testing, the recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value-in-use) is determined on an individual asset basis unless the asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from other assets. In such cases, the recoverable amount is determined for the Cash Generating Unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.

The lease liability is initially measured at amortized cost at the present value of the future lease payments. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if not readily determinable, using the incremental borrowing rates in the country of domicile of these leases. Lease liabilities are remeasured with a corresponding adjustment to the related right of use asset if the Group changes its assessment if whether it will exercise an extension or a termination option.

Lease liability and ROU asset have been separately presented in the Balance Sheet and lease payments have been classified as financing cash flows.

The Group as a lessor

Leases for which the Group is a lessor are classified as a finance or operating lease. Whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee, the contract is classified as a finance lease. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sublease separately. The sublease is classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the ROU asset arising from the head lease.

For operating leases, rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

Transition

Effective April 1, 2019, the Group adopted IFRS 16 “Leases” and applied the standard to all lease contracts existing on April 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method and has taken the cumulative adjustment to retained earnings, on the date of initial application. Consequently, the Group recorded the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments discounted at the incremental borrowing rate and the ROU asset at its carrying amount as if the standard had been applied since the commencement date of the lease, but discounted at the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application. Comparatives for the year ended March 31, 2019 have not been retrospectively adjusted and therefore, continues to be reported under the accounting policies included as part of our financial statements included in Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2019.


On transition, the adoption of the new standard resulted in recognition of ROU asset of $420 million, 'Net investment in sublease of ROU assets of $62 million and lease liabilities of $520 million. The cumulative effect of applying the standard, amounting to $6 million was debited to retained earnings, net of taxes. The effect of this adoption in fiscal 2020 is insignificant on the operating profit, net profit for the period and earnings per share. IFRS 16 resulted in an increase in cash inflows from operating activities and an increase in cash outflows from financing activities on account of lease payments.

Following are the changes in the carrying value of right of use assets for the year ended March 31, 2021:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Category of ROU asset

 

 

 

Land

 

 

Buildings

 

 

Vehicles

 

 

Computers

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of April 1, 2020

 

 

83

 

 

 

461

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

551

 

Additions*

 

 

1

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

189

 

Deletions

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

Depreciation

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(80

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(86

)

Translation difference

 

 

3

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

22

 

Balance as of March 31, 2021

 

86

 

 

545

 

 

3

 

 

22

 

 

 

656

 

*

Net of lease incentives of $12 million related to lease of buildings

Following are the changes in the carrying value of right of use assets for the year ended March 31, 2020:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Category of ROU asset

 

 

 

Land

 

 

Buildings

 

 

Vehicles

 

 

Computers

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of April 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

419

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

420

 

Reclassified on account of adoption of IFRS 16

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

Additions*

 

 

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

155

 

Additions through business combination (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Deletions

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

Depreciation

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(75

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(78

)

Translation difference

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(48

)

Balance as of March 31, 2020

 

 

83

 

 

 

461

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

551

 

*

Net of lease incentives of $16 million related to lease of buildings

The aggregate depreciation expense on ROU assets is included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The following is the break-up of current and non-current lease liabilities:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Current lease liabilities

 

101

 

 

 

82

 

Non-current lease liabilities

 

627

 

 

530

 

Total

 

 

728

 

 

 

612

 


The following is the movement in lease liabilities:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at the beginning

 

 

612

 

 

520

 

Additions

 

 

204

 

 

 

172

 

Additions through business combination (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Finance cost accrued during the period

 

24

 

 

24

 

Deletions

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(20

)

Payment of lease liabilities

 

 

(111

)

 

 

(90

)

Translation difference

 

 

22

 

 

 

(26

)

Balance at the end

 

 

728

 

 

 

612

 

The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturities of lease liabilities on an undiscounted basis:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Less than one year

 

 

119

 

 

 

105

 

One to five years

 

 

412

 

 

 

344

 

More than five years

 

 

306

 

 

 

274

 

Total

 

 

837

 

 

723

 

The Group does not face a significant liquidity risk with regard to its lease liabilities as the current assets are sufficient to meet the obligations related to lease liabilities as and when they fall due.

Rental expense recorded for short-term leases was $11 million and $13 million for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, respectively.

The following is the movement in the net-investment in sublease of ROU asset:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at the beginning

 

 

58

 

 

 

62

 

Interest income accrued during the period

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Lease receipts

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(6

)

Balance at the end

 

53

 

 

58

 

The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturities of net investment in sublease of ROU asset on an undiscounted basis:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Less than one year

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

One to five years

 

 

30

 

 

 

29

 

More than five years

 

 

25

 

 

 

32

 

Total

 

 

62

 

 

68

 

Leases not yet commenced as of March 31, 2021 to which Group is committed is $25 million for a lease term ranging from 5 years to 10 years.

 

2.8


2.9 Goodwill and intangible assets

 

2.8.12.9.1 Goodwill

 

Accounting policy

 

Goodwill represents the cost of business acquisitionpurchase consideration in excess of the Group's interest in the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree.acquired entity. When the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired exceeds the costpurchase consideration, the fair value of business acquisition, anet assets acquired is reassessed and the bargain purchase gain is recognized immediately in the statementnet profit in the Statement of comprehensive income.Comprehensive Income. Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

 

Impairment

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired, relying onthe recoverable amount of a number of factors including operating results, business plans and future cash flows.generating unit (CGU) is less than its carrying amount. For the purpose of impairment testing,test, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the Group's cash generating units (CGU)CGU or groups of CGU’s expected towhich benefit from the synergies arising fromof the business combination.acquisition. A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of a CGU including the goodwill, exceeds the estimated recoverable amount of the CGU. The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell and its value-in-use. Value-in-use is the present value of future cash flows expected to be derived from the CGU.

 

Total impairment loss of a CGU is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other assets of the CGU pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU. An impairment loss on goodwill is recognized in the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income and is not reversed in the subsequent period.

 

 

Following is a summary of changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Carrying value at the beginning

 

563

 

568

 

699

 

 

512

 

Goodwill on Brilliant Basics acquisition (Refer to note 2.9)

 

5

 

Goodwill reclassified under assets held for sale (Refer note no 2.9)

 

(247)

 

Goodwill on HIPUS acquisition (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

16

 

Goodwill on Stater acquisition (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

57

 

Goodwill on Simplus acquisition (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

130

 

Goodwill on acquisitions during the year (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

102

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

18

 

(5)

 

 

31

 

 

 

(16

)

Carrying value at the end

 

339

 

563

 

832

 

 

699

 

 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the cash generating units (CGU) or groups of CGUs, which are benefited from the synergies of the acquisition. The Chief Operating Decision MakerGroup internally reviews the goodwill for any impairment at the operating segment level, which is represented throughafter allocation of the goodwill to CGUs or groups of CGUs.


The following table presents the allocation of goodwill to operating segments:segments as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

As of

Segments

 

As of March 31,

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

2018

 

2017

Financial services

 

73

 

127

 

186

 

 

167

Retail

 

109

 

 

66

Communication

 

82

 

 

62

Energy, utilities, Resources and Services

 

143

 

 

117

Manufacturing

 

39

 

63

 

67

 

 

50

Retail, Consumer packaged goods and Logistics

 

48

 

86

Life Sciences, Healthcare and Insurance

 

68

 

98

Energy & utilities, Communication and Services

 

72

 

118

 

300

 

492

 

 

587

 

 

462

Operating segments without significant goodwill

 

39

 

71

 

127

 

 

102

Total

 

339

 

563

 

 

714

 

 

564

 

The goodwill pertaining to Panaya is tested for impairment at the entity level as at March 31, 2021 and amounts to $118 million.

The goodwill pertaining to Panaya, Kallidus and Skava are tested for impairment at the respective entity level, amounting to $135 million as at March 31, 2020.

The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell and its value-in-use. The fair value of a CGU is determined based on the market capitalization. The value-in-useValue-in-use is determined based on specific calculations. These calculations use pre-taxdiscounted future cash flow projections over a period of five years. A range of each assumption used is mentioned below. As at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017, the estimated recoverable amount of the CGU exceeded its carrying amount.  flows.

The key assumptions used for the calculations are as follows: 

 

As at March 31,

 

2018

 

2017

Long term growth rate (%)

 

8-10

 

8-10

Operating margins (%)

 

17-20

 

17-20

Discount rate (%)

 

13.5

 

14.4

 

 

(in %)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Long term growth rate

 

8-10

 

 

7-10

 

Operating margins

 

19-21

 

 

17-20

 

Discount rate

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

11.9

 

 

The management believes that any reasonable possible changesabove discount rate is based on the Weighted Average Cost of Capital of the Company. As at March 31, 2021, the estimated recoverable amount of the CGU exceeded its carrying amount. Reasonable sensitivities in the key assumptions would notconsequent to the change in estimated future economic conditions on account of possible effects relating to the COVID-19 pandemic is unlikely to cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit.units.

 


2.8.2

2.9.2 Intangible assets

 

Accounting policy

 

Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment. Intangible assets are amortized over their respective individual estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis, from the date that they are available for use. The estimated useful life of an identifiable intangible asset is based on a number of factors including the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, and other economic factors (such as the stability of the industry and known technological advances. Amortization methods and useful lives are reviewed periodically including at each financial year end.

 

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Software product development costs are expensed as incurred unless technical and commercial feasibility of the project is demonstrated, future economic benefits are probable, the Company has an intention and ability to complete and use or sell the software and the costs can be measured reliably. The costs which can be capitalized include the cost of material, direct labour, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. 

Impairment

 

Intangible assets are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For the purpose of impairment testing, the recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value-in-use) is determined on an individual asset basis unless the asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from other assets. In such cases, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs.

 


If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized in the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated recoverable amount of the asset. An impairment loss is reversed in the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. The carrying amount of the asset is increased to its revised recoverable amount, provided that this amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of any accumulated amortization) had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years.

 

Following are the changes in the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2018:fiscal 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Customer related

 

Software related

 

Sub-contracting right related

 

Intellectual property rights related

 

Land use rights related

 

Marketing related

 

Others

 

Total

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2017

 

116

 

62

 

3

 

 

10

 

14

 

10

 

215

Addition through business combination (refer note no. 2.9)

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Deletion/ retirals

 

(27)

 

 

(3)

 

 

 

(4)

 

(5)

 

(39)

Reclassified under assets held for sale (Refer note no. 2.9)

 

(24)

 

(60)

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

 

(90)

Translation differences

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

(1)

 

2

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2018

 

68

 

3

 

 

 

11

 

4

 

4

 

90

Accumulated amortization as of April 1, 2017

 

(59)

 

(19)

 

(3)

 

 

(1)

 

(7)

 

(6)

 

(95)

Amortization expense

 

(20)

 

(12)

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

(35)

Deletion/ retirals

 

27

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

5

 

39

Reclassified under assets held for sale (Refer note no. 2.9)

 

9

 

28

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

40

Translation differences

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Accumulated amortization as of March 31, 2018

 

(44)

 

(3)

 

 

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

(2)

 

(52)

Carrying value as of March 31, 2018

 

24

 

 

 

 

10

 

2

 

2

 

38

Carrying value as of April 1, 2017

 

57

 

43

 

 

 

9

 

7

 

4

 

120

Estimated Useful Life (in years)

 

2-10

 

 

 

 

50

 

5

 

5

 

 

Estimated Remaining Useful Life (in years)

 

1-5

 

 

 

 

43

 

3

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Customer

related

 

 

Software

related

 

 

Marketing

related

 

 

Others*

 

 

Total

 

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2020

 

 

248

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

426

 

Additions during the period

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Acquisition through business combination (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

24

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

72

 

Translation differences

 

 

10

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

13

 

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2021

 

 

282

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

525

 

Accumulated amortization as of April 1, 2020

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(59

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(175

)

Amortization expense

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(63

)

Translation differences

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4

)

Accumulated amortization as of March 31, 2021

 

 

(139

)

 

 

(67

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(242

)

Carrying value as of March 31, 2021

 

 

143

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

283

 

Carrying value as of April 1, 2020

 

 

148

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

251

 

Estimated Useful Life (in years)

 

1-15

 

 

3-10

 

 

3-10

 

 

3-7

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Remaining Useful Life (in years)

 

1-13

 

 

1-8

 

 

1-9

 

 

1-7

 

 

 

 

 

*

Majorly includes intangibles related to vendor relationships

 


Following are the changes in the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2017:fiscal 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Customer related

 

Software related

 

Sub-contracting right related

 

Intellectual property rights related

 

Land use rights related

 

Marketing related

 

Others

 

Total

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2016

 

117

 

62

 

3

 

 

11

 

14

 

10

 

217

Deletion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

(2)

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2017

 

116

 

62

 

3

 

 

10

 

14

 

10

 

215

Accumulated amortization as of April 1, 2016

 

(46)

 

(9)

 

(3)

 

 

(1)

 

(5)

 

(4)

 

(68)

Amortization expense

 

(14)

 

(9)

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

(28)

Deletion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

1

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

Accumulated amortization as of March 31, 2017

 

(59)

 

(19)

 

(3)

 

 

(1)

 

(7)

 

(6)

 

(95)

Carrying value as of March 31, 2017

 

57

 

43

 

 

 

9

 

7

 

4

 

120

Carrying value as of April 1, 2016

 

71

 

53

 

 

 

10

 

9

 

6

 

149

Estimated Useful Life (in years)

 

3-10

 

5-8

 

 

 

50

 

3-10

 

3-5

 

 

Estimated Remaining Useful Life (in years)

 

1-6

 

3-6

 

 

 

44

 

1 -8

 

1-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Customer

related

 

 

Software

related

 

 

Land use

rights

related

 

 

Marketing

related

 

 

Others*

 

 

Total

 

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2019

 

 

136

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

236

 

Additions during the period

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Acquisition through business combination (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

116

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

193

 

Reclassified on account of adoption of IFRS 16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Translation differences

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2020

 

 

248

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

426

 

Accumulated amortization as of April 1, 2019

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(136

)

Amortization expense

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(43

)

Reclassified on account of adoption of IFRS 16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Translation differences

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

Accumulated amortization as of March 31, 2020

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(59

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(175

)

Carrying value as of March 31, 2020

 

 

148

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

251

 

Carrying value as of April 1, 2019

 

 

55

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

100

 

Estimated Useful Life (in years)

 

1-15

 

 

3-10

 

 

 

 

 

5-10

 

 

3-5

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Remaining Useful Life (in years)

 

0-14

 

 

0-9

 

 

 

 

 

1-10

 

 

1-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

Majorly includes intangibles related to vendor relationships

During the year ended March 31, 2017, the management based on an internal evaluation reassessed the remaining useful life of certain software technology assets acquired as a part of business combinations. Accordingly, the remaining useful life of the said asset which was 8 years has been revised to 3 years. Amortization expense for the year ended March 31, 2017 is higher by $3 million due to the revision.


Following are the changes in the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2016:fiscal 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Customer related

 

Software related

 

Sub-contracting right related

 

Intellectual property rights related

 

Land use rights related

 

Marketing related

 

Others

 

Total

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2015

 

72

 

42

 

3

 

2

 

11

 

8

 

5

 

143

Additions through business combinations (Refer to note 2.9)

 

45

 

21

 

 

 

 

6

 

4

 

76

Deletion

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

(2)

Translation differences

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2016

 

117

 

62

 

3

 

 

11

 

14

 

10

 

217

Accumulated amortization as of April 1, 2015

 

(26)

 

(3)

 

(3)

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

(5)

 

(1)

 

(41)

Amortization expense

 

(20)

 

(6)

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(3)

 

(30)

Deletion

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

Translation differences

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

Accumulated amortization as of March 31, 2016

 

(46)

 

(9)

 

(3)

 

 

(1)

 

(5)

 

(4)

 

(68)

Carrying value as of March 31, 2016

 

71

 

53

 

 

 

10

 

9

 

6

 

149

Carrying value as of April 1, 2015

 

46

 

39

 

 

 

10

 

3

 

4

 

102

Estimated Useful Life (in years)

 

3–10

 

8–10

 

 

 

50

 

3–10

 

3–5

 

 

Estimated Remaining Useful Life (in years)

 

1–7

 

7–9

 

 

 

45

 

2–9

 

2–5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Customer

related

 

 

Software

related

 

 

Land use

rights

related

 

 

Marketing

related

 

 

Others*

 

 

Total

 

Gross carrying value as of April 1, 2018

 

 

68

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

90

 

Additions during the period

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Acquisition through business combination (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

61

 

Reclassified under assets held for sale (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

24

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

Translation differences

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

Gross carrying value as of March 31, 2019

 

 

136

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

236

 

Accumulated amortization as of April 1, 2018

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(52

)

Amortization expense

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(32

)

Reduction in value (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

Reclassified under assets held for sale (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(40

)

Translation differences

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Accumulated amortization as of March 31, 2019

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(136

)

Carrying value as of March 31, 2019

 

 

55

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

100

 

Carrying value as of April 1, 2018

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

38

 

Estimated Useful Life (in years)

 

1-10

 

 

3-8

 

 

 

50

 

 

5-10

 

 

3-5

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Remaining Useful Life (in years)

 

0-7

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

42

 

 

2-8

 

 

2-3

 

 

 

 

 

*

Majorly includes intangibles related to vendor relationships


 

The aggregate amortization expense ishas been included inunder depreciation and amortization expense under cost of sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Research and development expense recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and 20162019 were $116$127 million, $118$117 million and $108$110 million, respectively.

 

2.92.10 Business combinations and Disposal group held for sale

 

a.

Business combinations

 

Accounting Policy:

 

Business combinations have beenare accounted for using the acquisition method under the provisions of IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations.method.

 

The cost ofpurchase price in an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets transferred, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition, which is the date on which control is transferred to the Group. The cost of acquisitionpurchase price also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition. Contingent consideration is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date and changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The interest of non-controlling shareholders is initially measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement basis is made on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is the amount of those interests at initial recognition plus the non-controlling interests’ share of subsequent changes in equity of subsidiaries.

 

Business combinations between entities under common control is outside the scope of IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations and is accounted for at carrying value.value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 


The payments related to options issued by the Group over the non-controlling interests in its subsidiaries are accounted as financial liabilities and initially recognized at the estimated present value of gross obligations. Such options are subsequently measured at fair value in order to reflect the amount payable under the option at the date at which it becomes exercisable. In the event that the option expires unexercised, the liability is derecognised.

Transaction costs that the Group incurs in connection with a business combination such as finders’ fees, legal fees, due diligence fees, and other professional and consulting fees are expensed as incurred.

Acquisitions during the year ended March 31, 2021

 

Kallidus Inc. (d.b.a Skava)

On June 2, 2015, Infosys acquiredDuring fiscal 2021 the Group, completed three business combinations to complement its digital offerings and end to end customer experience offerings to customers by acquiring 100% of the voting interests in Kallidus Inc., US, a providerin:

(i)

GuideVision, s.r.o a ServiceNow Elite Partner based in Europe on October 1, 2020

(ii)

Kaleidoscope Animations, Inc., a U.S. based product design and development services focused primarily on medical devices on October 9, 2020 and


(iii)

Beringer Commerce Inc. and Beringer Capital Digital Group Inc., collectively known as Blue Acorn iCi, an Adobe Platinum partner in the United States, and a leader in digital customer experience, commerce and analytics, on October 27, 2020

The purchase price is allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair values on the dates of digital experience solutions, including mobile commerceacquisition as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in  millions)

 

Component

 

Acquiree's

carrying

amount

 

 

Fair value

adjustments

 

 

Purchase price

allocated

 

Net assets*

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Intangible Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vendor Relationships

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

36

 

Customer Contracts and Relationships

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

Brand

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Deferred tax liabilities on intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

87

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

Total purchase price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189

 

*Includes cash and in-store shopping experiences to large retail clients and 100%cash equivalents acquired of the voting interests of Skava Systems Private Limited, an affiliate of Kallidus. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement for cash consideration of $91$11 million and a contingent consideration of up to $20 million.

The excess of the purchase consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired has been attributed to goodwill.

The purchase price has been allocated based on management’s estimates Goodwill majorly includes value expected from increase in revenues from new streams of business, addition of new customers, and independent appraisal of fair valuesestimated synergies which does not qualify as follows:an intangible asset.

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

Component

 

Acquiree's carrying amount

 

Fair value adjustments

 

Purchase price

allocated

Net Assets*

 

6

 

 

6

Intangible assets – technology

 

 

21

 

21

Intangible assets – trade name

 

 

2

 

2

Intangible assets – customer contracts and relationships

 

 

27

 

27

Deferred tax liabilities on intangible assets

 

 

(20)

 

(20)

 

 

6

 

30

 

36

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

71

Total purchase price

 

 

 

 

 

107

*

Includes cash and cash equivalents acquired of $4 million.

The goodwillGoodwill amounting to $70 million is not tax deductible. Goodwill pertaining to these business combinations is allocated to all the operating segments as more fully described in Note 2.9.

The gross amountpurchase consideration of $189 million includes cash of $176 million and contingent consideration with a fair value of $13 million as on the date of acquisition.

At the acquisition date, the key inputs used in determination of the fair value of contingent consideration are the probabilities assigned towards achievement of financial targets and discount rates ranging from 12% to 13.5%. The undiscounted value of contingent consideration as of March 31, 2021 was $16 million.

Additionally, these acquisitions have retention payouts payable to the employees of the acquiree over the next two to three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group along with achievement of financial targets for the respective years. Retention bonus is recognized in employee benefit expenses in the statement of comprehensive income over the period of service.

Fair value of trade receivables acquired, is $15 million as of acquisition date and its fair value is $9 million andas of March 31, 2021 the amounts have been fullyare substantially collected.

The acquisition date fair value of each major class of consideration as of the acquisition date is as follows:

(Dollars in millions)

Component

Consideration

settled

Cash Paid

91

Fair value of contingent consideration

16

Total purchase price

107

 

The transaction costs of $2 million related to the acquisition have been included under administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2016.2021.


Noah Consulting LLC

Acquisitions during the year ended March 31, 2020

HIPUS Co. Ltd. (formerly Hitachi Procurement Service Co. Ltd)

On November 16, 2015,April 1, 2019, Infosys hasConsulting Pte Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Limited) acquired 100% membership interest81% of the ownership and voting interests in Noah Consulting, LLC,Hitachi Procurement Service Co., Ltd., (“HIPUS”), Japan, a providerwholly-owned


subsidiary of advanced information management consulting servicesHitachi Ltd, Japan, for the oil and gas industry. The business acquisition was conducted by entering into a share purchase agreement fortotal cash consideration of $33JPY 3.29 billion (approximately $30 million). The Group’s equity interest in HIPUS on the date of acquisition and as at March 31, 2020 is 81%. The non-controlling shareholders of HIPUS have a put option which, if exercised, would require the Group to purchase the remaining shares in HIPUS. Consequently, the Group recorded a financial liability with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

HIPUS handles indirect materials purchasing functions for the Hitachi Group. The entity provides end-to-end procurement capabilities, through its procurement function expertise, localized team and BPM networks in Japan. The excess of the purchase consideration paid over the fair value of assets acquired has been attributed to goodwill. The primary items that generated this goodwill are the value of the acquired assembled workforce and estimated synergies, neither of which qualify as an amortizable intangible asset.

The purchase price has been allocated based on management’s estimates, assumptions and independent appraisal of fair values as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in  millions)

 

Component

 

Acquiree's

carrying

amount

 

 

Fair value

adjustments

 

 

Purchase price

allocated

 

Net assets*

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Intangible assets - Customer contracts and relationships

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

Deferred tax liabilities on intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

18

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Less: Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Total purchase price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

* Includes cash and cash equivalents acquired of $26 million

Goodwill is not tax deductible.

The gross amount of trade receivables acquired and its fair value is $202 million and the amount has been fully collected. Trade payables as on the acquisition date amounted to $218 million.

The transaction costs of $1 million related to the acquisition have been included under administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income for fiscal 2019.

Stater N.V.

On May 23, 2019, Infosys Consulting Pte Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Limited) acquired 75% of ownership and voting interests in Stater N.V (Stater), a contingentwholly-owned subsidiary of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Netherland, for a total cash consideration of up to $5 millionEuro 154 Million (approximately $171 Million). The Group’s equity interest in Stater on the date of acquisition and as at March 31, 2020 is 75%. The Group has a call option to acquire the remaining shareholdings held by non-controlling interests in Stater. The non-controlling shareholders of Stater also have a put option which, if exercised, would require the Group to purchase the remaining shares in Stater. Consequently, the Group recorded a financial liability with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Stater brings European mortgage expertise and a robust digital platform to drive superior customer experience. The excess of the purchase consideration paid over the fair value of assets acquired has been attributed to goodwill.

The primary items that generated this goodwill are the value of the acquired assembled workforce and estimated synergies, neither of which qualify as an additional consideration of up to $32 million, referred to as retention bonus payable to the employees of Noah at each anniversary year following the acquisition date for the next three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group at each anniversary. The retention bonus is treated as a postacquisition employee remuneration expense as per IFRS 3 (Revised).amortizable intangible asset.


The purchase price has been allocated based on management’s estimates and independent appraisal of fair values as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

Component

 

Acquiree's carrying amount

 

Fair value adjustments

 

Purchase price

allocated

Net Assets*

 

6

 

 

6

Intangible assets – technical know-how

 

 

4

 

4

Intangible assets – trade name

 

 

4

 

4

Intangible assets – customer contracts and relationships

 

 

18

 

18

 

 

6

 

26

 

32

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

5

Total purchase price

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in  millions)

 

Component

 

Acquiree's carrying amount

 

 

Fair value adjustments

 

 

Purchase price allocated

 

Net assets*

 

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Contracts and Relationships

 

 

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

79

 

Technology

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

Brand

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Deferred tax liabilities on intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

156

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

Less: Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(42

)

Total purchase price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

171

 

 

*

Includes cash and cash equivalents acquired of $3 million.$73 million

Goodwill of $1 million is not tax deductible.

The gross amount of trade receivables acquired and its fair value is $4$11 million and the amounts have been fullyamount is substantially collected.

The acquisition date fair value of each major class of consideration as of the acquisition date is as follows:

(Dollars in millions)

Component

Consideration

settled

Cash Paid

33

Fair value of contingent consideration

4

Total purchase price

37

During fiscal 2016, based on an assessment of Noah achieving the targets, the entire contingent consideration has been reversed in the statement of comprehensive income.

The transaction costs of $2$1 million related to the acquisition have been included under administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2016.fiscal 2020.

Business TransferOutbox Systems Inc. dba Simplus

On July 14, 2017, the Board of Directors ofMarch 13, 2020, Infosys authorized the Company to execute a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with Noah ConsultingNova Holdings LLC a(a wholly owned subsidiary to transfer the business of Noah Consulting LLC to Infosys Limited, subject to securing the requisite regulatory approvals for a consideration based on an independent valuation. Subsequently on October 17, 2017, the company entered into a business transfer agreement to transfer the business for a consideration of $41 million (approximately 266 crore) and the transfer was with effect from October 25, 2017. The transaction was between a holding company and a wholly owned subsidiary and therefore was accounted for at carrying values and did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements. Subsequently in November 2017, Noah Consulting LLC has been liquidated.


EdgeVerve Systems Limited

EdgeVerve was created as a wholly owned subsidiary to focus on developing and selling products and platforms. On April 15, 2014, the Board of Directors of Infosys authorized the Company to execute a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with EdgeVerve, subject to securing the requisite approval from shareholders in the Annual General Meeting. Subsequently, at the AGM held on June 14, 2014, the shareholders authorized the Board to enter into a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with EdgeVerve, with effect from July 1, 2014 or such other date as may be decided by the Board of Directors. The company had undertaken an enterprise valuation by an independent valuer and accordingly the business was transferred for a consideration of $70 million (₹421 crore) with effect from July 1, 2014 which was settled through the issue of fully paid up equity shares.  

The transfer of assets and liabilities is accounted for at carrying values and does not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Finacle and Edge Services

On April 24, 2015, the Board of Directors of Infosys authorized the Company to execute a Business Transfer Agreement and related documents with EdgeVerve, a wholly owned subsidiary, to transfer the business of Finacle and Edge Services. Post the requisite approval from shareholders through postal ballot on June 4, 2015, a Business Transfer Agreement and other related documents were executed with EdgeVerve to transfer the business with effect from August 1, 2015. The company had undertaken an enterprise valuation by an independent valuer and accordingly the business was transferred for a consideration of ₹3,222 crore (approximately $491 million) and ₹177 crore (approximately $27 million) for Finacle and Edge Services, respectively.

The consideration was settled through issue of 850,000,000 equity shares amounting to ₹850 crore (approximately $129 million) and 254,900,000 non-convertible redeemable debentures amounting to ₹2,549 crore (approximately $389 million) in EdgeVerve, post the requisite approval from shareholders on December 11, 2015. During the year ended March 31, 2018, EdgeVerve has repaid ₹349 crore (approximately $54 million) by redeeming proportionate number of debentures.

The transfer of assets and liabilities was accounted for at carrying values and did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited:

On September 8, 2017, InfosysLimited) acquired 100% of the voting interests in Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited., UK, (Brilliant Basics)Outbox Systems Inc. dba Simplus, a product designUS based Salesforce advisor and customer experience innovator with experienceconsulting partner in executing global programs. The business acquisition was conducted by entering intocloud consulting, implementation and training services for a share purchase agreement fortotal consideration of up to $200 million, comprising of cash consideration of $4$180 million, contingent consideration of up to $3 million$20 million.

Simplus brings to Infosys globally recognized Salesforce expertise, industry knowledge, solution assets, deep ecosystem relationships and an additional considerationa broad clientele, across a variety of $2 million, referred to as retention bonus, payable to the employees of Brilliant Basics at each anniversary year over the next two years, subject to their continuous employment with the group at each anniversary.

The payment of contingent consideration to sellers of Brilliant Basics is dependent upon the achievement of certain financial targets by Brilliant Basics over a period of 3 years ending on March, 2020.

The fair value of contingent consideration is determined by discounting the estimated amount payable to the sellers of Brilliant Basics on achievement of certain financial targets. The key inputs used in determination of the fair value of contingent consideration are the discount rate of 10% and the probabilities of achievement of the financial targets.

industries. The excess of the purchase consideration paid over the fair value of assets acquired has been attributed to goodwill.

Goodwill includes the value expected from addition of new customers and estimated synergies which does not qualify as an intangible asset.


The purchase price has been allocated based on management’s estimates and independent appraisal of fair values as follows:

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in  millions)

 

Component

 

Acquiree's carrying

amount

Fair value

adjustments

Purchase price

allocated

 

Acquiree's

carrying

amount

 

 

Fair value

adjustments

 

 

Purchase price

allocated

 

Net assets(*)

 

Intangible assets - customer relationships

 

2

2

Net assets*

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Contracts and Relationships

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

Salesforce Relationships

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

43

 

Brand

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

Deferred tax liabilities on intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(20

)

 

2

2

 

 

3

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

61

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

Total purchase price

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

��

 

 

 

191

 

*

Includes cash and cash equivalents acquired of less than $1 million

The goodwillGoodwill is not tax deductible.

The gross amount of trade receivables acquired and its fair value is less than $1 million and the amounts have been largely collected.

The acquisition date fair value of each major class of consideration as of the acquisition date is as follows:

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

Component

 

Purchase price allocated

 

Consideration settled

Cash paidconsideration

 

 

180

4

Fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

11

3

Total purchase price

 

 

 

7191

The gross amount of trade receivables acquired and its fair value is approximately $10 million and the amount is fully recoverable.

Additionally, this acquisition has retention payouts of up to $50 million payable to the employees of the acquiree over the next three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group along with achievement of financial targets for the respective years. Retention bonus is recognized in employee benefit expenses in the statement of comprehensive Income over the period of service.

The transaction costs of less than $1 million related to the acquisition have been included under administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income.income for fiscal 2020.

Acquisition

OnAcquisitions during the year ended March 31, 2019

During the year ended March 31, 2019 the Group, completed three business combinations:

(i)

by acquiring 100% voting interests in WongDoody Holding Company Inc., (WongDoody) an US-based, full-service creative and consumer insights agency on May 22, 2018

(ii)

by acquiring 100% of voting interests in Fluido Oy (Fluido), a Nordic-based Salesforce advisor and consulting partner in cloud consulting, implementation and training services on October 11, 2018 and

(iii)

by acquiring 60% stake in Infosys Compaz Pte. Ltd, a Singapore based IT services company on November 16, 2018


The purchase price is allocated to assets acquired 100%and liabilities assumed based upon determination of fair values at the dates of acquisition as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Component

 

Acquiree's

carrying

amount

 

 

Fair value

adjustments

 

 

Purchase

price

allocated

 

Net Assets*

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Contracts and Relationships

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

47

 

Vendor Relationships

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Brand / Trade name

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

Deferred tax liabilities on intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

72

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

Less: Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

Total purchase price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

122

 

*

Includes cash and cash equivalents acquired of $21 million.

The excess of the voting interests in WongDoody Holding Company Inc., (WongDoody) a U.S.-based, full-service creative and consumer insights agency.  WongDoody bringspurchase consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired has been attributed to Infosys the creative talent, marketing and brand engagement expertise. Further the acquisitiongoodwill.

Goodwill amounting to $32 million is expected to strengthen Infosys’ creative, branding and customer experience capabilities.not tax deductible.

The business acquisition was completed on May 22, 2018 for a purchase consideration was $51of $122 million (comprisingincludes cash consideration of cash of $38$98 million and contingent consideration with an estimated fair value of $13 million)$24 million as on the date of acquisition.

At the acquisition date, the key inputs used in determination of the fair value of contingent consideration are the probabilities assigned towards achievement of financial targets and discount rates ranging from 9% to 16%. The purchaseundiscounted value of contingent consideration as of March 31, 2021 was allocated to net tangible assets of $5 million, customer contracts and relationships of $20 million, tradename of $1 million resulting in a goodwill of $25$8 million. Goodwill is tax deductible.

Additionally, a consideration of up to $9 million ofthese acquisitions have retention bonus ispayouts payable to the employees of WongDoodythe acquiree over the next three years, subject to their continuous employment with the group. Retention bonus is recognized in employee benefit expenses in the statement of comprehensive income over the period of service.

Fair value of trade receivables acquired, is $13 million as of acquisition date and as of March 31, 2021 the amounts are substantially collected.

The transaction costs of $2 million related to the acquisition have been included under administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income for fiscal 2019.

 

 

 


 

b. Disposal group held for sale

Accounting policy

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount is intended to be recovered principally through sale rather than through continuing use. The condition for classification of held for sale is met when the non-current asset or the disposal group is available for immediate sale and the same is highly probable of being completed within one year from the date of classification as held for sale. Non-current assets and


disposal groups held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell. In estimatingNon-current assets and disposal group that ceases to be classified as held for sale shall be measured at the fair value, material eventslower of carrying amount before the non-current asset and developments, including progress on negotiations subsequent to Balance Sheetdisposal group was classified as held for sale adjusted for any depreciation/ amortization and its recoverable amount at the date have been considered.when the disposal group no longer meets the "Held for Sale" criteria.

In MarchDuring fiscal 2018, on conclusion of a strategic review of the portfolio businesses, the Company initiated identification and evaluation of potential buyers for its subsidiaries, Kallidus and Skava (together referred to as "Skava”) and Panaya, (collectivelycollectively referred to as the “disposal group”)“Disposal Group”. The Company anticipates completion of the sale by March 2019 and accordingly, assets amounting to $316 million and liabilities amounting to $50 million in respect of the disposal group have been reclassified under “heldwas classified and presented separately as “Held for sale". On reclassification, the disposal group has been measuredSale” and was carried at the lower of carrying amountvalue and fair value less cost to sell and consequently,value. Consequently, a reduction in the fair value of Disposal Groupdisposal group held for sale amounting to $18 million in respect of Panaya has been recognized under other incomefor fiscal 2018. During fiscal 2019, on remeasurement, including consideration of progress in negotiations on offers from prospective buyers for Panaya, the Company recorded a reduction in the fair value of disposal group held for sale amounting to $39 million in respect of Panaya.

Further, based on evaluation of proposals received and progress of negotiations with potential buyers, the Company concluded that the disposal group did not meet the criteria for “Held for Sale’ classification because it was no longer highly probable that sale would be consummated by March 31, 2019 ( twelve months from date of initial classification as “Held for Sale”) Accordingly, in accordance with IFRS 5 -" Non current Assets held for Sale and Discontinued Operations", the assets and liabilities of Panaya and Skava have been included on a line by line basis in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended and as at fiscal 2019.

On reclassification from “Held for Sale”, the assets of Panaya and Skava have been remeasured at the lower of cost and recoverable amount resulting in recognition of an adjustment in respect of excess of carrying amount over recoverable amount on reclassification from "Held for Sale" of $65 million (comprising of $52 million towards goodwill and $13 million towards value of customer relationships) in respect of Skava in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018.

The disposal group does not constitute a separate major component of the company and therefore has not been classified as discontinued operations.fiscal 2019.

 

2.102.11 Revenue from operations

 

Accounting policy

 

The Group derives revenues primarily from IT services comprising software development and related services, maintenance, consulting and from thepackage implementation, licensing of software products. Arrangementsproducts and platforms across the Group’s core and digital offerings (together called as “software related services”) and business process management services. Contracts with customers for software related services are mainly either on a time-and-material, unit of work, fixed-price fixed-timeframe or on a time-and-materialfixed-timeframe basis.

 

Revenue on time-and-materialRevenues from customer contracts are recognized asconsidered for recognition and measurement when the related services are performed and revenue fromcontract has been approved in writing, by the end of the last billingparties, to the balance sheet datecontract, the parties to the contract are committed to perform their respective obligations under the contract, and the contract is legally enforceable. Revenue is recognized as unbilled revenues. Revenue from fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts, where there is no uncertainty asupon transfer of control of promised products or services (“performance obligations”) to measurementcustomers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Group has received or collectability of consideration, is recognized as per the percentage-of-completion method.expects to receive in exchange for these products or services (“transaction price”). When there is uncertainty as to measurement or ultimate collectability, revenue recognition is postponed until such uncertainty is resolved. Efforts or costs expended have been used to measure progress towards completion as there is


The Group assesses the services promised in a direct relationship between inputcontract and productivity. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted contracts are recordedidentifies distinct performance obligations in the period in which such losses become probablecontract. The Group allocates the transaction price to each distinct performance obligation based on the current contract estimates. Costs and earnings in excess of billings are classified as unbilled revenue while billings in excess of costs and earnings are classified as unearned revenue. Deferred contract costs are amortized over the term of the contract. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the underlying maintenance arrangement.

In arrangements for software development and related services and maintenance services, the Group has applied the guidance in IAS 18, Revenue, by applying the revenue recognition criteria for each separately identifiable component of a single transaction. The arrangements generally meet the criteria for considering software development and related services as separately identifiable components. For allocating the consideration, the Group has measured the revenue in respect of each separable component of a transaction at its fair value, in accordance with principles given in IAS 18.relative standalone selling price. The price that is regularly charged for an item when sold separately is the best evidence of its fair value.standalone selling price. In the absence of such evidence, the primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin, under which the Group estimates the cost of satisfying the performance obligation and then adds an appropriate margin based on similar services.

The Group’s contracts may include variable consideration including rebates, volume discounts and penalties. The Group includes variable consideration as part of transaction price when there is a basis to reasonably estimate the amount of the variable consideration and when it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.

Revenue on time-and-material and unit of work-based contracts, are recognized as the related services are performed. Fixed price maintenance revenue is recognized ratably either on a straight-line basis when services are performed through an indefinite number of repetitive acts over a specified period or ratably using a percentage of completion method when the pattern of benefits from the services rendered to the customer and Group’s costs to fulfil the contract is not even through the period of contract because the services are generally discrete in nature and not repetitive. Revenue from other fixed-price, fixed-timeframe contracts, where the performance obligations are satisfied over time is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method. Efforts or costs expended are used to determine progress towards completion as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. Progress towards completion is measured as the ratio of costs or efforts incurred to date (representing work performed) to the estimated total costs or efforts. Estimates of transaction price and total costs or efforts are continuously monitored over the term of the contracts and are recognized in net profit in the period when these estimates change or when the estimates are revised. Revenues and the estimated total costs or efforts are subject to revision as the contract progresses. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on incomplete contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the estimated efforts or costs to complete the contract.

The billing schedules agreed with customers include periodic performance-based billing and / or milestone-based progress billings. Revenues in excess of billing are classified as unbilled revenue while billing in excess of revenues are classified as contract liabilities (which we refer to as unearned revenues).

In arrangements for software development and related services and maintenance services, by applying the revenue recognition criteria for each distinct performance obligation, the arrangements with customers generally meet the criteria for considering software development and related services as distinct performance obligations. For allocating the transaction price, the Group measures the revenue in respect of each performance obligation of a contract at its relative standalone selling price. The price that is regularly charged for an item when sold separately is the best evidence of its standalone selling price. In cases where the Group is unable to establish objective and reliable evidence of fair value fordetermine the standalone selling price, the Group uses the expected cost-plus margin approach in estimating the standalone selling price. For software development and related services, the Group has used a residual method to allocateperformance obligations are satisfied as and when the arrangement consideration. In these cases,services are rendered since the balancecustomer generally obtains control of the consideration, after allocatingwork as it progresses.

Revenue from licenses where the fair values of undelivered components ofcustomer obtains a transaction has been allocated“right to use” the licenses is recognized at the time the license is made available to the delivered components for which specific fair values do not exist.customer. Revenue from licenses where the customer obtains a “right to access” is recognized over the access period.

 


License fee revenues are recognized when the general revenue recognition criteria given in IAS 18 are met. Arrangements to deliver software products generally have three elements: license, implementation and Annual Technical Services (ATS). The Group has applied the principles given in IAS 18 to account for revenues from these multiple element arrangements. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value has been established for ATS. Objective and reliable evidence of fair value is the price charged when the element is sold separately. When otherimplementation services are provided in conjunction with the licensing arrangement and objectivethe license and reliable evidence of their fair valuesimplementation have been established,identified as two distinct separate performance obligations, the revenue fromtransaction price for such contracts are allocated to each componentperformance obligation of the contract in a manner, whereby revenue is deferred for the undelivered services and the residual amounts are recognized as revenue for delivered elements.based on their relative standalone selling prices. In the absence of objective and reliable evidencestandalone selling price for implementation, the Group uses the expected cost-plus margin approach in estimating the standalone selling price. Where the license is required to be substantially customized as part of fair value forthe implementation service the entire arrangement fee for license and implementation is considered to be a single performance obligation and the revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method as the implementation is performed. Revenue from client training, support and other services arising due to the sale of software products is recognized as the servicesperformance obligations are performed.satisfied. ATS revenue is recognized rateablyratably on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are rendered.

 

Advances receivedContracts with customers includes subcontractor services or third-party vendor equipment or software in certain integrated services arrangements. In these types of arrangements, revenue from sales of third-party vendor products


or services is recorded net of costs when the Group is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor, and gross when the Group is the principal for servicesthe transaction. In doing so, the Group first evaluates whether it controls the good or service before it is transferred to the customer. The Group considers whether it has the primary obligation to fulfil the contract, inventory risk, pricing discretion and products are reportedother factors to determine whether it controls the goods or service and therefore, is acting as client deposits until all conditions for revenue recognition are met.a principal or an agent.

 

The incremental costs of obtaining a contract (i.e., costs that would not have been incurred if the contract had not been obtained) are recognized as an asset if the Group accounts for volume discounts and pricing incentivesexpects to customersrecover them. Certain eligible, nonrecurring costs (e.g. set-up or transition or transformation costs) that do not represent a separate performance obligation are recognized as a reduction of revenue based onan asset when such costs (a) relate directly to the ratable allocationcontract; (b) generate or enhance resources of the discounts/ incentives amount to each ofCompany that will be used in satisfying the underlying revenue transaction that results in progress by the customer towards earning the discount/ incentive. Also, when the level of discount varies with increases in levels of revenue transactions, the Group recognizes the liability based on its estimate of the customer's future purchases. If it is probable that the criteria for the discount will not be met, or if the amount thereof cannot be estimated reliably, then discount is not recognized until the payment is probable and the amount can be estimated reliably. The Group recognizes changesperformance obligation in the estimated amountfuture; and (c) are expected to be recovered. Such capitalized contract costs are amortized over the respective contract life on a systematic basis consistent with the transfer of obligations for discounts in the period ingoods or services to customer to which the change occurs. The discounts are passed on to the customer either as direct payments or as a reduction of payments due from the customer.asset relates.

 

The Group presents revenues net of indirect taxes in its statement of comprehensive income.

 

Revenues for fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 are as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenue from software services

 

 

10,619

 

 

 

9,895

 

 

 

9,210

 

 

 

12,604

 

 

 

12,003

 

 

 

11,184

 

Revenue from software products

 

 

320

 

 

 

313

 

 

 

291

 

Revenue from products and platforms

 

 

957

 

 

 

777

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

10,939

 

 

 

10,208

 

 

 

9,501

 

 

 

13,561

 

 

 

12,780

 

 

 

11,799

 

The Group has evaluated the impact of the COVID–19 pandemic on (i) the possibility of constraints in our ability to render services which may require revision of estimations of costs to complete the contract because of additional efforts; (ii) onerous obligations; (iii) penalties relating to breaches of service level agreements; and (iv) termination or deferment of contracts by customers. The Group has concluded that the impact of the COVID–19 pandemic is not significant based on these estimates. Due to the nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group will continue to monitor developments to identify significant uncertainties relating to revenue in future periods.

Disaggregated revenue information

The table below presents disaggregated revenues from contracts with customers by geography and offerings for each of our business segments. The Group believes this disaggregation best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows are affected by industry, market and other economic factors.

Year ended March 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

 

Financial Services(1)

 

 

Retail(2)

 

 

Communication(3)

 

 

Energy,

Utilities,

resources

and Services

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

Hi Tech

 

 

Life

Sciences(4)

 

 

Others(5)

 

 

Total

 

Revenues by Geography*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

 

2,636

 

 

 

1,313

 

 

 

916

 

 

 

935

 

 

 

692

 

 

 

1,086

 

 

 

638

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

8,320

 

Europe

 

 

865

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

605

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

3,280

 

India

 

 

212

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

392

 

Rest of the world

 

 

686

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

199

 

 

 

1,569

 

Total

 

 

4,399

 

 

 

1,991

 

 

 

1,703

 

 

 

1,692

 

 

 

1,275

 

 

 

1,155

 

 

 

927

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

13,561

 

Revenue by offerings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

 

2,100

 

 

 

1,040

 

 

 

874

 

 

 

821

 

 

 

617

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

408

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

6,577

 

Core

 

 

2,299

 

 

 

951

 

 

 

829

 

 

 

871

 

 

 

658

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

519

 

 

 

264

 

 

 

6,984

 

Total

 

 

4,399

 

 

 

1,991

 

 

 

1,703

 

 

 

1,692

 

 

 

1,275

 

 

 

1,155

 

 

 

927

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

13,561

 


Year ended March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

 

Financial Services(1)

 

 

Retail(2)

 

 

Communication(3)

 

 

Energy,

Utilities,

resources

and Services

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

Hi Tech

 

 

Life

Sciences(4)

 

 

Others(5)

 

 

Total

 

Revenues by Geography*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

 

2,358

 

 

 

1,298

 

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

908

 

 

 

722

 

 

 

920

 

 

 

537

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

7,855

 

Europe

 

 

842

 

 

 

558

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

592

 

 

 

503

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

3,085

 

India

 

 

184

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

333

 

Rest of the world

 

 

645

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

1,507

 

Total

 

 

4,029

 

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

1,687

 

 

 

1,652

 

 

 

1,285

 

 

 

981

 

 

 

822

 

 

 

348

 

 

 

12,780

 

Revenue by offerings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

 

1,626

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

681

 

 

 

631

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

357

 

 

 

260

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

5,008

 

Core

 

 

2,403

 

 

 

1,109

 

 

 

1,006

 

 

 

1,021

 

 

 

796

 

 

 

624

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

7,772

 

Total

 

 

4,029

 

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

1,687

 

 

 

1,652

 

 

 

1,285

 

 

 

981

 

 

 

822

 

 

 

348

 

 

 

12,780

 

 

 


Year ended March 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Particulars

 

Financial Services(1)

 

 

Retail(2)

 

 

Communication(3)

 

 

Energy,

Utilities,

resources

and Services

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

Hi Tech

 

 

Life

Sciences(4)

 

 

Others(5)

 

 

Total

 

Revenues by Geography*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

 

2,290

 

 

 

1,255

 

 

 

796

 

 

 

838

 

 

 

619

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

438

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

7,141

 

Europe

 

 

698

 

 

 

548

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

507

 

 

 

499

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

287

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

2,847

 

India

 

 

172

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

292

 

Rest of the world

 

 

618

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

413

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

1,519

 

Total

 

 

3,778

 

 

 

1,935

 

 

 

1,488

 

 

 

1,483

 

 

 

1,163

 

 

 

882

 

 

 

743

 

 

 

327

 

 

 

11,799

 

Revenue by offerings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

 

1,180

 

 

 

673

 

 

 

516

 

 

 

437

 

 

 

347

 

 

 

297

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

3,685

 

Core

 

 

2,598

 

 

 

1,262

 

 

 

972

 

 

 

1,046

 

 

 

816

 

 

 

585

 

 

 

558

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

8,114

 

Total

 

 

3,778

 

 

 

1,935

 

 

 

1,488

 

 

 

1,483

 

 

 

1,163

 

 

 

882

 

 

 

743

 

 

 

327

 

 

 

11,799

 

2.11 Expenses by nature

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

Employee benefit costs

 

6,034

 

5,612

 

5,236

Deferred purchase price pertaining to acquisition*

 

 

 

23

Depreciation and amortization charges (Refer to Note 2.7 and 2.8)

 

289

 

254

 

222

Travelling costs

 

310

 

333

 

345

Cost of technical sub-contractors

 

666

 

571

 

537

Cost of software packages for own use

 

138

 

118

 

113

Third party items bought for service delivery to clients

 

152

 

120

 

81

Operating lease payments (Refer to Note 2.15)

 

82

 

73

 

55

Consultancy and professional charges

 

162

 

114

 

118

Communication costs

 

76

 

82

 

68

Repairs and maintenance

 

174

 

191

 

160

Rates and Taxes

 

25

 

22

 

17

Provision for post-sales client support

 

22

 

12

 

1

Power and fuel

 

32

 

34

 

33

Commission to non-whole time directors

 

1

 

2

 

1

Branding and marketing expenses

 

47

 

51

 

44

Impairment loss recognized/(reversed) on financial assets

 

11

 

21

 

(7)

Insurance charges

 

9

 

8

 

9

Contribution towards Corporate Social Responsibility

 

24

 

34

 

33

Others

 

26

 

36

 

37

Total cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses

 

8,280

 

7,688

 

7,126

(1)

Financial Services include enterprises in Financial Services and Insurance

(2)

Retail includes enterprises in Retail, Consumer Packaged Goods and Logistics

(3)

Communication includes enterprises in Communication, Telecom OEM and Media

(4)

Life Sciences includes enterprises in Life sciences and Health care

(5)

Others include operating segments of businesses in India, Japan, China, Infosys Public Services & other enterprises in Public Services

*

Pertaining to Infosys Consulting acquisitionGeographical revenues are based on the domicile of customer

The percentage of revenue from fixed price contracts for each of fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 is approximately 50%. 

Digital Services

Digital Services comprise of service and solution offerings of the Group that enable our clients to transform their businesses. These include offerings that enhance customer experience, leverage AI-based analytics and big data, engineer digital products and IoT, modernize legacy technology systems, migrate to cloud applications and implement advanced cyber security systems.

Core Services

Core Services comprise traditional offerings of the Group that have scaled and industrialized over a number of years. These primarily include application management services, proprietary application development services,


independent validation solutions, product engineering and management, infrastructure management services, traditional enterprise application implementation, support and integration services.

Products & platforms

The Group also derives revenues from the sale of products and platforms including Finacle – core banking solution, Edge Suite of products, Infosys Nia – Artificial Intelligence (AI) platform which applies next-generation AI and machine learning, Panaya platform, Skava platform, Stater digital platform and Infosys McCamish – insurance platform.  

Trade Receivables and Contract Balances

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in Receivables, Unbilled Revenue, and Unearned Revenue on the Group’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Amounts are billed as work progresses in accordance with agreed-upon contractual terms, either at periodic intervals (e.g., monthly or quarterly) or upon achievement of contractual milestones.

The Group’s Receivables are rights to consideration that are unconditional. Unbilled revenues comprising revenues in excess of billings from time & material contracts and fixed price maintenance contracts are classified as a financial asset when the right to consideration is unconditional and is due only after a passage of time.

Invoicing to the clients for other fixed price contracts is based on milestones as defined in the contract and therefore, the timing of revenue recognition is different from the timing of invoicing to the customers. Therefore, Unbilled Revenues for other fixed price contracts (contract asset) are classified as non-financial asset because the right to consideration is dependent on completion of contractual milestones.

Invoicing in excess of earnings are classified as unearned revenue.

Trade receivable and unbilled revenues are presented net of impairment in the consolidated statements of financial position.

During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Group recognized revenue of $336 million, $341 million and $319 million, respectively, arising from opening unearned revenue as of April 1, 2020, April 1, 2019 and April 1, 2018.

During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, $515 million, $418 million and $474 million of unbilled revenue pertaining to other fixed price, fixed time frame contracts as of April 1, 2020, April 1, 2019 and April 1, 2018, respectively, has been reclassified to trade receivables upon billing to customers on completion of milestones.

Performance obligations and remaining performance obligations

The remaining performance obligation disclosure provides the aggregate amount of the transaction price yet to be recognized as of the end of the reporting period and an explanation as to when the Group expects to recognize these amounts in revenue. Applying the practical expedient as given in IFRS 15, the Group has not disclosed the remaining performance obligation related disclosures for contracts where the revenue recognized corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the entity's performance completed to date, typically those contracts where invoicing is on time & material basis and unit of work based contracts. Remaining performance obligation estimates are subject to change and are affected by several factors, including terminations, changes in the scope of contracts, periodic revalidations, adjustment for revenue that has not materialized and adjustments for currency fluctuations.

The aggregate value of performance obligations that are completely or partially unsatisfied as of March 31, 2021, other than those meeting the exclusion criteria mentioned above, is $9,560 million. Out of this, the Group expects to recognize revenue of around 50% within the next one year and the remaining thereafter. The aggregate value of performance obligations that are completely or partially unsatisfied as at March 31, 2020 is $7,391 million. The contracts can generally be terminated by the customers and typically includes an enforceable termination penalty payable by them. Generally, customers have not terminated contracts without cause.


2.12 Unbilled revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Unbilled financial asset (1)

 

 

489

 

 

 

369

 

Unbilled non-financial asset (2)

 

 

622

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

 

1,111

 

 

 

941

 

(1)

Right to consideration is unconditional and is due only after a passage of time.

(2)

Right to consideration is dependent on completion of contractual milestones.

2.13 Expenses by nature

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Employee benefit costs

 

 

7,493

 

 

 

7,168

 

 

 

6,468

 

Depreciation and amortization charges (Refer to Notes 2.7, 2.8 and 2.9)

 

 

441

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

287

 

Travelling costs

 

 

75

 

 

 

382

 

 

 

348

 

Cost of technical sub-contractors

 

 

957

 

 

 

945

 

 

 

860

 

Cost of software packages for own use

 

 

165

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

133

 

Third party items bought for service delivery to clients

 

 

406

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

231

 

Operating lease payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83

 

Consultancy and professional charges

 

 

171

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

189

 

Communication costs

 

 

86

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

67

 

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

190

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

188

 

Rates and Taxes

 

 

35

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

27

 

Provision for post-sales client support

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power and fuel

 

 

19

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

32

 

Commission to non-whole time directors

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Branding and marketing expenses

 

 

48

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

69

 

Impairment loss recognized / (reversed) under expected credit loss model

 

 

25

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

35

 

Insurance charges

 

 

18

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

10

 

Contribution towards Corporate Social Responsibility

 

 

59

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

38

 

Short-term leases (Refer to Note 2.8)

 

 

11

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

Others

 

 

31

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

37

 

Total cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses

 

 

10,236

 

 

 

10,056

 

 

 

9,103

 

 

Operating profit

 

Operating profit for the Group is computed considering the revenues, net of cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses.

 

2.122.14 Employee benefits

 

Accounting policy

 

Gratuity and Pensions

 

The Group provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan ('the Gratuity Plan') covering eligible employees, majorly of Infosys and its Indian subsidiaries. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump-sum payment to vested employees


at retirement, death, incapacitation or termination of employment, of an amount based on the respective employee's salary and the tenure of employment with the Group.

Liabilities with regard to the Gratuity Plan are determined by actuarial valuation, performed by an independent actuary, at each balance sheet date using the projected unit credit method. The Company fully contributes all ascertainedgratuity liabilities to the Infosys Limited Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust (the Trust). In case of Infosys BPM and EdgeVerve, contributions are made to the Infosys BPM Limited Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust and EdgeVerve Systems Limited Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust, respectively. Trustees administer contributions made to the Trusts and contributions are invested in a scheme with Life Insurance Corporation of India as permitted by Indian law.India Law.


The Group operates defined benefit pension plan in certain overseas jurisdictions, in accordance with the local laws. These plans are managed by third party fund managers. The plans provide for periodic payouts after retirement and/or for a lumpsum payment as set out in rules of each fund and includes death and disability benefits.

Liabilities with regard to these defined benefit plans are determined by actuarial valuation, performed by an external actuary, at each Balance Sheet date using the projected unit credit method. These defined benefit plans expose the Group to actuarial risks, such as longevity risk, currency risk, interest rate risk and market risk.

 

The Group recognizes the net obligation of a defined benefit plan in its balance sheet as an asset or liability. Gains and losses through re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability / asset are recognized in other comprehensive income and not reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent period. The actual return of the portfolio of plan assets, in excess of the yields computed by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation is recognized in other comprehensive income. The effect of any plan amendments are recognized in net profits in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Provident fund

 

Eligible employees of Infosys receive benefits from a provident fund, which is a defined benefit plan. Both the eligible employee and the companyCompany make monthly contributions to the provident fund plan equal to a specified percentage of the covered employee's salary. The companyCompany contributes a portion of the contributions to the Infosys Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust. The trust invests in specific designated instruments as permitted by Indian law. The remaining portion is contributed to the government administered pension fund. The rate at which the annual interest is payable to the beneficiaries by the trust is being administered by the government.Government of India. The companyCompany has an obligation to make good the shortfall, if any, between the return from the investments of the Trusttrust and the notified interest rate.

 

In respect of Indian subsidiaries, eligible employees receive benefits from a provident fund, which is a defined contribution plan. Both the eligible employee and the respective companies make monthly contributions to this provident fund plan equal to a specified percentage of the covered employee's salary. Amounts collected under the provident fund plan are deposited in a government administered provident fund. The companiesCompanies have no further obligation to the plan beyond theirits monthly contributions.

 

Superannuation

 

Certain employees of Infosys Infosys BPM and EdgeVerveits Indian subsidiaries are participants in a defined contribution plan. The Group has no further obligations to the Planplan beyond its monthly contributions which are periodically contributed to a trust fund, the corpus of which is invested with the Life Insurance Corporation of India.

 

Compensated absences

 

The Group has a policy on compensated absences which are both accumulating and non-accumulating in nature. The expected cost of accumulating compensated absences is determined by actuarial valuation performed by an independent actuary at each balance sheetBalance Sheet date using projected unit credit method on the additional amount expected to be paid/availed as a result of the unused entitlement that has accumulated at the balance sheetBalance Sheet date. Expense on non-accumulating compensated absences is recognized in the period in which the absences occur.

 

 


2.12.1

2.14.1 Gratuity and Pensions

The following tables set out the funded status of the Indian gratuity plans and the amounts recognized in the Group’s financial statements as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017:2020:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Change in benefit obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligations at the beginning

 

172

 

142

 

185

 

 

195

 

Service cost

 

23

 

19

 

28

 

 

25

 

Interest expense

 

11

 

10

 

12

 

 

13

 

Remeasurements - Actuarial losses / (gains)

 

(9)

 

10

 

 

4

 

 

 

(11

)

Transfer

 

4

 

Curtailment gain

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(17)

 

(13)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(20

)

Translation differences

 

 

4

 

 

7

 

 

 

(17

)

Benefit obligations at the end

 

184

 

172

 

222

 

 

185

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning

 

184

 

143

 

201

 

 

197

 

Interest Income

 

12

 

12

 

13

 

 

14

 

Remeasurements – Returns on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

 

2

 

Contributions

 

5

 

37

 

10

 

 

27

 

Benefits paid

 

(17)

 

(13)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(19

)

Translation differences

 

1

 

3

 

 

7

 

 

 

(20

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end

 

187

 

184

 

220

 

 

201

 

Funded status

 

3

 

12

Prepaid gratuity benefit

 

7

 

12

Accrued gratuity

 

(4)

 

Funded status - Prepaid defined benefit plan asset / (Accrued defined benefit plan liability)

 

 

(2

)

 

16

 

 

Net gratuity cost for the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and 20162019 comprises the following components:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Service cost

 

23

 

19

 

18

 

 

28

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

23

 

Net interest on the net defined benefit liability / asset

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Net gratuity cost

 

22

 

17

 

17

 

 

27

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

22

 

 

Amount for the fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 recognized in statement of other comprehensive income:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability / asset

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial (gains) / losses

 

(9)

 

10

 

3

 

 

4

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

5

 

(Return) / loss on plan assets excluding amounts included in the net interest on the net defined benefit liability / asset

 

(2)

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

Total

 

(11)

 

8

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

(Gain) / loss from change in demographic assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) / loss from change in financial assumptions

 

 

2

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

4

 

(Gain) / loss from change in experience adjustments

 

 

2

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

5

 


 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

(Gain) / loss from change in demographic assumptions

 

 

 

(Gain) / loss from change in financial assumptions

 

(6)

 

8

 

(Gain) / loss from change in experience adjustments

 

(3)

 

2

 

3

 

 

(9)

 

10

 

3

 

The gratuity cost recognized in the statement of comprehensive income apportioned between cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses on the basis of direct employee cost is as follows:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cost of sales

 

20

 

15

 

15

 

 

24

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

20

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Administrative expenses

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

22

 

17

 

17

 

 

27

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

22

 

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 20172020 are set out below:

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Discount rate

 

7.5%

 

6.9%

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

6.2

%

Weighted average rate of increase in compensation levels

 

8.0%

 

8.0%

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

6.0

%

Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation

 

5.9 years

 

 

5.9 years

 

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and 20162019 are set out below:

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Discount rate for the year

 

6.9%

 

7.8%

 

7.8%

 

 

6.2

%

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

7.5

%

Weighted average rate of increase in compensation levels

 

8.0%

 

8.0%

 

8.0%

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

8.0

%

Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation

 

6.1 years

 

6.1 years

 

6.4 years

 

Discount rate

 

In India, the market for high quality corporate bonds being not developed, the yield of government bonds is considered as the discount rate. The tenure has been considered taking into account the past long-term trend of employees’ average remaining service life which reflects the average estimated term of the post- employment benefit obligations.

Weighted average rate of increase in compensation levels

 

The average rate of increase in compensation levels is determined by the Company, considering factors such as, the Company’s past compensation revision trends and management’s estimate of future salary increases.

Attrition rate

 

Attrition rate considered is the management’s estimate based on the past long-term trend of employee turnover in the Company.

 

GratuityAssumptions regarding future mortality experience are set in accordance with the published statistics by the Life Insurance Corporation of India. The Company assesses these assumptions with its projected long-term plans of growth and prevalent industry standards. The discount rate is applicable only to employees drawing a salary in Indian rupees and there are no other significant foreign defined benefit gratuity plans.


The company contributes all ascertained liabilities towards gratuity tobased on the Infosys Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust. In case of Infosys BPM and EdgeVerve, contributions are made to the Infosys BPM Employees' Gratuity Fund Trust and EdgeVerve Systems Limited Gratuity Fund Trust, respectively. government securities yield.

Trustees administer contributions made to the trusts. As oftrust as at March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017,2020, the plan assets have been primarily invested in insurer managed funds.

Actual return on assets for the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and 20162019 was $15 million, $16 million and $14 million, $14 million and $11 million, respectively.


 

Sensitivity of significant assumptions used for valuation of defined benefit obligation:

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

Impact from one percentage point increase / decrease in

 

As at March 31, 2018

2021

Discount rate

 

911

Weighted average rate of increase in compensation levels

 

89

 

Sensitivity for significant actuarial assumptions is computed by varying one actuarial assumption used for the valuation of the defined benefit obligation by one percentage, keeping all other actuarial assumptions constant. In practice, this is not probable, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated.

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set in accordance with the published statistics by the Life Insurance Corporation of India.

The Group expects to contribute $20$31 million to the gratuity trusts during fiscal 2019.2022.

Maturity profile of defined benefit obligation:

 

(Dollars in millions)

Within 1 year

27

34

1 - 2 year

27

34

2 - 3 year

29

35

3 - 4 year

31

37

4 - 5 year

33

39

5 - 10 years

157

185

 

2.12.2The Group also operates defined benefit pension plan in certain overseas jurisdictions, in accordance with local laws. As on March 31, 2021, the defined benefit obligation is $111 million, fair value of plan assets is $94 million, resulting in recognition of a net liability of $17 million.

2.14.2 Superannuation

The Group contributed $27$35 million, $25$34 million and $36$31 million to the superannuation plan during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively and the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.same has been recognized in the Consolidated Statement of comprehensive income under the head employee benefit expense.

Superannuation contributions have been apportioned between cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses on the basis of direct employee cost as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cost of sales

 

24

 

22

 

32

 

 

31

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

28

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

2

 

2

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

Administrative expenses

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

27

 

25

 

36

 

 

35

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

31

 

 


2.12.3

2.14.3 Provident fund

Infosys has an obligation to fund any shortfall on the yield of the trust’s investments over the administered interest rates on an annual basis. These administered rates are determined annually predominantly considering the social rather thanand economic factors and in most cases the actual return earned by the company has been higher in the past years. The actuary has provided a valuation for provident fund liabilities on the basis of guidance issued by Actuarial Society of IndiaIndia.

The following tables set out the funded status of the defined benefit provident fund plan of Infosys Limited and based on the below provided assumptions there is no shortfallamounts recognized in the Company's financial statements as at March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017, respectively.

The details of fund and plan asset position are given below:2020:

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

Plan assets at period end, at fair value

 

792

 

688

Present value of benefit obligation at period end

 

792

 

688

Asset recognized in balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Change in benefit obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligations at the beginning

 

 

973

 

 

 

866

 

Service cost - employer contribution

 

 

57

 

 

 

57

 

Employee contribution

 

 

110

 

 

 

121

 

Interest expense

 

 

82

 

 

 

79

 

Actuarial (gains) / loss

 

 

(4

)

 

 

30

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(94

)

Translation differences

 

 

36

 

 

 

(86

)

Benefit obligations at the end

 

 

1,133

 

 

 

973

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning

 

 

940

 

 

 

866

 

Interest income

 

 

80

 

 

 

79

 

Remeasurements- Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest income

 

 

17

 

 

 

(5

)

Contributions (employer and employee)

 

 

162

 

 

 

178

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(94

)

Translation differences

 

 

35

 

 

 

(84

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end

 

 

1,113

 

 

 

940

 

Accrued defined benefit plan liability

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(33

)

 

The plan assets have been primarily invested

Amount for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 recognized in government securities.the consolidated statement of other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability/ (asset)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial (gains) / losses

 

 

(4

)

 

 

30

 

(Return) / loss on plan assets excluding amounts included in the net interest on the net defined benefit liability/(asset)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

35

 

Assumptions used in determining the present value obligation of the interest rate guarantee under the Deterministic Approach:

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Government of India (GOI) bond yield(1)

 

7.5%

 

6.9%

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

6.2

%

Expected rate of return on plan assets

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

8.0

%

Remaining term to maturity of portfolio

 

5.9 years

 

6 years

 

6 years

 

 

6 years

 

Expected guaranteed interest rate

 

8.6%

 

8.6%

 

 

8.50

%

 

 

8.50

%


(1)

In India, the market for high quality corporate bonds being not developed, the yield of government bonds is considered as the discount rate. The tenure has been considered taking into account the past long-term trend of employees’ average remaining service life which reflects the average estimated term of the post-employment benefit obligations.

The breakup of the plan assets into various categories as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

 

As of

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Central and State Government bonds

 

 

54

%

 

 

49

%

Public sector undertakings and Private sector bonds

 

 

40

%

 

 

48

%

Others

 

 

6

%

 

 

3

%

The asset allocation for plan assets is determined based on investment criteria prescribed under the relevant regulations.

As at March 31, 2021, the defined benefit obligation would be affected by approximately $11 million and $16 million on account of a 0.25% increase / decrease, respectively in the expected rate of return on plan assets.

 

The Group contributed $75$90 million, $69$90 million and $63$78 million to the provident fund during the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

Provident fund contributions have been apportioned between cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses on the basis of direct employee cost as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

2019

Cost of sales

 

67

 

61

 

56

 

80

 

 

80

 

69

Selling and marketing expenses

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

7

 

 

7

 

6

Administrative expenses

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

3

 

 

3

 

3

 

75

 

69

 

63

 

 

90

 

 

90

 

78

2.12.4 Employee benefit costs include:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

Salaries and bonus (1) (2)

 

5,910

 

5,501

 

5,120

Defined contribution plans

 

40

 

37

 

46

Defined benefit plans

 

84

 

74

 

70

 

 

6,034

 

5,612

 

5,236

(1)

Includes stock compensation expense of $13 million, $17 million and $1 million for the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively

(2)

Included in the above is a reversal of stock compensation cost of $5 million for the year ended March 31, 2018 towards forfeiture of stock incentives granted to Dr. Vishal Sikka upon his resignation. Refer note no. 2.16


The gratuity and provident plans are applicable only to employees drawing a salary in Indian rupees and there are no other significant foreign definedrupees.


2.14.4 Employee benefit plans.costs include:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Salaries and bonus (1)

 

 

7,322

 

 

 

7,020

 

 

 

6,338

 

Defined contribution plans

 

 

48

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

44

 

Defined benefit plans

 

 

123

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

7,493

 

 

 

7,168

 

 

 

6,468

 

(1)

Includes stock compensation expense of $45 million, $34 million and $29 million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. (Refer to Note 2.17)

The employee benefit cost is recognized in the following line items in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cost of sales

 

5,379

 

4,987

 

4,627

 

 

6,671

 

 

 

6,406

 

 

 

5,780

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

425

 

405

 

403

 

 

548

 

 

 

510

 

 

 

462

 

Administrative expenses

 

230

 

220

 

206

 

 

274

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

226

 

 

6,034

 

5,612

 

5,236

 

 

7,493

 

 

 

7,168

 

 

 

6,468

 

 

2.13The Code on Social Security, 2020 (‘Code’) relating to employee benefits during employment and post-employment benefits received Presidential assent in September 2020. The Code has been published in the Gazette of India. However, the date on which the Code will come into effect has not been notified. The Company will assess the impact of the Code when it comes into effect and will record any related impact in the period the Code becomes effective.

2.15 Equity

Accounting policy

 

(i) Ordinary Shares

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new ordinary shares, share options and buyback are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

 

(ii) Treasury Shares

When any entity within the Group purchases the company's ordinary shares, the consideration paid including any directly attributable incremental cost is presented as a deduction from total equity, until they are cancelled, sold or reissued. When treasury shares are sold or reissued subsequently, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is transferred to/ from share premiumpremium.

Share capital

15,514,732 and share premium

The Company has only one class of shares referred to as equity shares having a par value of ₹5/-. During the three months ended June 30, 2015 the Company allotted 1,148,472,332 fully paid-up shares of face value ₹5/- each pursuant to bonus issue approved by the shareholders through postal ballot. For both the bonus issues, bonus share of one equity share for every equity share held, and a stock dividend of one American Depositary Share (ADS) for every ADS held, respectively, has been allotted. Consequently, the ratio of equity shares underlying the ADSs held by an American Depositary Receipt holder remains unchanged. 10,801,956 and 11,289,51418,239,356 shares were held by controlled trust, as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017,2020, respectively.

Share capital and share premium

The amount received in excess of the par value has been classified as share premium. Additionally, share-based compensation recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is credited to share premium. Amounts have been utilized for bonus issue and share buyback from share premium account.

The Company has only one class of shares referred to as equity shares having a par value of ₹5/-.


Retained earnings

Retained earnings represent the amount of accumulated earnings of the Group.

Other Reserves

The Special Economic Zone Re-investment reserve has been created out of the profit of the eligible SEZ unit in terms of the provisions of Sec 10AA (1)(ii) of Income Tax Act, 1961. The reserve should be utilized by the Company for acquiring new plant and machinery for the purpose of its business in terms of the provisions of the Sec 10AA (2) of the Income Tax Act, 1961.


Capital Redemption Reserve

In accordance with section 69 of the Indian Companies Act, 2013, the Company creates capital redemption reserve equal to the nominal value of the shares bought back as an appropriation from general reserve.

Other components of equity

Other components of equity consist ofinclude currency translation, re-measurement of net defined benefit liability/asset, fair value changes of equity instruments fair valued through other comprehensive income, changes on fair valuation of investments, net of taxes.

Cash flow hedge reserve

When a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the cash flow hedging reserve. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in the cash flow hedging reserve is transferred to the net profit in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income upon the occurrence of the related forecasted transaction.

Capital Allocation Policy

 

The Group’sCompany's past policy was to payout up to 70% of the free cash flow of the corresponding Financial Year in such manner (including by way of dividend and / or share buyback) as may be decided by the Board from time to time, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any.

Effective fiscal 2020, the Company expects to return approximately 85% of the free cash flow cumulatively over a 5-year period through a combination of semi-annual dividends and/or share buyback and/or special dividends, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS. Dividend and buyback include applicable taxes.

The Company’s objective when managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain an optimal capital structure so as to maximize shareholder value. In order to maintain or achieve an optimal capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividend payment, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or buy backbuyback issued shares. As of March 31, 2018,2021, the company hadCompany has only one class of equity shares and hadhas no debt. Consequent to the above capital structure there are no externally imposed capital requirements.

Share buyback

Proposed Buyback Announced in April 2021

In line with the capital allocation policy, the Board, at its meeting held on August 19, 2017,April 14, 2021, approved a proposal for the Company to buyback its fully paid-upof equity shares, of face value of ₹5/- each from the eligible equity shareholders ofopen market route through the Company for an amountIndian stock exchanges, amounting to ₹9,200 crore (Maximum Buyback Size, excluding buyback tax) (approximately $1,227 million*) at a price not exceeding ₹13,000 crore ($2 billion). The₹1,750 per share (Maximum Buyback Price) (approximately $23.3 per share), subject to shareholders' approval in the ensuing Annual General Meeting expected to be held on June 19, 2021.

*USD-INR rate of 75.00


Buyback completed in August 2019

Based on the postal ballot which concluded on March 12, 2019 the shareholders approved the said proposal of buyback of Equity Sharesequity shares from the open market route through the postal ballot that concluded on October 7, 2017.  The Buyback offer comprised a purchaseIndian stock exchanges of 113,043,478 equity Shares aggregating 4.92% of the paid-up equity share capital of the Companyup to ₹8,260 crore (approximately $1,184 million) at a price of ₹1,150not exceeding ₹800 per equity share.   

The buyback was offered to all eligible equity shareholders (including those who became equity shareholders as on the Record date by cancelling American Depository Shares and withdrawing underlying equity shares) of the Company as on(other than the Record Date (i.e. November 1, 2017) on a proportionate basisPromoters, the Promoter Group and Persons in Control of the Company) under the open market route through the “Tender offer” route.stock exchange. The buyback of equity shares through the stock exchange commenced on March 20, 2019 and was completed on August 26, 2019. During this buyback period the Company had purchased and extinguished a total of 110,519,266 equity shares from the stock exchange at an average buyback price of ₹747.38/- per equity share comprising 2.53% of the pre buyback paid-up equity share capital of the Company. The buyback resulted in a cash outflow of ₹8,260 crore (excluding transaction costs) ($1,183 million). The Company concludedfunded the buyback procedures on December 27, 2017 and 113,043,478 equity shares were extinguished. The company has utilizedfrom its securities premium and general reserve for the buyback of its shares. free reserves.

In accordance with section 69 of the Indian Companies Act, 2013, as at March 31, 2020 the companyCompany has created ‘Capital Redemption Reserve’ of $9$8 million equal to the nominal value of the above shares bought back as an appropriation from general reserve.

Bonus issue during fiscal 2019

The Board in its meeting held on July 13,Company has allotted 2,184,191,490 fully paid up equity shares (including treasury shares of 10,486,661) of face value 5/- each during the three months ended September 30, 2018 has considered, approved and recommendedpursuant to a bonus issue approved by the shareholders through postal ballot. Record Date fixed by the Board of Directors was September 5, 2018. The bonus shares were issued by capitalization of profits transferred from general reserve. Bonus share of one equity share for every equity share held, and a bonus issue, viz., a stock dividend of one American Depositary Share (ADS) for every ADS held, as on a record date to be determined.respectively, has been allotted. Consequently, the ratio of equity shares underlying the ADSs held by an American Depositary Receipt holder would remainremains unchanged. The Board approved and recommendedOptions granted under the issue to celebrate 25th year of public listing in India and to further increase the liquidity of its shares. The bonus issue of equity shares and ADSs will be subject to approval by the shareholders, and any other applicable statutory and regulatory approvals. Consequently, the authorized share capital will be increased, subject to the approval of shareholders. Appropriate adjustments as necessary for the issue of bonus shares / stock dividend as mentioned above to Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) /Employee Stock Options(ESOPs) whichoption plan have been granted to employees of the Company under its 2015 Stock incentive compensation Plan, shall be made.adjusted for bonus shares.

 

The bonus shares once allotted shall rankranks pari passu in all respects and carry the same rights as the existing equity shareholders and the holders of the bonus shares shall beare entitled to participate in full, in any dividend and other corporate action, recommended and declared after the new equity shares are allotted.

The rights of equity shareholders are set out below.

2.13.12.15.1 Voting

Each holder of equity shares is entitled to one vote per share. The equity shares represented by American Depositary Shares (ADS) carry similar rights to voting and dividends as the other equity shares. Each ADS represents one underlying equity share.

2.13.22.15.2 Dividends 

Accounting Policypolicy

 


Final dividends on shares are recorded as a liability on the date of approval by the shareholders and interim dividends are recorded as a liability on the date of declaration by the company's Board of Directors. Income tax consequences of dividends on financial instruments classified as equity will be recognized according to where the entity originally recognized those past transactions or events that generated distributable profits.

The Company declares and pays dividends in Indian rupees. The Finance Act 2020 has repealed the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT). Companies are now required to pay/distribute dividend after deducting applicable taxes. The remittance of dividends outside India is governed by Indian law on foreign exchange and is also subject to withholding tax at applicable distribution taxes. Dividend distribution tax paid by subsidiaries may be reduced / available as credit against dividend distribution tax payable by Infosys Limited.rates.

 


 

Effective from Financial Year 2018, the Company's policy is to payout up to 70% of the free cash flow of the corresponding Financial Year in such manner (including by way of dividend and / or share buyback) as may be decided by the Board from time to time, subject to applicable laws and requisite approvals, if any. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditure as per the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under IFRS. Dividend payout includes dividend distribution tax.

  

The following table provides details of per share dividend recognized during fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019(2)

 

Dividend per Equity Share (₹)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend(3)

 

 

13.00

 

 

 

11.00

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

12.00

 

 

 

8.00

 

 

 

7.00

 

Final dividend(4)

 

 

14.75

 

 

 

14.25

 

 

14.75(2)

 

 

 

9.50

 

 

 

10.50

 

 

 

10.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special dividend(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.00

 

Dividend per Equity Share/ADS ($) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend(3)

 

 

0.20

 

 

0.17

 

 

0.15

 

 

 

0.16

 

 

 

0.11

 

 

 

0.10

 

Final dividend(4)

 

 

0.23

 

 

0.22

 

 

0.24(2)

 

 

 

0.13

 

 

 

0.15

 

 

 

0.16

 

Special dividend(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.14

 

(1)

Converted at the monthly exchange rate in the month of declaration of dividend.dividend

(2)

Adjusted for June 17, 2015September 2018 bonus share issue.issue, wherever applicable

(3)

Represents interim dividend for the respective fiscal year

(4)

Represents final dividend for the preceding fiscal year

(5)

Represents special dividend of ₹5/- per share (approximately $0.08 per share) declared in fiscal 2018 and special dividend of ₹4/- per equity share (approximately $0.06 per share) declared in fiscal 2019

During fiscal 2021, on account of the final dividend for fiscal 2020 and interim dividend for fiscal 2021, the Company has incurred a net cash outflow of approximately $1,226 million (Rupees 9,120 crore) (excluding dividend paid on treasury shares).

The Board of Directors in their meeting on April 14, 2021 recommended a final dividend of ₹20.50/15/- per equity share (approximately $0.31$0.20 per equity share)share*) for the financial year ended March 31, 2018 and a special dividend of ₹10/- per equity share (approximately $0.15 per equity share). Subsequentfiscal 2021. This payment is subject to the year ended March 31, 2018, based onapproval of shareholders in the approval from the shareholders, the company has paid out $1,164 million comprisingAnnual General Meeting of the Company expected to be held on June 19, 2021. This final dividend and specialif approved by shareholders would result in a net cash outflow of approximately $849 million (excluding dividend including dividend distribution tax thereon. paid on treasury shares).

*USD-INR rate of 75.00

 

2.13.32.15.3 Liquidation

In the event of liquidation of the company, the holders of shares shall be entitled to receive any of the remaining assets of the company, after distribution of all preferential amounts. However, no such preferential amounts exist currently, other than the amounts held by irrevocable controlled trusts. The amount distributed will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the shareholders. For irrevocable controlled trusts, the corpus would be settled in favor of the beneficiaries.

2.13.42.15.4 Share options

There are no voting, dividend or liquidation rights to the holders of options issued under the company's share option plans.

2.142.16 Other income, net

 

Accounting policy

 

Other income is comprised primarily of interest income, dividend income, gain/loss on investments and exchange gain/loss on forward and options contracts and on translation of otherforeign currency assets and liabilities. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established.


 

Functional currency and presentation currency

 

The functional currency of Infosys, Infosys BPM, EdgeVerve, Skava and controlled trusts is the Indian rupee. The functional currencies for foreign subsidiaries are their respective local currencies. These financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars (rounded off to the nearest million) to facilitate the investors’ ability to evaluate Infosys’ performance and financial position in comparison to similar companies domiciled in other geographic locations. 

Transactions and translations

 

Foreign-currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities are translated into the relevant functional currency at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. The gains or losses resulting from such translations are includedrecognized in the statementConsolidated Statement of comprehensive income.Comprehensive Income and reported within exchange gains/ (losses) on translation of assets and liabilities, net, except when deferred in Other Comprehensive Income as qualifying cash flow hedges. Non-monetary assets and non-monetary liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and measured at fair value are translated at the exchange rate prevalent at the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary assets and non-monetary liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and measured at historical cost are translated at the exchange rate prevalent at the date of transaction. The related revenue and expense are recognized using the same exchange rate.

 

Transaction gains or losses realized upon settlement of foreign currency transactions are included in determining net profit for the period in which the transaction is settled. Revenue, expense and cash-flow items denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the relevant functional currencies using the exchange rate in effect on the date of the transaction.

 

The translation of financial statements of the entities of the group from functional currencyforeign subsidiaries to the presentation currency is performed for assets and liabilities using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue, expense and cash-flow items using the average exchange rate for the respective periods. The gains or losses resulting from such translation are included in currency translation reserves under other components of equity. When a subsidiary is disposed of, in full, the relevant amount is transferred to the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income. However, when a change in the parent's ownership does not result in loss of control of a subsidiary, such changes are recorded through equity. 

Other Comprehensive Income, net of taxes includes translation differences on non-monetary financial assets measured at fair value at the reporting date, such as equities classified as financial instruments and measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date.

 

 

Government grants

 

The Group recognizes government grants only when there is reasonable assurance that the conditions attached to them shallwill be complied with, and the grants will be received. Government grants related to assets are treated as deferred income and are recognized in the net profit in the statement of comprehensive income on a systematic and rational basis over the useful life of the asset. Government grants related to revenue are recognized on a systematic basis in the statement of comprehensive income over the periods necessary to match them with the related costs which they are intended to compensate.


 

Other income consists of the following:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Interest income on financial assets carried at amortized cost

 

260

 

352

 

402

 

161

 

 

181

 

 

201

 

Interest income on financial assets fair valued through other comprehensive income

 

106

 

28

 

 

55

 

 

46

 

 

92

 

Dividend income on investments carried at fair value through profit or loss

 

1

 

4

 

10

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain / (loss) on investments carried at fair value through profit or loss

 

39

 

18

 

 

10

 

 

26

 

 

24

 

Gain / (loss) on investments carried at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

11

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

Interest income on income tax refund

 

1

 

 

37

 

 

7

 

Exchange gains / (losses) on forward and options contracts

 

 

89

 

4

 

 

75

 

 

 

(66

)

 

27

 

Exchange gains / (losses) on translation of other assets and liabilities

 

36

 

(54)

 

21

 

 

(47

)

 

139

 

 

18

 

Reduction in fair value of Disposal Group held for sale (refer note no. 2.9)

 

(18)

 

 

Others

 

71

 

22

 

39

 

30

 

 

26

 

 

42

 

 

495

 

459

 

476

 

 

297

 

 

395

 

 

411

 

 

2.15 Leases

Accounting policy

Leases under which the group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. When acquired, such assets are capitalized at fair value or present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease, whichever is lower. Lease payments under operating leases are recognized as an expense on a straight line basis in the statement of comprehensive income over the lease term.

The Group has various operating leases, mainly for office buildings, that are renewable on a periodic basis. Rental expense for operating leases was $82 million, $73 million and $55 million for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The schedule of future minimum rental payments in respect of non-cancellable operating leases is set out below:

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

Within one year of the balance sheet date

 

70

 

71

Due in a period between one year and five years

 

213

 

191

Due after five years

 

134

 

114

A majority of the group’s operating lease arrangements extend up to a maximum of ten years from their respective dates of inception, and relate to rented premises. Some of these lease agreements contain a price escalation clause.

2.162.17 Employees' Stock Option Plans (ESOP)

 

Accounting policy

 

The Group recognizes compensation expense relating to share-based payments in net profit using fair-value in accordance with IFRS 2, Share-Based Payment.based on estimated fair- value of the awards on the grant date. The estimated fair value of awards is charged torecognized as an expense in net profit in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was in-substance, multiple awards with a corresponding increase to share premium.

 


AmendmentInfosys Expanded Stock Ownership Program 2019 (the 2019 Plan):

On June 22, 2019, pursuant to IFRS 2:

Effective April 1, 2017,approval by the Groupshareholders in the Annual General Meeting, the Board has early adopted amendmentbeen authorized to IFRS 2 which provides specific guidanceintroduce, offer, issue and provide share-based incentives to measurement of cash-settled awards, modification of cash-settled awards and awards that include a net settlement feature in respect of withholding taxes. The adoptioneligible employees of the amendment didCompany and its subsidiaries under the 2019 Plan. The maximum number of shares under the 2019 Plan shall not have any material effectexceed 50,000,000 equity shares. To implement the 2019 Plan, up to 45,000,000 equity shares may be issued by way of secondary acquisition of shares by Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Trust. The RSUs granted under the 2019 Plan shall vest based on the consolidated financial statements.achievement of defined annual performance parameters as determined by the administrator (Nomination and Remuneration Committee). The performance parameters will be based on a combination of relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) against selected industry peers and certain broader market domestic and global indices and operating performance metrics of the company as decided by administrator. Each of the above performance parameters will be distinct for the purposes of calculation of quantity of shares to vest based on performance. These instruments will generally vest between a minimum of 1 to maximum of 3 years from the grant date.

2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (formerly 2011 RSU Plan) (the 2015 Plan): On March 31, 2016, pursuant to the approval by the shareholders through postal ballot, the Board has beenwas authorized to introduce, offer, issue and allot share-based incentives to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries under the 2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2015 Plan). The maximum number of shares under the 2015 planPlan shall not exceed 24,038,883 equity shares (this includes 11,223,576 equity shares which are held by the trust towards the 2011 Plan as at March 31, 2016). Out of this 17,038,883 equity shares will be issued as RSUs at par value and 7,000,000 equity shares will be issued as stock options at market price on the date of the grant. These instruments will generally vest over a period of 4 years and the Company expects to grant the instruments under the 2015 Plan over the period of 4 to 7 years. The plan numbers mentioned above would further be adjusted for the September 2018 bonus issue.

 

Controlled trust holds 10,801,956 and 11,289,514 shares as at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017, respectively under the 2015 plan, out of which 1,00,000 equity shares have been earmarked for welfare activities of the employees.


 

The following is the summary of grants made during fiscal 2018, 2017equity settled and 2016 under the 2015 Plan:

Particulars

Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Fiscal 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salil Parekh, CEO and MD - Refer Note 1 below

 

113,024

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, COO and WTD

 

27,250

 

 

 

 

 

Dr.Vishal Sikka*

 

270,224

 

 

120,700

 

 

124,061

 

Other KMP**

 

271,100

 

 

246,250

 

 

 

Employees other than KMP

 

1,599,010

 

 

2,507,740

 

 

 

 

 

2,280,608

 

 

2,874,690

 

 

124,061

 

ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.B. Pravin Rao, COO and WTD

 

43,000

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Vishal Sikka*

 

330,525

 

 

 

 

 

Other KMP**

 

44,450

 

 

502,550

 

 

 

Employees other than KMP

 

73,600

 

 

703,300

 

 

 

 

 

491,575

 

 

1,205,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incentive units- cash settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other employees

 

50,040

 

 

112,210

 

 

 

 

 

50,040

 

 

112,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grants

 

2,822,223

 

 

4,192,750

 

 

124,061

 

*

Upon Dr. Vishal Sikka's resignation from the roles of the company, the unvested RSUs and ESOPs have been forfeited

**

Refer note 2.19 for details on resignation of certain KMPs


Note:

1.

Stock incentives granted to Salil Parekh, CEO and MD

Pursuant to the approval of the shareholders through a postal ballot on February 20, 2018, Salil Parekh (CEO & MD) is eligible to receive under the 2015 Plan:

a) an annual grant of RSUs of fair value ₹3.25 crore (approximately $0.5 million) which will vest over time in 3 equal annual installments upon completion of each year of service from the respective grant date

b) a one-time grant of RSUs of fair value ₹9.75 crore (approximately $1.5 million) which will vest over time in 2 equal annual installments upon completion of each year of service from the grant date and

c) annual grant of performance based RSUs of fair value ₹13 crore (approximately $2 million) which will vest after completion of three years the first of which concludes on March 31, 2021, subject to achievement of performance targets set by the Board or its committee.

The Board based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration committee approved on February 27, 2018, the annual time based grant for fiscal 2018 of 28,256 RSUs and the one-time time based grant of 84,768 RSUs. The grants were made effective February 27, 2018.

Though the annual time based grants for the remaining employment term ending on January 1, 2023 have not been granted as of March 31, 2018, since the service commencement date precedes the grant date, the company has recorded employment stock compensation expense in accordance with IFRS 2, Share based payments.

Thecash settled RSUs and stock options would vest generally over a period of 4 years and shall be exercisable within the period as approved by the Committee.Nomination and Remuneration Committee (NARC). The exercise price of the RSUs will be equal to the par value of the shares and the exercise price of the stock options would be the market price as on the date of grant.

Consequent to the September 2018 bonus issue, all the then outstanding options granted under the stock option plan have been adjusted for bonus shares. Unless otherwise stated, all the prior period share numbers, share prices and weighted average exercise prices in this note have been adjusted to give effect to the September 2018 bonus issue.

Controlled trust holds 15,514,732 and 18,239,356 shares as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively, under the 2015 Plan, out of which, 200,000 and 200,000 equity shares have been earmarked for welfare activities of the employees as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively.

The following is the summary of grants made during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 under the 2015 Plan and 2019 Plan:

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

2015 Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSU - Equity settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KMPs

 

 

457,151

 

 

 

506,526

 

 

 

696,480

 

Employees other than KMPs

 

 

2,203,460

 

 

 

3,347,650

 

 

 

3,644,220

 

 

 

 

2,660,611

 

 

 

3,854,176

 

 

 

4,340,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSU - Incentive units (cash settled)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KMPs

 

 

 

 

 

180,400

 

 

 

 

Other employees

 

 

115,250

 

 

 

475,740

 

 

 

74,090

 

 

 

 

115,250

 

 

 

656,140

 

 

 

74,090

 

2019 Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity settled Performance based RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KMPs

 

 

311,808

 

 

 

352,793

 

 

 

 

Employees other than KMPs

 

 

1,284,600

 

 

 

1,738,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,596,408

 

 

 

2,091,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grants

 

 

4,372,269

 

 

 

6,601,609

 

 

 

4,414,790

 

Information in the table above is adjusted for September 2018 bonus issue, wherever applicable.

Refer to Note 2.20 for details on appointment and resignation of KMPs

Notes on grants to KMP

CEO & MD:

Under the 2015 Plan:

The Board, on April 20, 2020, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, approved the performance-based grant of RSUs amounting to ₹13 crore (approximately $2 million) for fiscal 2021 under the 2015 Plan. These RSUs will vest in line with the employment agreement based on achievement of certain performance targets. Accordingly, 192,964 performance based RSUs were granted effective May 2, 2020.

In accordance with the employee agreement which has been approved by the shareholders, the CEO is eligible to receive an annual grant of RSUs of fair value ₹3.25 crore (approximately $0.44 million) which will vest overtime in three equal annual installments upon the completion of each year of service from the respective grant date. Accordingly, annual time-based grant of 25,775 RSUs was made effective February 1, 2021.


Though the annual time based grants for the remaining employment term ending on March 31, 2023 have not been granted as of March 31, 2021, since the service commencement date precedes the grant date, the Company has recorded employment stock compensation expense in accordance with IFRS 2, Share based payments.

Under the 2019 Plan:

The Board, on April 20, 2020, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, approved performance-based grant of RSUs amounting to ₹10 crore (approximately $1.35 million) for fiscal 2021 under the 2019 Plan. These RSUs will vest in line with the employment agreement based on achievement of certain performance targets. Accordingly, 148,434 performance based RSUs were granted effective May 2, 2020.

COO and Whole-time director

Under the 2019 Plan:

The Board, on April 20, 2020, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, approved performance-based grant of RSUs amounting to ₹4 crore (approximately $0.50 million) for fiscal 2021 under the 2019 Plan. These RSUs will vest in line with the employment agreement based on achievement of certain performance targets. Accordingly, 59,374 performance-based RSUs were granted effective May 2, 2020.

Other KMPs

Under the 2015 Plan:

On April 20, 2020, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, in accordance with employment agreement, the Board, approved performance-based grant of 11,133 RSUs to other KMP under the 2015 Plan. The grants were made effective May 2, 2020.  The performance based RSUs will vest over three years based on certain performance targets.

On January 13, 2021, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, the Board, approved time-based grant of 13,879 RSUs to other KMPs under the 2015 Plan. The grants were made effective February 1, 2021. These RSUs will vest over four years.

On March 30, 2021, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, the Board, approved time-based grant of 213,400 RSUs to other KMPs under the 2015 Plan. The grants were made effective March 31, 2021. These RSUs will vest over four years.

Under the 2019 Plan:

On March 30, 2021, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, the Board, approved performance-based grants of 106,000 RSUs to other KMPs under the 2019 Plan. The grants were made effective March 27, 2021. These RSUs will vest over three years based on achievement of certain performance targets.

      

Break-up of employee stock compensation expense

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Granted to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KMP (1)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

Employees other than KMP

 

15

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

Total

 

 

13

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

1

 

Cash settled stock compensation expense included in the above

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included a reversal of stock compensation cost of $5 million for fiscal 2018, towards forfeiture of stock incentives granted to Dr. Vishal Sikka upon his resignation.

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Granted to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KMP

 

10

 

 

8

 

 

5

 

Employees other than KMP

 

35

 

 

26

 

 

24

 

Total

 

 

45

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

29

 

Cash settled stock compensation expense included in the above

 

11

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 


Share based payment arrangements that were modified during the year ended March 31, 2021: 

During the year ended March 31, 2021, the company issued ADS settled RSU and ESOP awards as replacement for outstanding stock appreciation rights awards. The replacement was pursuant to SEBI Circular 'Framework for issue of Depository Receipts - Clarifications' dated December 18, 2020 which allows Non-resident Indians to hold depository receipts. The awards were granted after necessary approvals from the NARC. All other terms and conditions of the replaced awards remain the same as the original award.

The replacement awards were accounted as a modification and the fair value on the date of modification of $12 million is recognized as equity with a corresponding adjustment to financial liability.

Share based payment arrangements that were modified during the year ended March 31, 2020:

During the year ended March 31, 2020, the company issued stock appreciation rights as replacement for outstanding ADS settled RSU and ESOP awards. The replacement was pursuant to SEBI Circular 'Framework for issue of Depository Receipts' dated October 10, 2019 which prohibited companies to allot ADS to Indian residents and Non resident Indians. The awards were granted after necessary approvals from the NARC. All other terms and conditions of the replaced awards remain the same as the original award.

The replacement awards was accounted as a modification and the fair value on the date of modification of $8 million is recognized as financial liability with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

As at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, cash settled options outstanding (net of forfeitures) were 387,088 and 1,756,521, respectively. The carrying value of liability towards cash settled share-based payments was $1 million and $6 million, respectively as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively.


The activity in the 2015 Plan and 2019 Plan for equity-settled share based payment transaction during the year ended March 31, 2018fiscal 2021 is set out below:

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2018

 

Year ended March 31, 2021

 

 

Shares arising

out of options

 

Weighted average

exercise price($)

 

Shares arising

out of options

 

 

Weighted average

exercise price($)

 

2015 Plan -RSU

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning*

 

2,961,373

 

0.07

2015 Plan: RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning

 

 

8,780,898

 

 

 

0.05

 

Granted

 

2,280,608

 

0.08

 

 

2,660,611

 

 

 

0.07

 

Exercised

 

648,217

 

0.07

 

 

3,783,462

 

 

 

0.05

 

Modification to equity settled awards

 

 

871,900

 

 

 

 

Forfeited and expired

 

843,355

 

0.07

 

 

482,707

 

 

 

0.06

 

Outstanding at the end

 

3,750,409

 

0.07

 

 

8,047,240

 

 

 

0.06

 

Exercisable at the end

 

24,205

 

0.07

 

 

151,685

 

 

 

0.05

 

2015 Plan-ESOP

 

 

 

 

2015 Plan: ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning

 

 

1,100,330

 

 

 

7.13

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

239,272

 

 

 

7.21

 

Modification to equity settled awards

 

 

203,026

 

 

 

 

Forfeited and expired

 

 

14,628

 

 

 

7.63

 

Outstanding at the end

 

 

1,049,456

 

 

 

7.32

 

Exercisable at the end

 

 

1,002,130

 

 

 

7.33

 

2019 Plan: RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning

 

1,197,650

 

15.26

 

 

2,091,293

 

 

 

0.07

 

Granted

 

491,575

 

14.62

 

 

1,596,408

 

 

 

0.07

 

Exercised

 

52,412

 

15.26

 

 

370,170

 

 

 

0.07

 

Forfeited and expired

 

669,900

 

14.84

 

 

266,958

 

 

 

0.07

 

Outstanding at the end

 

966,913

 

15.23

 

 

3,050,573

 

 

 

0.07

 

Exercisable at the end

 

196,912

 

15.26

 

 

233,050

 

 

 

0.07

 


The activity in the 2015 Plan and 2019 Plan for equity-settled share based payment transaction during fiscal 2020 is set out below:

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Shares arising

out of options

 

 

Weighted average

exercise price($)

 

2015 Plan: RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning

 

 

9,181,198

 

 

 

0.05

 

Granted

 

 

3,854,176

 

 

 

0.07

 

Exercised

 

 

2,561,218

 

 

 

0.04

 

Modification to cash settled awards

 

 

1,061,820

 

 

 

 

Forfeited and expired

 

 

631,438

 

 

 

0.05

 

Outstanding at the end

 

 

8,780,898

 

 

 

0.05

 

Exercisable at the end

 

 

392,185

 

 

 

0.03

 

2015 Plan: ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning

 

 

1,623,176

 

 

 

7.46

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

104,796

 

 

 

7.26

 

Modification to cash settled awards

 

 

351,550

 

 

 

 

Forfeited and expired

 

 

66,500

 

 

 

7.43

 

Outstanding at the end

 

 

1,100,330

 

 

 

7.13

 

Exercisable at the end

 

 

780,358

 

 

 

7.17

 

2019 Plan: RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

2,091,293

 

 

 

0.07

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited and expired

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end

 

 

2,091,293

 

 

 

0.07

 

Exercisable at the end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The activity in the 2015 Plan for equity-settled share based payment transaction during the year ended March 31, 2017fiscal 2019 is set out below:

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2017

 

Year ended March 31, 2019

 

 

Shares arising

out of options

 

Weighted average

exercise price($)

 

Shares arising

out of options

 

 

Weighted average

exercise price($)

 

2015 Plan -RSU

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning*

 

221,505

 

0.07

2015 Plan: RSU

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning

 

 

7,500,818

 

 

 

0.04

 

Granted

 

2,874,690

 

0.07

 

 

4,340,700

 

 

 

0.05

 

Exercised

 

 

1,864,510

 

 

 

0.04

 

Forfeited and expired

 

100,760

 

0.07

 

 

795,810

 

 

 

0.04

 

Exercised

 

34,062

 

Outstanding at the end

 

2,961,373

 

0.07

 

 

9,181,198

 

 

 

0.05

 

Exercisable at the end

 

 

 

 

235,256

 

 

 

0.04

 

2015 Plan -ESOP

 

 

 

 

2015 Plan: ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning

 

 

 

 

1,933,826

 

 

 

7.62

 

Granted

 

1,205,850

 

15.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

117,350

 

 

 

7.35

 

Forfeited and expired

 

8,200

 

15.26

 

 

193,300

 

 

 

7.43

 

Exercised

 

 

Outstanding at the end

 

1,197,650

 

15.26

 

 

1,623,176

 

 

 

7.46

 

Exercisable at the end

 

 

 

 

698,500

 

 

7.46

 


 

As at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017, 111,757 and 106,845 incentive units were outstanding (net of forfeitures).


The activityInformation in the 2015 Planabove table is adjusted for equity-settled share based payment transaction during the year ended March 31, 2016 is set out below:September 2018 bonus issue.

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2016

 

 

Shares arising

out of options

 

Weighted average

exercise price($)

2015 Plan - RSU

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at the beginning*

 

108,268

 

0.07

Granted

 

124,061

 

0.07

Forfeited and expired

 

 

Exercised*

 

10,824

 

0.07

Outstanding at the end

 

221,505

 

0.07

Exercisable at the end

 

 

*

Adjusted for bonus issue. (Refer to note 2.13).

During the year ended March 31, 2018, March 31, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and March 31, 2016,2019, the weighted average share price of options exercised under the 2015 Plan on the date of exercise was $15.48, $16.10$14.92, $10.49 and $16, respectively$10.01, respectively.

During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, the weighted average share price of options exercised under the 2019 Plan on the date of exercise was $15.90, Nil and Nil, respectively.

 

The following table summarizes information about equity settled RSUs and ESOPs outstanding as of March 31, 2018:2021:

 

 

 

Options outstanding

Range of exercise prices per share ($)

 

No. of shares arising out of options

 

Weighted average remaining

contractual life

 

Weighted average exercise price ($)

2015 Plan: ADS and IES

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 - 0.08 (RSU)

 

3,750,409

 

1.89

 

0.07

13 - 17 (ESOP)

 

966,913

 

6.60

 

15.23

 

 

4,717,322

 

2.57

 

3.18

 

 

2019 Plan - Options outstanding

 

 

2015 Plan - Options outstanding

 

Range of exercise prices per share ($)

 

No. of shares

arising out

of options

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

contractual life

 

 

Weighted

average

exercise

price ($)

 

 

No. of shares

arising out

of options

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

contractual life

 

 

Weighted

average

exercise

price ($)

 

American Depositary Share (ADS) and Indian Equity Shares (IES)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 - 0.07 (RSU)

 

 

3,050,573

 

 

 

1.48

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

8,047,240

 

 

 

1.67

 

 

0.06

 

6 - 8 (ESOP)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,049,456

 

 

 

1.83

 

 

7.32

 

 

 

 

3,050,573

 

 

 

1.48

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

9,096,696

 

 

 

1.69

 

 

 

0.90

 

 

The following table summarizes information about equity settled RSUs and ESOPs outstanding as at March 31, 2017:2020:

 

 

Options outstanding

 

 

2019 Plan - Options outstanding

 

 

2015 Plan - Options outstanding

Range of exercise prices per share ($)

 

No. of shares

arising out

of options

 

 

Weighted average

remaining

contractual life

 

 

Weighted average

exercise

price ($)

 

 

No. of shares

arising out

of options

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

contractual life

 

 

Weighted

average

exercise

price ($)

 

 

No. of shares

arising out

of options

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

contractual life

 

 

Weighted

average

exercise

price ($)

2015 Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

American Depositary Share (ADS) and Indian Equity Shares (IES)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 - 0.07 (RSU)

 

 

2,961,373

 

 

 

1.88

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

2,091,293

 

 

 

1.76

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

8,780,898

 

 

 

1.59

 

 

0.05

14 - 16 (ESOP)

 

 

1,197,650

 

 

 

7.09

 

 

 

15.83

 

6 - 8 (ESOP)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,100,330

 

 

 

3.48

 

 

7.13

 

 

4,159,023

 

 

 

3.38

 

 

 

4.61

 

 

 

2,091,293

 

 

 

1.76

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

9,881,228

 

 

 

1.80

 

 

0.84


 

The fair value of each equity settled RSUthe awards are estimated using the Black-Scholes Model for time and non-market performance based options and Monte Carlo simulation model is estimated onused for TSR based options.

The inputs to the model include the share price at date of grant, using the Black-Scholes-Merton model with the following assumptions:

Particulars

 

For options granted in

 

 

 

Fiscal

2018-Equity

Shares-RSU

 

 

Fiscal

2018-Equity

shares ESOP

 

 

Fiscal 2018

-ADS-RSU

 

 

Fiscal 2018

-ADS-ESOP

 

Weighted average share price () / ($- ADS)

 

 

1,144

 

 

 

923

 

 

 

16.61

 

 

 

14.65

 

Exercise price (₹)/ ($- ADS)

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

919

 

 

 

0.08

 

 

 

14.67

 

Expected volatility (%)

 

20-25

 

 

25-28

 

 

21-26

 

 

25-31

 

Expected life of the option (years)

 

1 - 4

 

 

3 - 7

 

 

1 - 4

 

 

3 - 7

 

Expected dividends (%)

 

 

2.78

 

 

 

2.78

 

 

 

2.74

 

 

 

2.74

 

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

6 - 7

 

 

6 - 7

 

 

1 - 2

 

 

1 - 2

 

Weighted average fair value as on grant date (₹) / ($- ADS)

 

 

1,066

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

15.47

 

 

 

2.93

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Particulars

 

For options granted in

 

 

 

Fiscal

2017-Equity

Shares-RSU

 

 

Fiscal

2017-Equity

shares ESOP

 

 

Fiscal 2017

-ADS-RSU

 

 

Fiscal 2017

-ADS-ESOP

 

Weighted average share price (₹) / ($- ADS)

 

 

1,067

 

 

 

989

 

 

 

15.77

 

 

 

15.26

 

Exercise price (₹)/ ($- ADS)

 

 

5.00

 

 

 

998

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

15.26

 

Expected volatility (%)

 

24-29

 

 

27-29

 

 

26-29

 

 

27-31

 

Expected life of the option (years)

 

1- 4

 

 

3 - 7

 

 

1- 4

 

 

3 - 7

 

Expected dividends (%)

 

 

2.37

 

 

 

2.37

 

 

2. 29

 

 

2. 29

 

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

6- 7

 

 

6- 7

 

 

1 - 2

 

 

1 - 2

 

Weighted average fair value as on grant date (₹) / ($- ADS)

 

 

1,002

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

14.84

 

 

 

3.46

 

Theexercise price, expected volatility, expected dividends, expected term and the risk free rate of the RSU / ESOP is estimated based on the vesting term and contractual term of the RSU / ESOP, as well as expected exercise behavior of the employee who receives the RSU / ESOP.interest. Expected volatility during the expected term of the RSU / ESOPoptions is based on historical volatility of the observed market prices of the company'sCompany's publicly traded equity shares during a period equivalent to the expected term of the RSU / ESOP.options. Expected volatility of the comparative companies have been modelled based on historical movements in the market prices of their publicly traded equity shares during a period equivalent to the expected term of the options. Correlation coefficient is calculated between each peer entity and the indices as a whole or between each entity in the peer group.


The fair value of each equity settled award is estimated on the date of grant using the following assumptions:

 

 

For options granted in

 

 

Fiscal 2021-

Equity

Shares-RSU

 

 

Fiscal 2021-

ADS- RSU

Weighted average share price (₹) / ($- ADS)

 

 

1,253

 

 

18.46

Exercise price (₹)/ ($- ADS)

 

 

5.00

 

 

0.07

Expected volatility (%)

 

30-35

 

 

30-36

Expected life of the option (years)

 

1-4

 

 

1-4

Expected dividends (%)

 

2-3

 

 

2-3

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

4-5

 

 

0.1-0.3

Weighted average fair value as on grant date (₹) / ($- ADS)

 

 

1,124

 

 

16.19

 

 

2.17

 

 

For options granted in

 

 

Fiscal 2020-

Equity

Shares-RSU

 

 

Fiscal 2020-

ADS- RSU

Weighted average share price () / ($- ADS)

 

 

728

 

 

10.52

Exercise price ()/ ($- ADS)

 

 

5.00

 

 

0.07

Expected volatility (%)

 

22-30

 

 

22-26

Expected life of the option (years)

 

1-4

 

 

1-4

Expected dividends (%)

 

2-3

 

 

2-3

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

6-7

 

 

1-3

Weighted average fair value as on grant date () / ($- ADS)

 

 

607

 

 

7.84

 

 

For options granted in

 

 

Fiscal 2019-

Equity

Shares-RSU

 

 

Fiscal 2019-

ADS- RSU

Weighted average share price () / ($- ADS)*

 

 

696

 

 

10.77

Exercise price ()/ ($- ADS)*

 

 

3.31

 

 

0.06

Expected volatility (%)

 

21-25

 

 

22-26

Expected life of the option (years)

 

1-4

 

 

1-4

Expected dividends (%)

 

2.65

 

 

2.65

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

7-8

 

 

2-3

Weighted average fair value as on grant date () / ($- ADS)*

 

 

648

 

 

10.03

*

Adjusted for September 2018 bonus issue

The expected life of the RSU/ESOP is estimated based on the vesting term and contractual term of the RSU/ESOP, as well as expected exercise behavior of the employee who receives the RSU/ESOP.


2.18 Income taxes

Accounting policy

 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred income tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the net profit in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in other comprehensive income. Current income tax for current and prior periods is recognized at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the tax authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements except when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of changes in tax rates on deferred


income tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment or the substantive enactment date. A deferred income tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and tax losses can be utilized. Deferred income taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and branches where it is expected that the earnings of the subsidiary or branch will not be distributed in the foreseeable future. The groupGroup offsets current tax assets and current tax liabilities, where it has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and where it intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Tax benefits of deductions earned on exercise of employee share options in excess of compensation charged to income are credited to share premium.

 

Income tax expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income comprises:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Current taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic taxes

 

721

 

616

 

642

 

 

716

 

 

 

628

 

 

 

600

 

Foreign taxes

 

(12)

 

226

 

167

 

 

185

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

217

 

 

709

 

842

 

809

 

 

901

 

 

814

 

 

817

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic taxes

 

(80)

 

(1)

 

3

 

 

85

 

 

 

(43

)

 

 

3

 

Foreign taxes

 

28

 

(7)

 

(13)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(17

)

 

(52)

 

(8)

 

(10)

 

 

72

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

(14

)

Income tax expense

 

657

 

834

 

799

 

 

973

 

 

 

757

 

 

 

803

 

 

During the three months ended December 31, 2017, the Company has concluded an Advance Pricing Agreement (“APA”) with the US Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for the US branch covering fiscal years 2011 to 2021. Under the APA, the Company and the IRS have agreed on the methodology to allocate revenues and compute the taxable income of the Company’s US Branch operations.

In accordance with the APA, the company has reversed income tax expense provision of $225 million.  This comprises reversal of current tax expense of $253 million, reversal of $21 million on account of deferred tax assets pertaining to the temporary differences which are no longer required and a deferred tax liability of $7 million pertaining to Branch profit tax for the three months ended December 31, 2017 on account of conclusion of APA. In line with the APA, the Company has to pay an amount of approximately $233 million due to the difference between the taxes payable for prior periods as per the APA and the actual taxes paid for such periods. The company has paid $138 million till date.  

Additionally, incomeIncome tax expense for the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and 20162019 includes reversals (net of provisions) of $45$47 million, $23$52 million and $47$25 million, respectively, pertainingrespectively. These reversals pertain to prior periods primarily on account of adjudication of certain disputed matters in favor of the companyCompany and upon filing of tax return, across various jurisdictions.jurisdictions and changes to tax regulations.

The “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R. 1)” was signed into law on December 22, 2017 (“US Tax Reforms”). The US tax reforms has reduced federal tax rates from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018 amongst other measures. During the year ended March 31, 2018, the US tax reforms has resulted in a positive impact of $24 million on account of credits pertaining to deferred tax liabilities on branch profit.

Entire deferred income tax, except for a credit of $24 million (on account of US Tax Reforms explained above), for the year ended March 31, 2018, relates to origination and reversal of temporary differences. Entire deferred income tax for fiscal 2017 and 2016 relates to origination and reversal of temporary differences.

During fiscal 2018, a current tax charge of $2 million has been recorded in other comprehensive income pertaining to remeasurement of defined benefit plan asset.


During fiscal 2017 and 2016, a current tax credit of $1 million and Nil has been recorded in other comprehensive income pertaining to remeasurement of defined benefit plan asset.

During fiscal 2017, on account of adoption of IFRS 9, there was a reversal of deferred tax liability of $1 million pertaining to unrealized gains on quoted debt securities.

During fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, a reversal of net deferred tax liability of $2 million and a deferred tax liability of $2 million, respectively has been recorded in other comprehensive income pertaining to unrealized gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.

The company, being a resident in India as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961, is required to pay taxes in India on the global income in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, which is reflected as domestic taxes. The geographical segment disclosures on revenue in note 2.20.2 are based on the location of customers and do not reflect the geographies where the actual delivery or revenue-related efforts occur. The income on which domestic taxes are imposed are not restricted to the income generated from the “India” geographic segment. As such, amounts applicable to domestic income taxes and foreign income taxes will not necessarily correlate to the proportion of revenue generated from India and other geographical segments as per the geographic segment disclosure set forth in note 2.20.2.

A reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to the income before income taxes is summarized below:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Profit before income taxes

 

3,143

 

2,974

 

2,851

 

 

3,596

 

 

 

3,095

 

 

 

3,003

 

Enacted tax rates in India

 

34.61%

 

34.61%

 

34.61%

 

 

34.94

%

 

 

34.94

%

 

 

34.94

%

Computed expected tax expense

 

1,088

 

1,029

 

987

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

1,083

 

 

 

1,049

 

Tax effect due to non-taxable income for Indian tax purposes

 

(321)

 

(295)

 

(268)

 

 

(346

)

 

 

(383

)

 

 

(386

)

Overseas taxes

 

109

 

112

 

109

 

 

99

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

102

 

Tax provision (reversals)

 

(253)

 

(23)

 

(47)

 

 

(47

)

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(25

)

Effect of differential overseas tax rates

 

8

 

10

 

1

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

Effect of exempt non-operating income

 

(10)

 

(10)

 

(13)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(8

)

Effect of unrecognized deferred tax assets

 

29

 

14

 

9

 

 

1

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

13

 

Effect of non-deductible expenses

 

9

 

4

 

30

 

 

20

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

50

 

Branch profit tax (net of credits)

 

(32)

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

4

 

Subsidiary dividend distribution tax

 

27

 

 

Others

 

3

 

(7)

 

(9)

 

 

16

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Income tax expense

 

657

 

834

 

799

 

 

973

 

 

 

757

 

 

 

803

 

 

Other incomeThe corporate statutory tax rate for year ended March 31, 2018, includes interest on income tax refund of $41 million.fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 is 34.94% each. 

The foreign tax expense is due to income taxes payable overseas, principally in the United States. In India, the company has benefited from certain income tax incentives that the Government of India had provided for export of softwareIT services from the units registered under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005 (SEZ). SEZ units which began the provision of IT services on or after April 1, 2005 are eligible for a deduction of 100 %100% of profits or gains derived from the export of IT services for the first five years from the financial year in which the unit commenced the provision of services and 50% of such profits or gains for a further five years. Up to 50% of such profits or gains is also available for a further five years subject to creation of a Special Economic Zone Re-investment Reserve out of the profit of the eligible SEZ units and utilization of such reserve by the Company for acquiring new plant and machinery for the purpose of its business as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961.1961 (Refer to Other Reserves under note 2.13Note 2.15 Equity).


As a result of these tax incentives, a portion of the company’sCompany’s pre-tax income has not been subject to tax in recent years. These tax incentives resulted in a decrease in our income tax expense of $321$346 million, $295$383 million and $268$386 million for the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively, compared to the tax amounts that we estimate we would have been required to pay if these incentives had not been available. The per share effect of these tax incentives computed based on both basic and diluted weighted average number of equity shares for the year ended March 31,fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0.08, $0.09 and $0.09, (adjusted for September 2018 March 31, 2017bonus issue), respectively.

Entire deferred income tax for fiscal 2021, 2020 and March 2016 was $0.14, $0.132019 relates to origination and $0.12, respectively.reversal of temporary differences. 

Infosys is subject to a 15% Branch Profit Tax (BPT) in the U.S. to the extent its U.S. branch's net profit during the year is greater than the increase in the net assets of the U.S. branch during the year, computed in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. As of March 31, 2018,2021, Infosys' U.S. branch net assets amounted to approximately $772$769 million. During the year endedAs at March 31, 2018 an additional deferred tax liability has been created for branch profit tax amounting to $7 million on account of conclusion of APA explained above. Further, on account of US tax Reforms, the company has a credit of $24 million pertaining to Branch Profit Tax for year ended March 31, 2018. The company has also reversed $8 million of Branch profit tax during the year ended March 31, 2018 towards current taxes. As of March 31, 2018,2021, the Company has a deferred tax liability for branch profit tax of $25$20 million (net of credits), as the Company estimates that these branch profits are expected to be distributed in the foreseeable future.

During the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company received $130 million as dividend from Infosys BPM, its majority owned subsidiary. Dividend distribution tax paid by the subsidiary on such dividend has been reduced as credit against dividend distribution tax payable by Infosys. Accordingly, the group has recorded a charge of $27 million as income tax expense during the year ended March 31, 2018.

Deferred income tax liabilities have not been recognized on temporary differences amounting to $774$1,323 million and $819$1,108 million as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017,2020, respectively, associated with investments in subsidiaries and branche0sbranches as it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.


Deferred income tax assets have not been recognized on accumulated losses of $297$510 million and $303$422 million as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017,2020, respectively, as it is probable that future taxable profit will be not available against which the unused tax losses can be utilized in the foreseeable future. The balance as of March 31, 2018 excludes the accumulated losses of disposal groups held for sale. (Refer note 2.9)

The following table provides details of expiration of unused tax losses:  losses for fiscal 2021:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

Year

 

in USD millions

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

14

 

2020

 

 

37

 

2021

 

 

12

 

2022

 

 

21

 

 

 

9

 

2023

 

 

39

 

 

 

28

 

2024

 

 

19

 

2025

 

 

15

 

2026

 

 

19

 

Thereafter

 

 

174

 

 

 

420

 

Total

 

 

297

 

 

 

510

 

The following table provides details of expiration of unused tax losses for fiscal 2020:

(Dollars in millions)

 

Year

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

11

 

2022

 

 

19

 

2023

 

 

28

 

2024

 

 

23

 

2025

 

 

16

 

Thereafter

 

 

325

 

Total

 

 

422

 

 

The following table provides the details of income tax assets and income tax liabilities as of March 31, 20182021 and March 31, 2017:2020:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Income tax assets

 

931

 

 

 

881

 

 

 

795

 

 

712

 

Current income tax liabilities

 

 

(314

)

 

 

(599

)

 

 

(294

)

 

 

(197

)

Net current income tax assets / (liabilities) at the end

 

 

617

 

 

 

282

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

515

 

 


The gross movement in the current income tax asset / (liability) for fiscal 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 is as follows:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net current income tax asset / (liability) at the beginning

 

282

 

274

 

203

 

 

515

 

 

 

748

 

 

 

617

 

Translation differences

 

(8)

 

6

 

(12)

 

 

17

 

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(34

)

Income tax paid

 

1,059

 

843

 

892

 

 

863

 

 

 

639

 

 

 

975

 

Current income tax expense (Refer to Note 2.17)

 

(709)

 

(842)

 

(809)

Current income tax expense

 

 

(901

)

 

 

(814

)

 

 

(817

)

Income tax on other comprehensive income

 

(2)

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

1

 

Reclassified under assets held for sale (refer note no 2.9)

 

(5)

 

 

Reclassified under assets held for sale (refer note no 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Reclassified from held for sale (Refer note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Income tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options

 

 

6

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Tax impact on buyback expenses

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Additions through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(1

)

Net current income tax asset / (liability) at the end

 

617

 

282

 

274

 

 

501

 

 

 

515

 

 

 

748

 


The movement in gross deferred income tax assets and liabilities (before set off) for fiscal 2021 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Carrying

value as of

April 1, 2020

 

 

Changes

through

profit

and loss

 

 

Addition

through

business

combination

 

 

Changes

through OCI

 

 

Translation

difference

 

 

Carrying

value as of

March 31, 2021

 

Deferred income tax assets / (liabilities)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

32

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

35

 

Lease liabilities

 

 

18

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

23

 

Accrued compensation to employees

 

 

7

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Trade receivables

 

 

26

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

30

 

Compensated absences

 

 

57

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

68

 

Post sales client support

 

 

15

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Credits related to branch profits

 

 

50

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

48

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

21

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Intangibles

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Intangibles arising on business combinations

 

 

(56

)

 

 

10

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(50

)

Branch profit tax

 

 

(73

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(68

)

SEZ reinvestment reserve

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(84

)

Others

 

 

14

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

10

 

Total Deferred income tax assets / (liabilities)

 

 

103

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

30

 

 

The movement in gross deferred income tax assets and liabilities (before set off) for fiscal 20182020 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Carrying

value as of

April 1, 2017

 

 

Changes

through profit

and loss

 

 

Changes

through

OCI

 

 

Reclassified

as Held for

Sale

 

 

Translation

difference

 

 

Carrying

value as of

March 31, 2018

 

 

Carrying

value as of

April 1, 2019

 

 

Changes

through

profit

and loss

 

 

Addition

through

business

combination

 

 

Changes

through OCI

 

 

Reclassification

 

 

Impact on account of IFRS 16 adoption

 

 

Translation

difference

 

 

Carrying

value as of

March 31, 2020

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets / (liabilities)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

21

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

32

 

Computer software

 

 

6

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

18

 

Accrued compensation to employees

 

 

9

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Trade receivables

 

 

21

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

26

 

Compensated absences

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

56

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

57

 

Post sales client support

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

15

 

Credits related to branch profits

 

 

49

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

21

 

Intangibles

 

 

3

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

Credits related to branch profits

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

52

 

Intangibles arising on business combinations

 

 

(19

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(56

)

Branch profit tax

 

 

(78

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(73

)

SEZ reinvestment reserve

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(11

)

Others

 

 

22

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

14

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

201

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible asset

 

 

(32

)

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

Branch profit tax

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(77

)

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

(11

)

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Others

 

 

(11

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(104

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(87

)

Total Deferred income tax assets / (liabilities)

 

 

101

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

103

 


The movement in gross deferred income tax assets and liabilities (before set off) for fiscal 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Carrying

value as of

April 1, 2016

 

 

Changes

through profit

and loss

 

 

Changes

through

OCI

 

 

Translation

difference

 

 

Carrying

value as of

March 31, 2017

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

27

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Computer software

 

 

8

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Accrued compensation to employees

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

9

 

Trade receivables

 

 

13

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Compensated absences

 

 

59

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

58

 

Post sales client support

 

 

12

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Intangibles

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Others

 

 

7

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

155

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible asset

 

 

(38

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(32

)

Branch profit tax

 

 

(51

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(50

)

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

Others *

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

(95

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(104

)

*

included in others is the impact on adoption of IFRS 9 of $1 million

 

The movement in gross deferred income tax assets and liabilities (before set off) for fiscal 20162019 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Carrying

value as of

April 1, 2015

 

 

Changes

through profit

and loss

 

 

Changes

through

OCI

 

 

Additions through Business Combinations

 

 

Translation

difference

 

 

Carrying

value as of

March 31, 2016

 

 

Carrying

value as of

April 1, 2018

 

 

Changes

through

profit

and loss

 

 

Addition

through

business

combination

 

 

Changes

through OCI

 

 

Reclassified

from Held

for Sale

 

 

Translation

difference

 

 

Carrying

value as of

March 31, 2019

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets / (liabilities)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

38

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

27

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

38

 

Computer software

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Accrued compensation to employees

 

 

8

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

10

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Trade receivables

 

 

17

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

26

 

Compensated absences

 

 

48

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

59

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

57

 

Post sales client support

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

15

 

Credits related to branch profits

 

 

52

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

2

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

Intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Others

 

 

5

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

136

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

137

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible asset

 

 

(25

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

(38

)

Intangibles arising on business combinations

 

 

(6

)

 

 

9

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(19

)

Branch profit tax

 

 

(51

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(77

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(78

)

Others

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

14

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

22

 

 

 

(76

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

(95

)

Total Deferred income tax assets / (liabilities)

 

 

114

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

101

 


The tax effects of significant temporary differences that resulted in deferred income tax assets and liability is as follows:

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Deferred income tax assets after set off

 

196

 

83

 

150

 

 

231

 

Deferred income tax liabilities after set off

 

(82)

 

(32)

 

 

(120

)

 

 

(128

)

 

Deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities have been offset wherever the groupGroup has a legally enforceable right to set off current income tax assets against current income tax liabilities and where the deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority.

In assessing the realizabilityreliability of deferred income tax assets, the management considers whether some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred income tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred income tax assets are deductible, management believes that the groupGroup will realize the benefits of those deductible differences. The amount of the deferred income tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are reduced.

The credit relating to temporary differences during the year ended March 31, 2018 are primarily on account of property plant and equipment and trade receivables partially offset by accrued compensation to employees. The charge relating to temporary differences during fiscal 2017 are primarily on account of property plant and equipment and compensated absences partially offset by trade receivables and post sales client support. The credits relating to temporary differences during fiscal 2016 are primarily on account of accrued compensation to employees and compensated absences partially offset by reversal of credits pertaining to property plant and equipment and trade receivables.

As at March 31, 2018,2021, claims against the Group not acknowledged as debts from the Income tax authorities amounted to ₹3,041 crore ($467 million)$473 million (₹3,462 crore).

As at March 31, 2020, claims against the Group not acknowledged as debts from the Income tax authorities amounted to $443 million (₹3,353 crore).


The amount paid to statutory authorities against the tax claims amounted to $834 million (₹6,095 crore) and $707 million (₹5,352 crore) as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively.

The claims against the Group primarily represent demands arising on completion of assessment proceedings under the Income Tax Act, 1961. These claims are on account of multiple issues of disallowances such as disallowance of profits earned from STP Units and SEZ Units, disallowance of deductions in respect of employment of new employees under section 80JJAA, disallowance of expenditure towards software being held as capital in nature, payments made to Associated Enterprises held as liable for withholding of taxes.

These matters are pending before various Appellate Authorities and theAuthorities.

The management including itsthe Company’s tax advisors expect that itsthe Company’s position will likely be upheld on ultimate resolution and will not have a material adverse effect on the Group's financial position and results of operations.

Amount paid to statutory authorities against the above tax claims amounted to ₹6,540 crore ($1,003 million).

As at March 31, 2017, claims against the Group not acknowledged as debts from the Income tax authorities amounted to ₹6,378 crore ($984 million). Amount paid to statutory authorities against this amounted to ₹4,682 crore ($722 million). 

2.182.19 Reconciliation of basic and diluted shares used in computing earnings per equity share

Accounting policy

 

Basic earnings per equity share is computed by dividing the net profit attributable to the equity holders of the companyGroup by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per equity share is computed by dividing the net profit attributable to the equity holders of the companyGroup by the weighted average number of equity shares considered for deriving basic earnings per equity share and also the weighted average number of equity shares that could have been issued upon conversion of all dilutive potential equity shares. The dilutive potential equity shares are adjusted for the proceeds receivable had the equity shares been actually issued at fair value (i.e. the average market value of the outstanding equity shares). Dilutive potential equity shares are deemed converted as of the beginning of the period, unless issued at a later date. Dilutive potential equity shares are determined independently for each period presented.

 


The number of equity shares and potentially dilutive equity shares are adjusted retrospectively for all periods presented for any share splits and bonus shares issues including for changes effected prior to the approval of the financial statements by the Board of Directors. 

 

The following is a reconciliation of the equity shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per equity share:

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Basic earnings per equity share - weighted average number of equity shares outstanding (1)(2)

 

2,255,332,322

 

2,285,639,447

 

2,285,616,160

 

 

4,242,416,665

 

 

 

4,257,754,522

 

 

 

4,347,130,157

 

Effect of dilutive common equivalent shares - share options outstanding

 

2,241,548

 

757,298

 

102,734

 

 

8,315,802

 

 

 

7,389,706

 

 

 

6,290,615

 

Diluted earnings per equity share - weighted average number of equity shares and common equivalent shares outstanding

 

2,257,573,870

 

2,286,396,745

 

2,285,718,894

 

 

4,250,732,467

 

 

 

4,265,144,228

 

 

 

4,353,420,772

 

 

(1)

excludes treasury shares

(2)

adjusted for bonus shares, wherever applicable Refer to note 2.13Note 2.15

For the year ended March 31, 2018Nil, 13,093 and March 31, 2017, 67,238 and 112,190Nil number of options to purchase equity shares, respectively, had an anti-dilutive effect.effect (adjusted for September 2018 bonus issue) for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

For the year ended March 31, 2016, there were no outstanding options to purchase equity shares which had an anti-dilutive effect.


2.19

2.20 Related party transactions

List of subsidiaries:

 

Particulars

 

Country

 

Holding as of

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

Infosys Technologies (China) Co. Limited (Infosys China)

 

China

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Technologies S. de R. L. de C. V. (Infosys Mexico)

 

Mexico

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Technologies (Sweden) AB. (Infosys Sweden)

 

Sweden

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited (Infosys Shanghai)

 

China

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Tecnologia DO Brasil LTDA. (Infosys Brasil)

 

Brazil

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Nova Holdings LLC. (Infosys Nova)

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

100%

EdgeVerve Systems Limited (EdgeVerve)

 

India

 

100%

 

100%

Lodestone Management Consultants GmbH(1)

 

Austria

 

100%

 

100%

Skava Systems Pvt. Ltd.  (Skava Systems)

 

India

 

100%

 

100%

Kallidus Inc. (Kallidus)

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Chile SpA(2)

 

Chile

 

-

 

-

Infosys Arabia Limited(3)

 

Saudi Arabia

 

70%

 

-

Infosys Americas Inc., (Infosys Americas)

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Technologies (Australia) Pty. Limited (Infosys Australia)(4)

 

Australia

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Public Services, Inc. USA (Infosys Public Services)

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Canada Public Services Ltd.(5)(6)

 

Canada

 

-

 

-

Infosys BPM Limited (formerly Infosys BPO Limited)

 

India

 

99.98%

 

99.98%

Infosys (Czech Republic) Limited s.r.o.(7)

 

Czech Republic

 

99.98%

 

99.98%

Infosys Poland, Sp z.o.o(7)

 

Poland

 

99.98%

 

99.98%

Infosys McCamish Systems LLC (7)

 

U.S.

 

99.98%

 

99.98%

Portland Group Pty Ltd(7)

 

Australia

 

99.98%

 

99.98%

Infosys BPO Americas LLC.(7)

 

U.S.

 

99.98%

 

99.98%

Infosys Consulting Holding AG (Infosys Lodestone)

 

Switzerland

 

100%

 

100%

Lodestone Management Consultants Inc.(4)(8)

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Management Consulting Pty Limited(8)

Australia

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Consulting AG(8)

 

Switzerland

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Consulting GmbH(8)

 

Germany

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Consulting SAS(8)

 

France

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Consulting s.r.o.(8)

 

Czech Republic

 

100%

 

100%

Lodestone Management Consultants  Co., Ltd.(8)

 

China

 

100%

 

100%

Infy Consulting Company Ltd(8)

 

U.K.

 

100%

 

100%

Infy Consulting B.V.(8)

 

The Netherlands

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Consulting Sp. z.o.o(8)

 

Poland

 

100%

 

100%

Lodestone Management Consultants Portugal, Unipessoal, Lda. (8)

 

Portugal

 

100%

 

100%

S.C. Infosys Consulting S.R.L.(8)

 

Romania

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Consulting S.R.L.(8)

 

Argentina

 

100%

 

100%

Lodestone GmbH(8)(9)

 

Switzerland

 

-

 

-

Lodestone Augmentis AG (10)(11)

 

Switzerland

 

-

 

-

Infosys Consulting (Belgium) NV (formerly Lodestone Management Consultants (Belgium) S.A.)(12)

 

Belgium

 

99.90%

 

99.90%

Infosys Consulting Ltda.(12)

 

Brazil

 

99.99%

 

99.99%

 

 

 

 

Holding as of

 

 

 

Country

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Infosys Technologies (China) Co. Limited (Infosys China)

 

China

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Technologies S. de R. L. de C. V. (Infosys Mexico)

 

Mexico

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Technologies (Sweden) AB. (Infosys Sweden)

 

Sweden

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited (Infosys Shanghai)

 

China

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Tecnologia DO Brasil LTDA. (Infosys Brasil)(18)

 

Brazil

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Nova Holdings LLC. (Infosys Nova)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

EdgeVerve Systems Limited (EdgeVerve)

 

India

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Austria GmbH

 

Austria

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Skava Systems Pvt. Ltd. (Skava Systems)(44)

 

India

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Kallidus Inc. (Kallidus)(45)

 

U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Chile SpA

 

Chile

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Arabia Limited(2)

 

Saudi Arabia

 

 

70.00

%

 

 

70.00

%

Infosys Consulting Ltda.(1)

 

Brazil

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys CIS LLC(1)(19)

 

Russia

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Luxembourg S.a.r.l

 

Luxembourg

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Americas Inc., (Infosys Americas)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Technologies (Australia) Pty. Limited (Infosys Australia)(3)

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Public Services, Inc. USA (Infosys Public Services)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Canada Public Services Inc(49)

 

Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys BPM Limited

 

India

 

 

99.99

%

 

 

99.99

%

Infosys (Czech Republic) Limited s.r.o.(4)

 

Czech Republic

 

 

99.99

%

 

 

99.99

%

Infosys Poland, Sp z.o.o(4)

 

Poland

 

 

99.99

%

 

 

99.99

%

Infosys McCamish Systems LLC(4)

 

U.S.

 

 

99.99

%

 

 

99.99

%

Portland Group Pty Ltd(4)

 

Australia

 

 

99.99

%

 

 

99.99

%

Infosys BPO Americas LLC(4)

 

U.S.

 

 

99.99

%

 

 

99.99

%

Infosys Consulting Holding AG (Infosys Lodestone)

 

Switzerland

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Management Consulting Pty Limited(5)

 

Australia

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting AG(5)

 

Switzerland

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting GmbH(5)

 

Germany

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting S.R.L.(1)

 

Romania

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting SAS(5)

 

France

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting s.r.o. v likvidaci (formerly Infosys Consulting s.r.o.)(5)(48)

 

Czech Republic

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.(5)(48)

 

China

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infy Consulting Company Ltd(5)

 

U.K.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infy Consulting B.V.(5)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting Sp. z.o.o(24)(32)

 

Poland

 

 

 

 

 

99.99

%

Lodestone Management Consultants Portugal, Unipessoal, Lda.(5)(37)

 

Portugal

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting S.R.L.(5)

 

Argentina

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting (Belgium) NV(6)

 

Belgium

 

 

99.90

%

 

 

99.90

%

Panaya Inc. (Panaya)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Panaya Ltd.(7)

 

Israel

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Panaya GmbH(7)

 

Germany

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Panaya Japan Co. Ltd(7)(23)

 

Japan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited (Brilliant Basics)

 

U.K.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Brilliant Basics Limited(8)

 

U.K.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Brilliant Basics (MENA) DMCC(8)(25)

 

Dubai

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Consulting Pte Limited (Infosys Singapore)(1)

 

Singapore

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Middle East FZ LLC(9)

 

Dubai

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Fluido Oy(9)

 

Finland

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Fluido Sweden AB (Extero)(12)

 

Sweden

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Fluido Norway A/S(12)

 

Norway

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Fluido Denmark A/S(12)

 

Denmark

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Fluido Slovakia s.r.o(12)

 

Slovakia

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Fluido Newco AB(12)(39)

 

Sweden

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Compaz Pte. Ltd (10)

 

Singapore

 

 

60.00

%

 

 

60.00

%

Infosys South Africa (Pty) Ltd(9)

 

South Africa

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

WongDoody Holding Company Inc. (WongDoody)(1)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

WDW Communications, Inc(11)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

WongDoody, Inc(11)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

HIPUS Co., Ltd (formerly Hitachi procurement Service Co. Ltd)(10)(13)

 

Japan

 

 

81.00

%

 

 

81.00

%

Stater N.V.(10)(14)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

75.00

%

 

 

75.00

%

Stater Nederland B.V.(15)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

75.00

%

 

 

75.00

%

Stater Duitsland B.V.(15)(41)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

 

 

 

75.00

%

Stater XXL B.V.(15)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

75.00

%

 

 

75.00

%

HypoCasso B.V.(15)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

75.00

%

 

 

75.00

%

Stater Participations B.V.(15)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

75.00

%

 

 

75.00

%


Particulars

 

Country

 

Holding as of

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

Panaya Inc. (Panaya)

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

100%

Panaya Ltd.(13)

 

Israel

 

100%

 

100%

Panaya GmbH(13)

 

Germany

 

100%

 

100%

Panaya Japan Co. Ltd(4)(13)

 

Japan

 

100%

 

100%

Panaya Pty Ltd.(13)(14)

 

Australia

 

-

 

-

Noah Consulting LLC (Noah)(15)

 

U.S.

 

-

 

100%

Noah Information Management Consulting Inc. (Noah Canada)(16)(17)

 

Canada

 

-

 

100%

Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited(18)

 

U.K.

 

100%

 

-

Brilliant Basics Limited(19)

 

U.K.

 

100%

 

-

Brilliant Basics (MENA) DMCC(19)

 

Dubai

 

100%

 

-

Infosys Consulting Pte Limited(1)

 

Singapore

 

100%

 

100%

Infosys Middle East FZ LLC(20)

 

Dubai

 

100%

 

-

Stater Deutschland Verwaltungs-GmbH(16)(40)

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

 

75.00

%

Stater Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG(16)(40)

 

Germany

 

 

 

 

 

75.00

%

Stater Belgium N.V./S.A.(17)(42)

 

Belgium

 

 

75.00

%

 

 

53.99

%

Outbox systems Inc. dba Simplus (US)(20)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Simplus North America Inc.(21)

 

Canada

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Simplus ANZ Pty Ltd.(21)

 

Australia

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Simplus Australia Pty Ltd(22)

 

Australia

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Sqware Peg Digital Pty Ltd(22)

 

Australia

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Simplus Philippines, Inc.(21)

 

Philippines

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Simplus Europe, Ltd.(21)

 

U.K.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Fluido UK, Ltd. (formerly Simplus U.K., Ltd)(12)(26)

 

U.K.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Fluido Ireland, Ltd. (formerly Simplus Ireland, Ltd)(12)(26)

 

Ireland

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

Infosys Limited Bulgaria EOOD(1)(27)

 

Bulgaria

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

Kaleidoscope Animations, Inc.(30)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

Kaleidoscope Prototyping LLC(31)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

GuideVision s.r.o.(28)

 

Czech Republic

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

GuideVision Deutschland GmbH(29)

 

Germany

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

GuideVision Suomi Oy(29)

 

Finland

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

GuideVision Magyarország Kft(29)

 

Hungary

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

GuideVision Polska SP.Z.O.O(29)

 

Poland

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

GuideVision UK Ltd(29)

 

U.K.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

Beringer Commerce Inc(33)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

Beringer Capital Digital Group Inc(33)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

Mediotype LLC(34)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

Beringer Commerce Holdings LLC(34)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

SureSource LLC(35)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

Blue Acorn LLC(35)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

Simply Commerce LLC(35)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

iCiDIGITAL LLC(36)

 

U.S.

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

Infosys BPM UK Limited(4)(38)

 

U.K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Turkey Bilgi Teknolojikeri Limited Sirketi(1)(43)

 

Turkey

 

 

 

 

 

 

Infosys Germany Holding GmbH(1)(46)(47)

 

Germany

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

(1)

Wholly-ownedWholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Limited

(2)

Incorporated effective November 20, 2017

(3)

SubsidiaryMajority owned and controlled subsidiary of Infosys Limited

(4)(3)

Liquidated effective November 17, 2019

(4)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys BPM

(5)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Consulting Holding AG

(6)

Majority owned and controlled subsidiary of Infosys Consulting Holding AG

(7)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Panaya Inc. 

(8)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Brilliant Basics Holding Limited

(9)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Consulting Pte Ltd

(10)

Majority owned and controlled subsidiary of Infosys Consulting Pte. Ltd  

(11)

Wholly owned subsidiary of WongDoody  

(12)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Fluido Oy   

(13)

On April 1, 2019, Infosys Consulting Pte. Ltd, acquired 81% of the voting interests in HIPUS Co., Ltd

(formerly Hitachi Procurement Service Co. Ltd)

(14)

On May 23, 2019, Infosys Consulting Pte. Ltd, acquired 75% of the voting interests in Stater N.V.

(15)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Stater N.V.

(16)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Stater Duitsland B.V.

(17)

Majority owned and controlled subsidiary of Stater Participations B.V.

(18)

Effective October 1, 2019, merged into Infosys Consulting Ltda, a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Ltd.

(19)

Liquidated effective January 28, 2021

(20)

On March 13, 2020, Infosys Nova Holdings LLC, acquired 100% of the voting interests in Outbox Systems Inc.

(21)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Outbox Systems Inc.

(22)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Simplus ANZ Pty Ltd

(23)

Liquidated effective October 31, 2019

(24)

On February 20, 2020, Infosys Poland, Sp z.o.o, a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys BPM acquired 100% of the voting interests in Infosys Consulting Sp. z.o.o, a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Consulting Holding AG

(25)

Liquidated effective July 17, 2020


(26)

On June 1, 2020, Fluido Oy, acquired 100% of the voting interests in Infosys Fluido UK, Ltd (formerly Simplus U.K., Ltd) and Infosys Fluido Ireland, Ltd. (formerly Simplus Ireland, Ltd) from Simplus Europe, Ltd

(27)

Incorporated effective September 11, 2020

(28)

On October 1, 2020, Infy Consulting Company Limited acquired 100% of voting interests in GuideVision s.r.o

(29)

Wholly owned subsidiary of GuideVision s.r.o.

(30)

On October 9, 2020, Infosys Nova Holdings LLC, acquired 100% voting interest in Kaleidoscope Animations, Inc.

(31)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Kaleidoscope Animations, Inc.

(32)

Merged with Infosys Poland Sp. z.o.o, effective October 21, 2020

(33)

On October 27, 2020, Infosys Nova Holding LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Limited, acquired 100% voting interest in Beringer Commerce Inc and Beringer Capital Digital Group Inc

(34)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Beringer Commerce Inc

(35)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Beringer Commerce Holdings LLC

(36)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Beringer Capital Digital Group Inc.

(37)

Liquidated effective November 19, 2020

(38)

Incorporated effective December 9, 2020

(39)

Merged into Fluido Sweden AB (Extero), effective December 18, 2020

(40)

Merged into Stater Duitsland B.V., effective December 18, 2020

(41)

Merged with Stater N.V., effective December 23, 2020

(42)

On December 29, 2020, Stater Participation B.V acquired non-controlling interest of 28.01% of the voting interests in Stater Belgium NV/SA

(43)

Incorporated on December 30, 2020

(44)

On March 29, 2021, the shareholders of Skava have approved to voluntarily liquidate the affairs of the Company. Accordingly, Skava will complete the process of voluntary liquidation pursuant to Section 59 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code of 2016 and applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013

(45)

Liquidated effective March 9, 2021

(46)

Incorporated on March 23, 2021

(47)

On March 28, 2021, Infosys Limited and Infosys Germany Holding GmbH registered Infosys Automotive and Mobility GmbH & Co. KG, a partnership firm

(48)

Under liquidation

(5)(49)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Public Services, Inc.

(6)

Liquidated effective May 9, 2017

(7)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys BPM.

(8)

Wholly owned subsidiaries of Infosys Consulting Holding AG (formerly Lodestone Holding AG)

(9)

Liquidated effective December 21, 2016

(10)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Infosys Consulting AG (formerly Lodestone Management Consultants AG)

(11)

Liquidated effective October 5, 2016

(12)

Majority owned and controlled subsidiaries of Infosys Consulting Holding AG (formerly Lodestone Holding AG)

(13)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Panaya Inc.

(14)

Liquidated effective November 16, 2016

(15)

Liquidated effective November 9, 2017

(16)

Wholly owned subsidiary of Noah

(17)

Liquidated effective December 20, 2017

(18)

On September 8, 2017, Infosys acquired 100% of the voting interests in Brilliant Basics Holdings Limited., UK

(19)

Wholly-owned subsidiary of Brilliant Basics Holding Limited.

(20)

Wholly-owned subsidiary of Infosys Consulting Pte Ltd

During the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, Infosys Consulting AG (formerly Lodestone Management Consultants AG) paid a dividend of Nil, $4 million and $2 million, respectively, to its holding company, Lodestone Holding AG and the tax on such dividend received was Nil.

During the year ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, Infy Consulting Company Ltd. (formerly Lodestone Management Consultants Ltd.) paid a dividend of $3 million and $5 million, respectively, to its holding company, Lodestone Holding AG and the tax on such dividend received was Nil.

During the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company received $130 million as dividend from Infosys BPM. Dividend distribution tax paid by the subsidiary on such dividend has been reduced as credit against dividend distribution tax payable by Infosys. Accordingly, the group has recorded a charge of $27 million as income tax expense during the year ended March 31, 2018.

During the year ended March 31, 2018, S.C. Infosys Consulting S.R.L. paid a dividend of $1 million, to its holding company, Infosys Consulting Holding AG and the tax on such dividend received was Nil.

Infosys has provided guarantee for performance of certain contracts entered into by its subsidiaries.


List of associates:

Particulars

 

Country

 

Holding as of

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

March 31, 2017

DWA Nova LLC (DWA Nova) (1)

 

U.S.

 

 

16%

(1)

Associate of Infosys Nova. During the year ended March 31, 2015, Infosys Nova acquired 20% of the equity interests in DWA Nova LLC for a cash consideration of $15 million. The Company made this investment to form a new company along with Dream Works Animation (DWA). As of March 31, 2017, Infosys Nova held 16% of the equity interest in DWA Nova LLC. Share of associate’s loss for the year ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017 includes an impairment loss of $11 million and $3 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, the Company has written down the entire carrying value of the investment in its associate DWA Nova LLC. DWA Nova LLC has been liquidated effective November 17, 2017

 

List of other related parties:

 

Particulars

Country

Nature of relationship

Infosys Limited Employees'Employees’ Gratuity Fund Trust

India

Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys

Infosys Limited Employees'Employees’ Provident Fund Trust

India

Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys

Infosys Limited Employees'Employees’ Superannuation Fund Trust

India

Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys

Infosys BPM Limited Employees’ Superannuation Fund Trust (formerly Infosys BPO Limited Employees’ Superannuation Fund Trust)

India

Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys BPM

Infosys BPM Limited Employees’ Gratuity Fund Trust (formerly Infosys BPO Limited Employees’ Gratuity Fund Trust)

India

Post-employment benefit plan of Infosys BPM

EdgeVerve Systems Limited Employees‘Employees’ Gratuity Fund Trust

India

Post-employment benefit plan of EdgeVerve

EdgeVerve Systems Limited Employees’ Superannuation Fund Trust

India

Post-employment benefit plan of EdgeVerve

Infosys Employees’ Welfare Trust

India

Controlled Trust

Infosys Employee Benefits Trust

India

Controlled Trust

Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Trust*

India

Controlled Trust

Infosys Science Foundation

India

Controlled Trust

*

Registered on May 15, 2019

Refer to Note 2.122.14 for information on transactions relating to the post-employment benefit plans mentioned above.


Transactions with key management personnelList of Key Managerial Personnel (KMP)

Whole-time directors

Salil Parekh, appointed as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director effective January 2, 2018. The appointment is for a term of 5 years with effect from January 2, 2018 to January 1, 2023 and the remuneration is approved by shareholders through postal ballot dated February 20, 2018.

U. B. Pravin Rao, Chief Operating officer appointed as Interim-Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Non-whole-time directors

Nandan M. Nilekani

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw

D. Sundaram

Michael Gibbs

Uri Levine (appointed effective August 18, 2017. Subsequently he stepped down as the interim CEO and Managing DirectorApril 20, 2020)

Bobby Parikh (appointed effective July 15, 2020)

Chitra Nayak (appointed effective March 25, 2021)

Roopa Kudva (retired effective February 3, 2020)

D.N. Prahlad (resigned effective April 20, 2020)

Dr. Punita Kumar-Sinha (retired effective January 2, 201813, 2021)

Executive Officers

Ravi Kumar S, President and will continue asDeputy Chief Operating Officer

Mohit Joshi, President

Inderpreet Sawhney, Group General Counsel and a whole-time director of the Company.Chief Compliance Officer

Dr. Vishal Sikka resigned asNilanjan Roy, Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer

Krishnamurthy Shankar, Group Head-Human Resources and Managing Director effective August 18, 2017 and as Executive Vice Chairman effective August 24, 2017Infosys Leadership Institute


Transactions with Key Managerial Personnel (KMP)

The table below describes the compensation torelated party transactions with key management personnel which comprises directors and executive officers under IAS 24:

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

Particulars

 

Year ended March 31,

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

Year ended March 31,

Salaries and other employee benefits to whole-time directors and executive officers(1)(2) (3) (4)(5)

 

8

 

12

 

15

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

2019

Salaries and other employee benefits to whole-time directors and executive officers(1)(2)

 

19

 

 

17

 

14

Commission and other benefits to non-executive / independent directors

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

Total

 

10

 

14

 

17

 

 

20

 

 

18

 

15

 

(1)

Includes reversal of employee stock compensation expense of $2$10 million, $8 million and $5 million for the year ended March 31, 2018fiscal 2021, 2020 and employee stock compensation expense of, $5 million and $1 million for the year ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016,2019, respectively towards key managerial personnel.personnel (Refer to Note 2.17).


(2)(2)

Year ended March 31, 2017 includes $0.87 million payable under severance agreement to David Kennedy, who stepped downDoes not include post-employment benefit based on actuarial valuation as General counsel and Chief compliance officer with effect from December 31, 2016.

(3)

Year ended March 31, 2016 includes $2.58 million payable under severance agreement to Rajiv Bansal who stepped down as Chief Financial officer with effect from October 12, 2015

(4)

On December 2, 2017, the Board appointed Salil Parekh as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director ofthis is done for the Company with effect from January 2, 2018. The appointment foras a term of 5 years with effect from January 2, 2018 to January 1, 2023 and the remuneration is approved by shareholders through postal ballot which will get concluded on February 20, 2018.

(5)

Included a reversal of stock compensation cost of $5 million for the year ended March 31, 2018 towards forfeiture of stock incentives granted to Dr.Vishal Sikka upon his resignation. (Refer to note 2.16)whole.

 

2.202.21 Segment reporting

IFRS 8 establishes standards for the way that public business enterprises report information about operating segments and related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The Group's operations predominantly relate to providing end-to-end business solutions to enable clients to enhance business performance.

During the year ended March 31, 2016,fiscal 2019, the Group internally reorganized some of its business segments to enhance executivedeepen customer relationships, improve focus of sales investments and increase management oversight. Consequent to the internal reorganization, Growth Markets (GMU) comprising businesses in APAC (Asia Pacific) and Africa have been subsumed across the other verticals and businesses in India, Japan and China are run as standalone regional business units and Infosys Public services (IPS) is reviewed separately by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). Further, the erstwhile manufacturing segment is now being reviewed as Hi-Tech, Manufacturing and others included in ECS. Consequent to the internal reorganizations, there were changes effected in the reportable business segments based on the "management approach"“Management approach” as defined inunder IFRS 8, Operating Segments. Therefore, enterprises in Insurance which was earlier considered under the Life Sciences, Healthcare and Insurance business segment are now considered under the Financial Services business segment and enterprises in Communication, Telecom OEM and Media which was earlier under Energy & Utilities, Communication and Services is shown as a separate business segment. Segmental operating income has changed in line with these as well as changes in the allocation method. The CODMchief operating decision maker (CODM) evaluates the Group's performance and allocates resources based on an analysis of various performance indicators by business segments and geographic segments. Accordingly, information has been presented both along business segments and geographic segments. The accounting principles used in the preparation of the financial statements are consistently applied to record revenue and expenditure in individual segments and are as set out in the accounting policies.

Business segments of the Group are primarily businessesenterprises in Financial Services (FS), businessesand Insurance, enterprises in Manufacturing, (MFG), businessesenterprises in Retail, Consumer packaged goodsPackaged Goods and Logistics, (RCL), businessesenterprises in the Energy, & utilities, CommunicationUtilities, Resources and Services, (ECS), businessesenterprises in Communication, Telecom OEM and Media, enterprises in Hi-Tech, (Hi-Tech), businessesenterprises in Life Sciences Healthcare and Insurance (HILIFE)Healthcare and all other segments. The FSFinancial Services reportable segmentsegments has been aggregated to include the Financial Services operating segment and the Finacle operating segment because of the similarity of the economic characteristics. All other segments represent the operating segments of businesses in India, Japan, and China, and IPS. Geographic segmentation is based on business sourced from that geographic region and delivered from both onsite and off-shore locations. North America comprises the United States of America, Canada and Mexico, Europe includes continental Europe (both the east and the west), Ireland and the United Kingdom, and the Rest of the World comprising allInfosys Public Services & other places except those mentioned above and India.enterprises in Public Services.


Revenue and identifiable operating expenses in relation to segments are categorized based on items that are individually identifiable to that segment. Revenue for “all'all other segments”segments' represents revenue generated by IPSInfosys Public Services and revenue generated from customers located in India, Japan and China.China and other enterprises in Public Services. Allocated expenses of segments include expenses incurred for rendering services from the Group's offshore software development centers and onsiteon-site expenses, which are categorized in relation to the associated turnoverefforts of the segment. Certain expenses such as depreciation and amortization, which form a significant component of total expenses, are not specifically allocable to specific segments as the underlying assets are used interchangeably. ManagementThe management believes that it is not practical to provide segment disclosures relating to those costs and expenses, and accordingly these expenses are separately disclosed as “unallocated”"unallocated" and adjusted against the total income of the Group.

Assets and liabilities used in the Group’sGroup's business are not identified to any of the reportable segments, as these are used interchangeably between segments. Management believes that it is currently not practicable to provide segment disclosures relating to total assets and liabilities since a meaningful segregation of the available data is onerous.

Geographical information on revenue and businessBusiness segment revenue information is collated based on individual customers invoiced or in relation to which the revenue is otherwise recognized.

2.20.1Disclosure of revenue by geographic locations is given in note 2.11 Revenue from operations.


2.21.1 Business segments

 

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)

 

Year ended March 31, 2018

 

FS

 

MFG

 

ECS

 

RCL

 

HILIFE

 

Hi-Tech

 

All other segments

 

Total

Year ended March 31, 2021

 

Financial Services(1)

 

 

Retail(2)

 

 

Communication(3)

 

 

Energy,

Utilities,

resources

and Services

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

Hi Tech

 

 

Life

Sciences(4)

 

 

Others(5)

 

 

Total

 

Revenues

 

2,891

 

1,194

 

2,599

 

1,722

 

1,438

 

784

 

311

 

10,939

 

 

4,399

 

 

 

1,991

 

 

 

1,703

 

 

 

1,692

 

 

 

1,275

 

 

 

1,155

 

 

 

927

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

13,561

 

Identifiable operating expenses

 

1,470

 

641

 

1,305

 

828

 

713

 

416

 

180

 

5,553

 

 

2,378

 

 

 

937

 

 

 

991

 

 

 

877

 

 

 

674

 

 

 

648

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

7,239

 

Allocated expenses

 

613

 

271

 

589

 

390

 

326

 

178

 

71

 

2,438

 

 

813

 

 

 

363

 

 

 

335

 

 

 

335

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

161

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

2,556

 

Segment profit

 

808

 

282

 

705

 

504

 

399

 

190

 

60

 

2,948

 

 

1,208

 

 

 

691

 

 

 

377

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

346

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

291

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

3,766

 

Unallocable expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

289

Unallocable expenses*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

441

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,325

 

Other income, net (refer note no. 2.14 and 2.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

495

Share in associate's profit / (loss) including impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

Other income, net (Refer to Note 2.16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

297

 

Finance cost (Refer to Note 2.8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

Profit before Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,596

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

657

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

973

 

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,623

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

289

Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

441

 

Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Year ended March 31, 2020

 

Financial Services(1)

 

 

Retail(2)

 

 

Communication(3)

 

 

Energy,

Utilities,

resources

and Services

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

Hi Tech

 

 

Life

Sciences(4)

 

 

Others(5)

 

 

Total

 

Revenues

 

 

4,029

 

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

1,687

 

 

 

1,652

 

 

 

1,285

 

 

 

981

 

 

 

822

 

 

 

348

 

 

 

12,780

 

Identifiable operating expenses

 

 

2,109

 

 

 

984

 

 

 

998

 

 

 

860

 

 

 

703

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

209

 

 

 

6,896

 

Allocated expenses

 

 

893

 

 

 

399

 

 

 

348

 

 

 

340

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

2,746

 

Segment profit

 

 

1,027

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

3,138

 

Unallocable expenses*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

414

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,724

 

Other income, net (Refer to Note 2.16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

395

 

Finance cost (Refer to Note 2.8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Profit before Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,095

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

757

 

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,338

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

407

 

Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 


 

(Dollars in millions)

Year ended March 31, 2017

 

FS

 

MFG

 

ECS

 

RCL

 

HILIFE

 

Hi-Tech

 

All other segments

 

Total

Revenues

 

2,765

 

1,119

 

2,300

 

1,673

 

1,258

 

763

 

330

 

10,208

Identifiable operating expenses

 

1,382

 

584

 

1,107

 

802

 

623

 

396

 

210

 

5,104

Allocated expenses

 

607

 

259

 

532

 

387

 

291

 

177

 

76

 

2,329

Segment profit

 

776

 

276

 

661

 

484

 

344

 

190

 

44

 

2,775

Unallocable expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

255

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,520

Other income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

459

Share in associate's profit / (loss) including impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

Profit before Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,974

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

834

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,140

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

254

Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

*

Unallocable expenses for the year ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 includes amortization on ROU assets

(Dollars in millions)

 

Year ended March 31, 2019

 

Financial Services(1)

 

 

Retail(2)

 

 

Communication(3)

 

 

Energy,

Utilities,

resources

and Services

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

Hi Tech

 

 

Life

Sciences(4)

 

 

Others(5)

 

 

Total

 

Revenues

 

 

3,778

 

 

 

1,935

 

 

 

1,488

 

 

 

1,483

 

 

 

1,163

 

 

 

882

 

 

 

743

 

 

 

327

 

 

 

11,799

 

Identifiable operating expenses

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

974

 

 

 

816

 

 

 

808

 

 

 

644

 

 

 

506

 

 

 

394

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

6,365

 

Allocated expenses

 

 

775

 

 

 

385

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

2,449

 

Segment profit

 

 

982

 

 

 

576

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

363

 

 

 

264

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

2,985

 

Unallocable expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

289

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,696

 

Other income, net (Refer to Note 2.16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

411

 

Reduction in the fair value of Disposal Group held for sale (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

Adjustment in respect of excess of carrying amount over recoverable amount on reclassification from "Held for Sale" (Refer to Note 2.10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(65

)

Profit before Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,003

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

803

 

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,200

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

287

 

Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

Year ended March 31, 2016

 

FS

 

MFG

 

ECS

 

RCL

 

HILIFE

 

Hi-Tech

 

All other segments

 

Total

Revenues

 

2,590

 

1,047

 

2,061

 

1,556

 

1,231

 

756

 

260

 

9,501

Identifiable operating expenses

 

1,248

 

555

 

944

 

742

 

585

 

371

 

156

 

4,601

Allocated expenses

 

606

 

257

 

505

 

381

 

302

 

185

 

65

 

2,301

Segment profit

 

736

 

235

 

612

 

433

 

344

 

200

 

39

 

2,599

Unallocable expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,375

Other income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

476

Share in associate's profit / (loss) including impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,851

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

799

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,052

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222

Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

(1)

Financial Services include enterprises in Financial Services and Insurance


2.20.2 Geographic segments

(Dollars in millions)

Year ended March 31, 2018

 

North America

 

Europe

 

India

 

Rest of the World

 

Total

Revenues

 

6,605

 

2,596

 

346

 

1,392

 

10,939

Identifiable operating expenses

 

3,429

 

1,324

 

141

 

659

 

5,553

Allocated expenses

 

1,494

 

586

 

66

 

292

 

2,438

Segment profit

 

1,682

 

686

 

139

 

441

 

2,948

Unallocable expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

289

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,659

Other income, net (refer note no. 2.14 and 2.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

495

Share in associate's profit / (loss) including impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

Profit before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,143

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

657

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,486

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

289

Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

(2)

Retail includes enterprises in Retail, Consumer Packaged Goods and Logistics

(Dollars in millions)

Year ended March 31, 2017

 

North America

 

Europe

 

India

 

Rest of the World

 

Total

Revenues

 

6,320

 

2,295

 

325

 

1,268

 

10,208

Identifiable operating expenses

 

3,222

 

1,147

 

149

 

586

 

5,104

Allocated expenses

 

1,460

 

529

 

66

 

274

 

2,329

Segment profit

 

1,638

 

619

 

110

 

408

 

2,775

Unallocable expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

255

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,520

Other income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

459

Share in associate's profit / (loss) including impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

Profit before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,974

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

834

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,140

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

254

Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

(3)

Communication includes enterprises in Communication, Telecom OEM and Media


(Dollars in millions)

Year ended March 31, 2016

 

North America

 

Europe

 

India

 

Rest of the World

 

Total

Revenues

 

5,957

 

2,186

 

246

 

1,112

 

9,501

Identifiable operating expenses

 

2,936

 

1,060

 

109

 

496

 

4,601

Allocated expenses

 

1,459

 

534

 

51

 

257

 

2,301

Segment profit

 

1,562

 

592

 

86

 

359

 

2,599

Unallocable expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,375

Other income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

476

Share in associate's profit / (loss) including impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,851

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

799

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,052

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222

Non-cash expenses other than depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

(4)

Life Sciences includes enterprises in Life sciences and Health care

(5)

Others include operating segments of businesses in India, Japan, China, Infosys Public Services & other enterprises in Public Services

 

2.20.32.21.2 Significant clients

No client individually accounted for more than 10% of the revenues for the year ended March 31, 2018, 2017fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2016.2019.

2.212.22 Litigation

The companyGroup is subject to legal proceedings and claims, which have arisen in the ordinary course of business. The company’sGroup’s management does not reasonably expectexpects that these legal actions, when ultimately concluded and determined, will not have a material and adverse effect on the company’sGroup’s results of operations or financial condition.


Item 19. Exhibits

 

Exhibit number

 

Description of document

**1.1

 

Articles of Association of the Registrant, as amended

**********1.2

 

Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, as amended

****1.3

 

Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect

2.1

Description of Securities Registered Under Section 12 of the Exchange Act

******4.1

 

Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and holders from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (including as an exhibit, the form of American Depositary Receipt)(incorporated by reference to the document previously filed as Exhibit 99 (A) to Form F-6 POS filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 2017

*******4.2

 

Registrant’s 2011 RSU Plan

***4.3

 

Registrant’s 2015 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan

*********4.4

Registrant’s Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Program – 2019

*****4.5

 

Employees Welfare Trust Deed of Registrant Pursuant to Employee Stock Offer Plan (P)

***********4.6

Infosys Expanded Stock Ownership Trust Deed

********4.7

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement(incorporated by reference to the document previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 13, 2013Agreement

*4.7*4.8

 

Form of Employment Agreement with the Chief Operating Officer

4.8***********4.9

Addendum to Employment Agreement with the Chief Operating Officer

*4.10

 

Form of Employment Agreement with the Chief Executive Officer

4.9***********4.11

Addendum to Employment Agreement with the Chief Executive Officer

4.12

 

Overview of Executive Leadership Compensation

8.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

*11.111.2

Whistleblower Policy

11.2

 

Code of Conduct and Ethics

12.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

12.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

13.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

13.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

*****15.1

 

Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Equity Shares (P)

*15.2

Stakeholders Relationship Committee Charter

***15.3

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee Charter

***15.4

Nomination and Remuneration Committee Charter

***15.5

Risk and Strategy Committee Charter

15.7

Audit Committee Charter

15.8

Certain Tax considerations for non-resident shareholders related to the buyback

15.9

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

**15.10

 

Dividend Distribution Policy

15.11

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on July 19, 2018.

**

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on June 12, 2017.

***

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 18, 2016.

****

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 20, 2015.

*****

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-72195) in the form declared effective on March 9, 1999.

******

Incorporated by reference to the exhibits filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 001-35754)001-35754) filed on June 28, 2017.

*******

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Form S-8 filed on August 4, 2014.

********

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 13, 2013.

*********

**********

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Form S-8 filed on February 28, 2020.

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on June 19, 2019.

***********

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on May 29, 2020.


(P) - Previously filed on paper form 


SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual reportAnnual Report on its behalf.

 

 

Infosys Limited

/s/ Inderpreet Sawhney

 

 

 

Inderpreet Sawhney

Date July 19, 2018June 11, 2021

Group General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer